COUNSELS TO PARENTS, TEACHERS, AND STUDENTS

BY ELLEN G. WHITE
p. 11, Para. 1, [CT].

Higher education is an experimental knowledge of the plan

of salvation, and this knowledge is secured by earnest and
diligent study of the Scriptures. Such an education will
renew the mind and transform the character, restoring the
image of God in the soul. It will fortify the mind against
the deceptive whisperings of the adversary, and enable us
to understand the voice of God. It will teach the learner
to become a co-worker with Jesus Christ, to dispel the
moral darkness about him, and bring light and knowledge to
men. It is the simplicity of true godliness-- our passport
from the preparatory school of earth to the higher school
above. p. 11, Para. 2, [CT].

There is no education to be gained higher than that given

to the early disciples, and which is revealed to us through
the word of God. To gain the higher education means to fol-
low this word implicitly; it means to walk in the footsteps
of Christ, to practice His virtues. It means to give up
selfishness and to devote the life to the service of God.
Higher education calls for something greater, something
more divine, than the knowledge to be obtained merely from
books. It means a personal, experimental knowledge of
Christ; it means emancipation from ideas, from habits and
practices, that have been gained in the school of the
prince of darkness, and which are opposed to loyalty to
God. It means to overcome stubbornness, pride, selfishness,
worldly ambition, and unbelief. It is the message of deliv-
erance from sin. p. 11, Para. 3, [CT].

Age after age the curiosity of men has led them to seek
for the tree of knowledge, and often they think they are
plucking fruit most essential, when in reality it is vanity
and nothingness in comparison with that science of true ho-
liness which would open to them the gates of the city of
God. Human ambition seeks for knowledge that will bring to
them glory, and self-exaltation, and supremacy. Thus Adam
and Eve were influenced by Satan until God's restraint was
snapped asunder, and their education under the teacher of
lies began. They gained the knowledge which God had refused
them--to know the consequences of transgression. p. 12,
Para. 1, [CT].

The tree of knowledge, so-called, has become an instrument

of death. Satan has artfully woven his dogmas, his false
theories, into the instruction given. From the tree of
knowledge he speaks the most pleasing flattery in regard to
the higher education. Thousands partake of the fruit of
this tree, but it means death to them. Christ says, "Ye
spend money for that which is not bread." Isaiah 55:2. You
are using your heaven-entrusted talents to secure an educa-
tion which God pronounces foolishness. p. 12, Para. 2,
[CT].

Upon the mind of every student should be impressed the

thought that education is a failure unless the understand-
ing has learned to grasp the truths of divine revelation,
and unless the heart accepts the teachings of the gospel of
Christ. The student who, in the place of the broad princi-
ples of the word of God, will accept common ideas, and will
allow the time and attention to be absorbed in commonplace,
trivial matters, will find his mind becoming dwarfed and
enfeebled. He will lose the power of growth. The mind must
be trained to comprehend the important truths that concern
eternal life. p. 12, Para. 3, [CT].

I am instructed that we are to carry the minds of our stu-

dents higher than is now thought to be possible. Heart and
mind are to be trained to preserve their purity by receiv-
ing daily supplies from the fountain of eternal truth. The
education gained from a study of God's word will enlarge
the narrow confines of human scholarship, and present be-
fore the mind a far deeper knowledge to be obtained through
a vital connection with God. It will bring every student
who is a doer of the word into a broader field of thought,
and secure to him a wealth of learning that is imperish-
able. Without this knowledge it is certain that man will
lose eternal life; possessing it, he will be fitted to be-
come a companion of the saints in light. p. 13, Para. 1,
[CT].

The divine mind and hand have preserved through the ages
the record of creation in its purity. It is the word of God
alone that gives to us an authentic account of the creation
of our world. This word is to be the chief study in our
schools. In it we may learn what our redemption has cost
Him who from the beginning was equal with the Father, and
who sacrificed His life that a people might stand before
Him redeemed from everything earthly, renewed in the image
of God. p. 13, Para. 2, [CT].
 God's appointments and grants in our behalf are without
limit. The throne of grace is itself the highest attrac-
tion, because occupied by One who permits us to call Him
Father. But Jehovah did not deem the plan of salvation com-
plete while invested only with His love. He has placed at
His altar an Advocate clothed in His nature. As our inter-
cessor, Christ's office work is to introduce us to God as
His sons and daughters. He intercedes in behalf of those
who receive Him. With His own blood He has paid their ran-
som. By virtue of His own merits He gives them power to be-
come members of the royal family, children of the heavenly
King. And the Father demonstrates His infinite love for
Christ by receiving and welcoming Christ's friends as His
friends. He is satisfied with the atonement made. He is
glorified by the incarnation, the life, death, and media-
tion, of His Son. p. 14, Para. 1, [CT].

The science of salvation, the science of true godliness,

the knowledge which has been revealed from eternity, which
enters into the purpose of God, expresses His mind, and re-
veals His purpose--this Heaven deems all-important. If our
youth obtain this knowledge, they will be able to gain all
else that is essential; but if not, all the knowledge they
may acquire from the world will not place them in the ranks
of the Lord. They may gather all the knowledge that books
can give, and yet be ignorant of the first principles of
that righteousness which will give them characters approved
of God. p. 14, Para. 2, [CT].

The Peril in Worldly Education -- To many who place their

children in our schools, strong temptations will come be-
cause they desire them to secure what the world regards as
the most essential education. To these I would say, Bring
your children to the simplicity of the word, and they will
be safe. This Book is the foundation of all true knowledge.
The highest education they can receive is to learn how to
add to their "faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to
knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to
patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness;
and to brotherly kindness charity." If these things be in
you, and abound," the word of God declares, "they make you
that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the
knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. . . . If ye do these
things, ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be
ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom
of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." 2 Peter 1:5-11. When
the word of God is laid aside for books that lead away from
God, and that confuse the understanding regarding the prin-
ciples of the kingdom of heaven, the education given is a
perversion of the name. Unless the student has pure mental
food, thoroughly winnowed from the so-called "higher educa-
tion," which is mingled with infidel sentiments, he cannot
truly know God. Only those who co-operate with heaven in
the plan of salvation can know what true education in its
simplicity means. p. 15, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who seek the education that the world esteems so

highly are gradually led farther and farther from the prin-
ciples of truth, until they become educated worldlings. At
what a price have they gained their education! They have
parted with the Holy Spirit of God. They have chosen to ac-
cept what the world calls knowledge in the place of the
truths which God has committed to men through his ministers
and apostles and prophets. p. 15, Para. 3, [CT].

And there are some who, having secured this worldly educa-
tion, think that they can introduce it into our schools.
There is constant danger that those who labor in our
schools and sanitariums will entertain the idea that they
must get in line with the world, study the things the world
studies, and become familiar with the things the world be-
comes familiar with. We shall make grave mistakes unless we
give special attention to the searching of the word. The
Bible should not be brought into our schools to be sand-
wiched between infidelity. God's word must be made the
groundwork and subject matter of education. It is true that
we know much more of this word than we knew in the past,
but there is still much to be learned. p. 16, Para. 1,
[CT].

The true higher education is that imparted by Him with

whom is "wisdom and strength," out of whose mouth "cometh
knowledge and understanding." Job 12:13; Proverbs 2:6. In a
knowledge of God all true knowledge and real development
have their source. Wherever we turn, in the mental, the
physical, or the spiritual realm; in whatever we behold,
apart from the blight of sin, this knowledge is revealed.
Whatever line of investigation we pursue with a sincere
purpose to arrive at truth, we are brought in touch with
the unseen, mighty Intelligence that is working in and
through all. The mind of man is brought into communion with
the mind of God, the finite with the Infinite. The effect
of such communion on body and mind and soul is beyond esti-
mate.-- Education, page 14. p. 16, Para. 2, [CT].
 In the Teacher sent from God all true educational work
finds its center. Of this work today, as verily as of the
work He established eighteen hundred years ago, the Saviour
speaks in the words, "I am the first and the last, and the
Living One." "I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning
and the end." Revelation 1:17, 18; 21:6, R.V. p. 17, Para.
1, [CT].

In the presence of such a Teacher, with such opportunity

for divine education, what worse than folly is it to seek
an education apart from Him--to seek to be wise apart from
Wisdom; to be true while rejecting Truth; to seek illumina-
tion apart from Light, and existence without the Life; to
turn from the Fountain of living waters, and hew out broken
cisterns, that can hold no water!-- Education, page 83. p.
17, Para. 2, [CT].

Dear teacher, as you consider your need of strength and

guidance,--need that no human source can supply,-- I bid
you consider the promises of Him who is the wonderful Coun-
selor. "Behold," He says, "I have set before thee an open
door, and no man can shut it." Revelation 3:8. "Call unto
Me, and I will answer thee." Jeremiah 33:3. "I will in-
struct thee and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go:
I will guide thee with Mine eye." Psalm 32:8. "Even unto
the end of the world," "I am with you." Matthew 28:20. p.
17, Para. 3, [CT].

As the highest preparation for your work I point you to

the words, the life, the methods, of the Prince of teach-
ers. I bid you consider Him. Here is your true ideal. Be-
hold it, dwell upon it, until the Spirit of the divine
Teacher shall take possession of your heart and life. "Re-
flecting as a mirror the glory of the Lord," you will be
"transformed into the same image." 2 Corinthians 3:18,
R.V.-- Education, page 282. p. 18, Para. 1, [CT].

Advancement in true education does not harmonize with

selfishness. True knowledge comes from God and returns to
God. His children are to receive that they may give again.
Those who through the grace of God have received intellec-
tual and spiritual benefits, are to draw others with them
as they advance to a higher excellence. And this work, done
to promote the good of others, will have the co-operation
of unseen agencies. As we faithfully continue the work, we
shall have high aspirations for righteousness, holiness,
and a perfect knowledge of God. In this life we become com-
plete in Christ, and our increased capabilities we shall
take with us to the courts above. p. 18, Para. 2, [CT].

A knowledge of true science is power, and it is the pur-

pose of God that this knowledge shall be taught in our
schools as a preparation for the work that is to precede
the closing scenes of this earth's history. The truth is to
be carried to the remotest bounds of earth, through agents
trained for the work. p. 19, Para. 1, [CT].

But while the knowledge of science is power, the knowledge

that Jesus came in person to impart is still greater power.
The science of salvation is the most important science to
be learned in the preparatory school of earth. The wisdom
of Solomon is desirable, but the wisdom of Christ is far
more desirable and more essential. We cannot reach Christ
through a mere intellectual training; but through Him we
can reach the highest round of the ladder of intellectual
greatness. While the pursuit of knowledge in art, in lit-
erature, and in trades should not be discouraged, the stu-
dent should first secure an experimental knowledge of God
and His will. p. 19, Para. 2, [CT].

The opportunity of learning the science of salvation is

placed within the reach of all. By abiding in Christ, by
doing His will, by exercising simple faith in His word,
even those unlearned in the wisdom of the world may have
this knowledge. To the humble, trusting soul the Lord re-
veals that all true knowledge leads heavenward. p. 19,
Para. 3, [CT].

Mastering the Science -- There is a science of Christian-

ity to be mastered--a science as much deeper, broader,
higher, than any human science as the heavens are higher
than the earth. The mind is to be disciplined, educated,
trained; for men are to do service for God in ways that are
not in harmony with inborn inclination. Often the training
and education of a lifetime must be discarded, that one may
become a learner in the school of Christ. The heart must be
educated to become steadfast in God. Old and young are to
form habits of thought that will enable them to resist
temptation. They must learn to look upward. The principles
of the word of God--principles that are as high as heaven
and that compass eternity--are to be understood in their
bearing on the daily life. Every act, every word, every
thought, is to be in accord with these principles. p. 20,
Para. 1, [CT].

No other science is equal to that which develops in the

life of the student the character of God. Those who become
followers of Christ find that new motives of action are
supplied, new thoughts arise, and new actions must result.
But they can make advancement only through conflict; for
there is an enemy who ever contends against them, present-
ing temptations to cause the soul to doubt and sin. There
are hereditary and cultivated tendencies to evil that must
be overcome. Appetite and passion must be brought under the
control of the Holy Spirit. There is no end to the warfare
this side of eternity. But while there are constant battles
to fight, there are also precious victories to gain; and
the triumph over self and sin is of more value than the
mind can estimate. p. 20, Para. 2, [CT].

True Success in Education -- True success in education, as

in everything else, is found in keeping the future life in
view. The human family have scarcely begun to live when
they begin to die, and the world's incessant labor ends in
nothingness unless a true knowledge in regard to eternal
life is gained. He who appreciates probationary time as the
preparatory school of life will use it to secure to himself
a title to the heavenly mansions, a membership in the
higher school. For this school the youth are to be edu-
cated, disciplined, and trained by forming such characters
as God will approve. p. 21, Para. 1, [CT].

If students are led to understand that the object of their

creation is to honor God and to bless their fellow men; if
they recognize the tender love which the Father in heaven
has manifested toward them, and the high destiny for which
the discipline of this life is to prepare them,--the dig-
nity and honor of becoming the sons of God,-- thousands
will turn from the low and selfish aims and the frivolous
pleasures which have hitherto engrossed them. They will
learn to hate sin and to shun it, not merely for hope of
reward or from fear of punishment, but from a sense of its
inherent baseness--because it is degrading to their God-
given powers, a stain upon their manhood. The elements of
character that make a man successful and honored among men-
-the irrepressible desire for some greater good, the in-
domitable will, the strenuous exertion, the untiring perse-
verance--will not be crushed out. By the grace of God they
will be directed to objects as much higher than mere self-
ish and temporal interests as the heavens are higher than
the earth. p. 21, Para. 2, [CT].

"God hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation," the

apostle Paul writes, "through sanctification of the Spirit
and belief of the truth," 2 Thessalonians 2:13. In this
text the two agencies in the work of salvation are re-
vealed--the divine influence, and the strong, living faith
of those who follow Christ. It is through the sanctifica-
tion of the Spirit and belief of the truth that we become
laborers together with God. Christ waits for the co-
operation of His church. He does not design to add a new
element of efficiency to His word; He has done His great
work in giving His inspiration to the word. The blood of
Jesus Christ, the Holy Spirit, the divine word, are ours.
The object of all this provision of heaven is before us--
the salvation of the souls for whom Christ died; and it de-
pends upon us to lay hold on the promises God has given,
and become laborers together with Him. Divine and human
agencies must co-operate in the work. p. 22, Para. 1,
[CT].

"Everyone that is of the truth," Christ declared, "heareth

My voice." John 18:37. Having stood in the counsels of God,
having dwelt in the everlasting heights of the sanctuary,
all elements of truth were in Him and of Him. He was one
with God. It means more than finite minds can comprehend to
present in every missionary effort Christ and Him cruci-
fied. "He was wounded for our transgressions, He was
bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace
was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed." Isaiah
53:5. "He hath made Him to be sin for us, who knew no sin;
that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him." 2
Corinthians 5:21. Christ crucified for our sins; Christ
risen from the dead; Christ ascended on high as our inter-
cessor-this is the science of salvation that we need to
learn and to teach. This is to be the burden of our work.
p. 22, Para. 2, [CT].

The cross of Christ--teach it to every student over and

over again. How many believe it to be what it is? How many
bring it into their studies and know its true significance?
Could there be a Christian in our world without the cross
of Christ? Then keep the cross upheld in your school as the
foundation of true education. The cross of Christ is just
as near our teachers, and should be as perfectly understood
by them, as it was by Paul, who could say, "God forbid that
I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ,
by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the
world." Galatians 6:14. p. 23, Para. 1, [CT].

Let teachers, from the highest to the lowest, seek to un-

derstand what it means to glory in the cross of Christ.
Then by precept and example they can teach their students
the blessings it brings to those who bear it manfully and
bravely. The Saviour declares, "If any man will come after
Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow
Me." Matthew 16:24. And to all who lift it and bear it af-
ter Christ, the cross is a pledge of the crown of immortal-
ity that they will receive. p. 23, Para. 2, [CT].

Educators who will not work in this line are not worthy of
the name they bear. Teachers, turn from the example of the
world, cease to extol professedly great men; turn the minds
of your students from the glory of everything save the
cross of Christ. The crucified Messiah is the central point
of all Christianity. The most essential lessons for teach-
ers and students to learn are those which point, not to the
world, but from the world to the cross of Calvary. p. 23,
Para. 3, [CT].

Godliness--Godlikeness--is the goal to be reached. Before

the student there is opened a path of continual progress.
He has an object to achieve, a standard to attain, that in-
cludes everything good, and pure, and noble. He will ad-
vance as fast and as far as possible in every branch of
true knowledge. But his efforts will be directed to objects
as much higher than mere selfish and temporal interests as
the heavens are higher than the earth. p. 24, Para. 1,
[CT].

He who co-operates with the divine purpose in imparting to

the youth a knowledge of God, and molding the character
into harmony with His, does a high and noble work. As he
awakens a desire to reach God's ideal, he presents an edu-
cation that is as high as heaven and as broad as the uni-
verse; an education that cannot be completed in this life,
but that will be continued in the life to come; an educa-
tion that secures to the successful student his passport
from the preparatory school of earth to the higher grade,
the school above.-- Education, pages 18, 19. p. 24, Para.
2, [CT].

There are two classes of educators in the world. One class

is made up of those whom God makes channels of light; the
other of those whom Satan uses as his agents, who are wise
to do evil. One class contemplate the character of God, and
increase in the knowledge of Jesus. This class become
wholly given up to those things which bring heavenly en-
lightenment, heavenly wisdom, to the uplifting of the soul.
Every capability of their nature is submitted to God; even
their thoughts are brought into captivity to Christ. The
other class are in league with the prince of darkness, who
is ever on the alert that he may find an opportunity to
teach others the knowledge of evil, and who, if place is
made for him, will not be slow to press his way into heart
and mind. p. 25, Para. 1, [CT].

There is great need of elevating the standard of right-

eousness in our schools, of giving instruction that is af-
ter God's order. Should Christ enter our institutions for
the education of the youth, He would cleanse them as He
cleansed the temple, banishing many things that have a de-
filing influence. Many of the books which the youth study
would be expelled, and their places filled with others that
would inculcate substantial knowledge, and would abound in
sentiments which might be treasured in the heart, and in
precepts that might safely govern the conduct. p. 25,
Para. 2, [CT].

Is it the Lord's purpose that false principles, false rea-

soning, and the sophistries of Satan should be kept before
the minds of our youth and children? Shall pagan and infi-
del sentiments be presented to our students as valuable ad-
ditions to their store of knowledge? The works of the most
intellectual skeptic are the works of a mind prostituted to
the service of the enemy; and shall those who claim to be
reformers, who seek to lead the children and youth in the
right way, in the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord
to walk in, imagine that God would have them present to the
youth for their study that which will misrepresent His
character and place Him in a false light? Shall the senti-
ments of unbelievers, the expressions of dissolute men, be
advocated as worthy of the student's attention, because
they are the productions of men whom the world admires as
great thinkers? Shall men professing to believe in God
gather from these unsanctified authors their expressions
and sentiments, and treasure them up as precious jewels to
be stored away among the riches of the mind? God forbid!
p. 25, Para. 3, [CT].

The Lord bestowed upon these men whom the world admires,
priceless intellectual gifts; He endowed them with master
minds; but they did not use their powers to the glory of
God. They separated themselves from Him, as did Satan; but
while they separated themselves from Him, they still re-
tained many of the precious gems of thought which He had
given them. These they have placed in a framework of error,
to give luster to their own human sentiments, to make at-
tractive the utterances inspired by the prince of evil. p.
26, Para. 1, [CT].

It is true that in the writings of pagans and infidels

there are found thoughts of an elevated character, which
are attractive to the mind. But there is a reason for this.
Was not Satan the light bearer, the sharer of God's glory
in heaven, and next to Jesus in power and majesty? In the
words of Inspiration he is described as one who sealeth up
the sum, "full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty." The
prophet declares, "Thou art the anointed cherub that cov-
ereth; and I have set thee so: thou wast upon the holy
mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst
of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in thy ways from
the day that thou wast created, till iniquity was found in
thee." Ezekiel 28:12, 14, 15. . . . p. 26, Para. 2, [CT].

The greatness and power with which the Creator endowed Lu-
cifer, he has perverted; yet when it suits his purpose, he
can impart to men sentiments that are enchanting. Satan can
inspire his agents with thoughts that appear elevating and
noble. Did he not come to Christ with quotations of Scrip-
ture when he designed to overthrow Him with specious temp-
tations? It is thus that he comes to men, disguising his
temptations under an appearance of goodness and making them
believe him to be the friend rather than the enemy of hu-
manity. In this way he has deceived and seduced the race,
beguiling them with subtle temptations, bewildering them
with specious deceptions. p. 27, Para. 1, [CT].

God Misrepresented -- Satan has ascribed to God all the

evils to which flesh is heir. He has represented Him as a
God who delights in the sufferings of His creatures, who is
revengeful and implacable. It was Satan who originated the
doctrine of eternal torment as a punishment for sin, be-
cause in this way he could lead men into infidelity and re-
bellion, distract souls, and dethrone human reason. p. 27,
Para. 2, [CT].

Heaven, looking down and seeing the delusions into which

men were led, knew that a divine Instructor must come to
the earth. Through the misrepresentations of the enemy,
many were so deceived that they worshiped a false god,
clothed with the attributes of the satanic character. Those
in ignorance and moral darkness must have light, spiritual
light; for the world knew not God, and He must be revealed
to their understanding. Truth looked down from heaven and
saw not the reflection of her image; for dense clouds of
spiritual darkness and gloom enveloped the world. The Lord
Jesus alone was able to roll back the clouds; for He is the
light of the world. By His presence He could dissipate the
gloomy shadow that Satan had cast between man and God.--
First published Nov. 17, 1891. p. 28, Para. 1, [CT].

A True Representation -- The Son of God came to this earth

to reveal the character of the Father to men, that they
might learn to worship Him in spirit and in truth. He came
to sow the world with truth. He held the keys of all the
treasures of wisdom, and was able to open doors to science,
and to reveal undiscovered stores of knowledge, were it es-
sential to salvation. The Light that lighteth every man
that cometh into the world, every phase of truth was evi-
dent to Him. p. 28, Para. 2, [CT].

In the days of Christ the established teachers instructed

men in the traditions of the fathers, in childish fables,
with which were mingled the opinions of those who were
thought to be high authorities. Yet neither high nor low
could find light or strength in their teaching. p. 29,
Para. 1, [CT].

Jesus spake as never man spake. He poured out to men the

whole treasure of heaven in wisdom and knowledge. He had
not come to utter uncertain sentiments and opinions, but to
speak truth established on eternal principles. He could
have made disclosures in the sciences that would have
placed the discoveries of the greatest men in the back-
ground as utter littleness; but this was not His mission or
His work. He had come to seek and to save the lost, and He
would not permit Himself to be turned from His object. He
revealed truths that had been buried under the rubbish of
error, and He freed them from the exactions and traditions
of men, and bade them stand fast forever. He rescued truth
from its obscurity, and set it in its proper framework,
that it might shine with its original luster. What wonder
that crowds followed in the footsteps of the Lord and gave
Him homage as they listened to His words! p. 29, Para. 2,
[CT].

Christ presented to men that which was entirely contrary

to the representations of the enemy in regard to the char-
acter of God, and sought to impress upon men the love of
the Father, who "so loved the world, that He gave His only-
begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not
perish, but have everlasting life." John 3:16. He urged
upon men the necessity of prayer, repentance, confession,
and the abandonment of sin. He taught them honesty, for-
bearance, mercy, and compassion, enjoining upon them to
love not only those who loved them, but those who hated
them and treated them despitefully. In all this He was re-
vealing to them the character of the Father, who is long-
suffering, merciful, and gracious, slow to anger, and full
of goodness and truth. p. 29, Para. 3, [CT].

When Moses asked the Lord to show him His glory, the Lord
said, "I will make all My goodness pass before thee." "And
the Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord,
The Lord God, merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and
abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thou-
sands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and
that will by no means clear the guilty. . . . And Moses
made haste, and bowed his head toward the earth, and wor-
shiped." Exodus 33:19; 34:6-8. When we are able to compre-
hend the character of God, as did Moses, we, too, shall
make haste to bow in adoration and praise. p. 30, Para. 1,
[CT].

The wisdom of God alone can unfold the mysteries of the

plan of salvation. The wisdom of men may or may not be
valuable, as experience shall prove; but the wisdom of God
is indispensable. Miss what you may in the line of worldly
attainments, but you must have faith in the pardon brought
to you at infinite cost, or all the wisdom attained on
earth will perish with you. p. 30, Para. 2, [CT].

Shall we bring into our schools the sower of tares? Shall

we permit men who have been taught by the enemy of all
truth, to have the education of our youth? Or shall we take
the word of God as our guide? Why take the unstable words
of men as exalted wisdom, when a greater and certain wisdom
is at your command? Why present inferior authors to the at-
tention of students, when He whose words are spirit and
life invites, "Come, . . . and learn of Me"? Matthew 11:28,
29. p. 30, Para. 3, [CT].
 "Labor not for the meat which perisheth," Christ admon-
ished, "but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting
life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for Him
hath God the Father sealed." John 6:27. When we obey these
words, we shall rightly understand the teachings of the
Scriptures, and esteem the truth as the most valuable
treasure with which to store the mind. We shall have within
us a wellspring of the water of life. We shall pray, as did
the psalmist, "Open Thou mine eyes, that I may behold won-
drous things out of Thy law;" and we shall find, as he did,
that "the judgments of the Lord are true and righteous al-
together. More to be desired are they than gold, yea, than
much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb.
Moreover by them is Thy servant warned: and in keeping of
them there is great reward." Psalms 119:18; 19:9-11. p.
31, Para. 1, [CT].

It is only life that can beget life. He alone has life who
is connected with the Source of life, and only such can be
a channel of life. In order that the teacher may accomplish
the object of his work, he should be a living embodiment of
truth, a living channel through which wisdom and life may
flow. A pure life, the result of sound principles and right
habits, should therefore be regarded as his most essential
qualification. p. 31, Para. 2, [CT].

Love, the basis of creation and of redemption, is the ba-

sis of true education. This is made plain in the law that
God has given as the guide of life. The first and great
commandment is, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all
thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind,
and with all thy strength." Mark 12:30. To love Him, the
Infinite, the Omniscient One, with the whole strength and
mind and heart, means the highest development of every
power. It means that in the whole being--the body, the
mind, as well as the soul--the image of God is to be re-
stored. p. 32, Para. 1, [CT].

Like the first is the second commandment, "Thou shalt love

thy neighbor as thyself." Mark 12:31. The law of love calls
for the devotion of body, mind, and soul to the service of
God and our fellow men. And this service, while making us a
blessing to others, brings the greatest blessing to our-
selves. Unselfishness underlies all true development.
Through unselfish service we receive the highest culture of
every faculty. p. 32, Para. 2, [CT].
 The Result of Self-Seeking -- Lucifer in heaven desired to
be first in power and authority; he wanted to be God, to
have the rulership of heaven; and to this end he won many
of the angels to his side. When with his rebel host he was
cast out from the courts of God, the work of rebellion and
self-seeking was continued on earth. Through the temptation
to self-indulgence and ambition Satan accomplished the fall
of our first parents; and from that time to the present the
gratification of human ambition and the indulgence of self-
ish hopes and desires have proved the ruin of mankind. p.
32, Para. 3, [CT].

Under God, Adam was to stand at the head of the earthly

family, to maintain the principles of the heavenly family.
This would have brought peace and happiness. But the law
that none "liveth to himself" (Romans 14:7), Satan was de-
termined to oppose. He desired to live for self. He sought
to make himself a center of influence. It was this that had
incited rebellion in heaven, and it was man's acceptance of
this principle that brought sin on earth. When Adam sinned,
man broke away from the heaven-ordained center. A demon be-
came the central power in the world. Where God's throne
should have been, Satan placed his throne. The world laid
its homage, as a willing offering, at the feet of the en-
emy. p. 33, Para. 1, [CT].

The transgression of God's law brought woe and death in

its train. Through disobedience man's powers were per-
verted, and selfishness took the place of love. His nature
became so weakened that it was impossible for him to resist
the power of evil; and the tempter saw being fulfilled his
purpose to thwart the divine plan of man's creation and
fill the earth with misery and desolation. Men had chosen a
ruler who chained them to his car as captives. p. 33,
Para. 2, [CT].

The Remedy -- Looking upon man, God saw his desperate re-
bellion, and He devised a remedy. Christ was His gift to
the world for man's reconcilement. The Son of God was ap-
pointed to come to this earth to take humanity and by His
own example to be a great educating power among men. His
experience in man's behalf was to enable men to resist Sa-
tan's power. He came to mold character and to give mental
power, to shed abroad the beams of true education, that the
true aim of life might not be lost sight of. The sons of
men had had a practical knowledge of evil; Christ came to
the world to show them that He had planted for them the
tree of life, the leaves of which are for the healing of
the nations. p. 33, Para. 3, [CT].

Christ's life on earth teaches that to obtain the higher

education does not mean to gain popularity, to secure
worldly advantage, to have all the temporal wants abun-
dantly supplied, and to be honored by the titled and
wealthy of earth. The Prince of life suffered the inconven-
iences of poverty, that He might discern the needs of the
poor--He who by His divine power could supply the needs of
a hungry multitude. Not to wear the gorgeous robes of the
high priest, not to possess the riches of the Gentiles, did
He come to this earth, but to minister to the suffering and
the needy. His life rebukes all self-seeking. As He went
about doing good He made plain the character of God's law
and the nature of His service. p. 34, Para. 1, [CT].

Christ might have opened to men the deepest truths of sci-

ence. He might have unlocked mysteries which have required
many centuries of toil and study to penetrate. He might
have made suggestions in scientific lines that till the
close of time would have afforded food for thought and
stimulus for invention. But He did not do this. He said
nothing to gratify curiosity or to stimulate selfish ambi-
tion. He did not deal in abstract theories, but in that
which is essential to the development of character, that
which will enlarge man's capacity for knowing God, and in-
crease his power to do good. Instead of directing the peo-
ple to study men's theories about God, His word, or His
works, Christ taught them to behold Him as manifested in
His works, in His word, and by His providences. He brought
their minds in contact with the mind of the Infinite. He
unfolded principles that struck at the root of selfishness.
p. 34, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who are ignorant of education as it was taught and

exemplified in the life of Christ are ignorant of what con-
stitutes the higher education. His life of humiliation and
death of shame paid the redemption price for every soul. He
gave Himself for the uplifting of the fallen and the sin-
ful. Can we imagine an education higher than that to be
gained in co-operation with Him? p. 35, Para. 1, [CT].

To everyone Christ gives the command, "Go work today in My

vineyard for the glory of My name. Represent before a world
laden with corruption the blessedness of true education.
The weary, the heavy-laden, the brokenhearted, the per-
plexed--point them to Christ, the source of all strength,
all life, all hope." To teachers the word is spoken, "Be
faithful minutemen. Seek for the higher education, for en-
tire conformity to the will of God. You will surely reap
the reward that comes from its reception. As you place
yourselves where you can be recipients of the blessing of
God, the name of the Lord will be magnified through you."
p. 35, Para. 2, [CT].

Not lip service, not profession, but humble, devoted

lives, is that for which God is seeking. Teachers and stu-
dents are to know by experience what it means to live con-
secrated lives, which reveal the sacred principles that are
the basis of Christian character. Those who give themselves
to learn the way and will of God are receiving the highest
education that it is possible for mortals to receive. They
are building their experience, not on the sophistries of
the world, but upon principles that are eternal. p. 35,
Para. 3, [CT].

It is the privilege of every student to take the life and

teachings of Christ as his daily study. Christian education
means the acceptance, in sentiment and principle, of the
teachings of the Saviour. It includes a daily, conscien-
tious walking in the footsteps of Christ, who consented to
come to the world in the form of humanity, that He might
give to the human race a power that they could gain by no
other means. What was that power? The power to take the
teachings of Christ and follow them to the letter. p. 36,
Para. 1, [CT].

In His resistance of evil and His labor for others, Christ

gave to men an example of the highest education. He re-
vealed God to His disciples in a way that wrought in their
hearts a special work, such as He has long been urging us
to allow Him to do in our hearts. There are many who in
dwelling so largely on theory have lost sight of the living
power of the Saviour's example. They have lost sight of Him
and as the self-denying, humble worker. What they need is
to behold Jesus. Daily they need the fresh revealing of His
presence. They need to follow more closely His example of
self-renunciation and sacrifice. p. 36, Para. 2, [CT].

We need the experience that Paul had when he wrote, "I am

crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; yet not I, but
Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the
flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me,
and gave Himself for me." Galatians 2:20. p. 36, Para. 3,
[CT].

The knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ expressed in

character is the very highest education. It is the key that
opens the portals of the heavenly city. This knowledge it
is God's purpose that all who put on Christ shall possess.
p. 37, Para. 1, [CT].

He whose mind is enlightened by the opening of God's word

to his understanding will realize his responsibility to God
and to the world, and he will feel that his talents must be
developed in a way that will produce the very best results;
for he is to "show forth the praises" of Him who has called
him "out of darkness into His marvelous light." I Peter
2:9. While growing in grace and in a knowledge of the Lord
Jesus Christ, he will realize his own imperfections, he
will feel his real ignorance, and he will seek constantly
to preserve and put to the stretch his powers of mind, that
he may become an intelligent Christian. Students who are
imbued with the Spirit of Christ will grasp knowledge with
all their faculties. Without this experience, education is
disrobed of its true brightness and glory. p. 37, Para. 2,
[CT].

The entrance of God's word is the application of divine

truth to the heart, purifying and refining the soul through
the agency of the Holy Spirit. The faculties devoted unre-
servedly to God, under the guidance of the divine Spirit,
develop steadily and harmoniously. Devotion and piety es-
tablish so close a relation between Jesus and His disciples
that the Christian becomes like Him. Through the power of
God, his weak, vacillating character becomes changed to one
of strength and steadfastness. He becomes a person of sound
principle, clear perception, and reliable, well-balanced
judgment. Having a connection with God, the source of light
and understanding, his views, unbiased by his own precon-
ceived opinions, become broader, his discernment more pene-
trative and farseeing. The knowledge of God, the under-
standing of His revealed will, as far as human minds can
grasp it, will, when received into the character, make ef-
ficient men. p. 37, Para. 3, [CT].

Knowledge is power, but it is a power for good only when

united with true piety. It must be vitalized by the Spirit
of God in order to serve the noblest purposes. The closer
our connection with God, the more fully can we comprehend
the value of true science; for the attributes of God, as
seen in His created works, can be best appreciated by him
who has a knowledge of the Creator of all things, the
Author of all truth. Such can make the highest use of
knowledge; for when brought under the full control of the
Spirit of God, their talents are rendered useful to the
fullest extent. p. 38, Para. 1, [CT].

There has been altogether too little attention paid to our

children and youth, and they have failed to develop as they
should in the Christian life, because the church members
have not looked upon them with tenderness and sympathy, de-
siring that they might be advanced in the divine life. p.
41, Para. 1, [CT].

In our large churches very much might be done for the

youth. Shall they have less special labor; shall fewer in-
ducements be held out to them to become full-grown Chris-
tians--men and women in Christ Jesus--than were afforded
them in the denominations which they have left for the
truth's sake? Shall they be left to drift hither and
thither, to become discouraged, and to fall into the temp-
tations that are lurking everywhere to catch their unwary
feet? If they err, and fall from the steadfastness of their
integrity, do the members of the church who have neglected
to care for the lambs, censure and blame them, and magnify
their failures? Are their shortcomings talked of and ex-
posed to others, and are they left in discouragement and
despair? p. 41, Para. 2, [CT].

The work that lies next to our church members is to become

interested in our youth; for they need kindness, patience,
tenderness, line upon line, precept upon precept. Oh, where
are the fathers and mothers in Israel? There ought to be a
large number who would be stewards of the grace of Christ,
who would feel not merely a casual but a special interest
in the young. There ought to be those whose hearts are
touched by the pitiable situation in which our youth are
placed, and who realize that Satan is working by every con-
ceivable device to draw them into his net. p. 41, Para. 3,
[CT].

God requires that the church arouse from her lethargy and
see what is the manner of service demanded of her at this
time of peril. The lambs of the flock must be fed. The Lord
of heaven is looking on to see who is doing the work He
would have done for the children and youth. The eyes of our
brethren and sisters should be anointed with heavenly eye-
salve, that they may discern the necessities of the time.
We must be aroused to see what needs to be done in Christ's
spiritual vineyard, and go to work. p. 42, Para. 1, [CT].

A Liberal Education to Be Provided -- As a people who

claim to have advanced light, we are to devise ways and
means by which to bring forth a corps of educated workmen
for the various departments of the work of God. We need a
well-disciplined, cultivated class of young men and women
in our sanitariums, in the medical missionary work, in the
offices of publication, in the conferences of different
states, and in the field at large. We need young men and
women who have a high intellectual culture, in order that
they may do the best work for the Lord. We have done some-
thing toward reaching this standard, but still we are far
behind where we should be. p. 42, Para. 2, [CT].

As a church, as individuals, if we would stand clear in

the judgment, we must make more liberal efforts for the
training of our young people, that they may be better fit-
ted for the various branches of the great work committed to
our hands. We should lay wise plans, in order that the in-
genious minds of those who have talent may be strengthened
and disciplined, and polished after the highest order, that
the work of Christ may not be hindered for lack of skillful
laborers, who will do their work with earnestness and fi-
delity. p. 43, Para. 1, [CT].

All to Be Trained -- The church is asleep, and does not

realize the magnitude of this matter of educating the chil-
dren and youth. "Why," one says, "what is the need of being
so particular to educate our youth thoroughly? It seems to
me that if you take a few who have decided to follow a lit-
erary calling or some other calling that requires a certain
discipline, and give due attention to them, that is all
that is necessary. It is not required that the whole mass
of our youth be so well trained. Will not this answer every
essential requirement?" p. 43, Para. 2, [CT].

I answer, No, most decidedly not. What selection should we

be able to make out of the numbers of our youth? How could
we tell who would be the most promising, who would render
the best service to God? In our judgment we might look upon
the outward appearance, as Samuel did when he was sent to
find the anointed of the Lord. When the noble sons of Jesse
passed before him, and his eye rested upon the handsome
countenance and fine stature of the eldest son, to Samuel
it seemed that the anointed of the Lord was before him. But
the Lord said to him, "Look not on his countenance, or on
the height of his stature; because I have refused him: for
the Lord seeth not as man seeth; for man looketh on the
outward appearance, but the Lord looketh on the heart." Not
one of these noble-looking sons of Jesse would the Lord ac-
cept. But when David, the youngest son, a mere youth, was
called from the field, and passed before Samuel, the Lord
said, "Arise, anoint him: for this is he." I Samuel 16:7,
12. p. 43, Para. 3, [CT].

Who can determine which one of a family will prove to be

efficient in the work of God? There should be general edu-
cation of all its members, and all our youth should be per-
mitted to have the blessings and privileges of an education
at our schools, that they may be inspired to become labor-
ers together with God. They all need an education, that
they may be fitted for usefulness, qualified for places of
responsibility in both private and public life. There is a
great necessity of making plans that there may be a large
number of competent workers, and many should fit themselves
as teachers, that others may be trained and disciplined for
the great work of the future. p. 44, Para. 1, [CT].

A Fund for Schoolwork -- The church should take in the

situation, and by their influence and means seek to bring
about this much-desired end. Let a fund be created by gen-
erous contributions for the establishment of schools for
the advancement of educational work. We need men well
trained, well educated, to work in the interests of the
churches. They should present the fact that we cannot trust
our youth to go to seminaries and colleges established by
other denominations; that we must gather them into schools
where their religious training shall not be neglected. p.
44, Para. 2, [CT].

High Aims -- God would not have us in any sense behind in

educational work. Our colleges should be far in advance in
the highest kind of education. . . . If we do not have
schools for our youth, they will attend other seminaries
and colleges, and will be exposed to infidel sentiments, to
cavilings and questionings concerning the inspiration of
the Bible. There is a great deal of talk concerning higher
education, and many suppose that higher education consists
wholly in an education in science and literature; but this
is not all. The highest education includes the knowledge of
the word of God, and is comprehended in the words, "That
they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ,
whom Thou has sent." John 17:3. p. 45, Para. 1, [CT].

The highest class of education is that which will give

such knowledge and discipline as will lead to the best de-
velopment of character, and will fit the soul for that life
which measures with the life of God. Eternity is not to be
lost out of our reckoning. The highest education is that
which will teach our children and youth the science of
Christianity, which will give them an experimental knowl-
edge of God's ways, and will impart to them the lessons
that Christ gave to His disciples, of the paternal charac-
ter of God. p. 45, Para. 2, [CT].

"Thus saith the Lord, Let not the wise man glory in his
wisdom, neither let the mighty man glory in his might, let
not the rich man glory in his riches: but let him that glo-
rieth glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth Me."
Jeremiah 9:23, 24. . . . Let us seek to follow the counsel
of God in all things; for He is infinite in wisdom. Though
we have come short of doing what we might have done for our
youth and children in the past, let us now repent, and re-
deem the time.-- Special Testimonies on Education, pages
197-202; written April 28, 1896. p. 46, Para. 1, [CT].

The Responsibility of Church Members -- There is no work

more important than the education of our youth. I am glad
that we have institutions where they can be separated from
the corrupting influences so prevalent in the schools of
the present day. Our brethren and sisters should be thank-
ful that in the providence of God our colleges have been
established, and should stand ready to sustain them by
their means. Every influence should be brought to bear to
educate the youth and to elevate their morals. They should
be trained to have courage to resist the tide of moral pol-
lution in this degenerate age. With a firm hold upon divine
power, they may stand in society to mold and fashion,
rather than to be fashioned after the world's model. p.
46, Para. 2, [CT].

When the youth come to our colleges, they should not be

made to feel that they have come among strangers who do not
care for their souls. We must guard them, fighting back Sa-
tan, that he shall not take them out of our arms. There
should be fathers and mothers in Israel who will watch for
their souls as they that must give an account. Brethren and
sisters, do not hold yourselves aloof from the youth, as if
you had no particular concern or responsibility for them.
You who have long professed to be Christians have a work to
do, patiently and kindly to lead them in the right way. You
should show them that you love them because they are
younger members of the Lord's family, the purchase of His
blood. p. 46, Para. 3, [CT].

The future of society will be determined by the youth of

today. Satan is making earnest, persevering efforts to cor-
rupt the mind and debase the character of every youth; and
shall we who have more experience stand as mere spectators,
and see him accomplish his purpose without hindrance? Let
us stand at our post as minutemen, to work for these youth,
and through the help of God to hold them back from the pit
of destruction. In the parable, while men slept the enemy
sowed tares; and while you, my brethren and sisters, are
unconscious of his work, Satan is gathering an army of
youth under his banner; and he exults, for through them he
carries on his warfare against God. p. 47, Para. 1, [CT].

The Teacher's Privilege -- The teachers in our schools

have a heavy responsibility to bear. They must be in words
and character what they wish their students to become--men
and women that fear God and work righteousness. If they are
acquainted with the way themselves, they can train the
youth to walk in it. They will not only educate them in the
sciences, but will train them to have moral independence,
to work for Jesus, and to take up burdens in His cause. p.
47, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers, what opportunities are yours! What a privilege

is within your reach of molding the minds and characters of
the youth under your charge! What a joy it will be to you
to meet them round the great white throne, and to know that
you have done what you could to fit them for immortality!
If your work stands the test of the great day, like sweet-
est music will fall upon your ears the benediction of the
Master, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant: . . .
enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." Matthew 25:21. p.
48, Para. 1, [CT].

In the great harvest field there is abundance of work for

all, and those who neglect to do what they can will be
found guilty before God. Let us work for time and for eter-
nity. Let us work with all the powers that God has bestowed
upon us, and He will bless our well-directed efforts. p.
48, Para. 2, [CT].

The Saviour longs to save the young. He would rejoice to

see them around His throne, clothed in the spotless robes
of His righteousness. He is waiting to place upon their
heads the crown of life, and to hear their happy voices
join in ascribing honor and glory and majesty to God and
the Lamb in the song of victory that shall echo and re-echo
through the courts of heaven. p. 48, Para. 3, [CT].

By a misconception of the true nature and object of educa-

tion, many have been led into serious and even fatal er-
rors. Such a mistake is made when the regulation of the
heart or the establishment of principles is neglected in
the effort to secure intellectual culture, or when eternal
interests are overlooked in the eager desire for temporal
advantage. p. 49, Para. 1, [CT].

To make the possession of worldly honor or riches our rul-

ing motive is unworthy of one who has been redeemed by the
blood of Christ. It should rather be our aim to gain knowl-
edge and wisdom that we may become better Christians, and
be prepared for greater usefulness, rendering more faithful
service to our Creator, and by our example and influence
leading others also to glorify God. Here is something real,
something tangible--not only words, but deeds. Not only the
affections of the heart, but the service of the life, must
be devoted to our Maker. p. 49, Para. 2, [CT].

The One Perfect Pattern -- To bring man back into harmony

with God, so to elevate and ennoble his moral nature that
he may again reflect the image of the Creator, is the great
purpose of all the education and discipline of life. So im-
portant was this work that the Saviour left the courts of
heaven and came in person to this earth, that He might
teach men how to obtain a fitness for the higher life. For
thirty years He dwelt as a man among men, passed through
the experiences of human life as a child, a youth, a man;
He endured the severest trials that He might present a liv-
ing illustration of the truths He taught. For three years
as a teacher sent from God He instructed the children of
men; then, leaving the work to chosen colaborers, He as-
cended to heaven. But His interest in it has not abated.
From the courts above He watches with the deepest solici-
tude the progress of the cause for which He gave His life.
p. 49, Para. 3, [CT].
 The character of Christ is the one perfect pattern which
we are to copy. Repentance and faith, the surrender of the
will, and the consecration of the affections to God are the
means appointed for the accomplishment of this work. To ob-
tain a knowledge of this divinely ordained plan should be
our first study; to comply with its requirements, our first
effort. p. 50, Para. 1, [CT].

Solomon declares that "the fear of the Lord is the begin-

ning of wisdom." Proverbs 9:10. Concerning the value and
importance of this wisdom, he writes: "Wisdom is the prin-
cipal thing; therefore get wisdom: and with all thy getting
get understanding." Proverbs 4:7. "For the merchandise of
it is better than the merchandise of silver, and the gain
thereof than fine gold. She is more precious than rubies:
and all the things thou canst desire are not to be compared
unto her." Proverbs 3:14, 15. p. 50, Para. 2, [CT].

The School of Christ -- He who is seeking with diligence

to acquire the wisdom of human schools should remember that
another school also claims him as a student. Christ was the
greatest teacher the world ever saw. He brought to man
knowledge direct from heaven. The lessons which He has
given us are what we need for both the present and the fu-
ture state. He sets before us the true aims of life, and
how we may secure them. p. 50, Para. 3, [CT].

In the school of Christ, students are never graduated.

Among the pupils are both old and young. Those who give
heed to the instructions of the divine Teacher constantly
advance in wisdom, refinement, and nobility of soul, and
thus they are prepared to enter that higher school where
advancement will continue throughout eternity. p. 51,
Para. 1, [CT].

Infinite Wisdom sets before us the great lessons of life -

-lessons of duty and happiness. These are often hard to
learn, but without them we can make no real progress. They
may cost us effort and tears, and even agony, but we must
not falter or grow weary. We shall at last hear the Mas-
ter's call, "Child, come up higher." p. 51, Para. 2, [CT].

It is in this world, amid its trials and temptations, that

we are to gain a fitness for the society of the pure and
holy. Those who become so absorbed in less important stud-
ies that they cease to learn in the school of Christ are
meeting with infinite loss. They insult the divine Teacher
by the rejection of the provisions of His grace. The longer
they continue in their course, the more hardened they are
in sin. Their retribution will be proportioned to the infi-
nite value of the blessings they have spurned. p. 51,
Para. 3, [CT].

In the religion of Christ there is a regenerating influ-

ence that transforms the entire being, lifting man above
every debasing, groveling vice, and raising the thoughts
and desires toward God and heaven. Linked to the Infinite
One, man is made partaker of the divine nature. Upon him
the shafts of evil have no effect; for he is clothed with
the panoply of Christ's righteousness. p. 51, Para. 4,
[CT].

Every faculty, every attribute, with which the Creator has

endowed the children of men is to be employed for His
glory; and in this employment is found its purest, holiest,
happiest exercise. While religious principle is held para-
mount, every advance step taken in the acquirement of
knowledge or in the culture of the intellect is a step to-
ward the assimilation of the human with the Divine, the fi-
nite with the Infinite. p. 52, Para. 1, [CT].

The Bible as an Educator -- As an educator, the Holy

Scriptures are without a rival. The Bible is the most an-
cient and the most comprehensive history that men possess.
It came fresh from the Fountain of eternal truth, and
throughout the ages a divine hand has preserved its purity.
It lights up the far-distant past, where human research
seeks in vain to penetrate. In God's word only do we behold
the power that laid the foundations of the earth and that
stretched out the heavens. Here only do we find an authen-
tic account of the origin of nations. Here only is given a
history of our race unsullied by human pride or prejudice.
p. 52, Para. 2, [CT].

In the word of God the mind finds subjects for the deepest
thought, the loftiest aspirations. Here we may hold commun-
ion with patriarchs and prophets, and listen to the voice
of the Eternal as He speaks with men. Here we behold the
Majesty of heaven as He humbled Himself to become our sub-
stitute and surety, to cope singlehanded with the powers of
darkness and to gain the victory in our behalf. A reverent
contemplation of such themes as these cannot fail to sof-
ten, purify, and ennoble the heart, and at the same time to
inspire the mind with new strength and vigor. p. 52, Para.
3, [CT].

Those who regard it as brave and manly to treat the claims

of God with indifference and contempt are thereby betraying
their own folly and ignorance. While they boast their free-
dom and independence, they are really in bondage to sin and
Satan. p. 53, Para. 1, [CT].

A clear conception of what God is and what He requires us

to be will lead to wholesome humility. He who studies
aright the Sacred Word will learn that human intellect is
not omnipotent. He will learn that without the help which
none but God can give, human strength and wisdom are but
weakness and ignorance. p. 53, Para. 2, [CT].

He who is following the divine guidance has found the only

true source of saving grace and real happiness, and has
gained the power of imparting happiness to all around him.
No man can really enjoy life without religion. Love to God
purifies and ennobles every taste and desire, intensifies
every affection, and brightens every worthy pleasure. It
enables men to appreciate and enjoy all that is true, and
good, and beautiful. p. 53, Para. 3, [CT].

But that which above all other considerations should lead

us to prize the Bible is that in it is revealed to men the
will of God. Here we learn the object of our creation and
the means by which that object may be attained. We learn
how to improve wisely the present life and how to secure
the future life. No other book can satisfy the questionings
of the mind or the cravings of the heart. By obtaining a
knowledge of God's word and giving heed thereto, men may
rise from the lowest depths of degradation to become the
sons of God, the associates of sinless angels. p. 53,
Para. 4, [CT].

Lessons From Nature -- In the varied scenes of nature also

are lessons of divine wisdom for all who have learned to
commune with God. The pages that opened in undimmed bright-
ness to the gaze of the first pair in Eden bear now a
shadow. A blight has fallen upon the fair creation. And
yet, wherever we turn, we see traces of the primal loveli-
ness; wherever we turn, we hear the voice of God and behold
His handiwork. p. 54, Para. 1, [CT].

From the solemn roll of the deep-toned thunder and old

ocean's ceaseless roar, to the glad songs that make the
forests vocal with melody, nature's ten thousand voices
speak His praise. In earth and sea and sky, with their mar-
velous tint and color, varying in gorgeous contrast or
blended in harmony, we behold His glory. The everlasting
hills tell of His power. The trees that wave their green
banners in the sunlight and the flowers in their delicate
beauty point to their Creator. The living green that car-
pets the brown earth tells of God's care for the humblest
of His creatures. The caves of the sea and the depths of
the earth reveal His treasures. He who placed the pearls in
the ocean and the amethyst and chrysolite among the rocks
is a lover of the beautiful. The sun rising in the heavens
is a representative of Him who is the life and light of all
that He has made. All the brightness and beauty that adorn
the earth and light up the heavens speak of God. p. 54,
Para. 2, [CT].

Shall we, then, in the enjoyment of His gifts, forget the

Giver? Let them rather lead us to contemplate His goodness
and His love. Let all that is beautiful in our earthly home
remind us of the crystal river and green fields, the waving
trees and living fountains, the shining city and the white-
robed singers, of our heavenly home-- that world of beauty
which no artist can picture, no mortal tongue describe.
"Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered
into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared
for them that love Him." I Corinthians 2:9. p. 55, Para.
1, [CT].

To dwell forever in this home of the blest, to bear in

soul, body, and spirit, not the dark traces of sin and the
curse, but the perfect likeness of our Creator, and through
ceaseless ages to advance in wisdom, in knowledge, and in
holiness, ever exploring new fields of thought, ever find-
ing new wonders and new glories, ever increasing in capac-
ity to know and to enjoy and to love, and knowing that
there is still beyond us joy and love and wisdom infinite--
such is the object to which the Christian's hope is point-
ing, for which Christian education is preparing. To secure
this education, and to aid others to secure it, should be
the object of the Christian's life. p. 55, Para. 2, [CT].

Let us never lose sight of the fact that Jesus is a well-

spring of joy. He does not delight in the misery of human
beings, but loves to see them happy. p. 55, Para. 3, [CT].
 We are rapidly nearing the final crisis in this world's
history, and it is important that we understand that the
educational advantages offered by our schools are to be
different from those offered by the schools of the world.
Neither are we to follow the routine of worldly schools.
The instruction given in Seventh-day Adventist schools is
to be such as to lead to the practice of true humility. In
speech, in dress, in diet, and in the influence exerted, is
to be seen the simplicity of true godliness. p. 56, Para.
1, [CT].

Our teachers need to understand the work that is to be

done in these last days. The education given in our
schools, in our churches, in our sanitariums, should pres-
ent clearly the great work to be accomplished. The need of
weeding from the life every worldly practice that is op-
posed to the teachings of the word of God, and of supplying
its place with deeds that bear the mark of the divine na-
ture, should be made clear to the students of all grades.
Our work of education is ever to bear the impress of the
heavenly, and thus reveal how far divine instruction excels
the learning of the world. p. 56, Para. 2, [CT].

To some this work of entire transformation may seem impos-

sible. But if this were so, why go to the expense of at-
tempting to carry on a work of Christian education at all?
Our knowledge of what true education means is to lead us
ever to seek for strict purity of character. In all our as-
sociation together we are to bear in mind that we are fit-
ting for transfer to another world; the principles of
heaven are to be learned and practiced; the superiority of
the future life to this life is to be impressed upon the
mind of every learner. Teachers who fail to bring this into
their work of education fail of having a part in the great
work of developing character that can meet the approval of
God. p. 56, Para. 3, [CT].

As the world in this age comes more and more under the in-
fluence of Satan, the true children of God will desire more
and more to be taught of Him. Teachers should be employed
who will give a heavenly mold to the characters of the
youth. Under the influence of such teachers, foolish and
unessential practices will be exchanged for habits and
practices befitting the sons and daughters of God. p. 57,
Para. 1, [CT].

As wickedness in the world becomes more pronounced, and

the teachings of evil are more fully developed and widely
accepted, the teachings of Christ are to stand forth exem-
plified in the lives of converted men and women. Angels are
waiting to co-operate in every department of the work. This
has been presented to me again and again. At this time the
people of God, men and women who are truly converted, are
to learn, under the training of faithful teachers, the les-
sons that the God of heaven values. p. 57, Para. 2, [CT].

The most important work of our educational institutions at

this time is to set before the world an example that will
honor God. Holy angels are to supervise the work through
human agencies, and every department is to bear the mark of
divine excellence. p. 57, Para. 3, [CT].

All our health institutions, all our publishing houses,

all our institutions of learning, are to be conducted more
and more in accordance with the instruction that has been
given. When Christ is recognized as the head of all our
working forces, more and more thoroughly will our institu-
tions be cleansed from every common, worldly practice. The
show and the pretense, and many of the exhibitions that in
the past have had a place in our schools, will find no
place there when teachers and students seek to carry out
God's will on earth as it is done in heaven. Christ, as the
chief working agency, will mold and fashion characters af-
ter the divine order; and students and teachers, realizing
that they are preparing for the higher school in the courts
above, will put away many things that are now thought to be
necessary, and will magnify and follow the methods of
Christ. p. 57, Para. 4, [CT].

The thought of the eternal life should be woven into all

to which the Christian sets his hand. If the work performed
is agricultural or mechanical in its nature, it may still
be after the pattern of the heavenly. It is the privilege
of the preceptors and teachers of our schools to reveal in
all their work the leading of the Spirit of God. Through
the grace of Christ every provision has been made for the
perfecting of Christlike characters; and God is honored
when His people, in all their social and business dealings,
reveal the principles of heaven. p. 58, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord demands uprightness in the smallest as well as in

the largest matters. Those who are accepted at last as mem-
bers of the heavenly court, will be men and women who here
on earth sought to carry out the Lord's will in every par-
ticular, who sought to put the impress of heaven upon their
earthly labors. p. 58, Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord gave an important lesson to His people in all

ages when to Moses on the mount He gave instruction regard-
ing the building of the tabernacle. In that work He re-
quired perfection in every detail. Moses was proficient in
all the learning of the Egyptians; he had a knowledge of
God, and God's purposes has been revealed to him in vi-
sions; but he did not know how to engrave and embroider.
p. 59, Para. 1, [CT].

Israel had been held all their days in the bondage of

Egypt, and although there were ingenious men among them,
they had not been instructed in the curious arts which were
called for in the building of the tabernacle. They knew how
to make bricks, but they did not understand how to work in
gold or silver. How was the work to be done? Who was suffi-
cient for these things? These were questions that troubled
the mind of Moses. p. 59, Para. 2, [CT].

Then God Himself explained how the work was to be accom-

plished. He signified by name the persons He desired to do
a certain work. Bezaleel was to be the architect. This man
belonged to the tribe of Judah--a tribe that God delighted
to honor. p. 59, Para. 3, [CT].

"And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, See, I have called
by name Bezaleel the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the
tribe of Judah: and I have filled him with the Spirit of
God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and
in all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to
work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting
of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work
in all manner of workmanship. p. 59, Para. 4, [CT].

"And I, behold, I have given with him Aholiab, the son of

Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan: and in the hearts of all
that are wisehearted I have put wisdom, that they may make
all that I have commanded thee." Exodus 31:1-6. p. 59,
Para. 5, [CT].

In order that the earthly tabernacle might represent the

heavenly, it must be perfect in all its parts, and it must
be, in every smallest detail, like the pattern in the heav-
ens. So it is with the characters of those who are finally
accepted in the sight of heaven. p. 60, Para. 1, [CT].
 The Son of God came down to this earth that in Him men and
women might have a representation of the perfect characters
which alone God could accept. Through the grace of Christ
every provision has been made for the salvation of the hu-
man family. It is possible for every transaction entered
into by those who claim to be Christians to be as pure as
the deeds of Christ. And the soul who accepts the virtues
of Christ's character and appropriates the merits of His
life is as precious in the sight of God as is His own be-
loved Son. Sincere and uncorrupted faith is to Him as gold
and frankincense and myrrh--the gifts of the Wise Men to
the Child of Bethlehem, and the evidence of their faith in
Him as the promised Messiah. p. 60, Para. 2, [CT].

Let the child and the youth be taught that every mistake,
every fault, every difficulty, conquered, becomes a step-
pingstone to better and higher things. It is through such
experiences that all who have ever made life worth the liv-
ing have achieved success.-- Education, page 296. p. 60,
Para. 3, [CT].

"Whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine," Christ said,

"and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which
built his house upon a rock: and the rain descended, and
the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that
house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. And
everyone that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them
not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his
house upon the sand: and the rain descended, and the floods
came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it
fell: and great was the fall of it." Matthew 7:24-27. p.
61, Para. 1, [CT].

The great work of parents and teachers is character build-

ing--seeking to restore the image of Christ in those placed
under their care. A knowledge of the sciences sinks into
insignificance beside this great aim; but all true educa-
tion may be made to help in the development of a righteous
character. The formation of character is the work of a
lifetime, and it is for eternity. If all could realize
this, and would awake to the fact that we are individually
deciding our own destiny and the destinies of our children
for eternal life or eternal ruin, what a change would take
place! How differently would our probationary time be occu-
pied, and with what noble characters would our world be
filled! p. 61, Para. 2, [CT].
 The question that should come home to each of us is, Upon
what foundation am I building? We have the privilege of
striving for immortal life; and it is of the greatest im-
portance that we dig deep, removing all the rubbish, and
build on the solid rock, Christ Jesus. He is the sure foun-
dation. "Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid,
which is Jesus Christ." 1 Corinthians 3:11. In Him alone is
our salvation. "There is none other name under heaven given
among men, whereby we must be saved." Acts 4:12. p. 61,
Para. 3, [CT].

The foundation firmly laid, we need wisdom that we may

know how to build. When Moses was about to erect the sanc-
tuary in the wilderness, he was cautioned, "See ... that
thou make all things according to the pattern showed to
thee in the mount." Hebrews 8:5. In His law, God has given
us the pattern. Our character building is to be after "the
pattern showed to thee in the mount." The law is the great
standard of righteousness. It represents the character of
God, and is the test of our loyalty to His government. And
it is revealed to us, in all its beauty and excellence, in
the life of Christ. . . . p. 62, Para. 1, [CT].

Thoroughness is necessary to success in the work of char-

acter building. There must be an earnest purpose to carry
out the plan of the Master Builder. The timbers must be
solid. No careless, unrealiable work can be accepted, for
this would ruin the building. The powers of the whole being
are to be put into the work. It demands the strength and
energy of manhood; there is no reserve to be wasted in un-
important matters. ... There must be earnest, careful, per-
severing effort to break away from the customs, maxims, and
associations of the world. Deep thought, earnest purpose,
steadfast integrity, are essential. p. 62, Para. 2, [CT].

There must be no idleness. Life is an important thing, a

sacred trust; and every moment should be wisely improved,
for its results will be seen in eternity. God requires each
one to do all the good possible. The talents which He has
entrusted to our keeping are to be made the most of. He has
placed them in our hands to be used to His name's honor and
glory, and for the good of our fellow men. . . . p. 62,
Para. 3, [CT].

The Lord has precious promises in this life for those who
keep His law. He says, "My son, forget not My law; but let
thine heart keep My commandments: for length of days, and
long life, and peace, shall they add to thee. Let not mercy
and truth forsake thee: bind them about thy neck; write
them upon the table of thine heart: so shalt thou find fa-
vor and good understanding in the sight of God and man."
Proverbs 3:1-4. p. 63, Para. 1, [CT].

But a better than earthly reward awaits those who, basing

their work on the solid Rock, build up symmetrical charac-
ters, in accordance with the living word. For them is pre-
pared "a city which hath foundations, whose builder and
maker is God." Hebrews 11:10. Its streets are paved with
gold. In it is the Paradise of God, watered by the river of
life, which proceeds from the throne. In the midst of the
street, and on either side of the river, is the tree of
life, which yields its fruit every month; "and the leaves
of the tree were for the healing of the nations." p. 63,
Para. 2, [CT].

Parents, teachers, students, remember that you are build-

ing for eternity. See that your foundation is sure; then
build firmly, and with persistent effort, but in gentle-
ness, meekness, love. So shall your house stand unshaken,
not only when the storms of temptation come, but when the
overwhelming flood of God's wrath shall sweep over the
world.-- Special Testimonies on Education, pages 72-77. p.
63, Para. 3, [CT].

True education means more than taking a certain course of

study. It is broad. It includes the harmonious development
of all the physical powers and the mental faculties. It
teaches the love and fear of God, and is a preparation for
the faithful discharge of life's duties. p. 64, Para. 1,
[CT].

There is an education which is essentially worldly. Its

aim is success in the world, the gratification of selfish
ambition. To secure this education many students spend time
and money in crowding their minds with unnecessary knowl-
edge. The world accounts them learned; but God is not in
their thoughts. They eat of the tree of worldly knowledge,
which nourishes and strengthens pride. In their hearts they
become disobedient and estranged from God; and their en-
trusted gifts are placed on the enemy's side. Much of the
education at the present time is of this character. The
world may regard it as highly desirable; but it increases
the peril of the student. p. 64, Para. 2, [CT].
 There is another kind of education that is very different.
Its fundamental principle, as stated by the greatest
Teacher the world has ever known, is, "Seek ye first the
kingdom of God, and His righteousness." Matthew 6:33. Its
aim is not selfish; its purpose is to honor God and to
serve Him in the world. Both the studies pursued and the
industrial training sought have this object in view. The
word of God is studied; a vital connection with God is
maintained, and the better feelings and traits of character
are brought into exercise. This kind of education produces
results as lasting as eternity. "The fear of the Lord is
the beginning of wisdom" (Proverbs 9:10), and better than
all knowledge is an understanding of His word. p. 64,
Para. 3, [CT].

What shall be the character of the education given in our

schools? Shall it be according to the wisdom of this world,
or according to the wisdom which is from above? ... Teach-
ers are to do more for their students than to impart a
knowledge of books. Their position as guide and instructor
of the youth is most responsible, for to them is given the
work of molding mind and character. Those who undertake
this work should possess well-balanced, symmetrical charac-
ters. They should be refined in manner, neat in dress,
careful in all their habits; and they should have that true
Christian courtesy that wins confidence and respect. The
teacher should be himself what he wishes his students to
become. p. 65, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers are to watch over their students as the shepherd

watches over the flock entrusted to his charge. They should
care for souls as they that must give an account. p. 65,
Para. 2, [CT].

The teacher may understand many things in regard to the

physical universe; he may know about the structure of ani-
mal life, the discoveries of natural science, the inven-
tions of mechanical art; but he cannot be called educated,
he is not fitted for his work as an instructor of the
youth, unless he has in his own soul a knowledge of God and
of Christ. He cannot be a true educator until he is himself
a learner in the school of Christ, receiving an education
from the divine Instructor. p. 65, Para. 3, [CT].

God Our Dependence -- God is the source of all wisdom. He

is infinitely wise and just and good. Apart from Christ,
the wisest men that ever lived cannot comprehend Him. They
may profess to be wise; they may glory in their attain-
ments; but mere intellectual knowledge, aside from the
great truths that center in Christ, is as nothingness. "Let
not the wise man glory in his wisdom:. . . but let him that
glorieth glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth
Me, that I am the Lord which exercise loving-kindness,
judgment, and righteousness, in the earth." Jeremiah 9:23,
24. p. 66, Para. 1, [CT].

If men could see for a moment beyond the range of finite

vision, if they could catch a glimpse of the Eternal, every
mouth would be stopped in its boasting. Men living in this
little atom of a world are finite; God has unnumbered
worlds that are obedient to His laws and are conducted with
reference to His glory. When men have gone as far in scien-
tific research as their limited powers will permit, there
is still an infinity beyond what they can apprehend. p.
66, Para. 2, [CT].

Before men can be truly wise, they must realize their de-
pendence upon God, and be filled with His wisdom. God is
the source of intellectual as well as spiritual power. The
greatest men who have reached what the world regards as
wonderful heights in science are not to be compared with
the beloved John or the apostle Paul. It is when intellec-
tual and spiritual power are combined that the highest
standard of manhood is attained. Those who do this, God
will accept as workers together with Him in the training of
minds. p. 66, Para. 3, [CT].

To know oneself is a great knowledge. The teacher who

rightly estimates himself will let God mold and discipline
his mind. And he will acknowledge the source of his power.
... Self-knowledge leads to humility and to trust in God,
but it does not take the place of efforts for self-
improvement. He who realizes his own deficiencies will
spare no pains to reach the highest possible standard of
physical, mental, and moral excellence. No one should have
a part in the training of youth who is satisfied with a
lower standard. p. 67, Para. 1, [CT].

An Effective Helper -- The true teacher will try by pre-

cept and example to win souls to Christ. He must receive
the truth in the love of it and let it cleanse his heart
and mold his life. Every teacher should be under the full
control of the Holy Spirit. Then Christ can speak to the
heart, and His voice is the voice of love. And the love of
God, received into the heart, is an active power for good,
quickening and enlarging the mind and soul. With his own
heart warm with divine love, the teacher will lift up the
Man of Calvary, not to give the students a casual glimpse,
but to fasten their attention until Jesus shall seem to
them the "chiefest among ten thousand," and the One "alto-
gether lovely." Song of Solomon 5:10, 16. p. 67, Para. 2,
[CT].

The Holy Spirit is an effective helper in restoring the

image of God in the human soul, but Its efficiency and
power have not been appreciated in our schools. It came
into the schools of the prophets, bringing even the
thoughts into harmony with the will of God. There was a
living connection between heaven and these schools; and the
joy and thanksgiving of loving hearts found expression in
songs of praise in which angels joined. p. 67, Para. 3,
[CT].

The Holy Spirit comes to the world as Christ's representa-

tive. It not only speaks the truth, but It is the truth--
the faithful and true Witness. It is the great Searcher of
hearts and is acquainted with the characters of all. p.
68, Para. 1, [CT].

The Holy Spirit has often come to our schools and has not
been recognized, but has been treated as a stranger, per-
haps even as an intruder. Every teacher should know and
welcome this heavenly Guest. If the teachers will open
their own hearts to receive the Spirit, they will be pre-
pared to co-operate with It in working for their students.
And when It is given free course, It will effect wonderful
transformations. It will work in each heart, correcting
selfishness, molding and refining the character, and bring-
ing even the thoughts into captivity to Christ. p. 68,
Para. 2, [CT].

The great aim of the teacher should be the perfecting of

Christian character in himself and in his students. Teach-
ers, let your lamps be trimmed and burning, and they will
not only be lights to your students, but will send out
clear and distinct rays to the homes and neighborhoods
where your students live, and far beyond into the moral
darkness of the world.-- Special Testimonies on Education ,
pages 47-52; written May 15, 1896. p. 68, Para. 3, [CT].
 Our brethren say the plea comes from ministers and parents
that there are scores of young people in our ranks who need
the advantages of our training schools, but they cannot at-
tend unless tuitions are lower. p. 68, Para. 4, [CT].

Those who plead for low tuition should carefully weigh

matters on all sides. If students cannot of themselves com-
mand sufficient means to pay the actual expense of good and
faithful work in their education, is it not better that
their parents, their friends, or the churches to which they
belong, or largehearted, benevolent brethren in their con-
ference, should assist them, than that a burden of debt
should be brought upon the school? It would be far better
to let the many patrons of the institution share the ex-
pense, than for the school to run in debt. p. 69, Para. 1,
[CT].

The churches in different localities should feel that a

solemn responsibility rests upon them to train youth and
educate talent to engage in missionary work. When they see
those in the church who give promise of making useful work-
ers, but who are not able to support themselves in the
school, they should assume the responsibility of sending
them to one of our training schools. There is excellent
ability in the churches that needs to be brought into serv-
ice. There are persons who would do good service in the
Lord's vineyard, but many are too poor to obtain without
assistance the education that they require. The churches
should feel it a privilege to take a part in defraying the
expenses of such. p. 69, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who have the truth in their hearts are always open-
hearted, helping where it is necessary. They lead out, and
others imitate their example. If there are some who should
have the benefit of the school, but who cannot pay full
price for their tuition, let the churches show their liber-
ality by helping them. p. 69, Para. 3, [CT].

Besides this, in each conference a fund should be raised

to lend to worthy poor students who desire to give them-
selves to the missionary work; in some cases such students
should even receive donations. When the Battle Creek Col-
lege was first opened, there was a fund placed in the Re-
view and Herald office for the benefit of those who wished
to obtain an education, but had not the means. This was
used by several students until they could get a good start;
then from their earnings they would replace what they had
drawn, so that others might be benefited by the fund. p.
69, Para. 4, [CT].

Some provision should now be made for the maintenance of

such a fund to lend to poor but worthy students who desire
to prepare themselves for missionary work. The youth should
have it plainly set before them that they must work their
own way as far as possible, and thus partly defray their
expenses. That which costs little will be appreciated lit-
tle, but that which costs a price somewhere near its real
value will be estimated accordingly. p. 70, Para. 1, [CT].

A teacher's advantages may have been limited, so that he

does not possess as high literary qualifications as he
might desire; yet if he has true insight into human nature,
if he has an appreciation of the magnitude of his work, and
a genuine love for it; if he has a willingness to labor
earnestly and humbly and perseveringly, he will comprehend
the needs of his pupils, and by his sympathetic spirit will
win their hearts and leads them onward and upward. His ef-
forts will be so well directed that the school will become
a living, growing power for good, full of the spirit of
real advancement. p. 70, Para. 2, [CT].

It is the nicest work ever assumed by men and women to

deal with youthful minds. The greatest care should be taken
in the education of youth, to vary the manner of instruc-
tion so as to call forth the high and noble powers of the
mind. Parents and schoolteachers are certainly disqualified
to educate children properly if they have not first learned
the lessons of self-control, patience, forbearance, gentle-
ness, and love. What an important position for parents,
guardians, and teachers! There are very few who realize the
most essential wants of the mind, and how to direct the de-
veloping intellect, the growing thoughts and feelings of
youth. . . . p. 73, Para. 1, [CT].

Individuality in Children -- The education of children, at

home or at school, should not be like the training of dumb
animals; for children have an intelligent will, which
should be directed to control all their powers. Dumb ani-
mals need to be trained; for they have not reason and in-
tellect. But the human mind must be taught self-control. It
must be educated to rule the human being, while animals are
controlled by a master and are trained to be submissive to
him. The master is mind, judgment, and will for his beast.
p. 73, Para. 2, [CT].
 A child may be so trained as to have, like the beast, no
will of his own. Even his individuality may be merged in
the one who superintends his training; his will, to all in-
tents and purposes, is subject to the will of the teacher.
Children who are thus educated will ever be deficient in
moral energy and individual responsibility. They have not
been taught to move from reason and principle; their wills
have been controlled by another, and the mind has not been
called out, that it might expand and strengthen by exer-
cise. They have not been directed and disciplined with re-
spect to their peculiar constitutions and capabilities of
mind, to put forth their strongest powers when required.
p. 74, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers should not stop here, but should give special at-
tention to the cultivation of the weaker faculties, that
all the powers may be brought into exercise and carried
forward from one degree of strength to another, that the
mind may attain due proportions. p. 74, Para. 2, [CT].

Cause of Instability in Youth -- There are many families

of children who appear to be well trained while under the
training discipline; but when the system which has held
them to set rules is broken up, they seem to be incapable
of thinking, acting, or deciding for themselves. These
children have been so long under iron rule, not allowed to
think and act for themselves in those things in which it
was highly proper that they should, that they have no con-
fidence in themselves to move out upon their own judgment,
having an opinion of their own. And when they go out from
their parents to act for themselves, they are easily led by
others' judgment in the wrong direction. They have not sta-
bility of character. They have not been thrown upon their
own judgment as fast and as far as practicable, and there-
fore their minds have not been properly developed and
strengthened. They have been so long absolutely controlled
by their parents that they rely wholly upon them; their
parents are mind and judgment for them. p. 74, Para. 3,
[CT].

On the other hand, the young should not be left to think

and act independently of the judgment of their parents and
teachers. Children should be taught to respect experienced
judgment. They should be so educated that their minds will
be united with the minds of their parents and teachers, and
so instructed that they can see the propriety of heeding
their counsel. Then when they go forth from the guiding
hand, their characters will not be like the reed trembling
in the wind. . . . p. 75, Para. 1, [CT].

Those parents and teachers who boast of having complete

control of the minds and wills of the children under their
care would cease their boastings could they trace out the
future lives of the children who are thus brought into sub-
jection by force or through fear. These are almost wholly
unprepared to share in the stern responsibilities of life.
When these youth are no longer under their parents and
teachers, and are compelled to think and act for them-
selves, they are almost sure to take a wrong course and
yield to the power of temptation. They do not make this
life a success, and the same deficiencies are seen in their
religious life. p. 75, Para. 2, [CT].

Could the instructors of children and youth have the re-

sult of their mistaken discipline mapped out before them,
they would change their plan of education. . . . God never
designed that one human mind should be under the complete
control of another. And those who make efforts to have the
individuality of their pupils merged in themselves, to be
mind, will, and conscience for them, assume fearful respon-
sibilities. These scholars may, upon certain occasions, ap-
pear like well-drilled soldiers; but when the restraint is
removed, there will be seen in them a want of independent
action from firm principle. p. 76, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who make it their object so to educate their pupils

that they may see and feel that the power lies in them-
selves to make men and women of firm principle, qualified
for any position in life, are the most useful and perma-
nently successful teachers. Their work may not show to the
very best advantage to careless observers, and their labors
may not be valued as highly as are those of the teacher who
holds the minds and wills of his scholars by absolute
authority; but the future lives of the pupils will show the
fruits of the better plan of education. p. 76, Para. 2,
[CT].

There is danger that both parents and teachers will com-

mand and dictate too much, while they fail to come suffi-
ciently into social relation with their children or schol-
ars. They often hold themselves too much reserved, and ex-
ercise their authority in a cold, unsympathizing manner,
which cannot win the hearts of their children and pupils.
If they would gather the children close to them and show
that they love them, and would manifest an interest in all
their efforts and even in their sports, sometimes even be-
ing a child among them, they would make the children very
happy and would gain their love and win their confidence.
And the children would more quickly learn to respect and
love the authority of their parents and teachers. p. 76,
Para. 3, [CT].

Personal Qualifications of the Teacher -- The habits and

principles of the teacher should be considered of even
greater importance than his literary qualifications. If he
is a sincere Christian, he will feel the necessity of hav-
ing an equal interest in the physical, mental, moral, and
spiritual education of his pupils. In order to exert the
right influence, he should have perfect control over him-
self, and his own heart should be richly imbued with love
for his pupils, which will be seen in his looks, words, and
acts. He should have firmness of character, and then he can
mold the minds of his pupils, as well as instruct them in
the sciences. p. 77, Para. 1, [CT].

The early education of the youth generally shapes their

characters for life. Those who deal with the young should
be very careful to call out the qualities of the mind, that
they may better know how to direct its powers so that they
may be exercised to the very best account. p. 77, Para. 2,
[CT].

Close Confinement at School -- The system of education

carried out for generations back has been destructive to
health, and even to life itself. Many young children have
passed five hours each day in schoolrooms not properly ven-
tilated, nor sufficiently large for the healthful accommo-
dation of the scholars. The air of such rooms soon becomes
poison to the lungs that inhale it. Little children, whose
limbs and muscles are not strong and whose brains are unde-
veloped, have been kept confined indoors to their injury.
Many have but a slight hold on life to begin with, and the
confinement in school from day to day makes them nervous
and diseased. Their bodies are dwarfed because of the ex-
hausted condition of their nerves. p. 77, Para. 3, [CT].

And if the lamp of life goes out, the parents and teachers
do not consider that they had any direct influence in
quenching the vital spark. When standing by the graves of
their children, the afflicted parents look upon their be-
reavement as a special dispensation of Providence, when, by
inexcusable ignorance, it was their own course that de-
stroyed the lives of their children. To charge their death
to Providence is blasphemy. God wanted the little ones to
live and be disciplined, that they might have beautiful
characters, and glorify Him in this world and praise Him in
the better world. . . . p. 78, Para. 1, [CT].

To become acquainted with the wonderful human organism,

the bones, muscles, stomach, liver, bowels, heart, and
pores of the skin, and to understand the dependence of one
organ upon another for the healthful action of all, is a
study in which most mothers take no interest. They know
nothing of the influence of the body upon the mind, or of
the mind upon the body. The mind, which allies the finite
to the Infinite, they do not seem to understand. Every or-
gan of the body was made to be servant to the mind. The
mind is the capital of the body. p. 78, Para. 2, [CT].

Children are allowed to eat flesh meats, spices, butter,

cheese, pork, rich pastry, and condiments generally. They
are also allowed to eat of unhealthful food at irregular
hours and between meals. These things do their work of de-
ranging the stomach, exciting the nerves to unnatural ac-
tion, and enfeebling the intellect. Parents do not realize
that they are sowing the seed that will bring forth disease
and death. p. 78, Para. 3, [CT].

Many children have been ruined for life by urging the in-
tellect and neglecting to strengthen the physical powers.
Many have died in childhood because of the course pursued
by injudicious parents and schoolteachers in forcing their
young intellects, by flattery or fear, when they were too
young to see the inside of a schoolroom. Their minds have
been taxed with lessons when they should not have been
called out, but kept back until the physical constitution
was strong enough to endure mental effort. Small children
should be left as free as lambs to run out of doors, to be
free and happy, and should be allowed the most favorable
opportunities to lay the foundation for sound constitu-
tions. p. 79, Para. 1, [CT].

The Ideal Plan -- Parents should be the only teachers of

their children until they have reached eight or ten years
of age. As fast as their minds can comprehend it, the par-
ents should open before them God's great book of nature.
The mother should have less love for the artificial in her
house and in the preparation of her dress for display, and
should take time to cultivate, in herself and in her chil-
dren, a love for the beautiful buds and opening flowers. By
calling the attention of her children to the different col-
ors and variety of forms, she can make them acquainted with
God, who made all the beautiful things which attract and
delight them. She can lead their minds up to their Creator,
and awaken in their young hearts a love for their heavenly
Father, who has manifested so great love for them. Parents
can associate God with all His created works. p. 79, Para.
2, [CT].

The only schoolroom for children until eight or ten years

of age should be in the open air, amid the opening flowers
and nature's beautiful scenery, and their most familiar
textbook the treasures of nature. These lessons, imprinted
upon the minds of young children amid the pleasant, attrac-
tive scenes of nature, will not be soon forgotten. . . .
p. 80, Para. 1, [CT].

In the early education of children, many parents and

teachers fail to understand that the greatest attention
needs to be given to the physical constitution, that a
healthy condition of body and mind may be secured. It has
been the custom to encourage children to attend school when
they were mere babes needing a mother's care. When of a
delicate age, they are frequently crowded into ill-
ventilated schoolrooms, where they sit in wrong positions
upon poorly constructed benches, and as a result the young
and tender frames of some have become deformed. p. 80,
Para. 2, [CT].

The disposition and habits of youth will be very likely to

be manifested in mature manhood. You may bend a young tree
into almost any shape that you choose, and if it remains
and grows as you have bent it, it will be a deformed tree,
and will ever tell of the injury and abuse received at your
hands. You may, after it has had years of growth, try to
straighten the tree, but all efforts will prove unavailing.
It will ever be a crooked tree. p. 80, Para. 3, [CT].

This is the case with the minds of youth. They should be

carefully and tenderly trained in childhood. They may be
trained in the right direction or in the wrong, and in
their future lives they will pursue the course in which
they were directed in youth. The habits formed in youth
will grow with the growth and strengthen with the strength.
. . . p. 81, Para. 1, [CT].

Physical Degeneracy -- Man came from the hand of his Crea-

tor perfect and beautiful in form, and so filled with vital
force that it was more than a thousand years before his
corrupt appetites and passions and general violations of
physical law were sensibly felt upon the race. More recent
generations have felt the pressure of infirmity and disease
more rapidly and heavily with every generation. The vital
forces have been greatly weakened by the indulgence of ap-
petite and lustful passion. . . . The violation of physical
law, and the consequence,--human suffering,--have so long
prevailed that men and women look upon the present state of
sickness, suffering, debility, and premature death as the
appointed lot of humanity. . . . p. 81, Para. 2, [CT].

The strange absence of principle which characterizes this

generation, and which is shown in their disregard of the
laws of life and health, is astonishing. . . . With the ma-
jority the principal anxiety is, What shall I eat? what
shall I drink? and wherewithal shall I be clothed? ... The
moral powers are weakened because men and women will not
live in obedience to the laws of health and make this great
subject a personal duty. . . . The majority . . . remain in
ignorance of the laws of their being, and indulge appetite
and passion at the expense of intellect and morals; and
they seem willing to remain in ignorance of the result of
their violation of nature's laws. They indulge the depraved
appetite in the use of slow poisons, which corrupt the
blood and undermine the nervous force, and in consequence
bring upon themselves sickness and death. . . . p. 81,
Para. 3, [CT].

Importance of Home Training -- One great cause of the ex-

isting deplorable state of things is that parents do not
feel under obligation to bring up their children to conform
to physical law. Mothers love their children with an idola-
trous love and indulge their appetite when they know that
it will injure their health and thereby bring upon them
disease and unhappiness. This cruel kindness is manifested
to a great extent in the present generation. The desires of
children are gratified at the expense of health and happy
tempers, because it is easier for the mother, for the time
being, to gratify them than to withhold that for which they
clamor. Thus mothers are sowing the seed that will spring
up and bear fruit. p. 82, Para. 1, [CT].
 The children are not educated to deny their appetites and
restrict their desires, and they become selfish, exacting,
disobedient, unthankful, unholy. Mothers who are doing this
work will reap with bitterness the fruit of the seed they
have sown. They have sinned against Heaven and against
their children, and God will hold them accountable. p. 82,
Para. 2, [CT].

Had education for generations back been conducted upon an

altogether different plan, the youth of this generation
would not now be so depraved and worthless. The managers
and teachers of schools should have been those who under-
stood physiology, and who had an interest, not only to edu-
cate the youth in the sciences, but teach them how to pre-
serve health, so that they might use their knowledge to the
best account after they had obtained it. . . . p. 83,
Para. 1, [CT].

Regulation of Employment and Amusement -- In order for

children and youth to have health, cheerfulness, vivacity,
and well-developed muscles and brains, they should be much
in the open air, and have well-regulated employment and
amusement. Children and youth who are kept at school and
confined to books cannot have sound physical constitutions.
The exercise of the brain in study, without corresponding
physical exercise, has a tendency to attract the blood to
the brain, and the circulation of the blood through the
system becomes unbalanced. The brain has too much blood,
and the extremities too little. There should be rules regu-
lating the studies of children and youth to certain hours,
and then a portion of their time should be spent in physi-
cal labor. And if their habits of eating, dressing, and
sleeping are in accordance with physical law, they can ob-
tain an education without sacrificing physical and mental
health.... p. 83, Para. 2, [CT].

There should have been connected with the schools, estab-

lishments for carrying on various branches of labor, that
the students might have employment and the necessary exer-
cise out of school hours. The students' employment and
amusements should have been regulated with reference to
physical law, and should have been adapted to preserve to
them the healthy tone of all the powers of body and mind.
Then a practical knowledge of business could have been ob-
tained while their literary education was being gained. p.
83, Para. 3, [CT].
 Students at school should have had their moral sensibili-
ties aroused to see and feel that society has claims upon
them, and that they should live in obedience to natural
law, so that they can, by their existence and influence, by
precept and example, be an advantage and blessing to soci-
ety. It should be impressed upon the youth that all have an
influence that is constantly telling upon society, to im-
prove and elevate, or to lower and debase. The first study
of the young should be to know themselves and how to keep
their bodies in health. p. 84, Para. 1, [CT].

Result of Continued Application -- Many parents keep their

children at school nearly the year round. These children go
through the routine of study mechanically, but do not re-
tain that which they learn. Many of these constant students
seem almost destitute of intellectual life. The monotony of
continual study wearies the mind, and they take but little
interest in their lessons; and to many the application to
books becomes painful. They have not an inward love of
thought and an ambition to acquire knowledge. They do not
encourage in themselves habits of reflection and investiga-
tion. p. 84, Para. 2, [CT].

Children are in great need of proper education in order

that they may be of use in the world. But any effort that
exalts intellectual culture above moral training is misdi-
rected. Instructing, cultivating, polishing, and refining
the youth and children should be the main burden of both
parents and teachers. Close reasoners and logical thinkers
are few, for the reason that false influences have checked
the development of the intellect. The supposition of par-
ents and teachers that continued study would strengthen the
intellect has proved erroneous; for in many cases it has
had the opposite effect. . . . p. 84, Para. 3, [CT].

We are living in an age when almost everything is superfi-

cial. There is but little stability and firmness of charac-
ter, because the training and education of children from
their cradle is superficial. Their characters are built
upon sliding sand. Self-denial and self-control have not
been molded into their characters. They have been petted
and indulged until they are spoiled for practical life. . .
. p. 85, Para. 1, [CT].

Children should be so trained and educated that they will

expect temptations, and calculate to meet difficulties and
dangers. They should be taught to have control over them-
selves, and nobly to overcome difficulties; and if they do
not willfully rush into danger, and needlessly place them-
selves in the way of temptation, if they shun evil influ-
ences and vicious society, and then are unavoidably com-
pelled to be in dangerous company, they will have strength
of character to stand for the right and to preserve princi-
ple, and come forth in the strength of God with their mor-
als untainted. If youth who have been properly educated
make God their trust, their moral powers will stand the
most powerful test.-- Testimonies for the Church, vol. 3,
pp. 131-144. p. 85, Para. 2, [CT].

There is danger that our college will be turned away from

its original design. God's purpose has been made known--
that our people should have an opportunity to study the
sciences, and at the same time to learn the requirements of
His word. Biblical lectures should be given; the study of
the Scriptures should have the first place in our system of
education. p. 86, Para. 1, [CT].

Students are sent from great distances to attend the col-

lege at Battle Creek, for the very purpose of receiving in-
struction from the lectures on Bible subjects. But for one
or two years past, there has been an effort to mold our
school after other colleges. When this is done, we can give
no encouragement to parents to send their children to Bat-
tle Creek College. p. 86, Para. 2, [CT].

The moral and religious influences should not be put in

the background. In times past, God has worked with the ef-
forts of the teachers, and many souls have seen the truth
and embraced it, and have gone to their homes to live
henceforth for God, as the result of their connection with
the college. As they saw that Bible study was made a part
of their education they were led to regard it as a matter
of greater interest and importance. p. 86, Para. 3, [CT].

Education of Young Men for the Ministry -- Too little at-

tention has been given to the education of young men for
the ministry. This was the primary object to be secured in
the establishment of the college. In no case should this be
ignored or regarded as a matter of secondary importance.
For several years, however, but few have gone forth from
that institution prepared to teach the truth to others. p.
86, Para. 4, [CT].

Some who came at great expense, with the ministry in view,

have been encouraged by the teachers to take a thorough
course of study, which would occupy a number of years and,
in order to obtain means to carry out these plans, have en-
tered the canvassing field and given up all thought of
preaching. This is entirely wrong. We have not many years
in which to work, and teachers and principal should be im-
bued with the Spirit of God, and work in harmony with His
revealed will, instead of carrying out their own plans. We
are losing much every year because we do not heed what God
has said upon these points. p. 87, Para. 1, [CT].

Our college is designed of God to meet the advancing wants

for this time of peril and demoralization. The study of
books only cannot give students the discipline they need. A
broader foundation must be laid. The college was not
brought into existence to bear the stamp of any one man's
mind. Teachers and principal should work together as breth-
ren. They should consult together, and also counsel with
ministers and responsible men, and, above all else, seek
wisdom from above, that all their decisions in reference to
the school may be such as will be approved of God. . . .
p. 87, Para. 2, [CT].

A more comprehensive education is needed--an education

which will demand from teachers and principal such thought
and effort as mere instruction in the sciences does not re-
quire. The character must receive proper discipline for its
fullest and noblest development. The students should re-
ceive at college such training as will enable them to main-
tain a respectable, honest, virtuous standing in society,
against the demoralizing influences which are corrupting
the youth. p. 87, Para. 3, [CT].

It would be well could there be connected with our col-

lege, land for cultivation, and also workshops, under the
charge of men competent to instruct the students in the
various departments of physical labor. Much is lost by a
neglect to unite physical with mental taxation. The leisure
hours of the students are often occupied with frivolous
pleasures, which weaken physical, mental, and moral powers.
Under the debasing power of sensual indulgence, or the un-
timely excitement of courtship and marriage, many students
fail to reach that height of mental development which they
might otherwise have attained. . . . p. 88, Para. 1, [CT].

Bible Study -- If morality and religion are to live in a

school, it must be through a knowledge of God's word. Some
may urge that if religious teaching is to be made promi-
nent, our school will become unpopular; that those who are
not of our faith will not patronize the college. Very well,
then let them go to other colleges, where they will find a
system of education that suits their taste. Our school was
established, not merely to teach the sciences, but for the
purpose of giving instruction in the great principles of
God's word and in the practical duties of everyday life.
This is the education so much needed at the present time.
p. 88, Para. 2, [CT].

If a worldly influence is to bear sway in our school, then

sell it out to worldlings, and let them take the entire
control; and those who have invested their means in that
institution will establish another school, to be conducted,
not upon the plan of popular schools nor according to the
desires of principal and teachers, but upon the plan which
God has specified. p. 88, Para. 3, [CT].

In the name of my Master I entreat all who stand in re-

sponsible positions in that school to be men of God. When
the Lord requires us to be distinct and peculiar, how can
we crave popularity or seek to imitate the customs and
practices of the world? God has declared His purpose to
have one college in the land where the Bible shall have its
proper place in the education of the youth. Will we do our
part to carry out that purpose? . . . p. 89, Para. 1,
[CT].

Through the medium of the press, knowledge of every kind

is placed within the reach of all; and yet how large a
share of every community are depraved in morals and super-
ficial in mental attainments! If the people would but be-
come Bible readers, Bible students, we should see a differ-
ent state of things. p. 89, Para. 2, [CT].

In an age like ours, in which iniquity abounds, and God's

character and His law are alike regarded with contempt,
special care must be taken to teach the youth to study, to
reverence and obey the divine will as revealed to man. The
fear of the Lord is fading from the minds of our youth be-
cause of their neglect of Bible study. p. 89, Para. 3,
[CT].

Principal and teachers should have a living connection

with God and should stand firmly and fearlessly as wit-
nesses for Him. Never from cowardice or worldly policy let
the word of God be placed in the background. Students will
be profited intellectually, as well as morally and spiritu-
ally, by its study. . . . p. 89, Para. 4, [CT].

The Teacher's Responsibility -- There is a work to be done

for every teacher in our college. Not one is free from
selfishness. If the moral and religious character of the
teachers were what it should be, a better influence would
be exerted upon the students. The teachers do not seek in-
dividually to perform their own work with an eye single to
the glory of God. Instead of looking to Jesus and copying
His life and character, they look to self, and aim too much
to meet a human standard. p. 90, Para. 1, [CT].

I wish I could impress upon every teacher a full sense of

his responsibility for the influence which he exerts upon
the young. Satan is untiring in his efforts to secure the
service of our youth. With great care he is laying his
snare for the inexperienced feet. The people of God should
jealously guard against his devices. p. 90, Para. 2, [CT].

God is the embodiment of benevolence, mercy, and love.

Those who are truly connected with Him cannot be at vari-
ance with one another. His Spirit ruling in the heart will
create harmony, love, and unity. The opposite of this is
seen among the children of Satan. It is his work to stir up
envy, strife, and jealousy. In the name of my Master I ask
the professed followers of Christ, What fruit do you bear?
p. 90, Para. 3, [CT].

In the system of instruction used in the common schools,

the most essential part of education is neglected --the re-
ligion of the Bible. Education not only affects to a great
degree the life of the student in this world, but its in-
fluence extends to eternity. How important, then, that the
teachers be persons capable of exerting a right influence!
They should be men and women of religious experience, daily
receiving divine light to impart to their pupils. p. 90,
Para. 4, [CT].

The Parents' Part -- But the teacher should not be ex-

pected to do the parents' work. There has been, with many
parents, a fearful neglect of duty. Like Eli, they fail to
exercise proper restraint; and then they send their undis-
ciplined children to college, to receive the training which
the parents should have given them at home. p. 91, Para.
1, [CT].
 The teachers have a task which few appreciate. If they
succeed in reforming these wayward youth, they receive but
little credit. If the youth choose the society of the evil-
disposed, and go on from bad to worse, then the teachers
are censured and the school is denounced. In many cases the
censure justly belongs to the parents. They had the first
and most favorable opportunity to control and train their
children when the spirit was teachable and the mind and
heart were easily impressed. But through the slothfulness
of the parents the children are permitted to follow their
own will until they become hardened in an evil course. p.
91, Para. 2, [CT].

Let parents study less of the world and more of Christ;

let them put forth less effort to imitate the customs and
fashions of the world, and devote more time and effort to
molding the minds and characters of their children accord-
ing to the divine model. Then they could send forth their
sons and daughters fortified by pure morals and a noble
purpose, to receive an education for positions of useful-
ness and trust. Teachers who are controlled by the love and
fear of God could lead such youth still onward and upward,
training them to be a blessing to the world and an honor to
their Creator. p. 91, Para. 3, [CT].

Connected with God, every instructor will exert an influ-

ence to lead his pupils to study God's word and obey His
law. He will direct their minds to the contemplation of
eternal interests, opening before them vast fields for
thought, grand and ennobling themes, which the most vigor-
ous intellect may put forth all its powers to grasp, and
yet feel that there is an infinity beyond. p. 92, Para. 1,
[CT].

The Need of Counseling Together -- The evils of self-

esteem and an unsanctified independence, which most impair
our usefulness, and which will prove our ruin if not over-
come, spring from selfishness. "Counsel together" is the
message which has been again and again repeated to me by
the angel of God. By influencing one man's judgment, Satan
may endeavor to control matters to suit himself. He may
succeed in misleading the minds of two persons; but when
several consult together, there is more safety. Every plan
will be more closely criticized, every advance move more
carefully studied. Hence there will be less danger of pre-
cipitate, ill-advised moves, which would bring confusion
and perplexity. In union there is strength; in division
there is weakness and defeat. p. 92, Para. 2, [CT].

God is leading out a people and preparing them for trans-

lation. Are we who are acting a part in this work standing
as sentinels for God? Are we seeking to work unitedly? Are
we willing to become servants of all? Are we following our
Great Exemplar? p. 92, Para. 3, [CT].

Fellow laborers, we are each sowing seed in the fields of

life. As is the seed, so will be the harvest. If we sow
distrust, envy, jealousy, self-love, bitterness of thought
and feeling, we shall reap bitterness to our own souls. If
we manifest kindness, love, tender thought for the feelings
of others, we shall receive the same in return. p. 93,
Para. 1, [CT].

Christian Courtesy -- The teacher who is severe, critical,

overbearing, heedless of others' feelings, must expect the
same spirit to be manifested toward himself. He who wishes
to preserve his own dignity and self-respect must be care-
ful not to wound needlessly the self-respect of others.
This rule should be sacredly observed toward the dullest,
the youngest, the most blundering students. What God in-
tends to do with these apparently uninteresting youth, you
do not know. He has, in the past, accepted persons no more
promising or attractive, to do a great work for Him. His
Spirit, moving upon the heart, has aroused every faculty to
vigorous action. The Lord saw in those rough, unhewn
stones, precious material, that would stand the test of
storm and heat and pressure. God sees not as man sees. He
judges not from appearance, but he searches the heart and
judges righteously. p. 93, Para. 2, [CT].

The teacher should ever conduct himself as a Christian

gentleman. He should stand in the attitude of a friend and
counselor to his pupils. If all our people--teachers, min-
isters, and lay members--would cultivate the spirit of
Christian courtesy, they would far more readily find access
to the hearts of the people; many more would be led to ex-
amine and receive the truth. When every teacher shall for-
get self, and feel a deep interest in the success and pros-
perity of his pupils, realizing that they are God's prop-
erty, and that he must render an account for his influence
upon their minds and characters, then we shall have a
school in which angels will love to linger. Jesus will look
approvingly upon the work of the teachers and will send His
grace into the hearts of the students. . . . p. 93, Para.
3, [CT].

The True Test of Prosperity -- If you lower the standard

in order to secure popularity and an increase of numbers,
and then make this increase a cause of rejoicing, you show
great blindness. If numbers were an evidence of success,
Satan might claim the pre-eminence; for, in this world, his
followers are largely in the majority. It is the degree of
moral power pervading the college, that is a test of its
prosperity. It is the virtue, intelligence, and piety of
the people composing our churches, not their numbers, that
should be a source of joy and thankfulness. p. 94, Para.
1, [CT].

Without the influence of divine grace, education will

prove no real advantage; the learner becomes proud, vain,
and bigoted. But that education which is received under the
ennobling, refining influence of the Great Teacher will
elevate man in the scale of moral value with God. It will
enable him to subdue pride and passion, and to walk humbly
before God, as dependent upon Him for every capability,
every opportunity, and every privilege. p. 94, Para. 2,
[CT].

I speak to the workers in our college: You must not only

profess to be Christians, but you must exemplify the char-
acter of Christ. Let the wisdom from above pervade all your
instruction. In a world of moral darkness and corruption
let it be seen that the spirit by which you are moved to
action is from above, not from beneath. While you rely
wholly upon your own strength and wisdom, your best efforts
will accomplish little. If you are prompted by love to God,
His law being your foundation, your work will be enduring.
While the hay, wood, and stubble are consumed, your work
will stand the test. p. 94, Para. 3, [CT].

The youth placed under your care you must meet again
around the great white throne. If you permit your unculti-
vated manners or uncontrolled tempers to bear sway, and
thus fail to influence these youth for their eternal good,
you must, at that day, meet the grave consequences of your
work. By a knowledge of the divine law and obedience to its
precepts, men may become the sons of God. By a violation of
that law, they become servants of Satan. On the one hand,
they may rise to any height of moral excellence; or on the
other hand, they may descend to any depth of iniquity and
degradation. The workers in our college should manifest a
zeal and earnestness proportionate to the value of the
prize at stake--the souls of their students, the approval
of God, eternal life, and the joys of the redeemed. p. 95,
Para. 1, [CT].

As colaborers with Christ, with so favorable opportunities

to impart the knowledge of God, our teachers should labor
as if inspired from above. The hearts of the youth are not
hardened, nor their ideas and opinions stereotyped, as are
those of older persons. They may be won to Christ by your
holy demeanor, your devotion, your Christlike walk. It
would be much better to crowd them less in the study of the
sciences, and give them more time for religious privileges.
Here a grave mistake has been made. . . . p. 95, Para. 2,
[CT].

God's Purpose for the College -- No limit can be set to

our influence. One thoughtless act may prove the ruin of
many souls. The course of every worker in our college is
making impressions upon the minds of the young, and these
are borne away to be reproduced in others. It should be the
teacher's aim to prepare every youth under his care to be a
blessing to the world. This object should never be lost
sight of. There are some who profess to be working for
Christ, yet who occasionally go over to the side of Satan
and do his work. Can the Saviour pronounce these good and
faithful servants? Are they, as watchmen, giving the trum-
pet a certain sound? . . . p. 96, Para. 1, [CT].

Our Saviour bids us, "Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter

into temptation." Mark 14:38. If we encounter difficulties,
and in Christ's strength overcome them; if we meet enemies,
and in Christ's strength put them to flight; if we accept
responsibilities, and in Christ's strength discharge them
faithfully, we are gaining a precious experience. We learn,
as we could not otherwise have learned, that our Saviour is
a present help in every time of need. p. 96, Para. 2,
[CT].

There is a great work to be done in our college, a work

which demands the co-operation of every teacher; and it is
displeasing to God for one to discourage another. But
nearly all seem to forget that Satan is an accuser of the
brethren, and they unite with the enemy in his work. While
professed Christians are contending, Satan is laying his
snares for the inexperienced feet of children and youth.
Those who have had a religious experience should seek to
shield the young from his devices. They should never forget
that they themselves were once enchanted with the pleasures
of sin. We need the mercy and forbearance of God every
hour, and how unbecoming for us to be impatient with the
errors of the inexperienced youth! So long as God bears
with them, dare we, fellow sinners, cast them off? p. 96,
Para. 3, [CT].

We should ever look upon the youth as the purchase of the

blood of Christ. As such they have demands upon our love,
our patience, our sympathy. If we would follow Jesus we
cannot restrict our interest and affection to ourselves and
our own families; we cannot give our time and attention to
temporal matters and forget the eternal interests of those
around us. . . . "Love one another, as I have loved you"
(John 15:12), is the command of Jesus. Look at His self-
denial; behold the manner of love He has bestowed upon us;
and then seek to imitate the Pattern.-- Testimonies for the
Church, vol. 5, pp. 21-35; read in College Hall, December,
1881. p. 97, Para. 1, [CT].

If we ever know the truth, it will be because we practice

it. We must have a living experience in the things of God
before we are able to understand His word. This experimen-
tal knowledge is what strengthens the intellect and builds
us up into Christ our living Head. p. 97, Para. 2, [CT].

Those students who profess to love God and obey the truth
should possess that degree of self-control and strength of
religious principle that will enable them to remain unmoved
amid temptations and to stand up for Jesus in the college,
at their boarding houses, or wherever they may be. Religion
is not to be worn merely as a cloak in the house of God;
religious principles should characterize the entire life.
Those who are drinking at the fountain of life will not,
like the worldling, manifest a longing desire for change
and pleasure. In their deportment and character will be
seen the rest and peace and happiness that they have found
in Jesus by daily laying their perplexities and burdens at
His feet. They will show that in the path of obedience and
duty there is contentment and even joy. Such ones will ex-
ert an influence over their fellow students which will tell
upon the entire school. p. 98, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who compose this faithful army will refresh and

strengthen the teachers by discouraging every species of
unfaithfulness, of discord, and of neglect to comply with
the rules and regulations. Their influence will be saving,
and their works will not perish in the great day of God,
but will follow them into the future world; and the influ-
ence of their life here will tell throughout the ceaseless
ages of eternity. p. 98, Para. 2, [CT].

One earnest, conscientious, faithful young man in a school

is an inestimable treasure. Angels of heaven look lovingly
upon him, and in the ledger of heaven is recorded every
work of righteousness, ever temptation resisted, every evil
overcome. He is laying up a good foundation against the
time to come, that he may lay hold on eternal life. p. 98,
Para. 3, [CT].

Upon Christian youth depend in a great measure the preser-

vation and perpetuity of the institutions which God has de-
vised as a means by which to advance His work. Never was
there a period when results so important depended upon a
generation of men. Then how important that the young should
be qualified for this great work, that God may use them as
His instruments! Their Maker has claims upon them which are
paramount to all others. p. 99, Para. 1, [CT].

It is God who has given life and every physical and mental
endowment that the youth possess. He has bestowed upon them
capabilities for wise improvement, that they may do a work
which will be as enduring as eternity. In return for His
great gifts He claims a due cultivation and exercise of the
intellectual and moral faculties. He did not give them
these faculties merely for their amusement, or to be abused
in working against His will and His providence, but to ad-
vance the knowledge of truth and holiness in the world. In
return for His continued kindness and infinite mercies He
claims their goodness, their veneration, their love. He
justly requires obedience to His laws and to all wise regu-
lations which will restrain and guard the youth from Sa-
tan's devices and lead them in paths of peace. p. 99,
Para. 2, [CT].

The wild, reckless character of many of the youth in this

age of the world is heartsickening. If the youth could see
that in complying with the laws and regulations of our in-
stitutions, they are only doing that which will improve
their standing in society, elevate the character, ennoble
the mind, and increase their happiness, they would not re-
bel against just rules and wholesome requirements, nor en-
gage in creating suspicion and prejudice against these in-
stitutions. p. 99, Para. 3, [CT].

With energy and fidelity our youth should meet the demands
upon them, and this will be a guarantee of success. Young
men who have never made a success in the temporal duties of
life will be equally unprepared to engage in the higher du-
ties. A religious experience is gained only through con-
flict, through disappointment, through severe discipline of
self, through earnest prayer. The steps to heaven must be
taken one at a time, and every advance step gives strength
for the next. p. 100, Para. 1, [CT].

Association With Others -- While at school, students

should not allow their minds to become confused by thoughts
of courtship. They are there to gain a fitness to work for
God, and this thought is ever to be uppermost. Let all stu-
dents take as broad a view as possible of their obligations
to God. Let them study earnestly how they can do practical
work for the Master during their student life. Let them re-
fuse to burden the souls of their teachers by showing a
spirit of levity and a careless disregard of rules. p.
100, Para. 2, [CT].

Students can do much to make the school a success by work-

ing with their teachers to help other students, and by
zealously endeavoring to lift themselves above cheap, low
standards. Those who co-operate with Christ will become re-
fined in speech and in temper. They will not be unruly and
self-caring, studying their own selfish pleasure and grati-
fication. They will bend all their efforts to work with
Christ as messengers of His mercy and love. They are one
with Him in spirit and in action. They seek to store the
mind with the precious treasures of God's word, that each
may do his appointed work. p. 100, Para. 3, [CT].

In all our dealings with students, age and character must

be taken into account. We cannot treat the young and the
old just alike. There are circumstances under which men and
women of sound experience and good standing may be granted
some privileges not given to the younger students. The age,
the conditions, and the turn of mind must be taken into
consideration. We must be wisely considerate in all our
work. But we must not lessen our firmness and vigilance in
dealing with students of all ages, nor our strictness in
forbidding the unprofitable and unwise association of young
and immature students. p. 101, Para. 1, [CT].
 In our schools in Battle Creek, Healdsburg, and Cooranbong
I have borne a straight testimony concerning these matters.
There were those who thought the restraint too severe; but
we told them plainly what could be and what could not be,
showing them that our schools are established at great ex-
pense for a definite purpose, and that all which would hin-
der the accomplishment of this purpose must be put away.
p. 101, Para. 2, [CT].

Again and again I stood before the students in the Avon-

dale school with messages from the Lord regarding the dele-
terious influence of free and easy association between
young men and young women. I told them that if they did not
keep themselves to themselves, and endeavor to make the
most of their time, the school would not benefit them, and
those who were paying their expenses would be disappointed.
I told them that if they were determined to have their own
will and their own way, it would be better for them to re-
turn to their homes and to the guardianship of their par-
ents. This they could do at any time if they decided not to
stand under the yoke of obedience, for we did not design to
have a few leading spirits in wrongdoing demoralizing the
other students. p. 101, Para. 3, [CT].

I told the principal and teachers that God had laid upon
them the responsibility of watching for souls as they that
must give account. I showed them that the wrong course pur-
sued by some of the students would mislead other students,
if it were continued, and for this God would hold the
teachers responsible. Some students would attend school who
had not been disciplined at home, and whose ideas of proper
education and its value were perverted. If these were al-
lowed to carry things in their way, the object for which
the school was established would be defeated, and the sin
would be charged against the guardians of the schools, as
if they had committed it themselves. p. 102, Para. 1,
[CT].

God holds everyone responsible for the influence that sur-

rounds his soul, on his own account and on the account of
others. He calls upon young men and women to be strictly
temperate, and conscientious in the use of their faculties
of mind and body. Their capabilities can be properly devel-
oped only by the most diligent use of their opportunities
and the wise appropriation of their powers to the glory of
God and the benefit of their fellow men. p. 102, Para. 2,
[CT].

To know what constitutes purity of mind, soul, and body is

an important part of education. Paul summed up the attain-
ments possible for Timothy by saying, "Keep thyself pure."
1 Timothy 5:22. Impurity of thought, word, or action will
not be indulged by the child of God. Every encouragement
and the richest blessings are held up before the overcomers
of evil practices, but the most fearful penalties are laid
upon those who profane the body and defile the soul. p.
103, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers, blessed are the pure in heart-- now; not,

Blessed will be the pure in heart. "Blessed are the pure in
heart: for they shall see God." Matthew 5:8. Yes, as did
Moses, they shall endure the seeing of Him who is invisi-
ble. They have the assurance of the richest blessings, both
in this life and in the life that is to come. p. 103,
Para. 2, [CT].

Students, if you will watch and pray, and make earnest ef-
forts in the right direction, you will be thoroughly imbued
with the spirit of Christ. "Put ye on the Lord Jesus
Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfill
the lusts thereof." Romans 13:14. Be determined that you
will make the school a success. If you will heed the in-
struction given in the word of God you may go forth with a
development of intellectual and moral power that will cause
even angels to rejoice, and God will joy over you with
singing. Under such discipline you will secure the fullest
development of your faculties. Let not the buoyancy and the
lust of youth through manifold temptations make your day of
opportunity and privilege a failure. Day by day put on
Christ, and in the brief season of your test and trial here
below maintain your dignity in the strength of God, as co-
workers with the highest agencies of heaven. p. 103, Para.
3, [CT].

It is the privilege of the faithful teacher to reap day by

day the visible results of his patient, persevering labor
of love. It is his to watch the growth of the tender plants
as they bud, and blossom, and bear the fruit of order,
punctuality, faithfulness, thoroughness, and true nobility
of character. It is his to see a love for truth and right
growing and strengthening in these children and youth for
whom he is held responsible. What can give him greater re-
turns than to see his pupils developing characters that
will make them noble and useful men and women, fitted to
occupy positions of responsibility and trust--men and women
who in the future will wield a power to hold in check evil
influences and help in dispelling the moral darkness of the
world? p. 104, Para. 1, [CT].

As the teacher awakens in the minds of his pupils a reali-

zation of the possibilities before them, as he causes them
to grasp the truth that they may become useful, noble,
trustworthy men and women, he sets in motion waves of in-
fluence that, even after he himself has gone to rest, will
reach onward and ever onward, giving joy to the sorrowing
and inspiring hope in the discouraged. As he lights in
their minds and hearts the lamp of earnest endeavor, he is
rewarded by seeing its bright rays diverge in every direc-
tion, illuminating not only the lives of the few who daily
sit before him for instruction, but through them the lives
of many others. p. 104, Para. 2, [CT].

In His wisdom the Lord has decreed that the family shall
be the greatest of all educational agencies. It is in the
home that the education of the child is to begin. Here is
his first school. Here, with his parents as instructors, he
is to learn the lessons that are to guide him throughout
life--lessons of respect, obedience, reverence, self-
control. The educational influences of the home are a de-
cided power for good or for evil. They are in many respects
silent and gradual, but if exerted on the right side, they
become a far-reaching power for truth and righteousness. If
the child is not instructed aright here, Satan will educate
him through agencies of his choosing. How important, then,
is the school in the home! p. 107, Para. 1, [CT].

In the home school--the first grade--the very best talent

should be utilized. Upon all parents there rests the obli-
gation of giving physical, mental, and spiritual instruc-
tion. It should be the object of every parent to secure to
his child a well-balanced, symmetrical character. This is a
work of no small magnitude and importance-- a work requir-
ing earnest thought and prayer no less than patient, perse-
vering effort. A right foundation must be laid, a frame-
work, strong and firm, erected, and then day by day the
work of building, polishing, perfecting, must go forward.
p. 107, Para. 2, [CT].

Children may be trained for the service of sin or for the

service of righteousness. Solomon says, "Train up a child
in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not
depart from it." Proverbs 22:6. This language is positive.
The training that Solomon enjoins is to direct, educate,
develop. But in order for parents to do this work, they
must themselves understand the "way" the child should go.
It is impossible for parents to give their children proper
training unless they first give themselves to God, learning
of the Great Teacher lessons of obedience to His will. p.
108, Para. 1, [CT].

Physical training, the development of the body, is far

more easily given than spiritual training. The nursery, the
playground, the workshop; the sowing of the seed, and the
gathering of the harvest--all these give physical training.
Under ordinarily favorable circumstances a child naturally
gains healthful vigor and a proper development of the bod-
ily organs. Yet even in physical lines the child should be
carefully trained. p. 108, Para. 2, [CT].

Soul culture, which gives purity and elevation to the

thoughts and fragrance to word and act, requires more
painstaking effort. It takes patience to keep every evil
motive weeded from the garden of the heart. The spiritual
training should in no case be neglected; for "the fear of
the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." Psalm 111:10. By
some, education is placed next to religion, but true educa-
tion is religion. The Bible should be the child's first
textbook. From this book, parents are to give wise instruc-
tion. The word of God is to be made the rule of the life.
From it the children are to learn that God is their Father;
and from the beautiful lessons of His word they are to gain
a knowledge of His character. Through the inculcation of
its principles they are to learn to do justice and judg-
ment. p. 108, Para. 3, [CT].

For some reason many parents dislike to give their chil-

dren religious instruction, and they leave them to pick up
in Sabbath school the knowledge which it is their privilege
and duty to impart. Such parents fail to fulfill the re-
sponsibility laid upon them, to give their children an all-
around education. God commands His people to bring up their
children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. What
does this mean--the nurture and admonition of the Lord? It
means to teach them to order the life by the requirements
and lessons of the word; to help them to gain a clear un-
derstanding of the terms of entrance into the city of God.
Not to all who would enter will the gates of that city be
opened, but to those only who have studied to know God's
will, and have yielded their lives to His control. p. 109,
Para. 1, [CT].

Parents, let the instruction you give your children be

simple, and be sure that it is clearly understood. The les-
sons that you learn from the word you are to present to
their young minds so plainly that they cannot fail to un-
derstand. By simple lessons drawn from the word of God and
their own experience, you may teach them how to conform
their lives to the highest standard. Even in childhood and
youth they may learn to live thoughtful, earnest lives that
will yield a rich harvest of good. p. 109, Para. 2, [CT].

The Family Altar -- In every Christian home God should be

honored by the morning and evening sacrifices of prayer and
praise. Children should be taught to respect and reverence
the hour of prayer. It is the duty of Christian parents,
morning and evening, by earnest prayer and persevering
faith, to make a hedge about their children. p. 110, Para.
1, [CT].

In the church at home the children are to learn to pray

and to trust in God. Teach them to repeat God's law. Con-
cerning the commandments the Israelites were instructed:
"Thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and
shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and
when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and
when thou risest up." Deuteronomy 6:7. Come in humility,
with a heart full of tenderness, and with a sense of the
temptations and dangers before yourselves and your chil-
dren; by faith bind them to the altar, entreating for them
the care of the Lord. Train the children to offer their
simple words of prayer. Tell them that God delights to have
them call upon Him. p. 110, Para. 2, [CT].

Will the Lord of heaven pass by such homes and leave no

blessing there? Nay, verily. Ministering angels will guard
the children who are thus dedicated to God. They hear the
offering of praise and the prayer of faith, and they bear
the petitions to Him who ministers in the sanctuary for His
people and offers His merits in their behalf. p. 110,
Para. 3, [CT].

Home Discipline -- The children are to be taught that

their capabilities were given them for the honor and glory
of God. To this end they must learn the lesson of obedi-
ence, for only by lives of willing obedience can they ren-
der to God the service He requires. Before the child is old
enough to reason, he must be taught to obey. By gentle,
persistent effort the habit should be established. Thus to
a great degree may be prevented those later conflicts be-
tween will and authority that do so much to arouse in the
minds of the youth alienation and bitterness toward parents
and teachers, and too often resistance of all authority,
human and divine. p. 110, Para. 4, [CT].

Let children be shown that true reverence is revealed by

obedience. God has commanded nothing that is unessential,
and there is no other way of manifesting reverence so
pleasing to Him as by obedience to that which He has spo-
ken. p. 111, Para. 1, [CT].

The mother is the queen of the home, and the children are
her subjects. She is to rule her household wisely, in the
dignity of her motherhood. Her influence in the home is to
be paramount; her word, law. If she is a Christian, under
God's control, she will command the respect of her chil-
dren. Tell your children exactly what you require of them.
Then let them understand that your word must be obeyed.
Thus you are training them to respect the commandments of
God, which plainly declare, "Thou shalt," and "Thou shalt
not." p. 111, Para. 2, [CT].

Few parents begin early enough to teach their children to

obey. The child is usually allowed to get two or three
years the start of its parents, who forbear to discipline
it, thinking it too young to learn to obey. But all this
time self is growing strong in the little being, and every
day makes harder the parent's task of gaining control. At a
very early age children can comprehend what is plainly and
simply told them, and by kind and judicious management can
be taught to obey. Never should they be allowed to show
their parents disrespect. Self-will should never be permit-
ted to go unrebuked. The future well-being of the child re-
quires kindly, loving, but firm discipline. p. 111, Para.
3, [CT].

There is a blind affection that gives the children the

privilege of doing as they please. But to allow a child to
follow his natural impulses is to allow him to deteriorate
and to become proficient in evil. Wise parents will not say
to their children, "Follow your own choice; go where you
will, and do what you will;" but, "Listen to the instruc-
tion of the Lord." Wise rules and regulations must be made
and enforced, that the beauty of the home life may not be
spoiled. p. 112, Para. 1, [CT].

It is impossible to depict the evil that results from

leaving a child to its own will. Some who go astray because
of neglect in childhood will later, through the inculcation
of practical lessons, come to their senses; but many are
lost forever because in childhood and youth they received
only a partial, one-sided culture. The child who is spoiled
has a heavy burden to carry throughout his life. In trial,
in disappointment, in temptation, he will follow his undis-
ciplined, misdirected will. Children who have never learned
to obey will have weak, impulsive characters. They seek to
rule, but have not learned to submit. They are without
moral strength to restrain their wayward tempers, to cor-
rect their wrong habits, or to subdue their uncontrolled
wills. The blunders of untrained, undisciplined childhood
become the inheritance of manhood and womanhood. The per-
verted intellect can scarcely discern between the true and
the false. p. 112, Para. 2, [CT].

Parents who truly love Christ will bear witness to this in

a love for their children that will not indulge, but will
work wisely for their highest good. They will lend every
sanctified energy and ability to the work of saving their
children. Instead of treating them as playthings, they will
regard them as the purchase of Christ, and will teach them
that they are to become the children of God. Instead of al-
lowing them to indulge evil temper and selfish desires,
they will teach them lessons of self-restraint. And the
children will be happier, far happier, under proper disci-
pline than if left to do as their unrestrained impulses
suggest. A child's truest graces consist in modesty and
obedience--in attentive ears to hear the words of direc-
tion, in willing feet and hands to walk and work in the
path of duty. p. 113, Para. 1, [CT].

Making Home Attractive -- While many parents err on the

side of indulgence, others go to the opposite extreme, and
rule their children with a rod of iron. They seem to forget
that they themselves were once children. They are digni-
fied, cold, unsympathetic. Childish mirth and waywardness,
the restless activity of the young life, find no excuse in
their eyes. Trifling misdemeanors are treated as grave
sins. Such discipline is not Christlike. Children thus
trained fear their parents, but do not love them; they do
not confide in them their childish experiences. Some of the
most valuable qualities of mind and heart are chilled to
death as a tender plant before the wintry blast. p. 113,
Para. 2, [CT].

While we are not to indulge blind affection, neither are

we to manifest undue severity. Children cannot be brought
to the Lord by force. They can be led, but not driven. "My
sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me,"
Christ declares. John 10:27. He does not say, My sheep hear
My voice and are forced into the path of obedience. Never
should parents cause their children pain by harshness or
unreasonable exactions. Harshness drives souls into Satan's
net. p. 114, Para. 1, [CT].

Administer the rules of the home in wisdom and love, not

with a rod of iron. Children will respond with willing obe-
dience to the rule of love. Commend your children whenever
you can. Make their lives as happy as possible. Provide
them with innocent amusements. Make the home a Bethel, a
holy, consecrated place. Keep the soil of the heart mellow
by the manifestation of love and affection, thus preparing
it for the seed of truth. Remember that the Lord gives the
earth not only clouds and rain, but the beautiful, smiling
sunshine, causing the seed to germinate and the blossom to
appear. Remember that children need not only reproof and
correction, but encouragement and commendation, the pleas-
ant sunshine of kind words. p. 114, Para. 2, [CT].

The home should be to the children the most attractive

place in the world, and the mother's presence should be its
greatest charm. Children have sensitive, loving natures.
They are easily pleased and easily made unhappy. By gentle
discipline, in loving words and acts, mothers may bind
their children to their hearts. p. 114, Para. 3, [CT].

Above all things, parents should surround their children

with an atmosphere of cheerfulness, courtesy, and love. A
home where love dwells and where it finds expression in
looks, in words, in acts, is a place where angels delight
to dwell. Parents, let the sunshine of love, cheer, and
happy content enter your own hearts, and let its sweet in-
fluence pervade the home. Manifest a kindly, forbearing
spirit, and encourage the same in your children, cultivat-
ing all those graces that will brighten the home life. The
atmosphere thus created will be to the children what air
and sunshine are to the vegetable world, promoting health
and vigor of mind and body. p. 115, Para. 1, [CT].

Instead of sending her children from her that she may not
be annoyed by their noise or troubled by their little
wants, let the mother plan amusement or light work to em-
ploy the active hands and minds. By entering into their
feelings and directing their amusements and employments,
the mother will gain the confidence of her children; thus
she can the more effectually correct wrong habits or check
the manifestation of selfishness or passion. A word of cau-
tion or reproof spoken at the right time will be of great
value. By patient, watchful love she can turn the minds of
the children in the right direction, cultivating in them
beautiful and attractive traits of character. p. 115,
Para. 2, [CT].

Unpromising Children -- There are some children who need

more patient discipline and kindly training than others.
They have received as a legacy unpromising traits of char-
acter, and because of this they need the more of sympathy
and love. By persevering labor these wayward ones may be
prepared for a place in the work of the Master. They may
possess undeveloped powers, which, when aroused, will en-
able them to fill places far in advance of those from whom
more has been expected. p. 115, Para. 3, [CT].

If you have children with peculiar temperaments, do not,

because of this, let the blight of discouragement rest upon
their lives. There should be no loud-voiced commands, no
unkind, exasperating words, no harsh, severe, or gloomy ex-
pressions. Help them by the manifestation of forbearance
and sympathy. Strengthen them by loving words and kindly
deeds to overcome their defects of character. p. 116,
Para. 1, [CT].

The work of "breaking the will" is contrary to the princi-

ples of Christ. The will of the child must be directed and
guided. Save all the strength of the will, for the human
being needs it all; but give it proper direction. Treat it
wisely and tenderly, as a sacred treasure. Do not hammer it
in pieces; but by precept and true example wisely fashion
and mold it until the child comes to years of responsibil-
ity. p. 116, Para. 2, [CT].

When and How to Punish -- The mother may ask, "Shall I

never punish my child?" Whipping may be necessary when
other resorts fail; yet she should not use the rod if it is
possible to avoid doing so. But if milder measures prove
insufficient, punishment that will bring the child to its
senses should in love be administered. Frequently one such
correction will be enough for a lifetime, to show the child
that he does not hold the lines of control. p. 116, Para.
3, [CT].

And when this step becomes necessary, the child should be

seriously impressed with the thought that this is not done
for the gratification of the parent, or to indulge arbi-
trary authority, but for the child's own good. He should be
taught that every fault uncorrected will bring unhappiness
to himself, and will displease God. Under such discipline
children will find their greatest happiness in submitting
their wills to the will of their heavenly Father. p. 117,
Para. 1, [CT].

Often we do more to provoke than to win. I have seen a

mother snatch from the hand of her child something that was
giving it special pleasure. The child did not know the rea-
son of this, and naturally felt abused. Then followed a
quarrel between parent and child, and a sharp chastisement
ended the scene as far as outward appearance was concerned;
but that battle left an impression on the tender mind that
would not be easily effaced. This mother acted unwisely.
She did not reason from cause to effect. Her harsh, injudi-
cious action stirred the worst passions in the heart of her
child, and on every similar occasion these passions would
be aroused and strengthened. p. 117, Para. 2, [CT].

Think you that God takes no cognizance of the way such

children are corrected? He knows, and He also knows what
might be the blessed results if the work of correction were
done in a way to win rather than to repel. p. 117, Para.
3, [CT].

Never correct your child in anger. An exhibition of pas-

sion on your part will not cure your child's evil temper.
That is the time of all times when you should act with hu-
mility and patience and prayer. Then is the time to kneel
down with the children and ask the Lord for pardon. Before
you cause your child physical pain, you will, if you are a
Christian father or mother, reveal the love you have for
your erring little one. As you bow before God with your
child you will present before the sympathizing Redeemer His
own words, "Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and
forbid them not: for of such is the kingdom of God." Mark
10:14. That prayer will bring angels to your side. Your
child will not forget these experiences, and the blessing
of God will rest upon such instruction, leading him to
Christ. p. 117, Para. 4, [CT].

When children realize that their parents are trying to

help them, they will bend their energies in the right di-
rection. And to the children who have right instruction in
the home, the advantages of our schools will be greater
than to those who are allowed to grow up without spiritual
help at home. p. 118, Para. 1, [CT].

Children who have not experienced the cleansing power of

Jesus are the lawful prey of the enemy, and the evil angels
have easy access to them. Some parents are careless and
suffer their children to grow up with but little restraint.
Parents have a great work to do in the matter of correcting
and training their children, and in bringing them to God
and claiming His blessing upon them. By the faithful and
untiring efforts of the parents, and the blessing and grace
bestowed upon the children in response to the prayers of
the parents, the power of the evil angels may be broken and
a sanctifying influence shed upon the children. Thus the
powers of darkness will be driven back. p. 118, Para. 2,
[CT].

From their infancy the youth need to have a firm barrier

built up between them and the world, that its corrupting
influence may not affect them. Parents must exercise un-
ceasing watchfulness, that their children be not lost to
God. The vows of David, recorded in the 101st psalm, should
be the vows of all upon whom rest the responsibilities of
guarding the influences of the home. The psalmist declares:
"I will set no wicked thing before mine eyes: I hate the
work of them that turn aside; it shall not cleave to me. A
froward heart shall depart from me: I will not know a
wicked person. Whoso privily slandereth his neighbor, him
will I cut off: him that hath an high look and a proud
heart will not I suffer. Mine eyes shall be upon the faith-
ful of the land, that they may dwell with me: he that
walketh in a perfect way, he shall serve me. He that
worketh deceit shall not dwell within my house: he that
telleth lies shall not tarry in my sight." Psalm 101:3-7.
p. 119, Para. 1, [CT].

The youth should not be left to learn good and evil indis-
criminately, the parents thinking that at some future time
the good will predominate and the evil lose its influence.
The evil will increase faster than the good. It is possible
that the evil which children learn may be eradicated after
many years, but who would trust to this? Whatever else they
neglect, parents should never leave their children free to
wander in the paths of sin. p. 119, Para. 2, [CT].

Choosing Associates -- Parents should remember that asso-

ciation with those of lax morals and coarseness of charac-
ter will have a detrimental influence upon the youth. If
they fail to choose proper society for their children, if
they allow them to associate with youth of questionable
morals, they place them, or permit them to place them-
selves, in a school where lessons of depravity are taught
and practiced. They may feel that their children are strong
enough to withstand temptation; but how can they be sure of
this? It is far easier to yield to evil influences than to
resist them. Ere they are aware of it, their children may
become imbued with the spirit of their associates and may
be degraded or ruined. p. 120, Para. 1, [CT].

Parents, guard the principles and habits of your children

as the apple of the eye. Allow them to associate with no
one with whose character you are not well acquainted. Per-
mit them to form no intimacy until you are assured that it
will do them no harm. Accustom your children to trust your
judgment and experience. Teach them that you have clearer
perception of character than they in their inexperience can
have, and that your decisions must not be disregarded. p.
120, Para. 2, [CT].

The Choice of Reading -- Parents should endeavor to keep

out of the home every influence that is not productive of
good. In this matter some parents have much to learn. To
those who feel free to read story magazines and novels I
would say: You are sowing seed the harvest of which you
will not care to garner. From such reading there is no
spiritual strength to be gained. Rather it destroys love
for the pure truth of the word. Through the agency of nov-
els and story magazines, Satan is working to fill with un-
real and trivial thoughts, minds that should be diligently
studying the word of God. Thus he is robbing thousands upon
thousands of the time and energy and self-discipline de-
manded by the stern problems of life. p. 120, Para. 3,
[CT].

The susceptible, expanding mind of the child longs for

knowledge. Parents should keep themselves well informed,
that they may give the minds of their children proper food.
Like the body, the mind derives its strength from the food
it receives. It is broadened and elevated by pure,
strengthening thoughts; but it is narrowed and debased by
thoughts that are of the earth earthy. p. 121, Para. 1,
[CT].

Parents, you are the ones to decide whether the minds of

your children shall be filled with ennobling thoughts or
with vicious sentiments. You cannot keep their active minds
unoccupied, neither can you frown away evil. Only by the
inculcation of right principles can you exclude wrong
thoughts. Unless parents plant the seeds of truth in the
hearts of their children, the enemy will sow tares. Good,
sound instruction is the only preventive of the evil commu-
nications that corrupt good manners. Truth will protect the
soul from the endless temptations that must be encountered.
p. 121, Para. 2, [CT].

Let the youth be taught to give close study to the word of

God. Received into the soul, it will prove a mighty barri-
cade against temptation. "Thy word," the psalmist declares,
"have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against
Thee." "By the word of Thy lips I have kept me from the
paths of the destroyer." Psalms 119:11; 17:4. p. 121,
Para. 3, [CT].

Teaching Children to Be Useful -- One of the surest safe-

guards of the young is useful occupation. Children who are
trained to industrious habits, so that all their hours are
usefully and pleasantly employed, have no inclination to
repine at their lot and no time for ideal daydreaming. They
are in little danger of forming vicious habits or associa-
tions. p. 122, Para. 1, [CT].

In the home school the children should be taught how to

perform the practical duties of everyday life. While they
are still young, the mother should give them some simple
task to do each day. It will take longer for her to teach
them how than it would to do it herself; but let her remem-
ber that she is to lay for their character building the
foundation of helpfulness. Let her remember that the home
is a school in which she is the head teacher. It is hers to
teach her children how to perform the duties of the house-
hold quickly and skillfully. As early in life as possible
they should be trained to share the burdens of the home.
From childhood, boys and girls should be taught to bear
heavier and still heavier burdens, intelligently helping in
the work of the family firm. p. 122, Para. 2, [CT].

When children reach a suitable age, they should be pro-

vided with tools. They will be found to be apt pupils. If
the father is a carpenter, he should give his boys lessons
in carpentry. p. 122, Para. 3, [CT].

From the mother the children are to learn habits of neat-

ness, thoroughness, and dispatch. To allow a child to take
an hour or two in doing a piece of work that could easily
be done in half an hour is to allow it to form dilatory
habits. Habits of industry and thoroughness will be an un-
told blessing to the youth in the larger school of life,
upon which they must enter as they grow older. p. 122,
Para. 4, [CT].

Children are not to be allowed to think that everything in

the house is their plaything, to do with as they please.
Instruction in this line should be given even to the small-
est children. By correcting this habit, you will destroy
it. God designs that the perversities natural to childhood
shall be rooted out before they become habits. Do not give
the children playthings that are easily broken. To do this
is to teach lessons in destructiveness. Let them have a few
playthings, and let these be strong and durable. Such sug-
gestions, small though they may seem, mean much in the edu-
cation of the child. p. 123, Para. 1, [CT].

Mothers should guard against training their children to be

dependent and self-absorbed. Never give them cause to think
that they are the center and that everything must revolve
around them. Some parents give much time and attention to
amusing their children; but children should be trained to
amuse themselves, to exercise their own ingenuity and
skill. Thus they will learn to be content with simple
pleasures. They should be taught to bear bravely their lit-
tle disappointments and trials. Instead of calling atten-
tion to every trifling pain or hurt, divert their minds;
teach them to pass lightly over little annoyances and dis-
comforts. p. 123, Para. 2, [CT].

Study how to teach the children to be thoughtful of oth-

ers. The youth should be early accustomed to submission,
self-denial, and regard for others' happiness. p. 123,
Para. 3, [CT].
 They should be taught to subdue the hasty temper, to with-
hold the passionate word, to manifest unvarying kindness,
courtesy, and self-control. p. 124, Para. 1, [CT].

Burdened with many cares, the mother may sometimes feel

that she cannot take time patiently to instruct her little
ones and to give them love and sympathy. But she should re-
member that if the children do not find in their parents
and in their homes that which will satisfy their desire for
sympathy and companionship, they will look to other
sources, where both mind and character may be endangered.
p. 124, Para. 2, [CT].

Give some of your leisure hours to your children; associ-

ate with them in their work and in their sports, and win
their confidence. Cultivate their friendship. Give them re-
sponsibilities to bear, small at first, and larger as they
grow older. Let them see that you think they help you.
Never, never let them hear you say, "They hinder me more
than they help me." p. 124, Para. 3, [CT].

If possible, the home should be out of the city, where the

children can have ground to cultivate. Let them each have a
piece of ground of their own; and as you teach them how to
make a garden, how to prepare the soil for seed, and the
importance of keeping all the weeds pulled out, teach them
also how important it is to keep unsightly, injurious prac-
tices out of the life. Teach them to keep down wrong habits
as they keep down the weeds in their gardens. It will take
time to teach these lessons, but it will pay, greatly pay.
p. 124, Para. 4, [CT].

Tell your children about the miracle-working power of God.

As they study the great lesson book of nature, God will im-
press their minds. The farmer plows his land and sows his
seed, but he cannot make the seed grow. He must depend on
God to do that which no human power can do. The Lord puts
His vital power into the seed, causing it to spring forth
into life. Under His care the germ of life breaks through
the hard crust encasing it, and springs up to bear fruit.
First appears the blade, then the ear, then the full corn
in the ear. As the children are told of the work that God
does for the seed, they learn the secret of growth in
grace. p. 124, Para. 5, [CT].

There is untold value in industry. Let the children be

taught to do something useful. More than human wisdom is
needed that parents may understand how best to educate
their children for a useful, happy life here, and for
higher service and greater joy hereafter. p. 125, Para. 1,
[CT].

The Physical Well-Being -- Parents should seek to awaken

in their children an interest in the study of physiology.
From the first dawn of reason the human mind should become
intelligent in regard to the physical structure. We may be-
hold and admire the work of God in the natural world, but
the human habitation is the most wonderful. It is therefore
of the highest importance that among the studies selected
for children, physiology occupy an important place. All
children should study it. And then parents should see to it
that practical hygiene is added. p. 125, Para. 2, [CT].

Children are to be trained to understand that every organ

of the body and every faculty of the mind is the gift of a
good and wise God, and that each is to be used to His
glory. Right habits in eating and drinking and dressing
must be insisted upon. Wrong habits render the youth less
susceptible to Bible instruction. The children are to be
guarded against the indulgence of appetite, and especially
against the use of stimulants and narcotics. The tables of
Christian parents should not be loaded down with food con-
taining condiments and spices. p. 125, Para. 3, [CT].

There are but few among the young who have any definite
knowledge of the mysteries of life. The study of the won-
derful human organism, the relation and dependence of all
its complicated parts, is one in which most mothers take
little if any interest. They do not understand the influ-
ence of the body upon the mind or of the mind upon the
body. They occupy themselves with needless trifles and then
plead that they have no time to obtain the information
which they need in order to care properly for the health of
their children. It is less trouble to trust them to the
doctors. Thousands of children die through the ignorance of
their parents regarding the laws of hygiene. p. 126, Para.
1, [CT].

If parents themselves would obtain knowledge upon this

subject and feel the importance of putting it to a practi-
cal use, we should see a better condition of things. Teach
your children to reason from cause to effect. Show them
that if they violate the laws of their being they must pay
the penalty in suffering. If you cannot see as rapid im-
provement as you desire, do not be discouraged, but in-
struct them patiently and press on until victory is gained.
Recklessness in regard to bodily health tends to reckless-
ness in morals. p. 126, Para. 2, [CT].

Do not neglect to teach your children how to prepare

wholesome food. In giving them these lessons in physiology
and in good cooking, you are teaching them the first steps
in some of the most useful branches of education and incul-
cating principles which are needful elements in their re-
ligious life. p. 127, Para. 1, [CT].

Teach your children from the cradle to practice self-

denial and self-control. Teach them to enjoy the beauties
of nature, and in useful employment to exercise all the
powers of mind and body. Bring them up to have sound con-
stitutions and good morals, to have sunny dispositions and
sweet tempers. Teach them that to yield to temptation is
weak and wicked; to resist is noble and manly. p. 127,
Para. 2, [CT].

Let all, both old and young, give diligent heed to the
words penned by the wise man three thousand years ago: "My
son, forget not my law; but let thine heart keep my com-
mandments: for length of days, and long life, and peace,
shall they add to thee. Let not mercy and truth forsake
thee: bind them about thy neck; write them upon the table
of thine heart: so shalt thou find favor and good under-
standing in the sight of God and man." Proverbs 3:1-4. p.
127, Para. 3, [CT].

Unity in Government -- Unitedly and prayerfully the father

and mother should bear the grave responsibility of guiding
their children aright. It is chiefly upon the mother that
the work of child training devolves, but the father should
not become so absorbed in business life or in the study of
books that he cannot take time to study the natures and ne-
cessities of his children. He should help in devising ways
by which they may be kept busy in useful labor agreeable to
their varying dispositions. p. 127, Para. 4, [CT].

The father of boys should come into close contact with his
sons, giving them the benefit of his larger experience and
talking with them in such simplicity and tenderness that he
binds them to his heart. He should let them see that he has
their best interests, their happiness, in view all the
time. As the priest of the household, he is accountable to
God for the influence that he exerts over every member of
the family. p. 128, Para. 1, [CT].

The mother should feel her need of the Holy Spirit's guid-
ance, that she herself may have a genuine experience in
submission to the way and will of God. Then, through the
grace of Christ, she can be a wise, gentle, loving teacher.
To do her work as it should be done requires talent and
skill and patient, thoughtful care. It calls for self-
distrust and earnest prayer. Let every mother strive by
persevering effort to fulfill her obligations. Let her
bring her little ones to Jesus in the arms of faith, tell-
ing Him her great need, and asking for wisdom and grace.
Earnestly, patiently, courageously, she should seek to im-
prove her own abilities, that she may use aright the high-
est powers of the mind in the training of her children. p.
128, Para. 2, [CT].

As united rulers of the home kingdom, let father and

mother show kindness and courtesy to each other. Never
should their deportment militate against the precepts they
seek to inculcate. They must maintain purity of heart and
life if they would have their children pure. They must
train and discipline self if they would have their children
subject to discipline. They must set before their children
an example worthy of imitation. Should they be remiss in
this respect, what will they answer if the children en-
trusted to them stand before the bar of heaven as witnesses
to their neglect? How terrible will be their realization of
loss and failure as they face the Judge of all the earth!
p. 128, Para. 3, [CT].

One great reason why there is so much evil in the world

today is that parents occupy their minds with other things
to the exclusion of the work that is all-important-- the
task of patiently and kindly teaching their children the
way of the Lord. Parents should allow nothing to prevent
them from giving to their children all the time that is
necessary to make them understand what it means to obey and
trust the Lord fully. p. 129, Para. 1, [CT].

Before visitors, before every other consideration, your

children should come first. The time spent in needless sew-
ing, God would have you spend in educating them in essen-
tial things. That unnecessary garment you are making, that
extra dish you think you will prepare--let it be neglected
rather than the education of your children. The labor due
your child during its early years will admit of no neglect.
There is no time in its life when the rule should be for-
gotten, Line upon line, precept upon precept, here a lit-
tle, and there a little. Deny your children anything rather
than the instruction which, if faithfully followed, will
make them good and useful members of society, and will pre-
pare them for citizenship in the kingdom of heaven. p.
129, Para. 2, [CT].

A Missionary Training -- Upon parents rests the responsi-

bility of developing in their children those capabilities
which will enable them to do good service for God. God sees
all the possibilities in that mite of humanity. He sees
that with proper training the child will become a power for
good in the world. He watches with anxious interest to see
whether the parents will carry out His plan, or whether by
mistaken kindness they will thwart His purpose, indulging
the child to his present and eternal ruin. To transform
this helpless and apparently insignificant being into a
blessing to the world and an honor to God is a great and
grand work. p. 130, Para. 1, [CT].

Parents, help your children to fulfill God's purpose for

them. In the home they are to be trained to do missionary
work that will prepare them for wider spheres of useful-
ness. Train them to be an honor to the One who died to gain
for them eternal life in the kingdom of glory. Teach them
that God has a part for them to act in His great work. The
Lord will bless them as they work for Him. They can be His
helping hand. p. 130, Para. 2, [CT].

Your home is the first field in which you are called to

labor. The precious plants in the home garden demand your
first care. Consider carefully your work, its nature, its
bearings, its results, ever remembering that your looks,
your words, your actions, have a direct bearing on the fu-
ture of your dear ones. Your work is not to fashion beauty
on canvas, or to chisel it from marble, but to impress upon
a human soul the image of the divine. p. 130, Para. 3,
[CT].

Give your children intellectual culture and moral train-

ing. Fortify their young minds with firm, pure principles.
While you have opportunity, lay the foundation for a noble
manhood and womanhood. Your labor will be rewarded a thou-
sandfold. p. 131, Para. 1, [CT].
 This is your day of trust, your day of responsibility and
opportunity. Soon will come your day of reckoning. Take up
your work with earnest prayer and faithful endeavor. Teach
your children that it is their privilege to receive every
day the baptism of the Holy Spirit. Let Christ find you His
helping hand to carry out His purposes. By prayer you may
gain an experience that will make your ministry for your
children a perfect success. p. 131, Para. 2, [CT].

Seventh-day Adventist parents should more fully realize

their responsibilities as character builders. God places
before them the privilege of strengthening His cause
through the consecration and labors of their children. He
desires to see gathered out from the homes of our people a
large company of youth who, because of the godly influences
of their homes, have surrendered their hearts to Him, and
go forth to give Him the highest service of their lives.
Directed and trained by the godly instruction of the home,
the influence of the morning and evening worship, the con-
sistent example of parents who love and fear God, they have
learned to submit to God as their teacher and are prepared
to render Him acceptable service as loyal sons and daugh-
ters. Such youth are prepared to represent to the world the
power and grace of Christ. p. 131, Para. 3, [CT].

What shall our children read? This is a serious question

and one that demands a serious answer. It troubles me to
see in Sabbathkeeping families periodicals and newspapers
containing continued stories which leave no impressions for
good on the minds of children and youth. I have watched
those whose taste for fiction was thus cultivated. They
have had the privilege of listening to the truth, of becom-
ing acquainted with the reasons of our faith; but they have
grown to maturer years destitute of true piety and practi-
cal godliness. They manifest no devotion and reflect no
heavenly light upon their associates to lead them to the
fount of all true knowledge. p. 132, Para. 1, [CT].

It is during the first years of a child's life that his

mind is most susceptible to impressions either good or
evil. During these years decided progress is made in either
a right direction or a wrong one. On one hand, much worth-
less information may be gained; on the other, much solid,
valuable knowledge. The strength of intellect, the substan-
tial knowledge, are possessions which the gold of Ophir
could not buy. Their price is above gold or silver. p.
132, Para. 2, [CT].

The kind of education that fits the youth for practical

life, they naturally do not choose. They urge their de-
sires, their likes and dislikes, their preferences and in-
clinations; but if parents have correct views of God, of
the truth, and of the influences and associations that
should surround their children, they will feel that upon
them rests the God-given responsibility of carefully guid-
ing the inexperienced youth. p. 132, Para. 3, [CT].

Many youth are eager for books. They read anything that
they can obtain. I appeal to the parents of such children
to control their desire for reading. Do not permit upon
your tables the magazines and newspapers in which are found
love stories. Supply their place with books that will help
the youth to put into their character building the very
best material--the love and fear of God, the knowledge of
Christ. Encourage your children to store the mind with
valuable knowledge, to let that which is good occupy the
soul and control its powers, leaving no place for low, de-
basing thoughts. Restrict the desire for reading matter
that does not furnish good food for the mind. The money ex-
pended for story magazines may not seem much, but it is too
much to spend for that which gives so much that is mislead-
ing, and so little that is good in return. Those who are in
God's service should spend neither time nor money in un-
profitable reading. p. 133, Para. 1, [CT].

Worthless Reading -- The world is deluged with books that

might better be consumed than circulated. Books on sensa-
tional topics, published and circulated as a money-making
scheme, might better never be read by the youth. There is a
satanic fascination in such books. The heartsickening re-
cital of crimes and atrocities has a bewitching power upon
many, exciting them to see what they can do to bring them-
selves into notice, even by the wickedest deeds. The enor-
mities, the cruelties, the licentious practices, portrayed
in some of the strictly historical writings, have acted as
leaven on many minds, leading to the commission of similar
acts. p. 133, Para. 2, [CT].

Books that delineate the satanic practices of human beings

are giving publicity to evil. These horrible particulars
need not be lived over, and no one who believes the truth
for this time should act a part in perpetuating the memory
of them. When the intellect is fed and stimulated by this
depraved food, the thoughts become impure and sensual. p.
134, Para. 1, [CT].

There is another class of books--love stories and frivo-

lous, exciting tales--which are a curse to everyone who
reads them, even though the author may attach a good moral.
Often religious statements are woven all through these
books, but in most cases Satan is but clothed in angel
robes to deceive and allure the unsuspicious. The practice
of story reading is one of the means employed by Satan to
destroy souls. It produces a false, unhealthy excitement,
fevers the imagination, unfits the mind for usefulness, and
disqualifies it for any spiritual exercise. It weans the
soul from prayer and from the love of spiritual things. p.
134, Para. 2, [CT].

Readers of frivolous, exciting tales become unfitted for

the duties of practical life. They live in an unreal world.
I have watched children who have been allowed to make a
practice of reading such stories. Whether at home or
abroad, they were restless, dreamy, unable to converse ex-
cept upon the most commonplace subjects. Religious thought
and conversation was entirely foreign to their minds. With
the cultivation of an appetite for sensational stories, the
mental taste is perverted, and the mind is not satisfied
unless fed upon this unwholesome food. I can think of no
more fitting name for those who indulge in such reading
than mental inebriates. Intemperate habits of reading have
an effect upon the brain similar to that which intemperate
habits of eating and drinking have upon the body. p. 134,
Para. 3, [CT].

Those who indulge the habit of racing through an exciting

story are simply crippling their mental strength and dis-
qualifying their minds for vigorous thought and research.
Some youth, and even some of mature age, have been af-
flicted with paralysis from no other cause than excess in
reading. The nerve power of the brain was kept constantly
excited, until the delicate machinery became worn and re-
fused to act. Some of its fine mechanism gave way, and pa-
ralysis was the result. p. 135, Para. 1, [CT].

There are men and women now in the decline of life who
have never recovered from the effects of intemperance in
reading. The habit formed in early years grew with their
growth and strengthened with their strength. Their deter-
mined efforts to overcome the sin of abusing the intellect
were partially successful, but they have never recovered
the full vigor of mind that God bestowed upon them. p.
135, Para. 2, [CT].

Infidel Authors -- Another source of danger against which

we should be constantly on guard is the reading of infidel
authors. Such works are inspired by the enemy of truth, and
no one can read them without imperiling the soul. It is
true that some who are affected by them may finally re-
cover; but all who tamper with their evil influence place
themselves on Satan's ground, and he makes the most of his
advantage. As they invite his temptations they have not
wisdom to discern or strength to resist them. With a fasci-
nating, bewitching power, unbelief and infidelity fasten
themselves upon the mind. p. 135, Para. 3, [CT].

We are constantly surrounded by unbelief. The very atmos-

phere seems charged with it. Only by constant effort can we
resist its power. Those who value their salvation should
shun infidel writings as they would shun the leprosy. p.
136, Para. 1, [CT].

Preoccupy the Soil -- The best way to prevent the growth

of evil is to preoccupy the soil. Instead of recommending
your children to read Robinson Crusoe , or fascinating sto-
ries of real life, such as Uncle Tom's Cabin , open the
Scriptures to them, and spend some time each day in reading
and studying God's word. The mental tastes must be disci-
plined and educated with the greatest care. Parents must
begin early to unfold the Scriptures to the expanding minds
of their children, that proper habits of thought may be
formed. p. 136, Para. 2, [CT].

No effort should be spared to establish right habits of

study. If the mind wanders, bring it back. If the intellec-
tual and moral tastes have been perverted by overwrought
and exciting tales of fiction, so that there is a disincli-
nation to apply the mind, there is a battle to be fought to
overcome this habit. A love for fictitious reading should
be overcome at once. Rigid rules should be enforced to hold
the mind in the proper channel. p. 136, Para. 3, [CT].

Between an uncultivated field and an untrained mind there

is a striking similarity. In the minds of children and
youth the enemy sows tares, and unless parents keep watch-
ful guard, these will spring up to bear their evil fruit.
Unceasing care is needed in cultivating the soil of the
mind and sowing it with the precious seed of Bible truth.
Children should be taught to reject trashy, exciting tales,
and to turn to sensible reading, which will lead the mind
to take an interest in Bible story, history, and argument.
Reading that will throw light upon the Sacred Volume and
quicken the desire to study it is not dangerous, but bene-
ficial. p. 136, Para. 4, [CT].

The Sabbath School Lesson -- The Sabbath school affords to

parents and children an opportunity for the study of God's
word. But in order for them to gain that benefit which they
should gain in the Sabbath school, both parents and chil-
dren should devote time to the study of the lesson, seeking
to obtain a thorough knowledge of the facts presented and
also of the spiritual truths which these facts are designed
to teach. We should especially impress upon the minds of
the youth the importance of seeking the full significance
of the scripture under consideration. p. 137, Para. 1,
[CT].

Parents, set apart a little time each day for the study of
the Sabbath school lesson with your children. Give up the
social visit if need be, rather than sacrifice the hour de-
voted to the lessons of sacred history. Parents as well as
children will receive benefit from this study. Let the more
important passages of Scripture connected with the lesson
be committed to memory, not as a task, but as a privilege.
Though at first the memory be defective, it will gain
strength by exercise, so that after a time you will delight
thus to treasure up the words of truth. And the habit will
prove a most valuable aid to spiritual growth. p. 137,
Para. 2, [CT].

The Home Reading Circle -- Let our people show that they
have a live interest in medical missionary work. Let them
prepare themselves for usefulness by studying the litera-
ture that has been prepared for our instruction on these
subjects. Those who study and practice the principles of
right living will be greatly blessed, both physically and
spiritually. An understanding of the philosophy of health
is a safeguard against many of the evils that are continu-
ally increasing. p. 138, Para. 1, [CT].

Fathers and mothers, obtain all the help you can from the
study of our books and publications. Take time to read to
your children from the health books, as well as from the
books treating more particularly on religious subjects.
Teach them the importance of caring for the body, the house
they live in. Form a home reading circle, in which every
member of the family shall lay aside the busy cares of the
day and unite in study. Especially will the youth who have
been accustomed to reading novels and cheap storybooks, re-
ceive benefit from joining in the evening family study. p.
138, Para. 2, [CT].

The Bible -- Above all, take time to read the Bible--the

Book of books. A daily study of the Scriptures has a sanc-
tifying, uplifting influence upon the mind. Bind the Holy
Volume to your hearts. It will prove to you a friend and
guide in perplexity. p. 138, Para. 3, [CT].

Both old and young neglect the Bible. They do not make it
their study, the rule of their life. Especially are the
young guilty of this neglect. Most of them find time to
read other books, but the Book that points out the way to
eternal life is not daily studied. Idle stories are atten-
tively read, while the Bible is neglected. This Book is our
guide to a higher, holier life. The youth would pronounce
it the most interesting book they ever read had not their
imagination been perverted by the reading of fictitious
stories. p. 138, Para. 4, [CT].

Youthful minds fail to reach their noblest development

when they neglect the highest source of wisdom--the word of
God. That we are in God's world, in the presence of the
Creator; that we are made in His likeness; that He watches
over us and loves us and cares for us--these are wonderful
themes for thought, and lead the mind into broad, exalted
fields of meditation. He who opens mind and heart to the
contemplation of such themes as these will never be satis-
fied with trivial, sensational subjects. p. 139, Para. 1,
[CT].

The importance of seeking a thorough knowledge of the

Scriptures can hardly be estimated. "Given by inspiration
of God," able to make us "wise unto salvation," rendering
the man of God "perfect, throughly furnished unto all good
works" (2 Timothy 3:15-17), the Bible has the highest claim
to our reverent attention. We should not be satisfied with
a superficial knowledge, but should seek to learn the full
meaning of the words of truth, to drink deep of the spirit
of the Holy Oracles. p. 139, Para. 2, [CT].

Jesus taught by illustrations and parables drawn from na-

ture and from the familiar events of everyday life. . . .
In this way He associated natural things with spiritual,
linking the things of nature and the life experience of His
hearers with the sublime truths of the written word. And
whenever afterward their eyes rested on the objects with
which He has associated eternal truth, His lessons were re-
peated. p. 140, Para. 1, [CT].

One of Christ's most beautiful and impressive parables is

that of the sower and the seed. "So is the kingdom of God,"
He said, "as if a man should cast seed into the ground; and
should sleep, and rise night and day, and the seed should
spring and grow up, he knoweth not how. For the earth
bringeth forth fruit of herself; first the blade, then the
ear, after that the full corn in the ear." Mark 4:26-28. .
. . He who gave this parable, Himself created the tiny
seed, gave it its vital properties, and ordained the laws
that should govern its growth; and He made it a living il-
lustration of truth in both the natural and the spiritual
world. p. 140, Para. 2, [CT].

The truths which this parable teaches were made a living

reality in Christ's own life. In both His physical and His
spiritual nature He followed the divine order of growth,
illustrated by the plant, as He wishes all youth to do. Al-
though He was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, He
became a babe in Bethlehem, and for a time represented the
helpless infant in its mother's care. p. 140, Para. 3,
[CT].

In childhood, Jesus did the works of an obedient child. He

spoke and acted with the wisdom of a child, and not of a
man, honoring His parents, and carrying out their wishes in
helpful ways, according to the ability of a child. But at
each stage of His development He was perfect, with the sim-
ple, natural grace of a sinless life. The Sacred Record
says of His childhood, "The Child grew, and waxed strong in
spirit, filled with wisdom: and the grace of God was upon
Him." And of His youth it is recorded, "Jesus increased in
wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man." Luke
2:40, 52. p. 141, Para. 1, [CT].

The work of parents and teachers is here suggested. . . .

They should aim so to cultivate the tendencies of the youth
that at each stage of their life they may represent the
natural beauty appropriate to the period, unfolding natu-
rally, as do the plants in the garden. p. 141, Para. 2,
[CT].

The Beauty of Simplicity -- Those children are most at-

tractive who are natural and unaffected. It is not wise to
give children special notice and repeat their clever say-
ings before them. Vanity should not be encouraged by prais-
ing their looks, their words, or their actions. Nor should
they be dressed in an expensive or showy manner. This en-
courages pride in them and awakens envy in the hearts of
their companions. Teach the children that the true adorning
is not outward. "Whose adorning let it not be that outward
adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or
of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of
the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the orna-
ment of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of
God of great price." I Peter 3:3, 4. . . . p. 141, Para.
3, [CT].

The little ones should be educated in childlike simplic-

ity. They should be trained to be content with the small,
helpful duties and the pleasures and experiences natural to
their years. Childhood answers to the blade in the parable,
and the blade has a beauty peculiarly its own. The children
should not be forced into a precocious maturity, but should
retain as long as possible the freshness and grace of their
early years. p. 142, Para. 1, [CT].

The Garden of the Heart -- The parable of the sower and

the seed conveys a deep spiritual lesson. The seed repre-
sents the principles sown in the heart, and its growth the
development of character. Make the teaching on this point
practical. The children can prepare the soil and sow the
seed; and as they work, the parent or teacher can explain
to them the garden of the heart, with the good or bad seed
sown there; and that as the garden must be prepared for the
natural seed, so the heart must be prepared for the seed of
truth. As the plant grows, the correspondence between the
natural and the spiritual sowing can be continued. p. 142,
Para. 2, [CT].

The little children may be Christians, having an experi-

ence in accordance with their years. This is all that God
expects of them. They need to be educated in spiritual
things; and parents should give them every advantage, that
they may form characters after the similitude of the char-
acter of Christ. p. 142, Para. 3, [CT].
 The mind will never cease to be active. It is open to in-
fluences, good or bad. As the human countenance is stamped
by the sunbeam on the polished plate of the artist, so are
thoughts and impressions stamped on the mind of the child;
and whether these impressions are of the earth earthy, or
moral and religious, they are well-nigh ineffaceable. When
reason is awakening, the mind is most susceptible; and so
the very first lessons are of great importance. These les-
sons have a powerful influence in the formation of charac-
ter. If they are of the right stamp, and if, as the child
advances in years, they are followed up with patient perse-
verance, the earthly and the eternal destiny will be shaped
for good. This is the word of the Lord: "Train up a child
in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not
depart from it." Proverbs 22:6. p. 143, Para. 1, [CT].

Parents, give your children to the Lord, and ever keep be-
fore their minds that they belong to Him, that they are the
lambs of Christ's flock, watched over by the True Shepherd.
Hannah dedicated Samuel to the Lord; and it is said of him,
"Samuel grew, and the Lord was with him, and did let none
of his words [the Lord's words through Samuel] fall to the
ground." I Samuel 3:19. In the case of this prophet and
judge in Israel are presented the possibilities that are
placed before the child whose parents co-operate with God,
doing their appointed work. p. 143, Para. 2, [CT].

Children are a heritage from the Lord, and they are to be

trained for His service. This is the work that rests upon
parents and teachers with solemn, sacred force, which they
cannot evade or ignore. To neglect this work marks them as
unfaithful servants; but there is a reward when the seed of
truth is early sown in the heart and carefully tended. p.
143, Para. 3, [CT].

Christ concludes the parable: "But when the fruit is

brought forth, immediately he putteth in the sickle, be-
cause the harvest is come." Mark 4:29. When the harvest of
the earth is reaped, we shall see the result of our toil;
for we shall see those for whom we have labored and prayed
gathered into the heavenly garner. So shall we enter into
the joy of our Lord, when "He shall see of the travail of
His soul, and shall be satisfied." Isaiah 53:11.-- Special
Testimonies on Education, pages 67-72. p. 144, Para. 1,
[CT].

The mother's work often seems to her an unimportant serv-

ice. It is a work that is rarely appreciated. Others know
little of her many cares and burdens. Her days are occupied
with a round of little duties, all calling for patient ef-
fort, for self-control, for tact, wisdom, and self-
sacrificing love; yet she cannot boast of what she has done
as any great achievement. She has only kept things in the
home running smoothly. Often weary and perplexed, she has
tried to speak kindly to the children, to keep them busy
and happy, and to guide their little feet in the right
path. She feels that she has accomplished nothing. But it
is not so. Heavenly angels watch the careworn mother, not-
ing the burdens she carries day by day. Her name may not
have been heard in the world, but it is written in the
Lamb's book of life. p. 144, Para. 2, [CT].

Life is not given to be spent in idleness and self-

pleasing. Great possibilities have been placed before eve-
ryone who will develop his God-given capabilities. For this
reason the training of the young is a matter of highest im-
portance. Every child born into the home is a sacred trust.
God says to the parents, "Take this child, and bring it up
for Me, that it may be an honor to My name, and a channel
through which My blessings shall flow to the world." To fit
the child for such a life, something more is called for
than a partial, one-sided education which shall develop the
mental at the expense of the physical powers. All the fac-
ulties of mind and body need to be developed; and this is
the work which parents, aided by the teacher, are to do for
the children and youth placed under their care. p. 145,
Para. 1, [CT].

The first lessons are of great importance. It is customary

to send very young children to school. They are required to
study from books things that tax their young minds, and of-
ten they are taught music. Frequently the parents have but
limited means, and an expense is incurred which they can
ill afford, but everything must be made to bend to this ar-
tificial line of education. This course is not wise. A
nervous child should not be overtaxed in any direction and
should not learn music until he is physically well devel-
oped. p. 145, Para. 2, [CT].

The mother should be the teacher, and home the school

where every child receives his first lessons; and these
lessons should include habits of industry. Mothers, let the
little ones play in the open air; let them listen to the
songs of the birds, and learn the love of God as expressed
in His beautiful works. Teach them simple lessons from the
book of nature and the things about them; and as their
minds expand, lessons from books may be added and firmly
fixed in their memory. But let them also learn, even in
their earliest years, to be useful. Train them to think
that, as members of the household, they are to act a disin-
terested, helpful part in sharing the domestic burdens and
to seek healthful exercise in the performance of necessary
home duties. p. 145, Para. 3, [CT].

It is essential for parents to find useful employment for

their children, which will involve the bearing of responsi-
bilities as their age and strength will permit. The chil-
dren should be given something to do that will not only
keep them busy, but will interest them. The active hands
and brains must be employed from the earliest years. If
parents neglect to turn their children's energies into use-
ful channels, they do them great injury, for Satan is ready
to find them something to do. . . . p. 146, Para. 1, [CT].

The Co-operation of Teacher and Parent -- When the child

is old enough to be sent to school, the teacher should co-
operate with the parents, and manual training should be
continued as part of the school studies. There are many
students who object to this kind of work in the schools.
They think useful employment, like learning a trade, de-
grading; but such have an incorrect idea of what consti-
tutes true dignity. . . . p. 146, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ's Example -- In his earth life Christ was an exam-

ple to all the human family, and He was obedient and help-
ful in the home. He learned the carpenter's trade, and
worked with His own hands in the little shop at Nazareth. .
. . The Bible says of Jesus, "The Child grew, and waxed
strong in spirit, filled with wisdom: and the grace of God
was upon Him." Luke 2:40. As He worked in childhood and
youth, mind and body were developed. He did not use His
physical powers recklessly, but in such a way as to keep
them in health, that He might do the best work in every
line. . . . p. 147, Para. 1, [CT].

In the children and youth an ambition should be awakened

to take their exercise in doing something that will be
beneficial to themselves and helpful to others. The exer-
cise that develops mind and character, that teaches the
hands to be useful, that trains the young to bear their
share of life's burdens, is that which gives physical
strength and quickens every faculty. And there is a reward
in virtuous industry, in the cultivation of the habit of
living to do good. p. 147, Para. 2, [CT].

The children of the wealthy should not be deprived of the

great blessing of having something to do to increase the
strength of brain and muscle. Work is not a curse, but a
blessing. God gave sinless Adam and Eve a beautiful garden
to tend. This was pleasant work, and none but pleasant work
would have entered our world had not the first pair trans-
gressed God's commandments.... The wealthy are not to be
deprived of the privilege and blessing of a place among the
world's workers. They should realize that they are respon-
sible for the use they make of their entrusted possessions;
that their strength, their time, and their money are to be
used wisely, and not for selfish purposes. . . . p. 147,
Para. 3, [CT].

The approval of God rests with loving assurance upon the

children who cheerfully take their part in the duties of
domestic life, sharing the burdens of father and mother.
They will be rewarded with health of body and peace of
mind; and they will enjoy the pleasure of seeing their par-
ents take their share of social enjoyment and healthful
recreation, thus prolonging their lives. Children trained
to the practical duties of life will go out from the home
to be useful members of society, with an education far su-
perior to that gained by close confinement in the school-
room at an early age, when neither the mind nor the body is
strong enough to endure the strain. p. 148, Para. 1, [CT].

At home and in the school, by precept and example, the

children and youth should be taught to be truthful, unsel-
fish, industrious. They should not be allowed to spend
their time in idleness; their hands should not be folded in
inaction. Parents and teachers should work for the accom-
plishment of this object--the development of all the pow-
ers, and the formation of right character. But when parents
realize their responsibilities, there will be far less left
for the teachers to do. p. 148, Para. 2, [CT].

Heaven is interested in this work in behalf of the young.

The parents and teachers who by wise instruction, in a
calm, decided manner, accustom children to think of and
care for others, will help them to overcome their selfish-
ness and will close the door against many temptations. An-
gels of God will co-operate with these faithful instruc-
tors. Angels are not commissioned to do this work them-
selves; but they will give strength and efficiency to those
who, in the fear of God, seek to train the young to a life
of usefulness. p. 148, Para. 3, [CT].

Our schools are the Lord's special instrumentality to fit

the children and youth for missionary work. Parents should
understand their responsibility and help their children to
appreciate the great privileges and blessings that God has
provided for them in educational advantages. p. 149, Para.
1, [CT].

But their domestic education should keep pace with their

education in missionary lines. In childhood and youth prac-
tical and literary training should be combined. Children
should be taught to have a part in domestic duties. They
should be instructed how to help father and mother in the
little things that they can do. Their minds should be
trained to think, their memories taxed to remember their
appointed work; and in the training to habits of usefulness
in the home they are being educated in doing practical du-
ties appropriate to their age. p. 149, Para. 2, [CT].

If children have proper home training, they will not be

found upon the streets, receiving the haphazard education
that so many receive. Parents who love their children in a
sensible way will not permit them to grow up with lazy hab-
its and ignorant of how to do home duties. Ignorance is not
acceptable to God and is unfavorable for the doing of His
work. p. 149, Para. 3, [CT].

It is in the home school that our boys and girls are to be

prepared to attend the church school. Parents should con-
stantly keep this in mind, and as teachers in the home
should consecrate every power of the being to God, that
they may fulfill their high and holy mission. Diligent,
faithful instruction in the home is the best preparation
that children can receive for school life. Wise parents
will help their children to understand that in the school
life, as in the home, they are to strive to please God, to
be an honor to Him. p. 150, Para. 1, [CT].

To shield their children from contaminating influences,

parents should instruct them in the principles of purity.
Those children who in the home form habits of obedience and
self-control will have little difficulty in their school
life, and will escape many of the temptations that beset
the youth. Parents should train their children to be true
to God under all circumstances and in all places. They
should surround them with influences that tend to
strengthen character. With such a training, children, when
sent away to school, will not be a cause of disturbance or
anxiety. They will be a support to their teachers and an
example and encouragement to their fellow pupils. p. 150,
Para. 2, [CT].

What the Teacher Should Be -- In the choice of a teacher

for the children, great care should be shown. Church-school
teachers should be men and women who have a humble estimate
of themselves, who are not filled with vain conceit. They
should be faithful workers, filled with the true missionary
spirit, workers who have learned to put their trust in God
and to labor in His name. They should possess the attrib-
utes of Christ's character--patience, kindness, mercy, and
love; and into the daily experience they should bring the
Saviour's righteousness and peace. Then, working with fra-
grant influence, they will give evidence of what grace can
do through human agents who make God their trust. p. 150,
Para. 3, [CT].

Let every church school established be conducted with such

order that Christ can honor the schoolroom with His pres-
ence. The Master will accept no cheap, shoddy service. Let
teachers be learners, putting the whole mind to the task of
learning how to do efficient service. They should ever
carry a burden for souls--not that they themselves can save
souls, but as God's helping hand they have the privilege of
winning their pupils to Christ. p. 151, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers, let there be no folly in your conversation. In

the schools you undertake to conduct, set a proper example
before the children by each morning presenting them to God
in prayer. Then look to Him for strength every hour and be-
lieve that He is helping you. As you do this you will gain
the affection of the children. It is not such hard work to
manage children, thank God. We have a Helper, one infi-
nitely stronger than we are. Oh, I am so thankful that we
do not have to depend upon ourselves, but upon strength
from above! p. 151, Para. 2, [CT].

If your life is hid with Christ in God, a divine Helper

will stand beside you, and you will be one with the Saviour
and one with those you are teaching. Never exalt self; ex-
alt Christ, glorify Him, honor Him before the world. Say, I
stand under the bloodstained banner of Prince Immanuel. I
am wholly on the Lord's side. Show sympathy and tenderness
in dealing with your pupils. Reveal the love of God. Let
the words you speak be kind and encouraging. Then as you
work for your students, what a transformation will be
wrought in the characters of those who have not been prop-
erly trained in the home! The Lord can make even youthful
teachers channels for the revealing of His grace, if they
will consecrate themselves to Him. p. 152, Para. 1, [CT].

Requiring Obedience -- The teacher should bring true self-

respect into all that he does. He should not allow himself
to be quick-tempered. He should not punish harshly children
that are in need of reform. Let him understand that self
must be kept in subjection. He should never forget that
over him is a divine Teacher, whose pupil he is, and under
whose control he is ever to be. As the teacher humbles the
heart before God, it will be softened and subdued by the
thought of his own shortcomings. He will realize something
of the meaning of the words, "You, that were sometime al-
ienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now
hath He reconciled in the body of His flesh through death,
to present you holy and unblamable and unreprovable in His
sight." Colossians 1:21, 22. p. 152, Para. 2, [CT].

Sometimes there is in the school a disorderly element that

makes the work very hard. Children who have not received a
right education make much trouble, and by their perversity
make the heart of the teacher sad. But let him not become
discouraged. Test and trial bring experience. If the chil-
dren are disobedient and unruly, there is all the more need
of strenuous effort. The fact that there are children with
such characters is one of the reasons why church schools
should be established. The children whom parents have ne-
glected to educate and discipline must be saved if possi-
ble. p. 153, Para. 1, [CT].

In the school as well as in the home there should be wise

discipline. The teacher must make rules to guide the con-
duct of his pupils. These rules should be few and well con-
sidered, and once made they should be enforced. Every prin-
ciple involved in them should be so placed before the stu-
dent that he will be convinced of its justice. Thus he will
feel a responsibility to see that the rules which he him-
self has helped to frame are obeyed. p. 153, Para. 2,
[CT].
 Parents to Strengthen the Teacher's Hands -- The teacher
should not be left to carry the burden of his work alone.
He needs the sympathy, the kindness, the co-operation, and
the love of every church member. The parents should encour-
age the teacher by showing that they appreciate his ef-
forts. Never should they say or do anything that will en-
courage insubordination in their children. But I know that
many parents do not co-operate with the teacher. They do
not foster in the home the good influence exerted in the
school. Instead of carrying out in the home the principles
of obedience taught in the school, they allow their chil-
dren to do as they please, to go hither and thither without
restraint. And if the teacher exercises authority in re-
quiring obedience, the children carry to their parents an
exaggerated, distorted account of the way in which they
have been dealt with. The teacher may have done only that
which it was his painful duty to do; but the parents sympa-
thize with their children, even though they are in the
wrong. And often those parents who themselves rule in anger
are the most unreasonable when their children are re-
strained and disciplined in school. p. 153, Para. 3, [CT].

There are church members who have been quick to catch up

unkind suppositions and to speak disparagingly of the
teacher before other church members and even in the pres-
ence of the children. Some have talked freely and bitterly
concerning a teacher without clearly understanding the dif-
ficulty of which they were speaking. This should not be.
The one who thinks that a teacher has done wrong should
follow the directions given in the word: "If thy brother
shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault be-
tween thee and him alone." Matthew 18:15. Until this has
been done, no one is justified in telling others of a
brother's mistakes. p. 154, Para. 1, [CT].

Parents, when the church-school teacher tries so to train

and discipline your children that they may gain eternal
life, do not in their presence criticize his actions, even
though you may think him too severe. If you desire them to
give their hearts to the Saviour, co-operate with the
teacher's efforts for their salvation. How much better it
is for children, instead of hearing criticism, to hear from
the lips of their mother words of commendation regarding
the work of the teacher. Such words make lasting impres-
sions and influence the children to respect the teacher.
p. 154, Para. 2, [CT].
 We are not to concern ourselves so much about the course
that others are following, as about the course that we our-
selves are following. If the children attending a church
school do not improve in manners, the parents should not
unduly blame the teacher. Rather they should closely exam-
ine themselves to see if they are such teachers as God can
approve. In many cases children are greatly neglected in
the home and are more disorderly there than they are in the
school. If children who for years have been left to follow
their own inclinations and desires are not led by the ef-
forts of the teacher to live Christlike lives, shall the
parents, because of this, set in circulation unkind criti-
cisms concerning the teacher? p. 155, Para. 1, [CT].

God's method of government is an example of how children

are to be trained. There is no oppression in the Lord's
service, and there is to be no oppression in the home or in
the school. Yet neither parents nor teachers should allow
disregard of their word to pass unnoticed. Should they ne-
glect to correct the children for doing wrong, God will
hold them accountable for their neglect. But let them be
sparing of censure. Let kindness be the law of the home and
of the school. Let the children be taught to keep the law
of the Lord, and let a firm, loving influence restrain them
from evil. p. 155, Para. 2, [CT].

Parents should remember that much more will be accom-

plished by the work of the church school if they themselves
realize the advantage that their children will obtain in
such a school, and unite wholeheartedly with the teacher.
By prayer, by patience, by forbearance, parents can undo
much of the wrong caused by impatience and unwise indul-
gence. Let parents and teacher take hold of the work to-
gether, the parents remembering that they themselves will
be helped by the presence in the community of an earnest,
God-fearing teacher. p. 155, Para. 3, [CT].

Parents, make every effort in your power to place your

children in the most favorable situation for forming the
character that God wants them to form. Use every spiritual
sinew and muscle in the effort to save your little flock.
The powers of hell will unite for its destruction, but God
will lift up for you a standard against the enemy. Pray
much more than you do. Lovingly, tenderly, teach your chil-
dren to come to God as their heavenly Father. By your exam-
ple teach them self-control and helpfulness. Tell them that
Christ lived not to please Himself. p. 156, Para. 1, [CT].
 Gather up the rays of divine light that are shining upon
your pathway. Walk in the light as Christ is in the light.
As you take hold of the work of helping your children to
serve God, the most provoking trials will come; but do not
lose your hold; cling to Jesus. He says, "Let him take hold
of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he
shall make peace with Me." Isaiah 27:5. Difficulties will
arise; you will meet with obstacles; but look constantly to
Jesus. When an emergency arises, ask, Lord, what shall I do
now? If you refuse to fret or scold, the Lord will show you
the way. He will help you to use the talent of speech in so
Christlike a way that peace and love will reign in the
home. By following a consistent course of action, you may
be evangelists in the home, ministers of grace to your
children. p. 156, Para. 2, [CT].

A Sympathetic Understanding -- The school work in a place

where a church school has been established should never be
given up unless God plainly directs that this should be
done. Adverse influences may seem to conspire against the
school, but with God's help the teacher can do a grand,
saving work in changing the order of things. If he labors
patiently, earnestly, perseveringly, in Christ's lines, the
reformatory work done in the school may extend to the homes
of the children, bringing into them a purer, more heavenly
atmosphere. This is indeed missionary work of the highest
order. p. 157, Para. 1, [CT].

If parents faithfully act their part, the work of the

teacher will be greatly lightened. His hope and courage
will be increased. Parents whose hearts are filled with the
love of Christ will refrain from finding fault and will do
all in their power to encourage and help the one whom they
have chosen as teacher for their children. They will be
willing to believe that he is just as conscientious in his
work as they are in theirs. p. 157, Para. 2, [CT].

The teachers in the home and the teachers in the school

should have a sympathetic understanding of one another's
work. They should labor together harmoniously, imbued with
the same missionary spirit, striving together to benefit
the children physically, mentally, and spiritually, and to
develop characters that will stand the test of temptation.
p. 157, Para. 3, [CT].

As we go forward in establishing church schools we shall

find a work to be done for the children in places where it
has been thought a school could not be maintained. As far
as possible, all our children should have the privilege of
a Christian education. To provide this we must sometimes
establish home church schools. It would be well if several
families in a neighborhood would unite to employ a humble,
God-fearing teacher to give to the parents that help that
is needed in educating their children. This will be a great
blessing to many isolated groups of Sabbathkeepers, and a
plan more pleasing to the Lord than that which has been
sometimes followed, of sending young children away from
their homes to attend one of our larger schools. p. 158,
Para. 1, [CT].

Our small companies of Sabbathkeepers are needed to hold

up the light before their neighbors; and the children are
needed in their homes, where they may be a help to their
parents when the hours of study are ended. The well-ordered
Christian home, where young children can have parental dis-
cipline that is after the Lord's order, is the best place
for them. p. 158, Para. 2, [CT].

The tender years of childhood are years of heavy responsi-

bility for fathers and mothers. Parents have a sacred duty
to perform in teaching their children to help bear the bur-
dens of the home, to be content with plain, simple food,
and neat, inexpensive dress. The requirements of the par-
ents should always be reasonable; kindness should be ex-
pressed, not by foolish indulgence, but by wise direction.
Parents are to teach their children pleasantly, without
scolding or faultfinding, seeking to bind the hearts of the
little ones to them by silken cords of love. Let all, fa-
thers and mothers, teachers, elder brothers and sisters,
become an educating force to strengthen every spiritual in-
terest and to bring into the home and the school life a
wholesome atmosphere, which will help the younger children
to grow up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. p.
158, Para. 3, [CT].

Bible Study in the Home -- Our children are the Lord's

property; they have been bought with a price. This thought
should be the mainspring of our labors for them. The most
successful method of securing their salvation and of keep-
ing them out of the way of temptation is to instruct them
constantly in the word of God. And as parents become learn-
ers with their children, they will find their own growth in
grace and in a knowledge of the truth more rapid. Unbelief
will disappear; faith and activity will increase; assurance
and confidence will deepen as they thus follow on to know
the Lord. Their prayers will undergo a transformation, be-
coming more earnest and sincere. Christ is the head of His
church, and unfailing dependence of His people; He will
give the needed grace to those who seek Him for wisdom and
instruction. p. 159, Para. 1, [CT].

God would have us consider these things in their sacred

importance. It is the privilege of brothers and sisters and
parents to co-operate in teaching the children how to drink
the gladness of Christ's life by learning to follow His ex-
ample. To the older children in these isolated families I
will say: It is not necessary that all should drop the home
responsibilities to attend our boarding schools, in order
to obtain a fitting for service. Remember that right in the
home there is a work to do for the Master. In the home
there are younger children to be instructed, and thus re-
lieve the mother's burdens. p. 159, Para. 2, [CT].

Let the elder members of the family bear in mind that this
part of the Lord's vineyard needs to be faithfully culti-
vated, and resolve that they will put forth their best ca-
pabilities to make home attractive and to deal patiently
and wisely with the younger children. There are young per-
sons in our homes whom the Lord has qualified to give to
others the knowledge they have gained. Let these strive to
keep spiritual lessons fresh in mind. And while they are
teaching they can also be studying. Thus they may be learn-
ers while teaching. New ideas will come to them, and the
hours of study will be a decided pleasure as well as
profit. p. 160, Para. 1, [CT].

Missionary Agencies -- I speak to fathers and mothers: You

can be educators in your homes; you can be spiritual mis-
sionary agencies. Let fathers and mothers feel their need
of being home missionaries, the need of keeping the atmos-
phere of the home free from the influence of unkind and
hasty speech, the need of making the home a place where an-
gels of God can come in and bless and give success to the
efforts put forth. p. 160, Para. 2, [CT].

Let parents unite in providing a place for the daily in-

struction of their children, choosing as teacher one who is
apt to teach, and who, as a consecrated servant of Christ,
will increase in knowledge while imparting instruction. The
teacher who has consecrated herself to the service of God
will be able to do a definite work in missionary service
and will instruct the children in the same lines. p. 160,
Para. 3, [CT].

Let fathers and mothers co-operate with the teacher, la-

boring earnestly for the salvation of their children. If
parents will realize the importance of these small educat-
ing centers, co-operating to do the work that the Lord de-
sires to have done at this time, the plans of the enemy for
our children will be largely frustrated. p. 161, Para. 1,
[CT].

"Train up a child in the way he should go: and when he is

old, he will not depart from it." Proverbs 22:6. Children
are sometimes tempted to chafe under restraint; but in af-
terlife they will bless their parents for the faithful care
and strict watchfulness that guarded and guided them in
their years of inexperience. p. 161, Para. 2, [CT].

By hasty, unfounded criticism the influence of the faith-

ful, self-sacrificing teacher is often well-nigh destroyed.
Many parents whose children have been spoiled by indulgence
leave to the teacher the unpleasant task of repairing their
neglect; and then by their own course they make his task
almost hopeless. Their criticism and censure of the school
management encourage insubordination in the children and
confirm them in wrong habits. p. 161, Para. 3, [CT].

If criticism or suggestion in regard to the teacher's work

becomes necessary, it should be made to him in private. If
this proves ineffective, let the matter be referred to
those who are responsible for the management of the school.
Nothing should be said or done to weaken the children's re-
spect for the one upon whom their well-being in so great
degree depends.-- Education, page 284. p. 161, Para. 4,
[CT].

Parents should keep ever before their minds the object to

be gained--the perfection of the characters of their chil-
dren. Those parents who educate their children aright,
weeding from their lives every unruly trait, are fitting
them to become missionaries for Christ in truth, in right-
eousness, in holiness. He who in his childhood does service
for God, adding to his "faith virtue; and to virtue knowl-
edge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance pa-
tience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness broth-
erly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity" (2 Peter
1:5-7), is fitting himself to hear and to respond to the
call, "Child, come up higher; enter the higher school." p.
162, Para. 1, [CT].

Do you think we shall not learn anything there? We have

not the slightest idea of what will then be opened before
us. With Christ we shall walk beside the living waters. He
will unfold to us the beauty and glory of nature. He will
reveal what He is to us, and what we are to Him. Truth we
cannot know now, because of finite limitations, we shall
know hereafter. p. 162, Para. 2, [CT].

Neither the church school nor the college affords the op-
portunities for establishing a child's character building
upon the right foundation that are afforded in the home.
p. 162, Para. 3, [CT].

Nothing is of greater importance than the education of our

children and young people. The church should arouse and
manifest a deep interest in this work; for now as never be-
fore, Satan and his host are determined to enlist the youth
under the black banner that leads to ruin and death. p.
165, Para. 1, [CT].

God has appointed the church as a watchman, to have a

jealous care over the youth and children, and as a sentinel
to see the approach of the enemy and give warning of dan-
ger. But the church does not realize the situation. She is
sleeping on guard. In this time of peril, fathers and moth-
ers must arouse and work as for life, or many of the youth
will be forever lost. p. 165, Para. 2, [CT].

While we should put forth earnest efforts for the masses

of the people around us, and push the work into foreign
fields, no amount of labor in this line can excuse us for
neglecting the education of our children and youth. They
are to be trained to become workers for God. Both parents
and teachers, by precept and example, are so to instill the
principles of truth and honesty into the minds and hearts
of the young that they will become men and women who are
true as steel to God and His cause. p. 165, Para. 3, [CT].

Parents and teachers do not estimate the magnitude of the

work given them in training the young. The experience of
the children of Israel was written for us "upon whom the
ends of the world are come." 1 Corinthians 10:11. As in
their day, so now the Lord would have the children gathered
out from those schools where wordly influences prevail, and
placed in our own schools, where the word of God is made
the foundation of education. p. 166, Para. 1, [CT].

If ever we are to work in earnest, it is now. The enemy is

pressing in on all sides, like a flood. Only the power of
God can save our children from being swept away by the tide
of evil. The responsibility resting upon parents, teachers,
and church members, to do their part in co-operation with
God, is greater than words can express. p. 166, Para. 2,
[CT].

To train the young to become true soldiers of the Lord Je-

sus Christ is the most noble work ever given to man. Only
devout and consecrated men and women, who love children and
can see in them souls to be saved for the Master, should be
chosen as church-school teachers. Teachers who study the
word of God as it should be studied will know something of
the value of the souls under their care, and from them the
children will receive a true Christian education. p. 166,
Para. 3, [CT].

In the closing scenes of this earth's history many of

these children and youth will astonish people by their wit-
ness to the truth, which will be borne in simplicity, yet
with spirit and power. They have been taught the fear of
the Lord, and their hearts have been softened by a careful
and prayerful study of the Bible. In the near future many
children will be endued with the Spirit of God, and will do
a work in proclaiming the truth to the world, that at that
time cannot well be done by the older members of the
church. p. 166, Para. 4, [CT].

The Lord would use the church school as an aid to the par-
ents in educating and preparing their children for this
time before us. Then let the church take hold of the school
work in earnest and make it what the Lord desires it to be.
p. 167, Para. 1, [CT].

We cannot afford to separate spiritual from intellectual

training. Well may parents dread intellectual greatness for
their children, unless it is balanced by a knowledge of God
and His ways. This lies at the foundation of all true
knowledge. In the place of unsanctified, rivalry for
earthly honor, let it be the highest ambition of our stu-
dents to go forth from their school life as missionaries
for God, educators who will teach what they have learned.
Students who leave school with this purpose will draw to
Christ not only men and women, but children and youth. They
will do a work in the world that not all the powers of evil
can counteract. p. 167, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers, awake to your responsibilities, your privileges.

Well may you inquire, Who is sufficient for these things?
"My grace is sufficient for thee" (2 Corinthians 12:9) is
the assurance of the Great Teacher. If you leave Him out of
the question, seeking not His aid, hopeless indeed is your
task. But in His wisdom and strength you may nobly succeed.
p. 167, Para. 3, [CT].

I have been pointed to the churches that are scattered in

different localities, and have been shown that the strength
of these churches depends upon their growth in usefulness
and efficiency. . . . In all our churches there should be
schools, and teachers in these schools who are missionar-
ies. It is essential that teachers be trained to act well
their part in the important work of educating the children
of Sabbathkeepers, not only in the sciences, but in the
Scriptures. These schools, established in different locali-
ties, and conducted by God-fearing men or women, as the
case demands, should be built on the same principles as
were the schools of the prophets. p. 168, Para. 1, [CT].

Special care should be given to the education of the

youth. The children are to be trained to become missionar-
ies; they must be helped to understand distinctly what they
must do to be saved. Few have the instruction in religious
lines that is essential. If the instructors have a relig-
ious experience themselves, they will be able to communi-
cate to their students the knowledge of the love of God
that they have received. These lessons can be given only by
those who are themselves truly converted. This is the no-
blest missionary work that any man or woman can undertake.
p. 168, Para. 2, [CT].

When very young, children should be educated to read, to

write, to understand figures, to keep their own accounts.
They may go forward, advancing step by step in this knowl-
edge. But before everything else, they should be taught
that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. They
should be educated line upon line, precept upon precept,
here a little and there a little; but the one aim before
the teacher should be to educate the children to know God,
and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. p. 168, Para. 3, [CT].
 Teach the youth that sin in any line is defined in the
Scriptures as "transgression of the law." 1 John 3:4. . . .
Teach them in simple language that they must be obedient to
their parents and give their hearts to God. Jesus Christ is
waiting to accept and bless them if they will only come to
Him and ask Him to pardon all their transgressions and take
away their sins. And when they ask Him to pardon all their
transgressions they must believe that He does it. p. 169,
Para. 1, [CT].

God wants every child of tender age to be His child, to be

adopted into His family. Young though they may be, the
youth may be members of the household of faith and have a
most precious experience. They may have hearts that are
tender and ready to receive impressions that will be last-
ing. They may have their hearts drawn out in confidence and
love for Jesus, and live for the Saviour. Christ will make
them little missionaries. The whole current of their
thought may be changed, so that sin will not appear a thing
to be enjoyed, but to be shunned and hated. p. 169, Para.
2, [CT].

Small children, as well as those who are older, will be

benefited by this instruction; and in thus simplifying the
plan of salvation, the teachers will receive as great
blessings as those who are taught. The Holy Spirit of God
will impress the lessons upon the receptive minds of the
children, that they may grasp the ideas of Bible truth in
their simplicity. And the Lord will give an experience to
these children in missionary lines; He will suggest to them
lines of thought that even the teachers did not have. The
children who are properly instructed will be witnesses to
the truth. p. 169, Para. 3, [CT].

Teachers who are nervous and easily irritated should not

be placed over the youth. They must love the children be-
cause they are the younger members of the Lord's family.
The Lord will inquire of them, as of the parents, "Where is
the flock that was given thee, thy beautiful flock?"
Jeremiah 13:20. . . . p. 170, Para. 1, [CT].

In educating the children and youth, teachers should not

allow one passionate word or gesture to mar their work, for
in so doing they imbue the students with the same spirit
which they themselves possess. The Lord would have our pri-
mary schools, as well as those for older students, of that
character that angels of God can walk through the room, and
behold, in the order and principle of government, the order
and government of heaven. This is thought by many to be im-
possible; but every school should begin with this, and work
most earnestly to preserve the spirit of Christ in temper,
in communications, in instruction, the teachers placing
themselves in the channel of light where the Lord can use
them as His agents to reflect His own likeness of charac-
ter. The teachers may know that, as God-fearing instruc-
tors, they have helpers every hour to impress upon the
hearts of the children the valuable lessons given. p. 170,
Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord works with every consecrated teacher; and it is

for the teacher's own interest for him to realize this. In-
structors who are under the discipline of God receive grace
and truth and light through the Holy Spirit to communicate
to the children. They are under the greatest Teacher the
world has ever known, and how unbecoming it would be for
them to have an unkind spirit, a sharp voice, full of irri-
tation! In this they would perpetuate their own defects in
the children. p. 171, Para. 1, [CT].

Oh, for a clear perception of what we might accomplish if

we would learn of Jesus! The springs of heavenly peace and
joy, unsealed in the soul of the teacher by the magic words
of Inspiration, will become a mighty river of influence, to
bless all who connect with him. p. 171, Para. 2, [CT].

Do not think that the Bible will become a tiresome book to

the children. Under a wise instructor the word will become
more and more desirable. It will be to them as the bread of
life, it will never grow old. There is in it a freshness
and beauty that attract and charm the children and youth.
It is like the sun shining upon the earth, giving its
brightness and warmth, yet never exhausted. By lessons from
Bible history and doctrine, the children and youth can
learn that all other books are inferior to this. They can
find here a fountain of mercy and love. p. 171, Para. 3,
[CT].

God's holy, educating Spirit is in His word. A light, a

new and precious light, shines forth from every page. Truth
is there revealed, and words and sentences are made bright
and appropriate for the occasion, as the voice of God
speaking to them. p. 171, Para. 4, [CT].
 We need to recognize the Holy Spirit as our enlightener.
That Spirit loves to address the children and discover to
them the treasures and beauties of the word. The promises
spoken by the Great Teacher will captivate the senses and
animate the soul of the child with a spiritual power that
is divine. There will grow in the receptive mind a famili-
arity with divine things which will be as a barricade
against the temptations of the enemy. p. 172, Para. 1,
[CT].

The work of teachers is an important one. They should make

the word of God their meditation. God will communicate by
His own Spirit with the soul. Pray as you study, "Open Thou
mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of Thy
law," Psalm 119:18. When the teacher will rely upon God in
prayer, the Spirit of Christ will come upon him, and God
will work through him by the Holy Spirit upon the mind of
the student. The Holy Spirit fills mind and heart with hope
and courage and Bible imagery, which will be communicated
to the student. The words of truth will grow in importance,
and will assume a breadth and fullness of meaning of which
he has never dreamed. The beauty and virtue of the word of
God have a transforming influence upon mind and character;
the sparks of heavenly love will fall upon the hearts of
the children as an inspiration. We may bring hundreds and
thousands of children to Christ if we will work for them.--
Special Testimony to the Battle Creek Church; written at
Cooranbong, N.S.W., Australia, Dec. 15, 1897. p. 172,
Para. 2, [CT].

The church has a special work to do in educating and

training its children that they may not, in attending
school or in any other association, be influenced by those
of corrupt habits. The world is full of iniquity and disre-
gard of the requirements of God. The cities have become as
Sodom, and our children are daily exposed to many evils.
Those who attend the public schools often associate with
others more neglected than they, those who, aside from the
time spent in the schoolroom, are left to obtain a street
education. The hearts of the young are easily impressed;
and unless their surroundings are of the right character,
Satan will use these neglected children to influence those
who are more carefully trained. Thus, before Sabbathkeeping
parents know what is being done, the lessons of depravity
are learned, and the souls of their little ones are cor-
rupted. ... p. 173, Para. 1, [CT].
 Church Schools Needed -- Many families, who, for the pur-
pose of educating their children, move to places where our
large schools are established, would do better service for
the Master by remaining where they are. They should encour-
age the church of which they are members to establish a
church school where the children within their borders could
receive an all-round, practical Christian education. It
would be vastly better for their children, for themselves,
and for the cause of God, if they would remain in the
smaller churches, where their help is needed, instead of
going to the larger churches, where, because they are not
needed, there is a constant temptation to fall into spiri-
tual inactivity. p. 173, Para. 2, [CT].

Wherever there are a few Sabbathkeepers, the parents

should unite in providing a place for a day school where
their children and youth can be instructed. They should em-
ploy a Christian teacher, who, as a consecrated missionary,
shall educate the children in such a way as to lead them to
become missionaries. . . . p. 174, Para. 1, [CT].

The Character of Church Schools and of Their Teachers --

The character of the work done in our church schools should
be of the very highest order. Jesus Christ, the Restorer,
is the only remedy for a wrong education, and the lessons
taught in His word should ever be kept before the youth in
the most attractive form. The school discipline should sup-
plement the home training, and both at home and at school
simplicity and godliness should be maintained. Men and
women will be found who have talent to work in these small
schools, but who cannot work to advantage in the larger
ones. As they practice the Bible lessons, they will them-
selves receive an education of the highest value. p. 174,
Para. 2, [CT].

In selecting teachers, we should use every precaution,

knowing that this is as solemn a matter as the selecting of
persons for the ministry. Wise men who can discern charac-
ter should make the selection; for the very best talent
that can be secured is needed to educate and mold the minds
of the young, and to carry on successfully the many lines
of work that will need to be done by the teachers in our
church schools. No person of an inferior or narrow cast of
mind should be placed in charge of one of these schools. Do
not place over the children young, inexperienced teachers
who have no managing ability; for their efforts will tend
to disorganization. Order is heaven's first law, and every
school should in this respect be a model of heaven. p.
174, Para. 3, [CT].

To place over young children, teachers who are proud and

unloving is wicked. A teacher of this stamp will do great
harm to those who are rapidly developing character. If
teachers are not submissive to God, if they have no love
for the children over whom they preside, or if they show
partiality for those who please their fancy, and manifest
indifference to those who are less attractive, or to those
who are restless and nervous, they should not be employed;
for the result of their work will be a loss of souls for
Christ. p. 175, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers are needed, especially for the children, who are

calm and kind, manifesting forbearance and love for the
very ones who most need it. Jesus loved the children. . . .
He always treated them with kindness and respect, and
teachers are to follow His example. They should have the
true missionary spirit; for the children are to be trained
to become missionaries. p. 175, Para. 2, [CT].

Our church schools need teachers who have high moral

qualities; those who can be trusted; those who are sound in
the faith and who have tact and patience; those who walk
with God and abstain from the very appearance of evil. . .
. p. 175, Para. 3, [CT].

Results of Church-School Work -- When properly conducted,

church schools will be the means of lifting the standard of
truth in the places where they are established; for chil-
dren who are receiving a Christian education will be wit-
nesses for Christ. As Jesus in the temple solved mysteries
which priests and rulers had not discerned, so in the clos-
ing work of this earth, children who have been rightly edu-
cated will in their simplicity speak words which will be an
astonishment to men who now talk of "higher education." p.
176, Para. 1, [CT].

As the children sang in the temple courts, "Hosanna;

Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord" (Mark
11:9), so in these last days children's voices will be
raised to give the last message of warning to a perishing
world. When heavenly intelligences see that men are no
longer permitted to present the truth, the Spirit of God
will come upon the children, and they will do a work in the
proclamation of the truth which the older workers cannot do
because their way will be hedged up. p. 176, Para. 2,
[CT].

Our church schools are ordained by God to prepare the

children for this great work. Here children are to be in-
structed in the special truths for this time, and in prac-
tical missionary work. They are to enlist in the army of
workers to help the sick and the suffering. Children can
take part in the medical missionary work and by their jots
and tittles can help to carry it forward. Their investments
may be small, but every little helps, and by their efforts
many souls will be won to the truth. By them God's message
will be made known and His saving health to all nations.
Then let the church carry a burden for the lambs of the
flock. Let the children be educated and trained to do serv-
ice for God, for they are the Lord's heritage.-- Testimo-
nies for the Church, vol. 6, pp. 193-203. p. 176, Para. 3,
[CT].

The system of grading is sometimes a hindrance to the pu-

pil's real progress. Some pupils are slow at first, and the
teacher of these youth needs to exercise great patience.
But these pupils may after a short time learn so rapidly as
to astonish him. Others may appear to be very brilliant,
but time may show that they have blossomed too suddenly.
The system of confining children rigidly to grades is not
wise. p. 177, Para. 1, [CT].

The importance of the teacher's physical qualifications

can hardly be overestimated; for the more perfect his
health, the more perfect will be his labor. This mind can-
not be clear to think and strong to act when the physical
powers are suffering the results of feebleness or disease.
The heart is impressed through the mind; but if, because of
physical inability, the mind loses its vigor, the channel
to the higher feelings and motives is to that extent ob-
structed, and the teacher is less able to discriminate be-
tween right and wrong. When suffering the results of ill
health, it is not an easy matter to be patient and cheer-
ful, or to act with integrity and justice. p. 177, Para.
2, [CT].

The example of Jesus is a light to the young, as well as

to those of more mature years, for His was a representative
childhood and youth. From His earliest years His example
was perfect. As a little child He was obedient to His par-
ents and to the laws of nature, "and the grace of God was
upon Him." Luke 2:40. p. 178, Para. 1, [CT].

Jesus did not, like many youth, devote His time to amuse-
ment. He studied the word until He became familiar with its
sayings. Even in His childhood His life and all His habits
were in harmony with the Scriptures, and He was skillful in
their use. . . . Besides the written word, Jesus studied
the book of nature, finding delight in the beautiful things
of His own creation. He was in sympathy with humanity in
all its varied joys and sorrows. He identified Himself with
all--with the weak and helpless, the lowly, the needy, and
the afflicted. p. 178, Para. 2, [CT].

In His teaching, Christ drew His illustrations from the

great treasury of household ties and affections, and from
nature. The unknown was illustrated by the known; sacred
and divine truths, by natural, earthly things, with which
the people were most familiar. These were the things that
would speak to their hearts, and make the deepest impres-
sion on their minds. p. 178, Para. 3, [CT].

The words of Christ placed the teachings of nature in a

new aspect and made them new revelation. He could speak of
the things which His own hands had made, for they had
qualities and properties that were peculiarly His own. In
nature, as in the sacred pages of the Old Testament Scrip-
tures, divine, momentous truths are revealed; and in His
teaching, Jesus laid these open before the people, bound up
with the beauty of natural things. . . . p. 178, Para. 4,
[CT].

As interpreted by Jesus, flower and shrub, the seed sown

and the seed harvested, contained lessons of truth, as did
also the plant that springs out of the earth. He plucked
the beautiful lily and placed it in the hands of children
and youth, and as they looked into His own youthful face,
fresh with the sunlight of His Father's countenance, He
gave the lesson, "consider the lilies of the field, how
they grow [in the simplicity of natural beauty and loveli-
ness]; they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say
unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not ar-
rayed like one of these." Then followed the assurance,
"Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which
today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall He not
much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?" Matthew 6:28-
30. . . . p. 179, Para. 1, [CT].
 In His work as a public teacher, Christ never lost sight
of the children. When wearied with the bustle and confusion
of the crowded city, tired of contact with crafty and hypo-
critical men, His spirit found rest and peace in the soci-
ety of innocent little children. His presence never re-
pelled them. His large heart of love could comprehend their
trials and necessities, and find happiness in their simple
joys; and He took them in His arms and blessed them. p.
179, Para. 2, [CT].

In these children who were brought in contact with Him,

Jesus saw the future men and women who should be heirs of
His grace and subjects of His kingdom, and some of whom
would become martyrs for His sake. He knew that these chil-
dren would listen to Him and accept Him as their Redeemer
far more readily than would the grown people, many of whom
were worldly-wise and hardhearted. In His teaching He came
down to their level. He, the Majesty of heaven, did not
disdain to answer their questions and simplify His impor-
tant lessons to meet their childish understanding. He
planted in their expanding minds the seeds of truth, which
in after years would spring up and bear fruit unto eternal
life. p. 180, Para. 1, [CT].

Parents and teachers, Jesus is still saying, "Suffer lit-

tle children, and forbid them not, to come unto Me." Mat-
thew 19:14. They are the most susceptible to the teachings
of Christianity; their hearts are open to influences of pi-
ety and virtue, and strong to retain the impressions re-
ceived. -- Special Testimonies on Education, pages 62-66;
written May 17, 1986. p. 180, Para. 2, [CT].

To develop the minds and hearts of the youth, and not hin-
der their growth by an unwarranted control of one mind over
another, requires tact and understanding. Teachers are
needed who are able to deal wisely with the different
phases of character; who are quick to see and to make the
most of opportunities to do good; who possess enthusiasm,
who are "apt to teach;" and who can inspire thought,
quicken energy, and impart courage. p. 180, Para. 3, [CT].

In all that men have written, where can be found anything

that has such a hold upon the heart, anything so well
adapted to awaken the interest of the little ones, as the
stories of the Bible? In these simple stories may be made
plain the great principles of the law of God. Thus by il-
lustrations best suited to the child's comprehension, par-
ents and teachers may begin very early to fulfill the
Lord's injunction concerning His precepts: "Thou shalt
teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of
them when thou sittest in the thine house, and when thou
walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou
risest up." Deuteronomy 6:7. p. 181, Para. 1, [CT].

The use of object lessons, blackboards, and maps will be

an aid in explaining these lessons and fixing them in the
memory. Parents and teachers should constantly seek for im-
proved methods. The teaching of the Bible should have our
freshest thought, our best methods, and our most earnest
effort. p. 181, Para. 2, [CT].

In order to do effective study, the interest of the child

must be enlisted. Especially by the one who has to do with
children and youth differing widely in disposition, train-
ing, and habits of thought, this is a matter not to be lost
sight of. In teaching children the Bible, we may gain much
by observing the bent of their minds, the things in which
they are interested, and by arousing their interest to see
what the Bible says about these things. He who created us
with our various aptitudes has in His word given something
for everyone. As the pupils see that the lessons of the Bi-
ble apply to their own lives, teach them to look to it as a
counselor. p. 181, Para. 3, [CT].

Help them also to appreciate its wonderful beauty. Many

books of no value, books that are exciting and unhealthful,
are recommended, or at least permitted to be used, because
of their supposed literary value. Why should we direct our
children to drink of these polluted streams, when they may
have free access to the pure fountains of the word of God?
The Bible has a fullness, a strength, a depth of meaning,
that is inexhaustible. Encourage the children and youth to
seek out its treasures, both of thought and of expression.
p. 182, Para. 1, [CT].

As the beauty of these precious things attracts their

minds, a softening, subduing power will touch their hearts.
They will be drawn to Him who has thus revealed Himself to
them. And there are few who will not desire to know more of
His works and ways. p. 182, Para. 2, [CT].

The Victory of Faith -- There is much to be learned by the

children and youth in regard to early piety. "This is the
victory that overcometh the world, even our faith," 1 John
5:4. That faith must not be led to embrace superstitious,
fictitious sentiments. Leave out such ideas from your
teaching, and give the children and youth the same kind of
instruction that Christ gave--lessons of faith in a plain
"Thus saith the Lord." p. 182, Para. 3, [CT].

The work of conquering evil is to be done through faith.

Those who go into the battlefield will find that they must
put on the whole armor of God. The shield of faith will be
their defense and will enable them to be more than conquer-
ors. Nothing else will avail but this-- faith in the Lord
of hosts, and obedience to His orders. Vast armies fur-
nished with every other facility will avail nothing in the
last great conflict. Without faith, an angel host could not
help. Living faith alone will make them invincible and en-
able them to stand in the evil day, steadfast, unmovable,
holding the beginning of their confidence firm unto the
end. p. 182, Para. 4, [CT].

Young men and women who do not give evidence that the
truth has begun its sanctifying work upon their hearts will
make a failure in attempting to teach any church school.
None are to choose the easiest place and seek to understand
only that which pleases of the word of God, obeying those
things which harmonize with their desires, and excusing
themselves from accepting that which cuts across inclina-
tion and calls for self-denial and cross-bearing. Espe-
cially should teachers of the children and youth be learn-
ers of the way of obedience. True faith asks the Lord,
"What wilt Thou have me to do?" and when the way is marked
out by the Master, faith is ready to do His will, at what-
ever hardship or sacrifice. p. 183, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers, study the simplicity of the Scriptures, so that

you may learn to make their truths plain to youthful minds.
Your earnest desire for the present and eternal good of the
children under your care should bring you often to your
knees to seek counsel of Him who is too wise to err, too
good to leave you in the helplessness of your own wisdom.
p. 183, Para. 2, [CT].

Bible instruction is to be made forcible by the holy life

of the teacher. God-fearing teachers will practice every
principle they seek to imprint on the minds of the chil-
dren. Such teachers do not see their heavenly Father except
by the eye of faith; but they have learned of Him; they
read His love in the most trying dispensations. They do not
judge their Creator by dispensations; they are partakers of
His divine nature. They can trust Him who withheld not His
only-begotten Son, knowing that with Him He will give all
things for their spiritual and eternal good. p. 183, Para.
3, [CT].

If the teacher has learned his lessons from Jesus Christ,

and has learned for the purpose of bringing these lessons
fully into his own life, he can teach successfully. Those
who are daily learners of the Great Teacher will have a
most precious treasure house from which to draw things new
and old. p. 184, Para. 1, [CT].

To church-school teachers I would say: Know that you are

controlled by the Holy Spirit. Reveal in your lives the
transforming influence of the truth. Do your utmost to im-
prove your own capabilities, that you may teach your stu-
dents how to make improvement. p. 184, Para. 2, [CT].

As soon as your minds harmonize with the mind of God, you

will be brought into touch with an intelligence that will
communicate to you lessons that will be of invaluable help
in your work of teaching. As you tell the children the
story of the cross, your own souls will be lifted above
gloom and despondency. In considering the Redemer's infi-
nite sacrifice, you will lose all desire for the things of
this world. p. 184, Para. 3, [CT].

While the Bible should hold the first place in the educa-
tion of children and youth, the book of nature is next in
importance. God's created works testify to His love and
power. He has called the world into being, with all that it
contains. God is a lover of the beautiful; and in the world
which He has fitted up for us He has not only given us eve-
rything necessary for our comfort, but He has filled the
heavens and the earth with beauty. We see His love and care
in the rich fields of autumn, and His smile in the glad
sunshine. His hand has made the castle-like rocks and the
towering mountains. The lofty trees grow at His command; He
has spread earth's green velvet carpet and dotted it with
shrubs and flowers. p. 185, Para. 1, [CT].

Why has He clothed the earth and trees with living green,
instead of with dark, somber brown? Is it not that they may
be more pleasing to the eye? And shall not our hearts be
filled with gratitude as we read the evidences of His wis-
dom and love in the wonders of His creation? p. 185, Para.
2, [CT].

The same creative energy that brought the world into exis-
tence is still exerted in upholding the universe and con-
tinuing the operations of nature. The hand of God guides
the planets in their orderly march through the heavens. It
is not because of inherent power that year by year the
earth continues her motion round the sun and produces her
bounties. The word of God controls the elements. He covers
the heavens with clouds and prepares rain for the earth. He
makes the valleys fruitful and "grass to grow upon the
mountains;" Psalm 147:8. It is through His power that vege-
tation flourishes, that the leaves appear and the flowers
bloom. p. 185, Para. 3, [CT].

The whole natural world is designed to be an interpreter

of the things of God. To Adam and Eve in their Eden home,
nature was full of the knowledge of God, teeming with di-
vine instruction. To their attentive ears it was vocal with
the voice of wisdom. Wisdom spoke to the eye and was re-
ceived into the heart, for they communed with God in His
created works. As soon as the holy pair transgressed the
law of the Most High, the brightness from the face of God
departed from the face of nature. Nature is now marred and
defiled by sin. But God's object lessons are not obliter-
ated; even now, rightly studied and interpreted, she speaks
of her Creator.... p. 186, Para. 1, [CT].

The most effective way to teach the heathen who know not
God is through His works. In this way, far more readily
than by any other method, they can be made to realize the
difference between their idols, the works of their own
hands, and the true God, the Maker of heaven and earth. . .
. There is a simplicity and purity in these lessons direct
from nature that makes of the highest value to others be-
sides the heathen. The children and youth, all classes of
students, need the lessons to be derived from this source.
In itself the beauty of nature leads the soul away from sin
and worldly attractions, and toward purity, peace, and God.
p. 186, Para. 2, [CT].

For this reason the cultivation of the soil is good work

for children and youth. It brings them into direct contact
with nature and nature's God. And that they may have this
advantage, there should be, as far as possible, in connec-
tion with our schools, large flower gardens and extensive
lands for cultivation. p. 186, Para. 3, [CT].
 An education amid such surroundings is in accordance with
the directions which God has given for the instruction of
youth; but it is in direct contrast with the methods em-
ployed in the majority of schools. . . . The minds of the
young have been occupied with books of science and philoso-
phy, where the thorns of skepticism have been only par-
tially concealed; with vague, fanciful fairy stories; or
with the works of authors who, although they may write on
Scripture subjects, weave in their own fanciful interpreta-
tions. The teaching of such books is as seed sown in the
heart. It grows and bears fruit, and a plentiful harvest of
infidelity is reaped. The result is seen in the depravity
of the human family. p. 187, Para. 1, [CT].

A return to simpler methods will be appreciated by the

children and youth. Work in the garden and field will be an
agreeable change from the wearisome routine of abstract
lessons to which the young minds should never be confined.
To the nervous child or youth, who finds lessons from books
exhausting and hard to remember, it will be especially
valuable. There is health and happiness for him in the
study of nature; and the impressions made will not fade out
of his mind, for they will be associated with objects that
are continually before his eyes. p. 187, Para. 2, [CT].

In the natural world, God has placed in the hands of the

children of men the key to unlock the treasure house of His
word. The unseen is illustrated by the seen; divine wisdom,
eternal truth, infinite grace, are understood by the things
that God has made. Then let the children and youth become
acquainted with nature and nature's laws. Let the mind be
developed to its utmost capacity and the physical powers
trained for the practical duties of life. But teach them
also that God has made this world fair because He delights
in our happiness; and that a more beautiful home is prepar-
ing for us in that world where there will be no more sin.
The word of God declares: "Eye hath not seen, nor ear
heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the
things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." 1
Corinthians 2:9. p. 187, Para. 3, [CT].

The little children should come especially close to na-

ture. Instead of putting fashion's shackles upon them, let
them be free like the lambs to play in the sweet, fresh
sunlight. Point them to shrubs and flowers, the lowly grass
and the lofty trees, and let them become familiar with
their beautiful, varied, and delicate forms. Teach them to
see the wisdom and love of God in His created works; and as
their hearts swell with joy and grateful love, let them
join the birds in their songs of praise. p. 188, Para. 1,
[CT].

Educate the children and youth to consider the works of

the great Master Artist, and to imitate the attractive
graces of nature in their character building. As the love
of God wins their hearts, let them bring into their lives
the beauty of holiness. So shall they use their capabili-
ties to bless others and to honor God.-- Special Testimo-
nies on Education, pages 58-62; written May 20, 1896. p.
188, Para. 2, [CT].

Nature is full of lessons of the love of God. Rightly un-

derstood, these lessons lead to the Creator. They point
from nature to nature's God, teaching those simple, holy
truths that cleanse the mind and bring it into close touch
with God. p. 188, Para. 3, [CT].

The Great Teacher calls on nature to reflect the light

that floods the threshold of heaven, that men and women may
be led to obey His word. And nature does the bidding of the
Creator. To the heart softened by the grace of God, the
sun, the moon, the stars, the lofty trees, the flowers of
the field, utter their words of counsel and advice. The
sowing of the seed carries the mind to spiritual seed sow-
ing. The tree stands forth declaring that a good tree can-
not bear evil fruit, neither can an evil tree bear good
fruit. "Ye shall know them by their fruits." Matthew 7:16.
Even the tares have a lesson to teach. They are of Satan's
sowing, and if left unchecked, will spoil the wheat by
their rank growth. p. 189, Para. 1, [CT].

When man is reconciled to God, the things of nature speak

to him in words of heavenly wisdom, bearing testimony to
the eternal truth of God's word. As Christ tells us the
meaning of the things in nature, the science of true relig-
ion flashes forth, explaining the relation of the law of
God to the natural and the spiritual world. p. 189, Para.
2, [CT].

The swallow and the crane observe the changes of the sea-
sons. They migrate from one country to another to find a
climate suitable to their convenience and happiness, as the
Lord designed they should. They are obedient to the laws
which govern their life. But the beings formed in the image
of God fail to honor Him by obeying the laws of nature. By
disregarding the laws that govern the human organism, they
disqualify themselves for serving God. He sends them warn-
ings to beware how they break His law in breaking the laws
of life; but habit is strong, and they will not heed. The
days are filled with pain of body and disquietude of mind
because they are determined to follow wrong habits and
practices. They will not reason from cause to effect, and
they sacrifice health, peace, and happiness to their igno-
rance and selfishness. p. 189, Para. 3, [CT].

The wise man addresses the indolent in the words: "Go to

the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise:
which having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her
meat in the summer, and gathereth her food in the harvest."
Proverbs 6:6-8. The habitations that the ants build for
themselves show skill and perseverance. Only one little
grain at a time can they handle, but by diligence and per-
severance they accomplish wonders. p. 190, Para. 1, [CT].

Solomon points to the industry of the ant as a reproach to

those who waste their hours in idleness or in practices
that corrupt soul and body. The ant prepares for future
seasons; but many gifted with reasoning powers fail to pre-
pare for the future immortal life. p. 190, Para. 2, [CT].

The sun, the moon, the stars, the solid rocks, the flowing
stream, the broad, restless ocean, teach lessons that all
would do well to heed. p. 190, Para. 3, [CT].

Every teacher who has to do with the education of young

students should remember that children are affected by the
atmosphere that surrounds the teacher, whether it be pleas-
ant or unpleasant. If the teacher is connected with God, if
Christ abides in his heart, the spirit that is cherished by
him will be felt by the children. If teachers enter the
schoolroom with a provoked, irritated spirit, the atmos-
phere surrounding their souls will also leave its impres-
sion. p. 191, Para. 1, [CT].

The teachers who work in this part of the Lord's vineyard

need to be self-possessed, to keep their temper and feel-
ings under control, and in subjection to the Holy Spirit.
They should give evidence of having, not a one-sided expe-
rience, but a well-balanced mind, a symmetrical character.
Learning daily in the school of Christ, such teachers can
wisely educate the children and youth. Self-cultured, self-
controlled, under discipline to Christ, having a living
connection with the Great Teacher, they will have an intel-
ligent knowledge of practical religion; and keeping their
own souls in the love of God, they will know how to exer-
cise the grace of patience and Christlike forbearance. They
will discern that they have a most important field in the
Lord's vineyard to cultivate. They will lift the heart to
God in the sincere prayer, "Lord, be Thou my pattern;" and
then, beholding Christ, they will do the work of Christ.
p. 191, Para. 2, [CT].

Well-balanced minds and symmetrical characters are re-

quired of teachers in every line. The work of teaching
should not be given into the hands of young men and women
who do not know how to deal with human minds, who have
never learned to keep themselves under discipline to Jesus
Christ, to bring even the thoughts into captivity to Him.
They know so little about the controlling power of grace
upon their own hearts and characters that they have much to
unlearn, and must learn entirely new lessons in Christian
experience. p. 191, Para. 3, [CT].

There are all kinds of characters to deal with in the

children and youth, and their minds are impressionable.
Many of the children who attend our schools have not had
proper training at home. Some have been left to do as they
pleased; others have been found fault with and discouraged.
Very little pleasantness and cheerfulness have been shown
them; few words of approval have been spoken to them. They
have inherited the defective characters of their parents,
and the discipline of the home has been no help in the for-
mation of right character. To place as teachers of these
children and youth, young men and women who have not devel-
oped a deep, earnest love for God and for the souls for
whom Christ has died, is to make a mistake that may result
in the loss of many souls. Those who easily become impa-
tient and irritated should not be educators. p. 192, Para.
1, [CT].

Teachers should remember that they are not dealing with

men and women, but with children who have everything to
learn. And it is much more difficult for some to learn than
for others. The dull pupil needs much more encouragement
than he receives. If there are placed over these varied
minds teachers who love to order and dictate and to magnify
their authority, teachers who deal with partiality, having
favorites to whom they show preference, while others are
treated with exactitude and severity, confusion and insub-
ordination will result. Teachers who are not blessed with a
pleasant, well-balanced disposition may be placed in charge
of children, but a great wrong is done to those whom they
educate. p. 192, Para. 2, [CT].

A teacher may have sufficient education and knowledge in

the sciences to instruct, but has it been ascertained that
he has tact and wisdom to deal with human minds? If in-
structors have not the love of Christ abiding in their
hearts, they are not fit to bear the grave responsibilities
placed upon those who educate the youth. Lacking the higher
education themselves, they know not how to deal with human
minds. Their own insubordinate hearts are striving for con-
trol; and to subject the plastic minds and characters of
the children to such discipline is to leave upon the mind
scars and bruises that will never be removed. p. 193,
Para. 1, [CT].

Inquire, teachers, you who are doing your work not only
for time but for eternity, Does the love of Christ con-
strain me as I deal with the souls for whom He has given
His life? Under His discipline do old traits of character,
not in conformity with the will of God, pass away and
qualities the opposite take their place? or am I, by my un-
sanctified words and my impatience, my want of that wisdom
which is from above, confirming these youth in their per-
verse spirit? p. 193, Para. 2, [CT].

When a teacher manifests impatience or fretfulness toward

a child, the fault may not be with the child one half so
much as with the teacher. Teachers become tired with their
work, and something the children say or do does not accord
with their feelings. Will they at such times, through a
failure to exercise tact and wisdom, let Satan's spirit en-
ter and lead them to arouse in the children feelings that
are disagreeable and unpleasant? The teacher who loves Je-
sus, and who appreciates the saving power of His grace,
cannot, dare not, let Satan control his spirit. Everything
will be put away that would corrupt his influence, because
it opposes the will of God and endangers the souls of the
precious sheep and lambs. p. 193, Para. 3, [CT].

When Christ is formed within, the hope of glory, then the

truth of God will so act upon the natural temperament that
its transforming power will be seen in changed characters.
You will not then, by revealing an unsanctified heart and
temper, turn the truth of God into a lie before any of your
pupils. Nor will you, by manifesting a selfish, un-
Christlike spirit, give the impression that the grace of
Christ is not sufficient for you at all times and in all
places. You will show that the authority of God over you is
not in name only, but in reality and truth. p. 194, Para.
1, [CT].

Let every teacher who accepts the responsibility of teach-

ing the children and youth, examine himself. Let him ask
himself, Has the truth of God taken possession of my soul?
Has the wisdom which comes from Jesus Christ, which is
"first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be en-
treated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality,
and without hypocrisy," been brought into my character? Do
I cherish the principle that "the fruit of righteousness is
sown in peace of them that make peace"? James 3:17, 18. p.
194, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers, Jesus is in your school every day. His great

heart of infinite love is drawn out, not only for the best-
behaved children, who have the most favorable surroundings,
but for the children who have by inheritance objectionable
traits of character. Even parents have not understood how
much they are responsible for the qualities developed in
their children, and they have not had the tenderness and
wisdom to deal with them, whom they have made what they
are. They have failed to trace back to the cause of the
discouraging developments that are a trial to them. But Je-
sus looks upon these children with pity and love. He under-
stands; for He reasons from cause to effect. p. 195, Para.
1, [CT].

Sharp words and continual censure bewilder the child, but

do not reform him. Keep back the pettish word; keep your
own spirit under discipline to Christ. Then you will learn
to pity and to sympathize with those who are brought under
your influence. Do not show impatience or harshness. If
these children did not need educating, they would not be in
school. They are to be patiently, kindly helped up the lad-
der of progress, climbing step by step in obtaining knowl-
edge. Take your stand by the side of Jesus. Possessing His
attributes, you will be the possessor of keen, tender sen-
sibilities and will make the cause of the erring your own.
p. 195, Para. 2, [CT].
 The religious life of a large number of teachers who pro-
fess to be Christians is such as to show that they are not
Christians. They are constantly misrepresenting Christ.
They have a religion that is subject to and controlled by
circumstances. If everything happens to move in a way that
pleases them, if there are no irritating circumstances to
call out their unsubdued, un-Christlike natures, they are
condescending and pleasant and very attractive. But the
truth is not to be practiced only when we feel like it, but
at all times and in all places. The Lord is not served by a
man's hasty impulse, his fitful performances. If, when
things occur in the family or in association with others,
which ruffle their peace and provoke the temper, teachers
would lay everything before God, asking for His grace be-
fore they engage in their daily work; if they would know
for themselves that the love and power and grace of God are
in their own hearts, angels of God would go with them into
the schoolroom. p. 195, Para. 3, [CT].

It means much to bring children under the direct influence

of the Spirit of God, to train and discipline them, to
bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.
The formation of right habits, the inculcation of a right
spirit, will call for earnest efforts in the name and
strength of Jesus. p. 196, Para. 1, [CT].

"Every high priest . . . can have compassion on the igno-

rant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he him-
self also is compassed with infirmity." Hebrews 5:1, 2.
This truth can in the highest sense be exemplified before
the children. Let teachers bear it in mind when they are
tempted to be impatient and angry with the children because
of misbehavior. Let them remember that angels of God are
looking sorrowfully upon them. If the children err and mis-
behave, then it is all the more essential that those who
are placed over them should be able to teach them, by pre-
cept and example, how to act. p. 196, Para. 2, [CT].

In no case are teachers to lose self-control, to manifest

impatience and harshness, and a want of sympathy and love.
Those who are naturally fretful, easily provoked, and who
have cherished the habit of criticism and evil thinking,
should find some other kind of work, where their unlovely
traits of character will not be reproduced in the children
and youth. In the place of being fitted to instruct the
children, such teachers need one to teach them the lessons
of Jesus Christ. p. 197, Para. 1, [CT].
 If the teacher has the love of Christ abiding in the heart
as a sweet fragrance, a savor of life unto life, he may
bind the children under his care to himself. Through the
grace of Christ he may be an instrument in God's hands to
enlighten, lift up, encourage, and help to purify the soul
temple from its defilement, until the character shall be
transformed by the grace of Christ, and the image of God be
revealed in the soul. p. 197, Para. 2, [CT].

Said Christ, "I sanctify Myself, that they also might be

sanctified." John 17:19. This is the work that devotes on
every Christian teacher. There must be no haphazard work in
this matter; for the education of the children requires
very much of the grace of Christ and the subduing of self.
Heaven sees in the child the undeveloped man or woman, with
capabilities and powers that, if correctly guided and de-
veloped, will make him or her one with whom the divine
agencies can co-operate--a laborer together with God. p.
197, Para. 3, [CT].

An Object Lesson -- The parable of the good shepherd rep-

resents the responsibility of every minister and of every
Christian who has accepted a position as teacher of the
children and youth. The one that has strayed from the fold
is not followed with harsh words and a whip but with win-
ning invitations to return. The ninety and nine that had
not strayed do not call for the sympathy and tender, pity-
ing love of the shepherd. But the shepherd follows the
sheep and lambs that have caused him the greatest anxiety
and have engrossed his sympathies most deeply. He leaves
the rest of the sheep, and his whole energies are taxed to
find the one that is lost. p. 198, Para. 1, [CT].

And then the picture--praise God!--the shepherd returns

with the sheep, carrying it in his arms, and rejoicing at
every step. "Rejoice with me," he says, "for I have found
my sheep which was lost." Luke 15:6. I am so thankful that
we have the picture of the sheep found. There is no picture
presented before our imagination of a sorrowful shepherd
returning without the sheep. This is the lesson that the
undershepherds are to learn--success in bringing the sheep
and lambs back to the fold. p. 198, Para. 2, [CT].

The wisdom of God, His power, and His love are without
parallel. They are the divine guarantee that not one, even,
of the straying sheep and lambs is overlooked, not one left
unsuccored. A golden chain--the mercy and compassion of di-
vine power--is passed around every one of these imperiled
souls. p. 198, Para. 3, [CT].

A Wide Field -- To those who are accepted as teachers in

our schools is opened a wide field for labor and cultiva-
tion, for the sowing of the seed, and the harvesting of the
ripened grain. What should give greater satisfaction than
to educate the children and youth to love God and keep His
commandments? What should give greater joy than to see
these children and youth following Christ, the Great Shep-
herd? What should shed more sunshine through the soul of
the devoted worker than to know that his patient, persever-
ing labor in the Lord is not in vain, to see his pupils ex-
periencing joy in their souls for sins forgiven, to see
them receiving the impressions of the Spirit of God in true
nobility of character and in the restoration of the moral
image of God, seeking for that peace which comes from the
Prince of Peace? The truth a bondage? Yes, in one sense;
for it binds the soul in willing captivity to the Saviour,
bowing the heart to the gentleness of Christ. p. 198,
Para. 4, [CT].

While right principles and correct habits are of first im-

portance among the qualifications of the teacher, it is in-
dispensable that he should have a thorough knowledge of the
sciences. With uprightness of character, high literary ac-
quirements should be combined. p. 199, Para. 1, [CT].

If you are called to be a teacher, you are called to be a

learner also. If you take upon yourself the sacred respon-
sibility of teaching others, you take upon yourself the
duty of becoming master of every subject you seek to teach.
Be not content with dull thoughts, an indolent mind, or a
loose memory. It is a noble thing to teach; it is a blessed
thing to learn. True knowledge is a precious possession,
and the more the teacher has of it, the better will be his
work. p. 199, Para. 2, [CT].

In sending children to the public schools, parents are

placing them under demoralizing influences--influences that
injure the morals and habits. In such surroundings, chil-
dren often receive instruction that trains them to be ene-
mies of Christ. They lose sight of piety and virtue. p.
200, Para. 1, [CT].

Many public schools are permeated by the baneful influence

of boys and girls who are experts in sin. And the children
who are allowed to play on the street are also obtaining a
training that thoughtless parents will sometime learn leads
to recklessness and lawlessness. p. 200, Para. 2, [CT].

God has given inquiring minds to youth and children. Their

reasoning powers are entrusted to them as precious talents.
It is the duty of parents to keep the matter of their edu-
cation before them in its true meaning; for it comprehends
many lines. They should be taught to improve every talent,
expecting that all will be used in the service of Christ
for the uplifting of fallen humanity. p. 200, Para. 3,
[CT].

Much of the success of a church school depends upon the

teacher chosen. The one placed in charge of a school should
be of suitable age; and where the number of students is
large enough, assistants should be chosen from among the
older ones. Thus the students will gain an experience of
great value. p. 200, Para. 4, [CT].

Intermediate schools are highly essential. In these

schools thorough work is to be done; for many students will
go forth from them directly into the great harvest field.
They will go forth to use what they have learned, as can-
vassers and as helpers in various lines of evangelistic
work. Many workers, after laboring for a time in the field,
will feel the need of further study, and with the experi-
ence gained in the field will be prepared to value school
privileges and to make rapid advancement. Some will desire
an education in the higher branches of study. For these our
colleges have been established. p. 203, Para. 1, [CT].

The word of God is to lie at the foundation of all the

work done in our intermediate schools. And the students are
to be shown the true dignity of labor. They are to be
taught that God is a constant worker. Let every teacher
take hold heartily with a group of students, working with
them, and teaching them how to work. As the teachers do
this, they will gain a valuable experience. Their hearts
will be bound up with the hearts of the students, and this
will open the way for successful teaching. p. 203, Para.
2, [CT].

It would be a sad mistake for us to fail to consider thor-

oughly the purpose for which each of our schools is estab-
lished. This is a matter that should be faithfully studied
by our responsible men in each union conference, in order
that the youth may be surrounded by circumstances the most
favorable for the formation of characters strong enough to
withstand the evils of this world. p. 203, Para. 3, [CT].

We have a great work before us, and there is need of many

educated laborers who have fitted themselves for positions
of trust. As our youth are trained for service in the cause
of God, the Bible must lie at the foundation of their edu-
cation. The principles of truth contained in the word of
God will be a safeguard against the evil influences of the
world. p. 204, Para. 1, [CT].

Efforts to educate our children and youth in the fear of

the Lord without making a study of the word prominent, are
sadly misdirected. Unless there is such a training as will
lead to a recognition and an abhorrence of sin, moral de-
formity will result. Our children should be removed from
the evil influences of the public school and placed where
thoroughly converted teachers may educate them in the Holy
Scriptures. Thus students will be taught to make the word
of God the grand rule of their lives. p. 204, Para. 2,
[CT].

Some may ask, "How are such schools to be established?" We

are not a rich people, but if we pray in faith, and let the
Lord work in our behalf, He will open ways before us to es-
tablish small schools in retired places for the education
of our youth, not only in the Scriptures and in book learn-
ings, but in many lines of manual labor. p. 204, Para. 3,
[CT].

The necessity of establishing such schools is urged upon

me very strongly because of the cruel neglect of many par-
ents properly to educate their children in the home. Many
fathers and mothers have seemed to think that if the lines
of control were put into the hands of their children they
would develop into useful young men and women. But the Lord
has instructed me in regard to this matter. In the visions
of the night I saw standing by the side of these neglected
children the one who was cast out of the heavenly courts
because he originated sin. He, the enemy of souls, was
watching for opportunities to gain control of the mind of
every child whose parents had not given faithful instruc-
tion in regard to Satan's snares. p. 204, Para. 4, [CT].

In planning for the education of their children outside

the home, parents should realize that it is no longer safe
to send them to the public school, and should endeavor to
send them to schools where they will obtain an education
based on a Scriptural foundation. Upon every Christian par-
ent there rests the solemn obligation of giving to his
children an education that will lead them to gain a knowl-
edge of the Lord and to become partakers of the divine na-
ture through obedience to God's will and way. p. 205,
Para. 1, [CT].

The Work of the Fernando School -- The question has been

asked, "What shall we teach in the Fernando school?" p.
205, Para. 2, [CT].

Teach fundamentals. Teach that which is practical. You

should not make a great parade before the world, telling
what you expect to do, as if you were planning something
wonderful. No, indeed. Boast neither of the branches of
study you expect to teach nor of the industrial work you
hope to do; but tell everyone who inquires, that you intend
to do the best you can to give your students a physical,
mental, and spiritual training that will fit them for use-
fulness in this life and prepare them for the future immor-
tal life. p. 205, Para. 3, [CT].

What influence do you think it would have to publish in

your announcement of the school that you will endeavor to
give the students a training that will prepare them for the
future, immortal life because you desire to see them live
throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity? I believe such a
statement would have a far greater influence upon the
brethren and sisters of this conference, and upon the com-
munity in the midst of which the school is established,
than would the display of a number of courses of study in
ancient and modern languages and other higher branches of
study. p. 206, Para. 1, [CT].

Let the school prove itself. Then the patrons will not be
disappointed, and the students will not claim that they
were promised instruction in certain studies which, after
entering the school, they were not permitted to take up.
p. 206, Para. 2, [CT].

Let it be understood at the beginning that the Bible lies

at the foundation of all education. An earnest study of
God's word, resulting in transformation of character and in
a fitness for service, will make the Fernando school a
power for good. My brethren who are connected with this
school, your strength lies not in the number of languages
you may teach, or in telling how large a "college" you
have. Keep silent on these points. Silence in regard to the
great things you plan to do will help you more than all the
positive assertions and all the promises that you might
publish in your announcements. By faithfulness in the
school you should demonstrate that you are working on foun-
dation principles, principles that will prepare the stu-
dents for entrance through the pearly gates into the heav-
enly city. The saving of souls is worth far more than mere
intellectual training. A pretentious display of human
learning, the manifestation of pride of personal appear-
ance, is worthless. The Lord values obedience to His will;
for only by walking humbly and obediently before Him, can
man glorify God. p. 206, Para. 3, [CT].

In giving us the privilege of studying His word, the Lord

has set before us a rich banquet. Many are the benefits de-
rived from feasting on His word, which is represented by
Him as His flesh and blood, His spirit and life. By partak-
ing of this word our spiritual strength is increased; we
grow in grace and in a knowledge of the truth. Habits of
self-control are formed and strengthened. The infirmities
of childhood--fretfulness, willfulness, selfishness, hasty
words, passionate acts--disappear, and in their place are
developed the graces of Christian manhood and womanhood.
p. 207, Para. 1, [CT].

If your students, besides studying God's word, learn no

more than how to use correctly the English language in
reading, writing, and speaking, a great work will have been
accomplished. Those who are trained for service in the
Lord's cause should be taught how to talk properly in ordi-
nary conversation and before congregations. Many a la-
borer's usefulness is marred by his ignorance in regard to
correct breathing and clear, forcible speaking. Many have
not learned to give the right emphasis to the words they
read and speak. Often the enunciation is indistinct. A
thorough training in the use of the English language is of
far more value to a youth than a superficial study of for-
eign languages, to the neglect of his mother tongue. p.
207, Para. 2, [CT].

Let the school be conducted along the lines of the ancient

schools of the prophets, the word of God lying at the foun-
dation of all the education given. Let not the students at-
tempt to grasp the higher rounds of the ladder first. There
are those who have attended other schools, thinking that
they could obtain an advanced education; but they have been
so intent on reaching the higher rounds of the ladder that
they have not been humble enough to learn of Christ. Had
they placed their feet on the lower rounds first, they
would have made progress, learning more and still more of
the Great Teacher. p. 208, Para. 1, [CT].

The instructors will find it greatly to their advantage to

take hold disinterestedly with the students in manual la-
bor, showing them how to work. By co-operating with the
youth in this practical way, the teachers can bind the
hearts of the students to themselves by the cords of sympa-
thy and brotherly love. Christian kindness and sociability
are powerful factors in winning the affections of the
youth. p. 208, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers, take hold of the schoolwork with diligence and

patience. Realize that yours is not a common work. You are
laboring for time and for eternity, molding the minds of
your students for entrance into the higher school. Every
right principle, every truth learned in an earthly school,
will advance us just that much in the heavenly school. As
Christ walked and talked with His disciples during His min-
istry on this earth, so will He teach us in the school
above, leading us beside the river of living waters and re-
vealing to us truths that in this life must remain hidden
mysteries because of the limitations of the human mind, so
marred by sin. In the heavenly school we shall have oppor-
tunity to attain, step by step, to the greatest heights of
learning. There, as children of the heavenly King, we shall
ever dwell with the members of the royal family; there we
shall see the King in His beauty and behold His matchless
charms. p. 208, Para. 3, [CT].

The Training of Missionaries -- It is important that we

should have intermediate schools and academies. To us has
been committed a great work--the work of proclaiming the
third angel's message to every nation, kindred, tongue, and
people. We have but few missionaries. From home and abroad
are coming many urgent calls for workers. Young men and
women, the middle-aged, and in fact all who are able to en-
gage in the Master's service, should be putting their minds
to the stretch in an effort to prepare to meet these calls.
From the light God has given me, I know that we do not use
the faculties of the mind half as diligently as we should
in an effort to fit ourselves for greater usefulness. If we
consecrate mind and body to God's service, obeying His law,
He will give us sanctified moral power for every undertak-
ing. p. 209, Para. 1, [CT].

Every man and woman in our ranks, whether a parent or not,

ought to be intensely interested in the Lord's vineyard. We
cannot afford to allow our children to drift away into the
world and to fall under the control of the enemy. Let us
come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord
against the mighty. Let us do all in our power to make our
schools a blessing to our youth. Teachers and students, you
can do much to bring this about by wearing the yoke of
Christ, daily learning of Him, His meekness and lowliness.
Those who are not directly connected with the school can
help to make it a blessing by giving it their hearty sup-
port. Thus we shall all be "laborers together with God,"
and receive the reward of the faithful, even an entrance
into the school above. p. 210, Para. 1, [CT].

Sept. 17, 1902. p. 210, Para. 2, [CT].

Further Instruction -- It is not wise for a new school to

lift its banner and promise to do a high grade of work be-
fore proving that it is fully able to do preparatory work.
It should be the great aim in every intermediate school to
do most thorough work in the common branches. p. 210,
Para. 3, [CT].

In every school that is established among us, the teachers

should begin humbly, not grasping the higher rounds off the
ladder before they have climbed the lower ones. They are to
climb round after round, beginning at the bottom. They are
to be learners even as they teach the common branches. When
they have learned the meaning of the simplicity of true
education they will better understand how to prepare stu-
dents for advanced studies. Teachers are to learn as they
teach. Advancement is to be made, and by advancement expe-
rience is to be gained. p. 210, Para. 4, [CT].

Our teachers should not think that their work ends with
giving instruction from books. Several hours each day
should be devoted to working with the students in some line
of manual training. In no case should this be neglected.
p. 211, Para. 1, [CT].

In every school there should be those who have a store of

patience and disciplinary talent, who will see to it that
every line of work is kept up to the highest standard. Les-
sons in neatness, order, and thoroughness are to be given.
Students should be taught how to keep in perfect order eve-
rything in the school and about the grounds. p. 211, Para.
2, [CT].

Before he attempts to guide the youth, a teacher should

learn to control himself. If he is not a constant learner
in the school of Christ; if he has not the discernment and
discrimination that would enable him to employ wise methods
in his work; if he cannot govern those in his charge with
firmness, yet pleasantly and kindly, how can he be success-
ful in his teaching? The teacher who is not under the con-
trol of God needs to heed the invitation, "Take My yoke
upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in
heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke
is easy, and My burden is light." Matthew 11:29, 30. p.
211, Para. 3, [CT].

Every teacher should learn daily of Jesus, wearing His

yoke of restraint, sitting in His school as a student,
obeying the rules of Christian principle. The teacher who
is not under the guidance of the Master Teacher will not be
able to meet successfully the different developments that
arise as the result of the natural perversity of childhood
and youth. p. 211, Para. 4, [CT].

Let the teacher bring peace and love and cheerfulness into
his work. Let him not allow himself to become angry or pro-
voked. The Lord is looking upon him with intense interest,
to see if he is being molded by the divine Teacher. The
child who loses his self-control is far more excusable than
the teacher who allows himself to become angry and impa-
tient. When a stern reproof is to be given, it may still be
given in kindness. Let the teacher beware of making the
child stubborn by speaking to him harshly. Let him follow
every correction with drops of the oil of kindness. He
should never forget that he is dealing with Christ in the
person of one of Christ's little ones. p. 212, Para. 1,
[CT].

Let it be a settled maxim that in all school discipline,

faithfulness and love are to reign. When a student is cor-
rected in such a way that he is not made to feel that the
teacher desires to humiliate him, love for the teacher
springs up in his heart. p. 212, Para. 2, [CT].
 Saint Helena, California, May 17, 1903. p. 212, Para. 3,
[CT].

In the night season I was speaking earnestly to the breth-

ren in Southern California in reference to the school at
Fernando. Perplexing questions had arisen in reference to
the school. One in authority was in the assembly, and He
gave counsel in regard to the way in which the school
should be conducted. Our Counselor said: "If you follow on
to know the Lord, you will know that His going forth is
prepared as the morning. The teachers in the school should
be learners with the students in all the instruction given.
They are constantly to receive grace and wisdom from the
Source of all wisdom. p. 212, Para. 4, [CT].

"You are just beginning your work. Not all your ideas are
positively correct. Not all your methods are wise. It is
not possible that your work at its beginning will be per-
fect. But as you advance, you will learn how to use to bet-
ter advantage the knowledge that you are gaining. In order
to do their work in harmony with the Lord's will, teachers
must keep their minds open to receive instruction from the
Great Teacher." p. 213, Para. 1, [CT].

Los Angeles, California, Sept. 18, 1902. p. 213, Para. 2,

[CT].

You will certainly make a serious mistake if you under-

take, with a few students and a few teachers, to do the ad-
vanced work that is carried forward with so much difficulty
and expense in our larger schools. It will be better for
your students and for the school, for those who require the
advanced studies, to go to the college, and thus leave your
faculty free to devote their best energies to doing thor-
ough work in teaching the common branches. p. 213, Para.
3, [CT].

What is it that will make our schools a power? It is not

the size of the buildings; it is not the number of advanced
studies taught. It is the faithful work done by teachers
and students, as they begin at the lower rounds of the lad-
der progress and climb diligently round by round. p. 213,
Para. 4, [CT].

Secure a strong man to stand as principal of your school,

a man whose physical strength will support him in doing
thorough work as a disciplinarian; a man who is qualified
to train the students in habits of order, neatness, and in-
dustry. Do thorough work in whatever you undertake. If you
are faithful in teaching the common branches, many of your
students could go directly into the work as canvassers,
colporteurs, and evangelists. We need not feel that all
workers must have an advanced education. p. 213, Para. 5,
[CT].

The youth in all our institutions are to be molded and

fashioned and disciplined for God; and in this work the
Lord's mercy and love and tenderness are ever to be re-
vealed. This is not to degenerate into weakness and senti-
mentality. We are to be kind, yet firm. And let teachers
remember that while decision is needful, they are never to
be harsh or condemnatory, never to manifest an overbearing
spirit. Let them keep calm, revealing the better way by re-
fusing to be provoked to anger. p. 214, Para. 1, [CT].

God wants us to demonstrate His love by showing a living

interest in the youth under our care. Hold them up before
the Lord, and ask Him to do for them what you cannot do.
Let them see that you realize your need of divine help. p.
214, Para. 2, [CT].

The teacher should constantly aim at simplicity and effec-

tiveness. He should teach largely by illustration, and even
in dealing with older pupils should be careful to make
every explanation plain and clear. Many pupils well ad-
vanced in years are but children in understanding. -- Edu-
cation, page 233. p. 214, Para. 3, [CT].

In education the work of climbing must begin at the lowest

round of the ladder. The common branches should be fully
and prayerfully taught. Many who feel that they have fin-
ished their education are faulty in spelling and in writ-
ing, and can neither read nor speak correctly. Not a few
who study the classics and other higher branches of learn-
ing, and who reach certain standards, finally fail because
they have neglected to do thorough work in the common
branches. They have never obtained a good knowledge of the
English language. They need to go back and begin to climb
from the first round of the ladder. p. 215, Para. 1, [CT].

It is a mistake to allow students in our preparatory

schools to choose their own studies. This mistake has been
made in the past, and as a result students who had not mas-
tered the common branches have sought to climb higher than
they were prepared to go. Some who could not speak the Eng-
lish language correctly have desired to take up the study
of foreign languages. p. 215, Para. 2, [CT].

Students who, on coming to school, ask to be allowed to

take the higher studies, should first be examined in the
elementary branches. I was talking with a teacher in one of
our conference schools, and he told me that some had come
to this school with diplomas showing that they had taken
some of the higher studies in other schools. p. 215, Para.
3, [CT].

"Did you examine every such student," I inquired, "to find

out whether he had received proper instruction in those
branches?" p. 215, Para. 4, [CT].

"Why," said the teacher, "in all these cases we could not
give the students full credit for the work done in the
past, as represented by the diplomas. Their training even
in the common branches had been very defective." And thus
it is in many instances. p. 216, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers should be careful to give the students what they

most need, instead of allowing them to take what studies
they choose. They should test the accuracy and knowledge of
the students; then they can tell whether they have reached
the heights to which they think they have attained. p.
216, Para. 2, [CT].

One of the fundamental branches of learning is language

study. In all our schools special care should be taken to
teach the students to use the English language correctly in
speaking, reading, and writing. Too much cannot be said in
regard to the importance of thoroughness in these lines.
One of the most essential qualifications of a teacher is
the ability to speak and read distinctly and forcibly. He
who knows how to use the English language fluently and cor-
rectly can exert a far greater influence than one who is
unable to express his thought readily and clearly. p. 216,
Para. 3, [CT].

Voice culture should be taught in the reading class; and

in other classes the teacher should insist that the stu-
dents speak distinctly and use words which express their
thoughts clearly and forcibly. Students should be taught to
use their abdominal muscles in breathing and speaking. This
will make the tones more full and clear. p. 216, Para. 4,
[CT].

Let the students be made to understand that God has given

to everyone a wonderful mechanism--the human body--which we
are to use to glorify Him. The powers of the body are con-
stantly working in our behalf, and if we choose we may
bring them under control. p. 216, Para. 5, [CT].

We may have knowledge, but unless the habit is acquired of

using the voice correctly, our work will be a failure. Un-
less we can clothe our ideas in appropriate language, of
what avail is our education? Knowledge will be of little
value to us unless we cultivate the talent of speech; but
it is a wonderful power when combined with the ability to
speak wise, helpful words, and to speak them in a way that
will command attention. p. 217, Para. 1, [CT].

Let all guard against becoming annoyed in spirit because

they have to be drilled in these common branches. It should
be impressed upon students that they will themselves be
educators of others, and for this reason they should strive
earnestly to improve. p. 217, Para. 2, [CT].

To learn to tell convincingly and impressively that which

one knows is of especial value to those who desire to be
workers in the cause of God. The more expression we can put
into the words of truth, the more effective these words
will be on those who hear. A proper presentation of the
Lord's truth is worthy of our highest effort. p. 217,
Para. 3, [CT].

Unless students who are preparing for work in the cause of

God are trained to speak in a clear, straightforward man-
ner, they will be shorn of half their influence for good.
Whatever his calling is to be, the student should learn to
control the voice. The ability to speak plainly and dis-
tinctly, in full, round tones, is invaluable in any line of
work, and it is indispensable to those who desire to become
ministers, evangelists, Bible workers, or canvassers. p.
217, Para. 4, [CT].

When voice culture, reading, writing, and spelling take

their rightful place in our schools, there will be seen a
great change for the better. These subjects have been ne-
glected because teachers have not recognized their value.
But they are more important than Latin and Greek. I do not
say that it is wrong to study Latin and Greek, but I do say
that it is wrong to neglect the subjects that lie at the
foundation of education in order to tax the mind with the
study of these higher branches. p. 218, Para. 1, [CT].

It is a matter of great importance that students obtain an

education that will fit them for successful business life.
We must not be satisfied with the one-sided education given
in many schools. The common branches must be thoroughly
mastered, and a knowledge of bookkeeping should be consid-
ered as important as a knowledge of grammar. All who expect
to engage in the work of the Lord should learn how to keep
accounts. In the world there are many who have made a fail-
ure of business and are looked upon as dishonest, who are
true at heart, but who have failed to succeed because they
did not know how to keep accounts. p. 218, Para. 2, [CT].

To spell correctly, to write a clear, fair hand, and to

keep accounts, are necessary accomplishments. Bookkeeping
has strangely dropped out of school work in many places but
this should be regarded as a study of primary importance. A
thorough preparation in these studies will fit students to
stand in positions of trust. p. 218, Para. 3, [CT].

To every student I would say, Never rest satisfied with a

low standard. In attending school, be sure that you have in
view a noble, holy object. Go because you desire to fit
yourselves for service in some part of the Lord's vineyard.
Do all that you can to attain this object. You can do more
for yourselves than anyone can do for you. And if you do
all that you can for yourselves, what a burden you will
lift from the principal and the teachers! p. 218, Para. 4,
[CT].

Before attempting to study the higher branches of literary

knowledge, be sure that you thoroughly understand the sim-
ple rules of English grammar and have learned to read and
write and spell correctly. Climb the lower rounds of the
ladder before reaching for the higher rounds. p. 219,
Para. 1, [CT].

Do not spend time in learning that which will be of little

use to you in your afterlife. Instead of reaching out for a
knowledge of the classics, learn first to speak the English
language correctly. Learn how to keep accounts. Gain a
knowledge of those lines of study that will help you to be
useful wherever you are. p. 219, Para. 2, [CT].
 The instruction which the Lord has sent us, warning stu-
dents and teachers against spending years of study in
school, does not apply to young boys and girls. These need
to go through the proper period of thorough discipline and
study of the common branches and the Bible until they have
reached an age of more mature and reliable judgment. p.
219, Para. 3, [CT].

God's word places great stress upon the influence of asso-

ciation, even on men and women. How much greater is its
power on the developing mind and character of children and
youth! The company they keep, the principles they adopt,
the habits they form, will decide the question of their
usefulness here and of their future destiny. p. 220, Para.
1, [CT].

It is a terrible fact, and one that should make the hearts

of parents tremble, that in so many schools and colleges to
which the youth are sent for mental discipline and culture,
influences prevail which misshape the character, divert the
mind from life's true aims, and debase the morals. Through
contact with the irreligious, the pleasure loving, and the
corrupt, many youth lose the simplicity and purity, the
faith in God, and the spirit of self-sacrifice that Chris-
tian fathers and mothers have cherished and guarded by
careful instruction and earnest prayer. p. 220, Para. 2,
[CT].

It is inevitable that the youth will have associates, and

they will necessarily feel their influence. There are mys-
terious links that bind souls together so that the heart of
one answers to the heart of another. One catches the ideas,
the sentiments, the spirit, of another. This association
may be a blessing or a curse. The youth may help and
strengthen one another, improving in deportment, in dispo-
sition, in knowledge; or, by permitting themselves to be-
come careless and unfaithful, they may exert an influence
that is demoralizing. p. 220, Para. 3, [CT].

The matter of choosing associates is one which students

should learn to consider seriously. Among the youth who at-
tend our schools there will always be found two classes,
those who seek to please God and to obey their teachers,
and those who are filled with a spirit of lawlessness. If
the youth go with the multitude to do evil, their influence
will be cast on the side of the adversary of souls; they
will mislead those who have not cherished principles of un-
swerving fidelity. p. 220, Para. 4, [CT].

It has been truly said, "Show me your company, and I will

show you your character." The youth fail to realize how
sensibly both their character and their reputation are af-
fected by their choice of associates. One seeks the company
of those whose tastes and habits and practices are conge-
nial. He who prefers the society of the ignorant and vi-
cious to that of the wise and good shows that his own char-
acter is defective. His tastes and habits may at first be
altogether dissimilar to the tastes and habits of those
whose company he seeks; but as he mingles with this class,
his thoughts and feelings change; he sacrifices right prin-
ciples and insensibly yet unavoidably sinks to the level of
his companions. As a stream always partakes of the property
of the soil through which it runs, so the principles and
habits of youth invariably become tinctured with the char-
acter of the company in which they mingle. p. 221, Para.
1, [CT].

Students should be taught to resist firmly the allurements

to evil which come through association with other youth.
Compassed as they are by temptation, an indwelling Christ
is their only safeguard against evil. They must learn to
look to Jesus continually, to study His virtues, to make
Him their daily pattern. Then truth, brought into the inner
sanctuary of the soul, will sanctify the life. They must be
trained to weigh their actions, to reason from cause to ef-
fect, to measure the eternal loss or gain to the life given
to serve the purposes of the enemy or devoted to the serv-
ice of righteousness. They should be taught to choose as
their companions those who give evidence of uprightness of
character, those who practice Bible truth. By association
with those who walk according to principle, even the care-
less will learn to love righteousness. And by the practice
of right doing there will be created in the heat a distaste
for that which is cheap and common and at variance with the
principles of God's word. p. 221, Para. 2, [CT].

Strength of character consists of two things--power of

will and power of self-control. Many youth mistake strong,
uncontrolled passion for strength of character; but the
truth is that he who is mastered by his passions is a weak
man. The real greatness and nobility of the man is measured
by his power to subdue his feelings, not by the power of
his feelings to subdue him. The strongest man is he who,
while sensitive to abuse, will yet restrain passion and
forgive his enemies. p. 222, Para. 1, [CT].

God has given us intellectual and moral power, but to a

great extent everyone is the architect of his own charac-
ter. Every day the structure more nearly approaches comple-
tion. The word of God warns us to take heed how we build,
to see that our building is founded upon the eternal rock.
The time is coming when our work will stand revealed just
as it is. Now is the time for all to cultivate the powers
that God has given them, that they may form characters for
usefulness here and for a higher life hereafter. p. 222,
Para. 2, [CT].

Faith in Christ as a personal Saviour will give strength

and solidity to the character. Those who have genuine faith
in Christ will be sober-minded, remembering that God's eye
is upon them, that the Judge of all men is weighing moral
worth, that heavenly intelligences are watching to see what
manner of character is being developed. p. 223, Para. 1,
[CT].

The reason that so grave mistakes are made by the youth is

that they do not learn from the experience of those who
have lived longer than they have. Students cannot afford to
pass off with jest or ridicule the cautions and instruction
of parents and teachers. They should cherish every lesson,
realizing at the same time their need of deeper teaching
than any human being can give. When Christ abides in the
heart by faith, His Spirit becomes a power to purify and
vivify the soul. Truth in the heart cannot fail of having a
correcting influence upon the life. Let both teachers and
students hold the truth of God as a treasure of the highest
value, which must not be dimmed or tarnished by practices
that are out of harmony with its holy character. p. 223,
Para. 2, [CT].

Let those students who are away from their homes, no

longer under the direct influence of their parents, remem-
ber that the eye of their heavenly Father is upon them. He
loves the youth. He knows their necessities, He understands
their temptations. He sees in them great possibilities, and
is ready to help them to reach the highest standard, if
they will realize their need and seek Him for help. p.
223, Para. 3, [CT].

Students, night and day the prayers of your parents are

rising to God in your behalf; day by day their loving in-
terest follows you. Listen to their entreaties and warn-
ings, and determine that by every means in your power you
will lift yourselves above the evil that surrounds you. You
cannot discern how insidiously the enemy will work to cor-
rupt your minds and habits, and develop in you unsound
principles. p. 223, Para. 4, [CT].

You may see no real danger in taking the first step in

frivolity and pleasure seeking, and think that when you de-
sire to change your course you will be able to do right as
easily as before you yielded yourselves to do wrong. But
this is a mistake. By the choice of evil companions many
have been led step by step from the path of virtue into
depths of disobedience and dissipation to which at one time
they would have thought it impossible for them to sink. p.
224, Para. 1, [CT].

The student who yields to temptation weakens his influence

for good, and he who by a wrong course of action becomes
the agent of the adversary of souls must render to God an
account for the part he has acted in laying stumbling
blocks in the way of others. Why should students link them-
selves with the great apostate? Why should they become his
agents to tempt others? Rather, why should they not study
to help and encourage their fellow students and their
teachers? It is their privilege to help their teachers bear
the burdens and meet the perplexities that Satan would make
discouragingly heavy and trying. They may create an atmos-
phere that will be helpful, exhilarating. Every student may
enjoy the consciousness that he has stood on Christ's side,
showing respect for order, diligence, and obedience, and
refusing to lend one jot of his ability or influence to the
great enemy of all that is good and uplifting. p. 224,
Para. 2, [CT].

The student who has a conscientious regard for truth and a

true conception of duty can do much to influence his fellow
students for Christ. The youth who are yoked up with the
Saviour will not be unruly; they will not study their own
selfish pleasure and gratification. Because they are one
with Christ in spirit, they will be one with Christ in ac-
tion. The older students in our schools should remember
that it is in their power to mold the habits and practices
of the younger students; and they should seek to make the
best of every opportunity. Let these students determine
that they will not through their influence betray their
companions into the hands of the enemy. p. 225, Para. 1,
[CT].

Jesus will be the helper of all who put their trust in

Him. Those who are connected with Christ have happiness at
their command. They follow the path where their Saviour
leads, for His sake crucifying the flesh, with its affec-
tions and lusts. They have built their hopes on Christ, and
the storms of earth are powerless to sweep them from the
sure foundation. p. 225, Para. 2, [CT].

It rests with you, young men and women, to decide whether

you will become trustworthy and faithful, ready and reso-
lute to take your stand for the right under all circum-
stances. Do you desire to form correct habits? Then seek
the company of those who are sound in morals, and whose aim
tends to that which is good. The precious hours of proba-
tion are granted that you may remove every defect from the
character, and this you should seek to do, not only that
you may obtain the future life, but that you may be useful
in this life. A good character is a capital of more value
than gold or silver. It is unaffected by panics or fail-
ures, and in that day when earthly possessions shall be
swept away, it will bring rich returns. Integrity, firm-
ness, and perseverance are qualities that all should seek
earnestly to cultivate; for they clothe the possessor with
a power which is irresistible-- a power which makes him
strong to do good, strong to resist evil, strong to bear
adversity. p. 225, Para. 3, [CT].

The love of truth, and a sense of the responsibility to

glorify God, are the most powerful of all incentives to the
improvement of the intellect. With this impulse to action
the student cannot be a trifler. He will be always in ear-
nest. He will study as under the eye of God, knowing that
all heaven is enlisted in the work of his education. He
will become noble-minded, generous, kind, courteous, Chris-
tlike, efficient. Heart and mind will work in harmony with
the will of God. p. 226, Para. 1, [CT].

The youth who are in harmony with Christ will choose com-
panions who will help them in right doing, and will shun
society that gives no aid in the development of right prin-
ciples and noble purposes. In every place are to be found
youth whose minds are cast in an inferior mold. When
brought into association with this class, those who have
placed themselves without reserve on the side of Christ
will stand firmly by that which reason and conscience tell
them is right. p. 226, Para. 2, [CT].

To the teacher is committed a most important work-- a work

upon which he should not enter without careful and thorough
preparation. He should feel the sacredness of his calling
and give himself to it with zeal and devotion. The more of
true knowledge a teacher has, the better will be his work.
The schoolroom is no place for surface work. No teacher who
is satisfied with superficial knowledge will attain a high
degree of efficiency. p. 229, Para. 1, [CT].

But it is not enough that the teacher possess natural

ability and intellectual culture. These are indispensable,
but without a spiritual fitness for the work he is not pre-
pared to engage in it. He should see in every pupil the
handiwork of God--a candidate for immortal honors. He
should seek so to educate, train, and discipline the youth
that each may reach the high standard of excellence to
which God calls him. p. 229, Para. 2, [CT].

The purpose of education is to glorify God; to enable men

and women to answer the prayer, "Thy kingdom come. They
will be done in earth, as it is in heaven." Matthew 6:10.
God invites teachers to be His helping hand in carrying out
this purpose. He asks them to bring into their work the
principles of heaven, the A B C of true education. The
teacher who has not yet learned these principles should be-
gin now to study them. And as he learns, he will develop a
fitness to teach others. p. 229, Para. 3, [CT].

A Personal Knowledge of Christ -- Every Christian teacher

should have an intelligent understanding of what Christ is
to him individually. He should know how to make the Lord
his strength and efficiency, how to commit the keeping of
his soul to God as unto a faithful Creator. From Christ
proceeds all the knowledge essential to enable teachers to
be workers together with God--knowledge which opens to them
the widest fields of usefulness. p. 230, Para. 1, [CT].

Many do not appreciate this knowledge, but in obtaining an

education they seek for that which will be regarded by
their fellow men as wonderful knowledge. Teachers, let your
boasting be in God, not in science, not in foreign lan-
guages or in anything else that is merely human. Let it be
your highest ambition to practice Christianity in your
lives. p. 230, Para. 2, [CT].
 "Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord: His
going forth is prepared as the morning." Hosea 6:3. As the
light of the sun shines with increasing power from morning
till noonday, so, as you advance in the opening light of
God's word, you will receive more light. p. 230, Para. 3,
[CT].

Those who accept the responsibility that rests upon all

teachers should be constantly advancing. They should not be
content to dwell on the lowlands of Christian experience,
but should be ever climbing higher. With the word of the
Lord in their hands, and the love of souls pointing them to
constant diligence, they should advance step by step in ef-
ficiency. p. 230, Para. 4, [CT].

The Teacher's Need of Prayer -- Every teacher should daily

receive instruction from Christ and should labor constantly
under His guidance. It is impossible for him rightly to un-
derstand or to perform his work unless he is much with God
in prayer. Only by divine aid, combined with earnest, self-
denying effort, can he hope to do his work wisely and well.
p. 231, Para. 1, [CT].

Unless the teacher realizes the need of prayer and humbles

his heart before God, he will lose the very essence of edu-
cation. He should know how to pray and what language to use
in prayer. "I am the vine," Jesus said, "ye are the
branches: he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same
bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can do noth-
ing." John 15:5. The teacher should let the fruit of faith
be manifest in his prayers. He should learn how to come to
the Lord and plead with Him until he receives the assurance
that his petitions are heard. p. 231, Para. 2, [CT].

Dealing With Students as Individuals -- The teacher should

carefully study the disposition and character of his pu-
pils, that he may adapt his teaching to their peculiar
needs. He has a garden to tend, in which are plants differ-
ing widely in nature, form, and development. A few may ap-
pear beautiful and symmetrical, but many have become
dwarfed and misshapen by neglect. Those to whom was commit-
ted the care of these plants left them to the mercy of cir-
cumstances, and now the difficulties of correct cultivation
are increased tenfold. p. 231, Para. 3, [CT].

Harmonious Development -- No one branch of study should

receive special attention to the neglect of others equally
important. Some teachers devote much time to a favorite
branch, drilling students upon every point, and praising
them for their progress, while in other essential studies
these students may be deficient. Such instructors are doing
their pupils a great wrong. They are depriving them of that
harmonious development of the mental powers which they
should have, as well as of knowledge which they sorely
need. p. 232, Para. 1, [CT].

In these matters, teachers are too often controlled by am-

bitious and selfish motives. While they labor with no
higher object, they cannot inspire their pupils with noble
desires or purposes. The keen, active minds of the youth
are quick to detect every defect of character, and they
will copy defects far more readily than they will the
graces of the Holy Spirit. p. 232, Para. 2, [CT].

The Power of a Happy Disposition -- Continual association

with inferiors in age and mental training tends to make the
teacher tenacious of his rights and opinions, and leads him
to guard jealously his position and dignity. Such a spirit
is opposed to the meekness and humility of Christ. A ne-
glect to cherish these graces hinders advancement in the
divine life. Many thus build barriers between themselves
and Jesus, so that His love cannot flow into their hearts,
and then they complain that they do not see the Sun of
Righteousness. Let them forget self and live for Jesus, and
the light of heaven will bring gladness to their souls. p.
232, Para. 3, [CT].

No man or woman is fitted for the work of teaching who is

fretful, impatient, arbitrary, or dictatorial. These traits
of character work great harm in the schoolroom. Let not the
teacher excuse his wrong course by the plea that he has
naturally a hasty temper or that he has erred ignorantly.
In his position he stands where ignorance or lack of self-
control is sin. He is writing upon souls lessons that will
be carried all through life, and he should train himself
never to speak a hasty word, never to lose his self-
control. p. 233, Para. 1, [CT].

Above all others, he who has the training of the youth

should beware of indulging a morose or gloomy disposition;
for this will cut him off from sympathy with his students,
and without sympathy he cannot hope to benefit them. We
should not darken our own path or the path of others with
the shadow of our trials. We have a Saviour to whom to go,
into whose pitying ear we may pour every complaint. We may
leave all our cares and burdens with Him, and then our la-
bor will not seem hard or our trials severe. p. 233, Para.
2, [CT].

"Rejoice in the Lord alway," the apostle Paul exhorts,

"and again I say, Rejoice." Philippians 4:4. Whatever your
disposition may be, God is able so to mold it that it will
be sweet and Christlike. By the exercise of living faith
you can separate from everything that is not in accordance
with the mind of God, and thus bring heaven into your life
here below. Doing this, you will have sunshine at every
step. When the enemy seeks to enshroud the soul with dark-
ness, sing faith and talk faith, and you will find that you
have sung and talked yourself into the light. p. 233,
Para. 3, [CT].

We open to ourselves the floodgates of woe or joy. If we

permit our thoughts to be engrossed with the troubles and
trifles of earth, our hearts will be filled with unbelief,
gloom, and foreboding. If we set our affections on things
above, the voice of Jesus will speak to our hearts, murmur-
ing will cease, and vexing thoughts will be lost in praise
to our Redeemer. Those who dwell upon God's great mercies
and are not unmindful of His lesser gifts, will put on the
girdle of gladness and make melody in their hearts to the
Lord. Then they will enjoy their work. They will stand firm
at their post of duty. They will have a placid temper, a
trustful spirit. p. 234, Para. 1, [CT].

Increase by Use -- The teacher should not think that all

his time is to be spent in the study of books. By putting
into practice what he learns, he will obtain more than he
will by mere study. As he uses his knowledge he will re-
ceive more. Some who have but one talent feel that they can
do nothing. They hide their talent in the earth, as it
were; and because they receive no increase they murmur
against God. But if they would use the ability given them,
their talent would double. It is by a faithful use of tal-
ents that they are multiplied. As we use aright the advan-
tages God gives us, He increases our capabilities for serv-
ice. p. 234, Para. 2, [CT].

Because you are teachers, do not think that it is unneces-

sary to obtain a training in the simplest duties of life.
Because you are studying books, do not neglect the everyday
duties around you. Wherever you are, weave into your life
all the usefulness possible, and you will find your minds
more capable of expansion, more vigorous in grasping the
lessons you endeavor to learn. By performing with faithful-
ness every practical duty that falls to you, you are becom-
ing better qualified to educate those who need to learn how
to do these things. p. 234, Para. 3, [CT].

An Appeal -- There are some who love the society of the

world, who regard the companionship of the worldling as
something to be desired above the companionship of those
who love God and keep His commandments. Teachers, know
enough to obey God. Know enough to follow the footsteps of
Jesus, to wear the yoke of Christ. Do you desire the wisdom
of God? Then humble yourselves before Him; walk in the way
of His commandments; determine that you will make the most
of every opportunity granted you. Gather every ray of light
that falls across your pathway. Follow the light. Bring the
teachings of truth into your life practice. As you humble
yourselves under the mighty hand of God, He will lift you
up. Commit your work to Him; labor in faithfulness, in sin-
cerity, in truth, and you will find that each day's labor
brings its reward. p. 235, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers must have a living faith or they will be separate

from Christ. The Saviour does not ask how much favor you
have with the world, how much praise you are receiving from
human lips; but He does ask you to live so that He can put
His seal upon you. Satan is seeking to cast his shadow
across your pathway, that he may hinder the success of your
work. You must have within you a power from above, that in
the name of Jesus of Nazareth you may resist the power
which is working from beneath. To have in the heart the
Spirit of Christ is of infinitely more consequence than the
possession of worldly recognition. p. 235, Para. 2, [CT].

To the teacher is committed a great work--a work for

which, in his own strength, he is wholly insufficient. Yet
if, realizing his own weakness, he clings to Jesus, he will
become strong in the strength of the Mighty One. He must
bring to his difficult task the patience, forbearance, and
gentleness of Christ. His heart must glow with the same
love that led the Lord of life and glory to die for a lost
world. Patience and perseverance will not fail of a reward.
The best efforts of the faithful teacher will sometimes
prove unavailing, yet he will see fruit for his labor. No-
ble characters and useful lives will richly repay his toil
and care. p. 236, Para. 1, [CT].

Human nature is worth working upon. It is to be elevated,

refined, sanctified, and fitted with the inward adorning.
Through the grace of God in Jesus Christ, which reveals
salvation and immortality and life, His heritage are to be
educated, not in the minutia of etiquette, the world's
fashions and forms, but in the science of godliness. p.
236, Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord has made provision that the nobler powers of the
mind should be trained for high pursuits. But instead of
this, men pervert the faculties of the mind and press them
into the service of temporal interests, as if the attain-
ment of the things of this earth were of supreme impor-
tance. In this way the higher powers are dwarfed and men
remain unqualified for the duties of life that devolve upon
them. If the nobler powers of the mind are not cultivated,
they fail to act with integrity, even in the obligations
relating to this life. It is Satan's design that the facul-
ties of the mind shall become belittled and sensualized,
but it is not God's will that any should yield the mind to
the control of the evil one. In intellectual and in spiri-
tual pursuits, He would have His children make progress. .
. . p. 237, Para. 1, [CT].

The lifework given us is that of preparation for the life

eternal. If we accomplish this work as God designs we
shall, every temptation may work for our advancement; for
as we resist its allurements we make progress in the divine
life. In the heat of the conflict, unseen agencies will be
by our side, commanded of heaven to aid us in our wres-
tlings; and in the crisis, strength and firmness and energy
will be imparted to us, and we shall have more than mortal
power. p. 237, Para. 2, [CT].

But unless the human agent brings his will into harmony
with the will of God, unless he forsakes every idol and
overcomes every wrong practice, he will not succeed in the
warfare, but will be finally overcome. Those who would be
conquerors must engage in conflict with unseen agencies;
inward corruption must be overcome, and every thought must
be brought into subjection to Christ. p. 237, Para. 3,
[CT].

The Holy Spirit is ever at work, seeking to purify, re-

fine, and discipline the souls of men, in order that they
may become fitted for the society of saints and angels. . .
. As children of God, we should make earnest efforts to be
overcomers; and as students who seek to honor and glorify
God, we should study to show ourselves approved of Him,
workmen that need not to be ashamed. p. 238, Para. 1,
[CT].

The Right Use of the Gift of Speech -- The workman for God
should make earnest efforts to become a representative of
Christ, discarding all uncomely gestures and uncouth
speech. He should endeavor to use correct language. There
is a large class who are careless in the way they speak,
yet by careful, painstaking attention these may become rep-
resentatives of the truth. Every day they should make ad-
vancement. They should not detract from their usefulness
and influence by cherishing defects of manner, tone, or
language. Common, cheap expressions should be replaced by
sound, pure words. By constant watchfulness and earnest
discipline the Christian youth may keep his tongue from
evil and his lips from speaking guile. p. 238, Para. 2,
[CT].

We should be careful not to give an incorrect pronuncia-

tion of our words. There are men among us who in theory
know better than to use incorrect language, yet who in
practice make frequent mistakes. The Lord would have us
careful to do our best, making wise use of our faculties
and opportunities. He has endowed men with gifts with which
to bless and edify others; it is our duty so to educate
ourselves that we may be fitted for the great work commit-
ted to us. . . . p. 238, Para. 3, [CT].

In reading or in recitation the pronunciation should be

clear. A nasal tone or an ungainly attitude should be at
once corrected. Any lack of distinctness should be marked
as defective. Many have allowed themselves to form the
habit of speaking in a thick, indistinct way, as if their
tongue were too large for their mouth. This habit has
greatly hindered their usefulness. p. 239, Para. 1, [CT].

If those who have defects in their manner of utterance

will submit to criticism and correction, they may overcome
these defects. They should perseveringly practice speaking
in a low, distinct tone, exercising the abdominal muscles
in deep breathing, and making the throat the channel of
communication. Many speak in a rapid way and in a high, un-
natural key. Such a practice will injure the throat and
lungs. As a result of continual abuse, the weak, inflamed
organs will become diseased, and consumption may result.
p. 239, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ's Method -- Ministers and teachers should give spe-

cial attention to the cultivation of the voice. They should
learn to speak, not in a nervous, hurried manner, but with
a slow, distinct, clear utterance, preserving the music of
the voice. p. 239, Para. 3, [CT].

The Saviour's voice was a music to the ears of those who

had been accustomed to the monotonous, spiritless preaching
of the scribes and Pharisees. He spoke slowly and impres-
sively, emphasizing those words to which He wished His
hearers to give special heed. Old and young, ignorant and
learned, could catch the full meaning of His words. This
would have been impossible had He spoken in a hurried way
and rushed sentence upon sentence without a pause. The peo-
ple were very attentive to Him, and it was said of Him that
He spoke not as the scribes and Pharisees, for His word was
as of one who had authority. . . . p. 240, Para. 1, [CT].

Christ's manner of teaching was beautiful and attractive,

and it was ever characterized by simplicity. He unfolded
the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven through the use of
figures and symbols with which His hearers were familiar;
and the common people heard Him gladly, for they could com-
prehend His words. There were no high-sounding words used,
to understand which it was necessary to consult a diction-
ary. p. 240, Para. 2, [CT].

Jesus illustrated the glories of the kingdom of God by the

use of the experiences and occurrences of earth. In compas-
sionate love and tenderness He cheered and comforted and
instructed all who heard Him; for grace was poured upon His
lips that He might convey to men in the most attractive way
the treasures of truth. p. 240, Para. 3, [CT].

This is the way in which He would have us present His

truth to others. The power of speech is of great value, and
the voice should be cultivated for the blessing of those
with whom we come in contact. p. 240, Para. 4, [CT].

In Prayer -- I am pained as I see how little the gift of

speech is appreciated. In reading the Bible, in engaging in
prayer, in bearing testimony in meeting, how necessary is
clear, distinct utterance! And how much is lost in family
worship when the one offering prayer bows the face down and
speaks in a low, feeble voice! But as soon as family wor-
ship is over, those who could not speak loud enough to be
heard in prayer, can usually speak in clear, distinct
tones, and there is no difficulty in hearing what they say.
Prayer that is thus uttered is appropriate for the closet,
but not edifying in family or public worship; for unless
those assembled can hear what is said, they cannot say
Amen. Nearly all can speak loud enough to be heard in ordi-
nary conversation, and why should they not speak thus when
called upon to bear testimony or to offer prayer? p. 241,
Para. 1, [CT].

When speaking of divine things, why not speak in distinct

tones in a manner that will make it manifest that you know
whereof you speak, and are not ashamed to show your colors?
Why not pray as if you had a conscience void of offense,
and could come to the throne of grace in humility, yet with
holy boldness, lifting up holy hands without wrath and
doubting? Do not bow down and cover up your faces as if
there were something that you desired to conceal; but lift
up your eyes toward the heavenly sanctuary, where Christ
your Mediator stands before the Father to present your
prayers, mingled with His own merit and spotless righteous-
ness, as fragrant incense. p. 241, Para. 2, [CT].

You are invited to come, to ask, to seek, to knock; and

you are assured that you will not come in vain. Jesus says,
"Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find;
knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for everyone that
asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him
that knocketh it shall be opened." Matthew 7:7, 8. p. 242,
Para. 1, [CT].

Christ illustrates the willingness of God to bless by the

willingness of a father to grant the request of his child.
He says, "If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a
father, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish, will
he for a fish give him a serpent? or if he shall ask an
egg, will he offer him a scorpion? If ye then, being evil,
know how to give good gifts unto your children: how much
more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to
them that ask Him? Luke 11:11-13. p. 242, Para. 2, [CT].

We come to God in the name of Jesus by special invitation,

and He welcomes us to His audience chamber. He imparts to
the humble, contrite soul that faith in Christ by which he
is justified. Jesus blots out as a thick cloud his trans-
gression, and the comforted heart exclaims, "O Lord, I will
praise Thee: though Thou wast angry with me, Thine anger is
turned away, and Thou comfortedst me." Isaiah 12:1. Such a
one will understand by his own experience the words of
Paul, "With the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and
with the mouth confession is made unto salvation." Romans
10:10. p. 242, Para. 3, [CT].

Man then becomes an agent whom God can employ to work out
His purposes. He represents Christ, holding forth to the
world His mercy and love. He has a testimony that he de-
sires others to hear. In the language of the psalmist he
says, "Bless the Lord, O my soul: and all that is within
me, bless His holy name. Bless the Lord, O my soul, and
forget not all His benefits: who forgiveth all thine iniq-
uities; who healeth all thy diseases; who redeemeth thy
life from destruction; who crowneth thee with loving-
kindness and tender mercies." Psalm 103:1-4. p. 242, Para.
4, [CT].

In Witnessing for Christ -- God has given us the gift of

speech that we may recite to others His dealing with us,
that His love and compassion may touch other hearts, and
that praise may arise from other souls also to Him who has
called them out of darkness into His marvelous light. The
Lord has said, "Ye are My witnesses." Isaiah 43:10. But all
who are called to be witnesses for Christ must learn of
Him, that they may be efficient witnesses. As children of
the heavenly King, they should educate themselves to bear
testimony in a clear, distinct voice and in such a manner
that no one may receive the impression that they are reluc-
tant to tell of the mercies of the Lord. p. 243, Para. 1,
[CT].

In social meeting, prayer should be offered so that all

may be edified; those who take part in this exercise should
follow the example given in the Lord's beautiful prayer for
the world. This prayer is simple, clear, comprehensive, and
yet not long and spiritless, as the prayers offered in pub-
lic sometimes are. These spiritless prayers might better
not be uttered; for they are a mere form, without vital
power, and they fail to bless or edify. p. 243, Para. 2,
[CT].

The apostle Paul writes: "Even things without life giving

sound, whether pipe or harp, except they give a distinction
in the sounds, how shall it be known what is piped or
harped? for if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who
shall prepare himself to the battle? So likewise ye, except
ye utter by the tongue words easy to be understood, how
shall it be known what is spoken? for ye shall speak into
the air. p. 243, Para. 3, [CT].

"There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the

world, and none of them is without signification. Therefore
if I know not the meaning of the voice, I shall be unto him
that speaketh a barbarian, and he that speaketh shall be a
barbarian unto me. Even so ye, forasmuch as ye are zealous
of spiritual gifts, seek that ye may excel to the edifying
of the church." 1 Corinthians 14:7-12. p. 244, Para. 1,
[CT].

In all our religious services we should seek to conduct

ourselves in a way that will edify others, working as much
as lies in our power for the perfection of the church.
"Wherefore let him that speaketh in an unknown tongue pray
that he may interpret. For if I pray in an unknown tongue,
my spirit prayeth, but my understanding is unfruitful. What
is it then? I will pray with the spirit, and I will pray
with the understanding also. . . . Else when thou shalt
bless with the spirit, how shall he that occupieth the room
of the unlearned say Amen at thy giving of thanks, seeing
he understandeth not what thou sayest? For thou verily
givest thanks well, but the other is not edified. p. 244,
Para. 2, [CT].

"I thank my God, I speak with tongues more than ye all: ye

in the church I had rather speak five words with my under-
standing, that by my voice I might teach others also, than
ten thousand words in an unknown tongue." Verses 13-19. p.
244, Para. 3, [CT].

The principle presented by Paul concerning the gift of

tongues is equally applicable to the use of the voice in
prayer and social meeting. We would not have anyone who is
defective in this respect cease from offering public
prayer, or from bearing witness to the power and love of
Christ. p. 245, Para. 1, [CT].

I do not write these things to silence you, for there has

already been too much silence in our meetings; but I write
that you may consecrate your voice to Him who gave you this
gift, and may realize the necessity of cultivating it so
that you may edify the church by what you say. If you have
acquired the habit of speaking in a low, indistinct way,
you should regard it as a defect, and put forth earnest ef-
forts to overcome, that you may honor God and edify His
children. p. 245, Para. 2, [CT].

In our devotional meetings, our voices should express by

prayer and praise our adoration of the heavenly Father,
that all may know that we worship God in simplicity and
truth, and in the beauty of holiness. Precious indeed in
this world of sin and ignorance is the gift of speech, the
melody of the human voice, when devoted to the praise of
Him who hath loved us and given Himself for us. p. 245,
Para. 3, [CT].

Consecration of the Voice -- The gift of speech has been

greatly abused and widely perverted from its intended pur-
pose; but let those who claim to be children of the heav-
enly King awake to their responsibility, and make the most
of this talent. Let no one say, "It is of no use for me to
try to pray; for others do not hear me." Rather let him
say, "I will make earnest effort to overcome this God-
dishonoring habit of speaking in a low, indistinct tone. I
will put myself under discipline until my voice shall be
audible even to those who are dull of hearing." p. 245,
Para. 4, [CT].

Let the voices of the followers of Christ be so trained

that instead of crowding words together in a thick, indis-
tinct way, their utterance may be clear, forcible, and edi-
fying. Do not let the voice fall after each word, but keep
it up so that each sentence will be full and complete. Will
it be worth disciplining yourself, if by so doing you are
able to add interest to the service of God and to edify His
children? The voice of thanksgiving, praise, and rejoicing
is heard in heaven. The voices of the angels in heaven
unite with the voices of the children of God on earth as
they ascribe honor and glory and praise to God and to the
Lamb for the great salvation provided. p. 246, Para. 1,
[CT].

Let everyone seek to do his best. Let those who have en-
listed under the banner of Prince Immanuel grow daily in
grace and efficiency. Let the teachers in our institutions
endeavor so to train their students in all lines of educa-
tion that they may come forth properly disciplined to bless
mankind and to glorify God. p. 246, Para. 2, [CT].
 It is essential that students be trained to read in a
clear, distinct tone. We have been pained as we have at-
tended conference meetings, tract society meetings, and
meetings of various kinds, where reports were read in an
almost inaudible voice or in a hesitating manner or a muf-
fled tone. One half the interest in a meeting is killed
when the participants do their part in an indifferent,
spiritless fashion. They should learn to speak in such a
way that they can edify those who listen. Let everyone con-
nected with missionary work qualify himself to speak in a
clear, attractive way, enunciating his words perfectly. p.
246, Para. 3, [CT].

The proper use of the vocal organs will bring benefit to

the physical health and increase the usefulness and influ-
ence. It is through falling into bad habits of speech that
people become tedious readers and speakers, but those who
are looked upon as intelligent enough to become missionary
workers or to transact business ought to have intelligence
enough to reform in their manner of speaking. By judicious
exercise they may expand the chest and strengthen the mus-
cles. By giving heed to proper instruction, by following
health principles in regard to the expansion of the lungs
and the culture of the voice, our young men and women may
become speakers who can be heard; and the exercise neces-
sary for this accomplishment will prolong life. p. 247,
Para. 1, [CT].

Those who gain correct ideas on the subject of voice cul-

ture will see the necessity of educating and training them-
selves so that they may honor God and bless others. They
will put themselves under patient, efficient teachers and
learn to read in a way that will preserve the melody of the
voice. With an eye single to the glory of God they will
make the most of their natural abilities. Commanding their
own powers, they will not be embarrassed by defects of
speech, and their usefulness in the cause of God will be
increased. p. 247, Para. 2, [CT].

The teachers employed in our schools should be acquainted

with God by an experimental knowledge. They should know Him
because they obey all the commandments He has given. Jeho-
vah engraved His Ten Commandments on tables of stone, that
all the inhabitants of earth might understand His eternal,
unchangeable character. Those teachers who desire to ad-
vance in learning and proficiency need to lay hold of these
wonderful revelations of God. But it is only as heart and
mind are brought into harmony with God that they will un-
derstand the divine requirements. p. 248, Para. 1, [CT].

None need concern themselves about those things which the

Lord has not revealed to us. In these days, speculation
will abound, but God declares, "The secret things belong
unto the Lord." Deuteronomy 29:29. The voice that spoke to
Israel from Sinai is speaking in these last days to men and
women, saying, "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me."
Exodus 20:3. The law of God was written with His own finger
on tables of stone, thus showing that it could never be
changed or abrogated. It is to be preserved through the
eternal ages, immutable as the principles of His govern-
ment. Men have set their will against the will of God, but
this cannot silence His words of wisdom and command, though
they may set their speculative theories in opposition to
the teachings of revelation, and exalt human wisdom above a
plain "Thus saith the Lord." p. 248, Para. 2, [CT].

It should be the determination of every soul, not so much

to seek to understand all about the conditions that will
prevail in the future state, as to know what the Lord re-
quires of him in this life. It is the will of God that each
professing Christian shall perfect a character after the
divine similitude. By studying the character of Christ re-
vealed in the Bible, by practicing His virtues, the be-
liever will be changed into the same likeness of goodness
and mercy. Christ's work of self-denial and sacrifice
brought into the daily life will develop the faith that
works by love and purifies the soul. There are many who
wish to evade the cross-bearing part, but the Lord speaks
to all when He says, "If any man will come after Me, let
him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me."
Matthew 16:24. p. 249, Para. 1, [CT].

A great work is to be accomplished by the setting forth of

the saving truths of the Bible. This is the means ordained
of God to stem the tide of moral corruption in the earth.
Christ gave His life to make it possible for man to be re-
stored to the image of God. It is the power of His grace
that draws men together in obedience to the truth. Those
who would experience more of the sanctification of the
truth in their own souls should present this truth to those
who are ignorant of it. Never will they find a more elevat-
ing, ennobling work. p. 249, Para. 2, [CT].
 The Teacher an Evangelist -- The work of educating our
youth as outlined for us in the instruction given by God,
is to be sacredly maintained. We must choose as teachers
those who will educate in right lines. Said my Instructor,
"Let not teachers be chosen to educate and train the youth
who will not maintain the simplicity of Christ's methods.
His teachings contain the very essence of sanctified sim-
plicity." p. 249, Para. 3, [CT].

Those who present matters to the students in an uncertain

light are not fitted for the work of teaching. No man is
qualified for this work unless he is daily learning to
speak the words of the Teacher sent from God. Now is the
time to sow the gospel seed. The seed we sow must be that
which will produce the choicest fruit. We have no time to
lose. The work of our schools is to become more and more in
character like the work of Christ. Only the power of the
grace of God working on human hearts and minds will make
and keep the atmosphere of our schools and churches clean.
p. 250, Para. 1, [CT].

There have been teachers in our schools who could pass

well in a worldly institution of learning, but who were un-
fitted for the training of our youth because they were ig-
norant of the truths of the gospel of Christ. They were un-
able to bring the simplicity of Christ into their labors.
It should be the work of every teacher to make prominent
those truths that have called us out to stand as a peculiar
people before the world, and which are able to keep us in
harmony with heaven's laws. In the messages that have been
sent us from time to time, we have truths that will accom-
plish a wonderful work of reform in our characters if we
will give them place. They will prepare us for entrance
into the city of God. It is our privilege to make continual
advancement to a higher grade of Christian living. p. 250,
Para. 2, [CT].

Loma Linda -- One night I was awakened and instructed to

write a straight testimony regarding the work of our school
at Loma Linda. By that school a solemn, sacred work is to
be done. The teachings of health reform are to stand out
clearly and brightly, that all the youth in attendance may
learn to practice them. All our educators should be strict
health reformers. p. 251, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord desires that genuine missionaries shall go out as

pioneers from our schools. They are to be fully consecrated
to the work as laborers together with God daily enlarging
their sphere of usefulness. The influence of a consecrated
medical missionary teacher in our schools is invaluable.
p. 251, Para. 2, [CT].

We need to be converted from our faulty lives to the faith

of the Gospel. Christ's followers have no need to try to
shine. If they will behold constantly the life of Christ
they will be changed in mind and heart into the same image.
Then they will shine without any superficial attempt. The
Lord asks for no display of goodness. In the gift of His
Son He has made provision that our inward lives may be im-
bued with the principles of heaven. It is the appropriation
of this provision that will lead to a manifestation of
Christ to the world. When the people of God experience the
new birth, their honesty, their uprightness, their fidel-
ity, their steadfast principles, will unfailingly reveal
it. p. 251, Para. 3, [CT].

Oh, what words were spoken to me! What gentleness was rec-
ommended through the grace abundantly given! The greatest
manifestation that men and women can make of the grace and
power of Christ is made when the natural man becomes a par-
taker of the divine nature, and through the power that the
grace of Christ imparts, overcomes the corruption that is
in the world through lust. p. 251, Para. 4, [CT].

May 17, 1908. p. 252, Para. 1, [CT].

There is a fullness of experience for every teacher to

gain. The studies you take will either strengthen your
faith and confidence in God, and teach you how to work as
His helping hand, or they will leave you in a worse condi-
tion than you were before. Those who work out the princi-
ples that the Lord has given will stand on vantage ground.
The mercies and blessings of heaven will come into their
lives, enabling them to work out the will of God. p. 252,
Para. 2, [CT].

Teach the simple principles of the word of God, making the

Bible the foundation of your study. The true higher educa-
tion is that which is received by sitting at the feet of
Jesus and learning of Him. Let your character building be
after the pattern revealed to man in the life of Christ.
p. 252, Para. 3, [CT].

In all your work you must do as the husbandman does in la-

boring for the fruits of the earth. Apparently he throws
away the seed; but, buried in the soil, the seed germi-
nates. The power of the living God gives it life and vital-
ity, and there is seen "first the blade, then the ear, af-
ter that the full corn in the ear." Mark 4:28. Study this
wonderful process. Oh, there is so much to learn, so much
to understand! If we improve our minds to the utmost of our
ability we shall through the eternal ages continue to study
the ways and works of God, and to know more and more of
Him. p. 252, Para. 4, [CT].

I have an earnest desire that you shall every day be

learning of the Great Teacher. If you will first draw nigh
to God and then to your students, you can do a very pre-
cious work. If you are diligent and humble, God will daily
give you knowledge and an aptitude to teach. Do your very
best to impart to others the blessings He has given you.
p. 253, Para. 1, [CT].

With a deep, earnest interest to help your students, carry

them over the ground of knowledge. Come as close to them as
you can. Unless teachers have the love and gentleness of
Christ abounding in their hearts, they will manifest too
much of the spirit of a harsh, domineering schoolmaster.
"Keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy
of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some
have compassion, making a difference: and others save with
fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment
spotted by the flesh." Jude 21-23. p. 253, Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord wishes you to learn how to use the gospel net.
Many need to learn this art. In order for you to be suc-
cessful in your work, the meshes of your net--the applica-
tion of the Scriptures--must be close, and the meaning eas-
ily discerned. Then make the most of drawing in the net.
Come right to the point. Make your illustrations self-
evident. However great a man's knowledge, it is of no avail
unless he is able to communicate it to others. Let the pa-
thos of your voice, its deep feeling, make its impression
on hearts. Urge your students to surrender themselves to
God. p. 253, Para. 3, [CT].

Teachers, remember that the Lord is your strength. Strive

to give the students ideas that will be to them a savor of
life unto life. Teach by illustrations. Ask God to give you
words to speak that all can understand. p. 254, Para. 1,
[CT].
 A little girl once asked me, "Are you going to speak this
afternoon?" "No, not this afternoon," I replied. "I am very
sorry," she said. "I thought you were going to speak, and I
asked several of my companions to come. Will you please ask
the minister to speak easy words that we can understand?
Will you please tell him that we do not understand large
words, like `justification' and `sanctification'? We do not
know what these words mean." p. 254, Para. 2, [CT].

The little girl's complaint contains a lesson worthy of

consideration by teachers and ministers. Are there not many
who would do well to heed the request, "Speak easy words,
that we may know what you mean"? p. 254, Para. 3, [CT].

Make your explanations clear, for I know that there are

many who do not understand many of the things said to them.
Let the Holy Spirit mold and fashion your speech, cleansing
it from all dross. Speak as little children, remembering
that there are many well advanced in years who are but lit-
tle children in understanding. p. 254, Para. 4, [CT].

By earnest prayer and diligent effort we are to obtain a

fitness for speaking. This fitness includes uttering every
syllable clearly, placing the force and emphasis where it
belongs. Speak slowly. Many speak rapidly, hurrying one
word after another so fast that the effect of what they say
is lost. Into what you say put the spirit and life of
Christ. p. 254, Para. 5, [CT].

On a certain occasion, when Betterton, the celebrated ac-

tor, was dining with Dr. Sheldon, archbishop of Canterbury,
the archbishop said to him, "Pray, Mr. Betterton, tell me
why it is that you actors affect your audiences so power-
fully by speaking of things imaginary." "My lord," replied
Betterton, "with due submission to Your Grace, permit me to
say that the reason is plain: It all lies in the power of
enthusiasm. We on the stage speak of things imaginary as if
they were real, and you in the pulpit speak of things real
as if they were imaginary." p. 255, Para. 1, [CT].

"Feed My lambs;" "feed My sheep," was the commission given

to Peter. "And when thou art converted, strengthen thy
brethren." John 21:15, 16; Luke 22:32. To those who hear,
the gospel is made the power of God unto salvation. Present
the gospel in its simplicity. Follow Christ's example, and
you will have the reward of seeing your students won to
Him. p. 255, Para. 2, [CT].

Sanitarium, California, July 6, 1902. p. 255, Para. 3,

[CT].

Our people are now being tested as to whether they will

obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world
ever knew, or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine
that we will not be tied by so much as a thread to the edu-
cational policies of those who do not discern the voice of
God and who will not hearken to His commandments. p. 255,
Para. 4, [CT].

"Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but
one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And
every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all
things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but
we an incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncer-
tainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I
keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that
by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself
should be a castaway." 1 Corinthians 9:24-27. p. 256,
Para. 1, [CT].

I am constantly presenting the need of every man's doing

his best as a Christian, of training himself to realize the
growth, the expansion of mind, the nobility of character,
which it is possible for each to have. In all that we do we
are to sustain a Christlike relation to one another. We are
to use every spiritual force for the carrying out of wise
plans in earnest action. The gifts of God are to be used
for the saving of souls. Our relations to one another are
not to be governed by human standards, but by divine love,
the love expressed in the gift of God to our world. p.
256, Para. 2, [CT].

The man who stands in a position of responsibility in any

of our schools cannot be too careful of his words and his
acts. Never should he allow the least approach to familiar-
ity in his relations to the students, such as placing his
hand on the arm or shoulder of a girl student. He should in
no case give the impression that commonness and familiarity
are allowable. His lips and his hands are to express noth-
ing that anyone could take advantage of. p. 256, Para. 3,
[CT].

In the past not all of our teachers have been clear and
true and firm in this respect. They need to see things in
an altogether different light regarding the relations that
should exist between the teacher and the student. The life
and character must be kept from every stain of evil. Every
unholy passion must be kept under the control of sanctified
reason through the grace abundantly bestowed of God. p.
257, Para. 1, [CT].

We are living in an atmosphere of satanic witchery. The

enemy will weave a spell of licentiousness around every
soul that is not barricaded by the grace of Christ. Tempta-
tions will come; but if we watch against the enemy, and
maintain the balance of self-control and purity, the seduc-
ing spirits will have no influence over us. Those who do
nothing to encourage temptation will have strength to with-
stand it when it comes; but those who keep themselves in an
atmosphere of evil will have only themselves to blame if
they are overcome and fall from their steadfastness. In the
future, good reasons will be seen for the warnings given
regarding seducing spirits. Then will be seen the force of
Christ's words, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Fa-
ther which is in heaven is perfect." Matthew 5:48. p. 257,
Para. 2, [CT].

We are to be guided by true theology and common sense. Our

souls are to be surrounded by the atmosphere of heaven. Men
and women are to watch themselves; they are to be con-
stantly on guard, allowing no word or act that would cause
their good to be evil spoken of. He who professes to be a
follower of Christ is to watch himself, keeping himself
pure and undefiled in thought, word, and deed. His influ-
ence upon others is to be uplifting. His life is to reflect
the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness. p. 257,
Para. 3, [CT].

There is need that much time be spent in secret prayer, in

close communion with God. Thus only can victories be won.
Eternal vigilance is the price of safety. p. 258, Para. 1,
[CT].

The Lord's covenant is with His saints. Everyone is to

discern his weak points of character and guard against them
with vigor. Those who have been buried with Christ in bap-
tism, and been raised in the likeness of His resurrection,
have pledged themselves to live in newness of life. "If ye
then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are
above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set
your affection on things above, not on things on the earth.
For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.
When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye
also appear with Him in glory." Colossians 3:1-4. p. 258,
Para. 2, [CT].

The Christian youth should be trained to bear responsi-

bilities with brave heart and willing hand. He should learn
to encounter the trials of life with patience and forti-
tude, to follow maxims of worth, and to confirm himself in
habits that will enable him to win the victor's crown.
There is no time more favorable in which to acknowledge the
power of Christ's saving grace and to be controlled by the
principles of the divine law. p. 258, Para. 3, [CT].

Wherever in His providence God has placed you, He will

keep you. "As thy days, so shall thy strength be." Deuter-
onomy 33:25. p. 258, Para. 4, [CT].

Christ was the greatest teacher the world has ever known.
He came to this earth to shed abroad the bright beams of
truth, that men might gain a fitness for heaven. "For this
cause came I into the world," He declared, "that I should
bear witness unto the truth." John 18:37. He came to reveal
the character of the Father, that men might be led to wor-
ship Him in spirit and in truth. p. 259, Para. 1, [CT].

Man's need for a divine teacher was known in heaven. The

pity and sympathy of God were aroused in behalf of human
beings, fallen and bound to Satan's chariot car; and when
the fullness of time was come, He sent forth His Son. The
One appointed in the councils of heaven came to this earth
as man's instructor. The rich benevolence of God gave Him
to our world, and to meet the necessities of human nature
He took humanity upon Himself. To the astonishment of the
heavenly host the eternal Word came to this world as a
helpless babe. Fully prepared, He left the royal courts and
mysteriously allied Himself with fallen human beings. "The
Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us." John 1:14. p.
259, Para. 2, [CT].

When Christ left His high command, He might have taken

upon Him any condition in life that He chose. But greatness
and rank were nothing to Him, and He chose the most humble
walk of life. No luxury, ease, or self-gratification came
into His experience. The truth of heavenly origin was to be
His theme; He was to sow the world with truth, and He lived
in such a way as to be accessible to all. p. 259, Para. 3,
[CT].

That during His childhood Christ should grow in wisdom and

in favor with God and man was not a matter of astonishment,
for it was according to the laws of His divine appointment
that His talents should develop and His faculties
strengthen. He did not seek an education in the schools of
the rabbis, for God was His instructor. As He grew older He
continued to increase in wisdom. He applied Himself dili-
gently to a study of the Scriptures, for He knew them to be
full of invaluable instruction. He was faithful in the dis-
charge of His home duties; and the early morning hours, in-
stead of being spent in bed, often found Him in a retired
place, searching the Scriptures and praying to His heavenly
Father. p. 260, Para. 1, [CT].

All the prophecies concerning His work and mediation were

familiar to Him, especially those having reference to His
humiliation, atonement, and intercession. The object of His
life on earth was ever before Him, and He rejoiced to think
that the gracious purpose of the Lord should prosper in His
hands. p. 260, Para. 2, [CT].

Of Christ's teaching it is said, "The common people heard

Him gladly." Mark 12:37. "Never man spake like this Man"
(John 7:46), declared the officers who were sent to take
Him. His words comforted, strengthened, and blessed those
who were longing for the peace that He alone could give.
There was in His words that which lifted His hearers to a
high plane of thought and action. If these words, instead
of the words of men, were given to the learner today, we
should see evidences of higher intelligence, a clearer com-
prehension of heavenly things, a deeper knowledge of God, a
purer, more vigorous Christian life. p. 260, Para. 3,
[CT].

Christ's illustrations were taken from the things of daily

life, and although they were simple, they had in them a
wonderful depth of meaning. The birds of the air, the lil-
ies of the field, the growing seed, the shepherd and the
sheep--with these things Christ illustrated immortal truth;
and ever afterward, when His hearers chanced to see these
objects, they recalled His words. Thus the truth became a
living reality; the scenes of nature and the daily affairs
of life were ever repeating to them the Saviour's teaching.
p. 261, Para. 1, [CT].
 Christ always used simple language, yet His words tested
the knowledge of deep, unprejudiced thinkers. His manner of
teaching should be followed by teachers of today. Spiritual
truths should always be presented in simple language, that
they may be comprehended and find lodgment in the heart.
Thus Christ addressed the crowds that pressed and thronged
about Him; and all, learned and unlearned, were able to
comprehend His lessons. p. 261, Para. 2, [CT].

In every school the instruction given should be as easy to

understand as was that given by Christ. The use of long
words confuses the mind and eclipses the beauty of the
thought presented. There is need of teachers who will come
close to their students and who will give clear, definite
instruction, illustrating spiritual things by the things of
nature and by the familiar events of everyday experience.
p. 261, Para. 3, [CT].

The Bible reveals Christ to us as the Good Shepherd, seek-

ing with unwearied feet for the lost sheep. By methods pe-
culiarly His own He helped all who were in need of help.
With tender, courteous grace He ministered to sin-sick
souls, bringing healing and strength. The simplicity and
earnestness with which He addressed those in need hallowed
every word. He proclaimed His message from the mountain-
side, from the fisherman's boat, in the desert, in the
great thoroughfares of travel. Wherever He found those
ready to listen He was ready to open to them the treasure
house of truth. He attended the yearly festivals of the
Jewish nation, and to the multitudes, absorbed in outward
ceremony, He spoke of heavenly things, bringing eternity
within their view. p. 261, Para. 4, [CT].

The Saviour's entire life was characterized by disinter-

ested benevolence and the beauty of holiness. He is our
pattern of goodness. From the beginning of His ministry,
men began to comprehend more clearly the character of God.
He carried out His teachings in His own life. He showed
consistency without obstinacy, benevolence without weak-
ness, tenderness and sympathy without sentimentalism. He
was highly social, yet He possessed a reserve that discour-
aged any familiarity. His temperance never led to bigotry
or austerity. He was not conformed to the world, yet He was
attentive to the wants of the least among men. p. 262,
Para. 1, [CT].
 "Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments
from Bozrah? this that is glorious in His apparel, travel-
ing in the greatness of His strength?" Isaiah 63:1. With
assurance comes the answer: "Without controversy great is
the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh,
justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the
Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into
glory." 1 Timothy 3:16. "Being in the form of God," He
"thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made Him-
self of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a ser-
vant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found
in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedi-
ent unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God
also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is
above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee
should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and
things under the earth; and that every tongue should con-
fess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Fa-
ther." Philippians 2:6-11. p. 262, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers can gain efficiency and power only by working as

Christ worked. When He is the most powerful influence in
their lives, they will have success in their efforts. They
will rise to heights that they have not yet gained. They
will realize the sacredness of the work entrusted to them,
and filled with His Spirit they will be animated with the
same desire to save sinners that animated Him. And by their
lives of consecration and devotion their students will be
led to the feet of the Saviour. p. 263, Para. 1, [CT].

Students cannot afford to wait till their education is

considered complete, before using for the good of others
that which they have received. Without this, however they
may study, however much knowledge they may gain, their edu-
cation will be incomplete. p. 263, Para. 2, [CT].

Dealing with human minds is the most delicate work ever

entrusted to mortals, and teachers need constantly the help
of the Spirit of God, that they may do their work aright.
Among the youth attending school will be found great diver-
sity of character and education. The teacher will meet with
impulse, impatience, pride, selfishness, undue self-esteem.
Some of the youth have lived in an element of arbitrary re-
straint and harshness, which has developed in them a spirit
of obstinacy and defiance. Others have been treated as
pets, allowed by overfond parents to follow their own in-
clinations. Defects have been excused until the character
is deformed. p. 264, Para. 1, [CT].

To deal successfully with these different minds, the

teacher needs to exercise great tact and delicacy in man-
agement, as well as firmness in government. Dislike and
even contempt for proper regulations will often be mani-
fested. Some will exercise their ingenuity in evading pen-
alties, while others will display a reckless indifference
to the consequences of transgression. All this will call
for patience and forbearance and wisdom on the part of
those entrusted with the education of these youth. p. 264,
Para. 2, [CT].

The Student's Part -- Our schools have been established

that in them the youth may learn to obey God and His law,
and become fitted for service. Rules for the conduct of
those who attend are necessary, and the students should act
in harmony with these regulations. No student should think
that because he has been allowed to rule in the home he can
rule in the school. Suppose that this were allowed; how
could the youth be trained to be missionaries? Each student
entering one of our schools should place himself under dis-
cipline. Those who refuse to obey the regulations should
return to their homes. p. 264, Para. 3, [CT].

The teachers are to bind the students to their hearts by

the cords of love and kindness and strict discipline. Love
and kindness are worth nothing unless united with the dis-
cipline that God has said should be maintained. Students
come to school to be disciplined for service, trained to
make the best use of their powers. If on coming they re-
solve to co-operate with their teachers, their study will
be worth much more to them than if they give up to the in-
clination to be rebellious and lawless. Let them give the
teachers their sympathy and co-operation. Let them take
firm hold of the arm of divine power, determining not to
turn aside from the path of duty. Let them harness their
wrong habits and exert all their influence on the right
side. Let them remember that the success of the school de-
pends upon their consecration and sanctification, upon the
holy influence they feel bound to exert. Let them set their
mark high and be determined to reach it. When asked to go
contrary to the rules of the school, let them answer with a
decided No. p. 265, Para. 1, [CT].

The Teacher's Part -- And every teacher has his own wrong
traits of character to watch lest the enemy use him as an
agent to destroy souls. The teacher's safety lies in learn-
ing daily in the school of Christ. He who learns in this
school will hide self in Jesus and will remember that as he
deals with his students he is dealing with a blood-bought
heritage. In this school he will learn to be patient, hum-
ble, generous, noble. The molding hand of God will bring
out in the character the divine image. p. 265, Para. 2,
[CT].

Let Christ's methods be followed in dealing with those who

make mistakes. Unwise actions, the manifestation of undue
severity on the part of the teacher, may thrust a student
upon Satan's battleground. Prodigals have been kept out of
the kingdom of God by the un-Christlikeness of those who
claimed to be Christians. "Whoso shall offend one of these
little ones which believe in Me," Christ said, "it were
better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck,
and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea." Matthew
18:6. It were better not to live than to exist day by day
devoid of that love which Christ has enjoined upon His
children. p. 266, Para. 1, [CT].

A Christlike nature is not selfish, unsympathetic, cold.

It enters into the feelings of those who are tempted and
helps the one who has fallen to make the trial a stepping-
stone to higher things. The Christian teacher will pray for
and with an erring student, but he will not get angry with
him. He will not speak sharply to the wrongdoer, thus dis-
couraging a soul who is struggling with the powers of dark-
ness. He will let his heart ascend to God for help, and an-
gels will come to his side to help him in lifting up the
standard against the enemy; thus instead of cutting off the
erring one from help, he will be enabled to gain a soul for
Christ. p. 266, Para. 2, [CT].

Public Exposure of Wrongdoing -- Great care should be

shown in regard to making public the errors of students. To
make public exposure of wrong is harmful in every respect
to the wrongdoer and has no beneficial influence upon the
school. It never helps a student to humiliate him before
his fellow students. This heals nothing, cures nothing, but
makes a wound that mortifies. p. 267, Para. 1, [CT].

The love that suffers long and is kind will not magnify an
indiscretion into an unpardonable offense, neither will it
make capital of others' misdoings. The Scriptures plainly
teach that the erring are to be treated with forbearance
and consideration. If the right course is followed, the ap-
parently obdurate heart may be won to Christ. The love of
Jesus covers a multitude of sins. His grace never leads to
the exposing of another's wrongs unless it is a positive
necessity. p. 267, Para. 2, [CT].

We are living in a hard, unfeeling, uncharitable world.

Satan and his angels are using every means in their power
to destroy souls. The good that a teacher will do his stu-
dents will be proportionate to his belief in them. And let
the teacher remember that it is the most unfortunate, those
who have a disagreeable temperament, who are rough, stub-
born, sullen, that most need love, compassion, and help.
Those who most try our patience most need our love. p.
267, Para. 3, [CT].

We shall pass through this world but once; any good that
we can do, we should do earnestly, untiringly, in the
spirit that Christ brought into His work. How can students
who are greatly in need of help be encouraged to press on
in the right way? Only by treating them with the love that
Christ revealed. You may say we should treat them as they
deserve. What if Christ treated us thus? He, the Sinless
One, was treated as we deserve, that we, fallen and sinful,
might be treated as He deserved. Teachers, treat your un-
promising students as you think they richly deserve, and
you will cut them off from hope and spoil your influence.
Will this pay? No, a hundred times, no. Bind the one who
needs your help close to a loving, sympathizing heart, and
you will save a soul from death and hide a multitude of
sins. p. 267, Para. 4, [CT].

Expelling Students -- Great care should be exercised in

the matter of expelling students. There are times when this
must be done. It is a painful task to separate from the
school the one who incites others to disobedience and dis-
loyalty, but for the sake of the other students this is
sometimes necessary. God saw that if Satan were not ex-
pelled from heaven the angelic host would be in constant
danger; and when God-fearing teachers see that to retain a
student is to expose others to evil influences, they should
separate him from the school. But it should be a very grave
fault that calls for this discipline. p. 268, Para. 1,
[CT].

When, in consequence of transgression, Adam and Eve were

cut off from all hope, when justice demanded the death of
the sinner, Christ gave Himself as a sacrifice. "Herein is
love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent
His Son to be the propitiation for our sins." "All we like
sheep have gone astray; we have turned everyone to his own
way; and the Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all."
1 John 4:10; Isaiah 53:6. p. 268, Para. 2, [CT].

In dealing with their students, teachers are to show the

love of Christ. Without this love they will be harsh and
dictatorial, driving souls away from the fold. They must be
minutemen, ever on guard over self and improving every op-
portunity to do good to those in their care. Let them re-
member that every one of our schools is to be an asylum for
the sorely tried youth, where their follies will be wisely
and patiently dealt with. p. 269, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers and students are to come close together in Chris-

tian fellowship. The youth will make many mistakes, and the
teacher is never to forget to be compassionate and courte-
ous. Never is he to seek to show his superiority. The
greatest of teachers are those who are most patient, most
kind. By their simplicity and their willingness to learn
they encourage their students to climb higher and still
higher. p. 269, Para. 2, [CT].

Let teachers remember their own faults and mistakes, and

strive earnestly to be what they wish their students to be-
come. In their treatment of the youth let them be wise and
pitiful. Let them not forget that these youth are in need
of wholesome, encouraging words and helpful deeds. Teach-
ers, treat your students as Christ's children, whom He
wants you to help in every time of need. Make friends of
them. Give them practical evidence of your unselfish inter-
est in them. Help them over the rough places. Patiently,
tenderly, strive to win them to Jesus. Eternity alone will
reveal the results of such effort. p. 269, Para. 3, [CT].

More harm than good results from the practice of offering

prizes and rewards. By it the ambitious pupil is stimulated
to greater effort. Those whose mental powers are already
too active for their physical strength are urged on to
grasp subjects too difficult for the young mind. The exami-
nations also are a trying ordeal for pupils of this class.
Many a promising student has suffered severe illness, per-
haps death, as the result of the effort and excitement of
such occasions. Parents and teachers should be on their
guard against these dangers. p. 270, Para. 1, [CT].
 Attention to form and ceremony should not occupy time and
strength that rightfully belong to things more essential.
Everything in this age of corruption is perverted to dis-
play and outward appearance, but this spirit should not
find place in our schools. We should teach Bible manners,
purity of thought, strict integrity. This is valuable in-
struction. If the teachers have the mind of Christ and are
being molded by the Holy Spirit, they will be kind, atten-
tive, and truly courteous. If they work as in the sight of
heaven, they will be Christian ladies and gentlemen. Their
refined bearing will be a constant object lesson to the
students, who, though at first they may be somewhat uncul-
tured, will day by day be molded by its influence. p. 270,
Para. 2, [CT].

Notwithstanding all that has been said and written regard-

ing the dignity of manual labor, the feeling prevails that
it is degrading. Popular opinion has, in many minds,
changed the order of things, and men have come to think
that it is not fitting for a man who works with his hands
to take his place among gentlemen. Men work hard to obtain
money; and having gained wealth, they suppose that their
money will make their sons gentlemen. But many such fail to
train their sons as they themselves were trained, to hard,
useful labor. Their sons spend the money earned by the la-
bor of others, without understanding its value. Thus they
misuse a talent that the Lord designed should accomplish
much good. p. 273, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord's purposes are not the purposes of men. He did

not design that men should live in idleness. In the begin-
ning He created man a gentleman; but though rich in all
that the Owner of the universe could supply, Adam was not
to be idle. No sooner was he created than his work was
given him. He was to find employment and happiness in tend-
ing the things that God had created, and in response to his
labor his wants were to be abundantly supplied from the
fruits of the Garden of Eden. p. 273, Para. 2, [CT].

While our first parents obeyed God, their labor in the

garden was a pleasure, and the earth yielded of its abun-
dance for their wants. But when man departed from obedi-
ence, he was doomed to wrestle with the seeds of Satan's
sowing and to earn his bread by the sweat of his brow.
Henceforth he must battle in toil and hardship against the
power to which he had yielded his will. p. 274, Para. 1,
[CT].

It was God's purpose to alleviate by toil the evil brought

into the world by man's disobedience. By toil the tempta-
tions of Satan might be made ineffectual and the tide of
evil stayed. And though attended with anxiety, weariness,
and pain, labor is still a source of happiness and develop-
ment, and a safeguard against temptation. Its discipline
places a check on self-indulgence and promotes industry,
purity, and firmness. Thus it becomes a part of God's great
plan for our recovery from the Fall. p. 274, Para. 2,
[CT].

Manual Labor Versus Games -- The public feeling is that

manual labor is degrading, yet men may exert themselves as
much as they choose at cricket, baseball, or in pugilistic
contests, without being regarded as degraded. Satan is de-
lighted when he sees human beings using their physical and
mental powers in that which does not educate, which is not
useful, which does not help them to be a blessing to those
who need their help. While the youth are becoming expert in
games that are of no real value to themselves or to others,
Satan is playing the game of life for their souls, taking
from them the talents that God has given them, and placing
in their stead his own evil attributes. It is his effort to
lead men to ignore God. He seeks to engross and absorb the
mind so completely that God will find no place in the
thoughts. He does not wish people to have a knowledge of
their Maker, and he is well pleased if he can set in opera-
tion games and theatrical performances that will so confuse
the senses of the youth that God and heaven will be forgot-
ten. p. 274, Para. 3, [CT].

One of the surest safeguards against evil is useful occu-

pation, while idleness is one of the greatest curses; for
vice, crime, and poverty follow in its wake. Those who are
always busy, who go cheerfully about their daily tasks, are
the useful members of society. In the faithful discharge of
the various duties that lie in their pathway, they make
their lives a blessing to themselves and to others. Dili-
gent labor keeps them from many of the snares of him who
"finds some mischief still for idle hands to do." p. 275,
Para. 1, [CT].

A stagnant pool soon becomes offensive, but a flowing

brook spreads health and gladness over the land. The one is
a symbol of the idle, the other of the industrious. p.
275, Para. 2, [CT].

Manual Training Among the Israelites -- In God's plan for

Israel every family had a home on the land with sufficient
ground for tilling. Thus were provided both the means and
the incentive for a useful, industrious, and self-
supporting life. And no devising of men has ever improved
upon that plan. To the world's departure from it is owing,
to a large degree, the poverty and wretchedness that exist
today. p. 275, Para. 3, [CT].

By the Israelites, industrial training was regarded as a

duty. Every father was required to see that his sons
learned some useful trade. The greatest men of Israel were
trained to industrial pursuits. A knowledge of the duties
pertaining to housewifery was considered essential for
every woman; and skill in these duties was regarded as an
honor to women of the highest station. p. 276, Para. 1,
[CT].

Various industries were taught in the schools of the

prophets, and many of the students sustained themselves by
manual labor. p. 276, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ's Example -- The path of toil appointed to the

dwellers on earth may be hard and wearisome; but it is hon-
ored by the footprints of the Redeemer, and he is safe who
follows in this sacred way. By precept and example, Christ
has dignified useful labor. From His earliest years He
lived a life of toil. The greater part of His earthly life
was spent in patient work in the carpenter's shop at Naz-
areth. In the garb of a common laborer the Lord of life
trod the streets of the little town in which He lived, go-
ing to and returning from His humble toil; and ministering
angels attended Him as He walked side by side with peasants
and laborers, unrecognized and unhonored. p. 276, Para. 3,
[CT].

When He went forth to contribute to the support of the

family by His daily toil He possessed the same power as
when on the shores of Galilee He fed five thousand hungry
souls with five loaves and two fishes. But He did not em-
ploy His divine power to lessen His burdens or lighten His
toil. He had taken upon Himself the form of humanity, with
all its attendant ills, and He did not flinch from its se-
verest trials. He lived in a peasant's home; He was clothed
with coarse garments; He mingled with the lowly; He toiled
daily with patient hands. His example shows us that it is
man's duty to be industrious and that labor is honorable.
p. 276, Para. 4, [CT].

The Relation Between Christianity and Human Effort The

things of earth are more closely connected with heaven and
are more directly under the supervision of Christ than many
realize. All right inventions and improvements have their
source in Him who is wonderful in counsel and excellent in
working. The skillful touch of the physician's hand, his
power and nerve and muscle, his knowledge of the delicate
mechanism of the body, is the wisdom of divine power, to be
used in behalf of the suffering. The skill with which the
carpenter uses his tools, the strength with which the
blacksmith makes the anvil ring, come from God. Whatever we
do, wherever we are placed, He desires to control our
minds, that we may do perfect work. p. 277, Para. 1, [CT].

Christianity and business, rightly understood, are not two

separate things; they are one. Bible religion is to be
brought into all that we do and say. Human and divine agen-
cies are to combine in temporal as well as spiritual
achievements. They are to be united in all human pursuits,
in mechanical and agricultural labors, in mercantile and
scientific enterprises. p. 277, Para. 2, [CT].

There is a remedy for indolence, and that is to throw off

sluggishness as a sin that leads to perdition, and go to
work, using with determination and vigor the physical abil-
ity that God has given. The only cure for a useless, inef-
ficient life is determined, persevering effort. Life is not
given us to be spent in idleness or self-pleasing; before
us are placed great possibilities. In the capital of
strength a precious talent has been entrusted to men for
labor. This is of more value than any bank deposit and
should be more highly prized, for through the possibilities
that it affords for enabling men to lead a useful, happy
life it may be made to yield interest and compound inter-
est. It is a blessing that cannot be purchased with gold or
silver, houses or lands; and God requires it to be used
wisely. No man has a right to sacrifice this talent to the
corroding influence of inaction. All are as accountable for
the capital of physical strength as for their capital of
means. p. 277, Para. 3, [CT].

The race is not always to the swift, nor the battle to the
strong; and those who are diligent in business may not al-
ways be prospered. But it is "the hand of the diligent"
that "maketh rich." And while indolence and drowsiness
grieve the Holy Spirit and destroy true godliness, they
also tend to poverty and want. "He becometh poor that deal-
eth with a slack hand." Proverbs 10:4. p. 278, Para. 1,
[CT].

Judicious labor is a healthful tonic for the human race.

It makes the feeble strong, the poor rich, the wretched
happy. Satan lies in ambush, ready to destroy those whose
leisure gives him opportunity to approach them under some
attractive disguise. He is never more successful than when
he comes to men in their idle hours. p. 278, Para. 2,
[CT].

The Lessons of Contented Industry -- Among the evils re-

sulting from wealth, one of the greatest is the fashionable
idea that work is degrading. The prophet Ezekiel declares:
"Behold, this was the iniquity of thy sister Sodom, pride,
fullness of bread, and abundance of idleness was in her and
in her daughters, neither did she strengthen the hand of
the poor and needy." Ezekiel 16:49. Here are presented be-
fore us the terrible results of idleness, which enfeebles
the mind, debases the soul, and perverts the understanding,
making a curse of that which was given as a blessing. It is
the working man or woman who sees something great and good
in life, and who is willing to bear its responsibilities
with faith and hope. p. 279, Para. 1, [CT].

The essential lesson of contented industry in the neces-

sary duties of life is yet to be learned by many of
Christ's followers. It requires more grace, more stern dis-
cipline of character, to work for God in the capacity of
mechanic, merchant, lawyer, or farmer, carrying the pre-
cepts of Christianity into the ordinary business of life,
than to labor as an acknowledged missionary in the open
field. It requires a strong spiritual nerve to bring relig-
ion into the workshop and the business office, sanctifying
the details of everyday life, and ordering every transac-
tion according to the standard of God's word. But this is
what the Lord requires. p. 279, Para. 2, [CT].

The apostle Paul regarded idleness as a sin. He learned

the trade of tentmaking in its higher and lower branches,
and during his ministry he often worked at this trade to
support himself and others. Paul did not regard as lost the
time thus spent. As he worked, the apostle had access to a
class of people whom he could not otherwise have reached.
He showed his associates that skill in the common arts is a
gift from God. He taught that even in everyday toil God is
to be honored. His toil-hardened hands detracted nothing
from the force of his pathetic appeals as a Christian min-
ister. p. 279, Para. 3, [CT].

God designs that all shall be workers. The toiling beast

of burden answers the purpose of its creation better than
does the indolent man. God is a constant worker. The angels
are workers; they are ministers of God to the children of
men. Those who look forward to a heaven of inactivity will
be disappointed, for the economy of heaven provides no
place for the gratification of indolence. But to the weary
and heavy-laden rest is promised. It is the faithful ser-
vant who will be welcomed from his labors to the joy of his
Lord. He will lay off his armor with rejoicing, and will
forget the noise of battle in the glorious rest prepared
for those who conquer through the cross of Calvary. p.
280, Para. 1, [CT].

On every hand parents are neglecting to instruct and train

their children for useful labor. The youth are allowed to
grow up in ignorance of the simple and necessary duties.
Those who have been thus unfortunate must awake and take
the burden of the matter upon themselves; if they ever ex-
pect to succeed in life they must find incentives to the
useful employment of their God-given powers. p. 280, Para.
2, [CT].

It is in the order of God that the physical as well as the

mental powers shall be trained; but the character of the
physical exercise taken should be in complete harmony with
the lessons given by Christ to His disciples. Those lessons
should be exemplified in the lives of Christians so that in
all the education and self-training of teachers and stu-
dents the heavenly agencies may not record of them that
they are "lovers of pleasures." This is the record now be-
ing made of a large number, "Lovers of pleasures more than
lovers of God." 2 Timothy 3:4. Thus Satan and his angels
are laying their snares for souls. They are working upon
the minds of teachers and students to induce them to engage
in exercises and amusements which become intensely absorb-
ing, and which are of a character to strengthen the lower
passions and to create appetites and passions that will
counteract the operations of the Spirit of God upon human
hearts. p. 281, Para. 1, [CT].
 All the teachers in a school need exercise, a change of
employment. God has pointed out what this should be-- use-
ful, practical work. But many have turned away from God's
plan to follow human inventions to the detriment of spiri-
tual life. Amusements are doing more to counteract the
working of the Holy Spirit than anything else, and the Lord
is grieved. p. 281, Para. 2, [CT].

Those teachers who have not a progressive religious expe-

rience, who are not learning daily lessons in the school of
Christ, that they may be examples to the flock, but who ac-
cept their wages as the main consideration, are not fit for
the solemn position they occupy. "Take heed therefore unto
yourselves," the word of God declares, "and to all the
flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overse-
ers, to feed the church of God, which He hath purchased
with His own blood." "Feed the flock of God which is among
you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but
willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind." Acts
20:28; 1 Peter 5:2. These words are spoken to the teachers
in all our schools, which are established, as God designed
they should be, after the example of the schools of the
prophets, to impart knowledge of a high order, not mingling
dross with the silver. But false ideas and unsound prac-
tices are leavening that which should ever be kept pure,
institutions in which the love and fear of God should ever
be first. p. 281, Para. 3, [CT].

Let the teachers learn daily lessons in the school of

Christ. "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me," He says;
"for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest
unto your souls." Matthew 11:29. There is altogether too
little of Christ and too much of self. But those who are
under the dictation of the Spirit of God, under the rule of
Christ, will be ensamples to the flock. When the Chief
Shepherd shall appear, these will receive the crown of life
that fadeth not away. p. 282, Para. 1, [CT].

"Likewise, ye younger, submit yourselves unto the elder.

Yea, all of you be subject one to another, and be clothed
with humility: for God resisteth the proud, and giveth
grace to the humble. Humble yourselves therefore under the
mighty hand of God, that He may exalt you in due time." 1
Peter 5:5, 6. p. 282, Para. 2, [CT].

All self-uplifting works out the natural result--making

character of which God cannot approve. Work and teach; work
in Christ's lines, and then you will never work in your own
weak ability, but will have the co-operation of the divine.
p. 283, Para. 1, [CT].

"Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the devil,

as a roaring lion, walketh about, seeking whom he may de-
vour." Verse 8. He is on the playground, watching your
amusements, and catching every soul whom he finds off
guard, sowing his seeds in human hearts, and gaining con-
trol of human minds. He is present in every exercise in the
schoolroom. Those students who allow their minds to be
deeply excited over games are not in the best condition to
receive the instruction, the counsel, the reproof, most es-
sential for them. p. 283, Para. 2, [CT].

Physical exercise was marked out by the God of wisdom.

Some hours each day should be devoted to useful education
in lines of work that will help the students in learning
the duties of practical life, which are essential for all
our youth. p. 283, Para. 3, [CT].

There is need of everyone in every school and in every

other institution being, as was Daniel, in such close con-
nection with the Source of all wisdom that he will be en-
abled to reach the highest standard in every line. The love
and fear of God was before Daniel; and conscious of his
amenability to God, he trained all his powers to respond as
far as possible to the loving care of the Great Teacher.
The four Hebrew children would not allow selfish motives
and love of amusements to occupy the golden moments of
life. They worked with willing heart and ready mind. This
is no higher standard than every Christian youth may reach.
p. 283, Para. 4, [CT].

Our workers--ministers, teachers, physicians, directors--

all need to remember that they are pledged to co-operate
with Christ, to obey His directions, to follow His guid-
ance. Every hour they are to ask and receive power from on
high. They are to cherish a constant sense of the Saviour's
love, of His efficiency, His watchfulness, His tenderness.
They are to look to Him as the shepherd and bishop of their
souls. Then they will have the sympathy and support of the
heavenly angels. Christ will be their joy and crown of re-
joicing. Their hearts will be controlled by the Holy
Spirit, and they will have a knowledge of the truth which
merely nominal believers can never gain. p. 284, Para. 1,
[CT].

We do not half comprehend the significance of the Sav-

iour's lessons. We do not realize how much they mean to the
beings He has created. He loves the human race. Do you ask
how much? I point you to Calvary. But earthly cares and
earthly interests hide from our view the things of heavenly
origin, so that their importance is not understood. If min-
isters and teachers had a deeper sense of their spiritual
need, they would enter upon their work filled with the re-
alization of the sacredness of their trust, and a higher
life would circulate through our churches and institutions.
p. 284, Para. 2, [CT].

With the present plan of education, a door of temptation

is opened to the youth. Although they generally have too
many hours of study they have many hours without anything
to do. These leisure hours are frequently spent in a reck-
less manner. . . . Very many young men who have been relig-
iously instructed at home, and who go out to the schools
comparatively innocent and virtuous, become corrupt by as-
sociating with vicious companions. They lose self-respect
and sacrifice noble principles. Then they are prepared to
pursue the downward path; for they have so abused con-
science that sin does not appear so exceeding sinful. These
evils . . . might be remedied in a great degree if study
and labor could be combined. . . . p. 285, Para. 1, [CT].

Some students put the whole being into their studies and
concentrate their minds upon the object of obtaining an
education. They work the brain, but allow the physical pow-
ers to remain inactive. Thus the brain is overworked, and
the muscles become weak because they are not exercised.
When these students are graduated, it is evident that they
have obtained their education at the expense of life. They
have studied day and night, year after year, keeping their
minds continually upon the stretch, while they have failed
to exercise their muscles sufficiently. . . . p. 285,
Para. 2, [CT].

Young ladies frequently give themselves up to study, to

the neglect of other branches of education even more essen-
tial for practical life than the study of books. And after
having obtained their education, they are often invalids
for life. They have neglected their health by remaining too
much indoors, deprived of the pure air of heaven and of the
God-given sunlight. These young women might have come from
school in health had they combined with their studies
household labor and exercise in the open air. p. 285,
Para. 3, [CT].

Health is a great treasure. It is the richest possession

that mortals can have. Wealth, honor, or learning is dearly
purchased if it be at the loss of the vigor of health. None
of these attainments can secure happiness if health is
wanting. . . . p. 286, Para. 1, [CT].

The Curse of Inaction -- In many cases parents who are

wealthy do not feel the importance of giving their children
an education in the practical duties of life as well as in
the sciences. They do not see the necessity, for the good
of their children's minds and morals, and for their future
usefulness, of giving them a thorough understanding of use-
ful labor. This is due their children, that, should misfor-
tune come, they could stand forth in noble independence,
knowing how to use their hands. If they have a capital of
strength they cannot be poor even if they have not a dol-
lar. p. 286, Para. 2, [CT].

Many who in youth were in affluent circumstances may be

robbed of all their riches and be left with parents and
brothers and sisters dependent upon them for sustenance.
Then how important that every youth be educated to labor,
that he may be prepared for any emergency! Riches are in-
deed a curse when their possessors let them stand in the
way of their sons and daughters' obtaining a knowledge of
useful labor, that they may be qualified for practical
life. . . . p. 286, Para. 3, [CT].

Poverty, in many cases, is a blessing, for it prevents

youth and children from being ruined by inaction. The
physical as well as the mental powers should be cultivated
and properly developed. The first and constant care of par-
ents should be to see that their children have firm consti-
tutions, that they may be sound men and women. It is impos-
sible to attain this object without physical exercise. For
their own physical health and moral good, children should
be taught to work, even if there is no necessity so far as
want is concerned. If they would have pure and virtuous
characters they must have the discipline of well-regulated
labor, which will bring into exercise all the muscles. The
satisfaction that children have in being useful, and in de-
nying themselves to help others, will be the most healthful
pleasure they can enjoy. . . . p. 287, Para. 1, [CT].
 Parents, inaction is the greatest curse that ever came
upon youth. Your daughters should not be allowed to lie in
bed late in the morning, sleeping away the precious hours
lent them of God to be used for the best purpose, and for
which they will have to give an account to Him. That mother
does her daughters great injury who bears the burdens that,
for their own present and future good, they should share
with her. . . . p. 287, Para. 2, [CT].

Advantages of Physical Labor -- Exercise in household la-

bor is of the greatest advantage to young girls. Physical
labor will not prevent the cultivation of the intellect:
far from it. The advantages gained by physical labor will
balance a person and prevent the mind from being over-
worked. The toil will come upon the muscles and relieve the
wearied brain. . . . A sound body is required for a sound
intellect. Physical soundness and a practical knowledge of
all the necessary household duties will never be a hin-
drance to a well-developed intellect; both are highly im-
portant. . . . p. 287, Para. 3, [CT].

Provision should have been made in past generations for

education upon a larger scale. In connection with the
schools should have been agricultural and manufacturing es-
tablishments. There should also have been teachers of
household labor. And a portion of the time each day should
have been devoted to labor that the physical and mental
powers might be equally exercised. If schools had been es-
tablished on the plan we have mentioned, there would not
now be so many unbalanced minds. . . . p. 288, Para. 1,
[CT].

A constant strain upon the brain while the muscles are in-
active, enfeebles the nerves and gives to students an al-
most uncontrollable desire for change and exciting amuse-
ments. When they are released, after being confined to
study several hours each day, they are nearly wild. Many
have never been controlled at home. They have been left to
follow inclination, and they think that the restraint of
the hours of study is a severe tax upon them; and because
they have nothing to do after study hours, Satan suggests
sport and mischief for a change. Their influence over other
students is demoralizing. . . . p. 288, Para. 2, [CT].

Had there been agricultural and manufacturing establish-

ments connected with our schools, and had competent teach-
ers been employed to educate the youth in the different
branches of study and labor, devoting a portion of each day
to mental improvement and a portion to physical labor,
there would now be a more elevated class of youth to come
upon the stage of action, to have influence in molding so-
ciety. Many of the youth graduated from such institutions
would come forth with stability of character. They would
have perseverance, fortitude, and courage to surmount ob-
stacles, and such principles that they would not be swayed
by a wrong influence however popular. p. 288, Para. 3,
[CT].

There should have been experienced teachers to give les-

sons to young ladies in the cooking department. Young girls
should have been taught how to cut, make, and mend gar-
ments, and thus become educated for the practical duties of
life. For young men, there should have been establishments
where they could learn different trades, which would bring
into exercise their muscles as well as their mental powers.
p. 289, Para. 1, [CT].

If the youth can have but a one-sided education, which is

of the greater consequence, a knowledge of the sciences,
with all the disadvantages to health and life, or a knowl-
edge of labor for practical life? We unhesitatingly answer,
The latter. If one must be neglected, let it be the study
of books. p. 289, Para. 2, [CT].

The Education of Girls -- There are very many girls who

are married and have families who have but little practical
knowledge of the duties devolving upon a wife and mother.
They can read, and play upon an instrument of music; but
they cannot cook. They cannot make good bread, which is
very essential to the health of the family. They cannot cut
and make garments, for they have never learned how. They
regard these things as unessential, and in their married
life they are as dependent upon someone to do these things
for them as are their own little children. It is this inex-
cusable ignorance in regard to the most needful duties of
life which makes very many unhappy families. . . . p. 289,
Para. 3, [CT].

Equalizing Labor -- The minds of thinking men labor too

hard. They frequently use their mental powers prodigally;
while there is another class whose highest aim in life is
physical labor. The latter class do not exercise the mind.
Their muscles are exercised, while their brains are robbed
of intellectual strength; just as the minds of thinking men
are worked while their bodies are robbed of strength and
vigor by their neglect to exercise their muscles. . . . If
the intellectual would to some extent share the burden of
the laboring class, and thus strengthen the muscles, the
laboring class might do less, and devote a portion of their
time to mental and moral culture. Those of sedentary and
literary habits should take physical exercise, even if they
have no need to labor as far as means are concerned. Health
should be a sufficient inducement to lead them to unite
physical with mental labor. p. 290, Para. 1, [CT].

Moral, intellectual, and physical culture should be com-

bined in order to have well-developed, well-balanced men
and women. Some are qualified to exercise great intellec-
tual strength, while others are inclined to love and enjoy
physical labor. Both of these classes should seek to im-
prove where they are deficient, that they may present to
God their entire being, a living sacrifice, holy and ac-
ceptable to Him, which is their reasonable service. . . .
p. 290, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who are content to devote their lives to physical

labor, and leave others to do the thinking for them, while
they simply carry out what other brains have planned, will
have strength of muscle, but feeble intellects. Their in-
fluence for good is small in comparison with what it might
be if they would use their brains as well as their muscles.
This class fall more readily if attacked by disease, be-
cause the system is not vitalized by the electrical force
of the brain to resist disease. Men who have good physical
powers should educate themselves to think as well as to
act, and not depend upon others to be brains for them. p.
291, Para. 1, [CT].

Work Not Degrading -- It is a popular error with a large

class to regard work as degrading; therefore young men are
very anxious to educate themselves to become teachers,
clerks, merchants, lawyers, and to occupy almost any posi-
tion that does not require physical labor. Young women re-
gard housework as belittling. And although the physical ex-
ercise required to perform household labor, if not too se-
vere, is calculated to promote health, yet they seek for an
education that will fit them to become teachers or clerks,
or they learn some trade that will confine them indoors to
sedentary employment. . . . p. 291, Para. 2, [CT].
 True, there is some excuse for young women not choosing
housework for an employment because those who hire kitchen
girls generally treat them as servants. Frequently the em-
ployers do not respect them, but treat them as if they were
unworthy to be members of the family. They do not give them
the privileges they give the seamstress, the copyist, and
the teacher of music. p. 291, Para. 3, [CT].

But there can be no employment more important than that of

housework. To cook well, to place wholesome food upon the
table in an inviting manner, requires intelligence and ex-
perience. The one who prepares the food that is to be
placed in the stomach, to be converted into blood to nour-
ish the system, occupies a most important and elevated po-
sition. The position of copyist, dressmaker, or music
teacher cannot equal in importance that of the cook. p.
292, Para. 1, [CT].

A Reformatory Work -- Time is too short now to accomplish

that which might have been done in past generations; but we
can do much, even in these last days, to correct the exist-
ing evils in the education of youth. . . . p. 292, Para.
2, [CT].

We are reformers. We desire that our children should study

to the best advantage. In order that they may do this, em-
ployment should be given them which will call the muscles
into exercise. Daily systematic labor should constitute a
part of the education of the youth, even at this late pe-
riod. Much can now be gained by connecting labor with our
schools. In following this plan the students will realize
elasticity of spirit and vigor of thought, and will be able
to accomplish more mental labor in a given time than they
could be study alone. And they can leave school with their
constitutions unimpaired and with strength and courage to
persevere in any position in which the providence of God
may place them. p. 292, Para. 3, [CT].

Because time is short, we should work with diligence and

double energy. Our children may never enter college, but
they can obtain an education in those essential branches
which they can turn to a practical use, and which will give
culture to the mind and call its powers into exercise. Very
many youth who have gone through a college course have not
obtained that true education that they can put to practical
use.-- Testimonies for the Church, vol. 3, pp. 148-159. p.
293, Para. 1, [CT].
 I appeal to our churches where there are schools, to ap-
point as teachers of the children and youth those who love
the Lord Jesus Christ and who will make the word of God the
foundation of education. And they should teach the youth to
keep themselves in health by obedience to the laws of right
living. Teachers and pupils will derive mental and spiri-
tual help from self-denial, by practicing the principles of
health reform. They will surely find, as did Daniel and his
companions, that blessings come from conforming the life to
God's word. p. 293, Para. 2, [CT].

"Watch and pray," is an injunction often repeated in the

Scriptures. In the lives of those who obey this injunction
there will be an undercurrent of happiness that will bless
all with whom they are brought in contact. Those who are
sour and cross in disposition will become sweet and gentle;
those who are proud will become meek and lowly. p. 293,
Para. 3, [CT].

Health is an inestimable blessing and one more closely re-

lated to conscience and religion than many realize. It has
a great deal to do with one's capability for service and
should be as sacredly guarded as the character, for the
more perfect the health the more perfect will be our ef-
forts for the advancement of God's cause and for the bless-
ing of humanity. p. 294, Para. 1, [CT].

There is an important work to be done in our schools in

teaching the youth the principles of health reform. The
teachers should exert a reformatory influence in the matter
of eating, drinking, and dressing, and should encourage
their students to practice self-denial and self-control.
The youth should be taught that all their powers are from
God; that He has a claim upon every faculty; and that by
abusing their health in any way they slight one of God's
choicest blessings. The Lord gives them health to use in
His service, and the greater their physical strength, the
stronger their powers of endurance, the more they can do
for the Master. Instead of abusing or overtaxing their
physical powers, they should jealously guard them for His
use. p. 294, Para. 2, [CT].

Youth is the time to lay up knowledge in those lines that

can be put into daily practice throughout the life. Youth
is the time to establish good habits, to correct wrong
ones, to gain and hold the power of self-control, to accus-
tom oneself to ordering all the acts of life with reference
to the will of God and the welfare of one's fellow crea-
tures. Youth is the sowing time that determines the harvest
of this life and the life beyond the grave. The habits
formed in childhood and youth, the tastes acquired, the
self-control gained, are almost certain to determine the
future of the man or woman. p. 294, Para. 3, [CT].

The importance of caring for the health should be taught

as a Bible requirement. Perfect obedience to God's commands
calls for conformity to the laws of the being. The science
of education includes as full a knowledge of physiology as
can be obtained. No one can properly understand his obliga-
tions to God unless he understands clearly his obligations
to himself as God's property. He who remains in sinful ig-
norance of the laws of life and health, or who willfully
violates these laws, sins against God. p. 295, Para. 1,
[CT].

The time spent in physical exercise is not lost. The stu-

dent who is constantly poring over his books, while he
takes but little exercise in the open air, does himself an
injury. A proportionate exercise of the various organs and
faculties of the body is essential to the best work of
each. When the brain is constantly taxed while the other
organs are left inactive, there is a loss of physical and
mental strength. The physical powers are robbed of their
healthy tone, the mind loses its freshness and vigor, and a
morbid excitability is the result. p. 295, Para. 2, [CT].

In order for men and women to have well-balanced minds,

all the powers of the being should be called into use and
developed. There are in this world many who are one-sided
because only one set of faculties has been cultivated,
while others are dwarfed from inaction. The education of
many youth is a failure. They overstudy, while they neglect
that which pertains to the practical life. That the balance
of the mind may be maintained, a judicious system of physi-
cal work should be combined with mental work that there may
be a harmonious development of all the powers. p. 295,
Para. 3, [CT].

Students should have manual work to do, and it will not

hurt them if in doing this work they become weary. Do you
not think that Christ became weary? Indeed He did. Weari-
ness injures no one. It only makes rest the sweeter. The
lesson cannot be too often repeated that education will be
of little value without physical strength with which to use
it. When students leave college, they should have better
health and a better understanding of the laws of life than
when they entered it. p. 296, Para. 1, [CT].

Overstudy -- The student who desires to put the work of

two years into one should not be permitted to have his own
way. To undertake to do double work means, with many, over-
taxation of the mind and neglect of physical exercise. It
is not reasonable to suppose that the mind can assimilate
an oversupply of mental food, and it is as great a sin to
overload the mind as it is to overload the digestive or-
gans. p. 296, Para. 2, [CT].

To those who are desirous of becoming efficient laborers

in the cause of God I would say, If you are putting an un-
due amount of labor on the brain, thinking you will lose
ground unless you study all the time, you should at once
change your views and your course. Unless greater care is
exercised in this respect, there are many who will go down
to the grave prematurely. p. 296, Para. 3, [CT].

In regulating the hours for sleep, there should be no hap-

hazard work. Students should not form the habit of burning
the midnight oil and taking the hours of the day for sleep.
If they have been accustomed to doing this at home, they
should correct the habit, going to bed at a seasonable
hour. They will then rise in the morning refreshed for the
duties of the day. In our schools the lights should be put
out at half past nine. p. 297, Para. 1, [CT].

Voice Culture -- Voice culture is a subject that has much

to do with the health of students. The youth should be
taught how to breathe properly and how to read in such a
way that no unnatural strain shall come on the throat and
lungs, but that the work shall be shared by the abdominal
muscles. Speaking from the throat, letting the sound come
from the upper part of the vocal organs, impairs the health
of these organs and decreases their efficiency. The abdomi-
nal muscles are to do the heaviest part of the labor, the
throat being used as a channel. Many have died who might
have lived had they been taught how to use the voice cor-
rectly. The right use of the abdominal muscles in reading
and speaking will prove a remedy for many voice and chest
difficulties, and the means of prolonging life. p. 297,
Para. 2, [CT].
 Diet -- The character of the food and the manner in which
it is eaten exert a powerful influence on the health. Many
students have never made a determined effort to control the
appetite or to observe proper rules in regard to eating.
Some eat too much at their meals, and some eat between
meals whenever the temptation is presented. p. 297, Para.
3, [CT].

The need of carefulness in habits of diet should be im-

pressed on the minds of all students. I have been in-
structed that those attending our schools are not to be
served with flesh foods or with preparations of food that
are known to be unwholesome. Nothing that will serve to en-
courage a desire for stimulants should be placed on the ta-
ble. I appeal to all to refuse to eat those things that
will injure the health. Thus they can serve the Lord by
sacrifice. p. 298, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who obey the laws of health will give time and
thought to the needs of the body and to the laws of diges-
tion. And they will be rewarded by clearness of thought and
strength of mind. On the other hand, it is possible for one
to spoil his Christian experience by abuse of the stomach.
Those things that derange the digestion have a benumbing
influence on the finer feelings of the heart. That which
darkens the skin and makes it dingy also clouds the spirits
and destroys cheerfulness and peace of mind. Every habit
that injures the health reacts upon the mind. That time is
well spent which is directed to the establishment and pres-
ervation of sound physical and mental health. Firm, quiet
nerves and a healthy circulation help men to follow right
principles and to listen to the promptings of conscience.
p. 298, Para. 2, [CT].

Ventilation and Sanitation -- Special attention should be

paid to ventilation and sanitation. The teacher should put
into practical use in the schoolroom the knowledge of the
principles of physiology and hygiene. He may thus guard his
pupils from many dangers to which they would be exposed
through ignorance or neglect of sanitary laws. Many lives
have been sacrificed because teachers have not given atten-
tion to these things. p. 298, Para. 3, [CT].

Sudden changes of temperature should be avoided. Care

should be taken to see that the students do not become
chilled by sitting in drafts. It is not safe for the
teacher to regulate the heat of the schoolroom by his own
feelings. His own good, as well as that of the students,
demands that a uniform temperature be maintained. p. 299,
Para. 1, [CT].

The Reward of Obedience -- The brain is the citadel of the

being. Wrong physical habits affect the brain and prevent
the attainment of that which the students desire--a good
mental discipline. Unless the youth are versed in the sci-
ence of how to care for the body as well as for the mind,
they will not be successful students. Study is not the
principal cause of breakdown of the mental powers. The main
cause is improper diet, irregular meals, a lack of physical
exercise, and careless inattention in other respects to the
laws of health. When we do all that we can to preserve the
health, then we can ask God in faith to bless our efforts.
p. 299, Para. 2, [CT].

Before students talk of their attainments in the so-called

"higher education," let them learn to eat and drink to the
glory of God and to exercise brain, bone, and muscle in
such a way as to fit them for the highest service. A stu-
dent may devote all his powers to acquiring knowledge, but
as he disobeys the laws that govern his being he will
weaken his efficiency. By cherishing wrong habits, he loses
the power of self-appreciation, and he loses self-control.
He cannot reason correctly about matters that concern him
most deeply, and becomes reckless and irrational in his
treatment of mind and body. p. 299, Para. 3, [CT].

The obligation resting upon us to keep the body in health

is an individual responsibility. The Lord requires each one
to work out his salvation day by day. He bids us reason
from cause to effect, to remember that we are His property,
and to unite with Him in keeping the body pure and healthy,
and the whole being sanctified to Him. p. 300, Para. 1,
[CT].

The youth should be taught that they are not at liberty to

do as they please with their lives. God will not hold
guiltless those who treat lightly His precious gifts. Men
should realize that the greater their endowment of
strength, of talent, of means, or of opportunities, the
more heavily should the burden of God's work rest upon
them, and the more they should do for Him. The youth who
are trained to believe that life is a sacred trust will
hesitate to plunge into the vortex of dissipation and crime
that swallows up so many promising young men of this age.
p. 300, Para. 2, [CT].

The teacher whose physical powers are already enfeebled by

disease or overwork should pay especial attention to the
laws of health. He should take time for recreation. When a
teacher sees that his health is not sufficient to stand the
pressure of heavy study, he should heed the admonition of
nature and lighten the load. He should not take upon him-
self responsibilities outside of his schoolwork which will
so tax him physically and mentally that his nervous system
will be unbalanced, for by this course he will be unfitted
to deal with minds and cannot do justice either to himself
or to his students. p. 300, Para. 3, [CT].

Sometimes the teacher carries into the schoolroom the

shadow of darkness that has been gathering on his soul. He
has been overtaxed and is nervous, or dyspepsia has colored
everything a gloomy hue. He enters the schoolroom with
quivering nerves and irritated stomach. Nothing seems to be
done to please him; he thinks that his pupils are bent on
showing him disrespect; and his sharp criticisms and cen-
sure are given on the right hand and on the left. Perhaps
one or more of the students commits errors or is unruly.
The case is exaggerated in his mind, and he is severe and
cutting in his reproof of the one whom he thinks at fault.
And the same injustice afterward prevents him from admit-
ting that he has taken a wrong course. To maintain the dig-
nity of his position, he has lost a golden opportunity to
manifest the spirit of Christ, perhaps to gain a soul for
heaven. p. 301, Para. 1, [CT].

It is the duty of each teacher to do all in his power to

present his body to Christ a living sacrifice, physically
perfect, as well as morally free from defilement, that
Christ may make him a co-worker with Himself in the salva-
tion of souls. p. 301, Para. 2, [CT].

The Bible teaches modesty in dress. "In like manner also,

that women adorn themselves in modest apparel." 1 Timothy
2:9. This forbids display in dress, gaudy colors, profuse
ornamentation. Any device designed to attract attention to
the wearer or to excite admiration is excluded from the
modest apparel which God's word enjoins. p. 302, Para. 1,
[CT].

Our dress is to be inexpensive--not with "gold, or pearls,

or costly array." Money is a trust from God. It is not ours
to expend for the gratification of pride or ambition. In
the hands of God's children it is food for the hungry and
clothing for the naked. It is a defense to the oppressed, a
means of health to the sick, of preaching the gospel to the
poor. You could bring happiness to many hearts by using
wisely the money that is now spent for show. Consider the
life of Christ. Study His character, and be partakers with
Him in His self-denial. p. 302, Para. 2, [CT].

In the professed Christian world enough is expended for

jewels and needlessly expensive dress to feed all the hun-
gry and to clothe the naked. Fashion and display absorb the
means that might comfort the poor and the suffering. They
rob the world of the gospel of the Saviour's love. . . .
p. 302, Para. 3, [CT].

But our clothing, while modest and simple, should be of

good quality, of becoming colors, and suited for service.
It should be chosen for durability rather than display. It
should provide warmth and proper protection. The wise woman
described in the Proverbs "is not afraid of the snow for
her household: for all her household are clothed with dou-
ble garments." Proverbs 31:21, margin. p. 302, Para. 4,
[CT].

Our dress should be cleanly. Uncleanliness in dress is un-

healthful, and thus defiling to the body and to the soul.
"Ye are the temple of God. . . . If any man defile the tem-
ple of God, him shall God destroy." 1 Corinthians 3:16:17.
p. 303, Para. 1, [CT].

In all respects the dress should be healthful. "Above all

things," God desires us to "be in health" (3 John 2)--
health of body and of soul. And we are to be workers to-
gether with Him for the health of both soul and body. Both
are promoted by healthful dress. It should have the grace,
the beauty, the appropriateness, of natural simplicity. p.
303, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ has warned us against the pride of life, but not

against its grace and natural beauty. He pointed to the
flowers of the field, to the lily unfolding in its purity,
and said, "Even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed
like one of these." Matthew 6:29. Thus by the things of na-
ture, Christ illustrates the beauty that heaven values, the
modest grace, the simplicity, the purity, the appropriate-
ness, that would make our attire pleasing to Him. The most
beautiful dress He bids us wear upon the soul. No outward
adorning can compare in value or loveliness with that "meek
and quiet spirit" which in His sight is "of great price." 1
Peter 3:4. . . . p. 303, Para. 3, [CT].

Physical Effects of Improper Dress -- It was the adversary

of all good who instigated the invention of the ever-
changing fashions. He desires nothing so much as to bring
grief and dishonor to God by working the misery and ruin of
human beings. One of the means by which he most effectually
accomplishes this is the devices of fashion, that weaken
the body as well as enfeeble the mind and belittle the
soul. p. 303, Para. 4, [CT].

Women are subject to serious maladies, and their suffer-

ings are greatly increased by their manner of dressing. In-
stead of preserving their health for the trying emergencies
that are sure to come, they by their wrong habits too often
sacrifice not only health but life, and leave to their
children a legacy of woe in a ruined constitution, per-
verted habits, and false ideas of life. p. 304, Para. 1,
[CT].

One of fashion's wasteful and mischievous devices is the

skirt that sweeps the ground. Uncleanly, uncomfortable, in-
convenient, unhealthful--all this and more is true of the
trailing skirt. It is extravagant, both because of the su-
perfluous material required, and because of the needless
wear on account of its length. And whoever has seen a woman
in a trailing skirt, with hands filled with parcels, at-
tempt to go up or down stairs, to enter a streetcar, to
walk through a crowd, to walk in the rain or on a muddy
road, needs no other proof of its inconvenience and discom-
fort. p. 304, Para. 2, [CT].

Another serious evil is the wearing of skirts so that

their weight must be sustained by the hips. This heavy
weight, pressing upon the internal organs, drags them down-
ward and causes weakness of the stomach and a feeling of
lassitude, inclining the wearer to stoop, which further
cramps the lungs, making correct breathing more difficult.
p. 304, Para. 3, [CT].

Of late years the dangers resulting from compression of

the waist have been so fully discussed that few can be ig-
norant in regard to them; yet so great is the power of
fashion that the evil continues. By this practice, women
and young girls are doing themselves untold harm. It is es-
sential to health that the chest have room to expand to its
fullest extent in order that the lungs may be enabled to
take full inspiration. When the lungs are restricted, the
quantity of oxygen received into them is lessened. The
blood is not properly vitalized, and the waste, poisonous
matter which should be thrown off through the lungs is re-
tained. In addition to this the circulation is hindered,
and the internal organs are so cramped and crowded out of
place that they cannot perform their work properly. p.
305, Para. 1, [CT].

Tight lacing does not improve the form. One of the chief
elements in physical beauty is symmetry, the harmonious
proportion of parts. And the correct model for physical de-
velopment is to be found, not in the figures displayed by
French modistes, but in the human form as developed accord-
ing to the laws of God in nature. God is the author of all
beauty, and only as we conform to His ideal shall we ap-
proach the standard of true beauty. p. 305, Para. 2, [CT].

Another evil which custom fosters is the unequal distribu-

tion of the clothing, so that while some parts of the body
have more than is required, others are insufficiently clad.
The feet and limbs, being remote from the vital organs,
should be especially guarded from cold by abundant cloth-
ing. It is impossible to have health when the extremities
are habitually cold; for if there is too little blood in
them, there will be too much in other portions of the body.
Perfect health requires a perfect circulation; but this
cannot be had while three or four times as much clothing is
worn upon the body where the vital organs are situated as
upon the feet and limbs. p. 305, Para. 3, [CT].

A multitude of women are nervous and careworn because they

deprive themselves of the pure air that would make pure
blood, and of the freedom of motion that would send the
blood bounding through the veins, giving life, health, and
energy. Many women have become confirmed invalids when they
might have enjoyed health, and many have died of consump-
tion and other diseases when they might have lived their
allotted term of life, had they dressed in accordance with
health principles and exercised freely in the open air. p.
306, Para. 1, [CT].

In order to secure the most healthful clothing, the needs

of every part of the body must be carefully studied. The
character of the climate, the surroundings, the condition
of the health, the age and occupation, must all be consid-
ered. Every article of dress should fit easily, obstructing
neither the circulation of the blood nor a free, full,
natural respiration. Everything worn should be so loose
that when the arms are raised the clothing will be corre-
spondingly lifted. p. 306, Para. 2, [CT].

Women who are in failing health can do much for themselves

by sensible dressing and exercise. When suitably dressed
for outdoor enjoyment, let them exercise in the open air,
carefully at first, but increasing the amount of exercise
as they can endure it. By taking this course, many might
regain health and live to take their share in the world's
work.-- The Ministry of Healing, pages 287-294. p. 306,
Para. 3, [CT].

Useful manual labor is a part of the gospel plan. The

Great Teacher, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, gave di-
rections to Israel that every youth should be taught some
line of useful employment. Therefore it was the custom of
the Jews, the wealthy as well as the poorer classes, to
teach their sons and daughters some useful trade, so that,
should adverse circumstances arise, they would not be de-
pendent upon others, but would be able to provide for their
own necessities. They might be instructed in literary
lines, but they must also be trained to some craft. This
was deemed an indispensable part of their education. p.
307, Para. 1, [CT].

Now, as in the days of Israel, every youth should be in-

structed in the duties of practical life. Each should ac-
quire a knowledge of some branch of manual labor by which,
if need be, he may obtain a livelihood. This is essential,
not only as a safeguard against the vicissitudes of life,
but from its bearing upon physical, mental, and moral de-
velopment. Even if it were certain that one would never
need to resort to manual labor for support, still he should
be taught to work. Without physical exercise no one can
have a sound constitution and vigorous health; and the dis-
cipline of well-regulated labor is no less essential to the
securing of a strong, active mind and a noble character.
p. 307, Para. 2, [CT].

Students who have gained book knowledge without gaining a

knowledge of practical work cannot lay claim to a symmetri-
cal education. The energies that should have been devoted
to business of various lines have been neglected. Education
does not consist in using the brain alone. Physical employ-
ment is a part of the training essential for every youth.
An important phase of education is lacking if the student
is not taught how to engage in useful labor. p. 307, Para.
3, [CT].

The healthful exercise of the whole being will give an

education that is broad and comprehensive. Every student
should devote a portion of each day to active labor. Thus
habits of industry will be formed and a spirit of self-
reliance encouraged, while the youth will be shielded from
many evil and degrading practices that are so often the re-
sult of idleness. And this is all in keeping with the pri-
mary object of education; for in encouraging activity,
diligence, and purity, we are coming into harmony with the
Creator. p. 308, Para. 1, [CT].

The greatest benefit is not gained from exercise that is

taken as play or exercise merely. There is some benefit in
being in the fresh air, and also from the exercise of the
muscles; but let the same amount of energy be given to the
performance of useful work, and the benefit will be
greater. A feeling of satisfaction will be realized, for
such exercise carries with it a sense of helpfulness and
the approval of conscience for duty well done. p. 308,
Para. 2, [CT].

Students should go forth from our schools with educated

efficiency, so that when thrown upon their own resources
they will have knowledge which they can use and which is
needful to success in life. Diligent study is essential, so
also is diligent hard work. Play is not essential. Devotion
of the physical powers to amusement is not most favorable
to a well-balanced mind. If the time employed in physical
exercise which step by step leads on to excess were used in
working in Christ's lines, the blessing of God would rest
upon the worker. The discipline for practical life that is
gained by physical labor combined with mental taxation is
sweetened by the reflection that it is qualifying mind and
body better to perform the work that God designs men to do.
The more perfectly the youth understand how to perform the
duties of practical life, the greater will be their enjoy-
ment day by day in being of use to others. The mind edu-
cated to enjoy useful labor becomes enlarged; through
training and discipline it is fitted for usefulness, for it
has acquired the knowledge essential to make its possessor
a blessing to others. p. 308, Para. 3, [CT].

I cannot find an instance in the life of Christ where He

devoted time to play and amusement. He was the great educa-
tor for the present and the future life, yet I have not
been able to find one instance where He taught the disci-
ples to engage in amusement in order to gain physical exer-
cise. The world's Redeemer gives to every man his work and
bids him, "Occupy till I come." Luke 19:13. In doing this
the heart warms to the enterprise. All the powers of the
being are enlisted in the effort to obey. We have a high
and holy calling. Teachers and students are to be stewards
of the grace of Christ, and they are always to be earnest.
p. 309, Para. 1, [CT].

Industrial Work -- In establishing our schools out of the

cities, we shall give the students an opportunity to train
the muscles to work as well as the brain to think. Students
should be taught how to plant, how to gather the harvest,
how to build, how to become acceptable missionary workers
in practical lines. By their knowledge of useful industries
they will often be enabled to break down prejudice; often
they will be able to make themselves so useful that the
truth will be recommended by the knowledge they possess.
p. 309, Para. 2, [CT].

In our school in Australia we educated the youth along

these lines, showing them that in order to have an educa-
tion that is complete, they must divide their time between
the gaining of book knowledge and the securing of a knowl-
edge of practical work. Part of each day was spent in man-
ual labor. Thus the students learned how to clear the land,
to cultivate the soil, and to build houses; and these lines
of work were largely carried on in time that would other-
wise have been spent in playing games and seeking for
amusement. The Lord blessed the students who devoted their
hours to learning lessons of usefulness. To the managers
and teachers of that school I was instructed to say: p.
310, Para. 1, [CT].

"Various industries should be carried on in our schools.

The industrial instruction given should include the keeping
of accounts, carpentry, and all that is comprehended in
farming. Preparation should be made for the teaching of
blacksmithing, painting, shoemaking, and for cooking, bak-
ing, washing, mending, typewriting, and printing. Every
power at our command is to be brought into this training
work, that students may go forth well equipped for the du-
ties of practical life. p. 310, Para. 2, [CT].

"Students should be given a practical education in agri-

culture. This will be of inestimable value to many in their
future work. The training to be obtained in felling trees
and in tilling the soil, as well as in literary lines, is
the education that our youth should seek to obtain. Agri-
culture will open resources for self-support. Other lines
of work, adapted to different students, may also be carried
on. But the cultivation of the land will bring a special
blessing to the workers. We should so train the youth that
they will love to engage in the cultivation of the soil.
p. 311, Para. 1, [CT].

"There should be opened to the youth means whereby many

may, while attending school, learn the trade of carpentry.
Under the guidance of experienced workmen, carpenters who
are apt to teach, patient, and kind, the youth should be
taught how to build substantially and economically. Cot-
tages and other buildings essential to the various lines of
schoolwork are to be erected by the students themselves.
These buildings should not be crowded close together, or
built near the school buildings proper. In the management
of the schoolwork, small companies should be formed, who
should be taught to carry a full sense of their responsi-
bility. All these things cannot be accomplished at once,
but we can begin to work in faith." p. 311, Para. 2, [CT].

With a practical training, students will be prepared to

fill useful positions in many places. If in the opening
providence of God it becomes necessary to erect a meeting-
house in some locality, the Lord is pleased if there are
among His own people those to whom He has given wisdom and
skill to perform the necessary work. p. 311, Para. 3,
[CT].

Let the students who are engaged in building do their

tasks with thoroughness, and let them learn from these
tasks lessons that will help in their character building.
In order to have perfect characters, they must make their
work as perfect as possible. Into every line of labor let
there be brought that stability which means true economy.
If in our schools the land were more faithfully cultivated,
the buildings more disinterestedly cared for by the stu-
dents, the love of sports and amusements, which causes so
much perplexity in our schoolwork, would pass away. p.
312, Para. 1, [CT].

For the lady students there are many employments which

should be provided, that they may have a comprehensive and
practical education. They should be taught dressmaking and
gardening. Flowers should be cultivated and strawberries
planted. Thus, while being educated in useful labor, they
will have healthful outdoor exercise. p. 312, Para. 2,
[CT].

Bookbinding and a variety of other trades should be

taught, which will not only furnish physical exercise, but
will impart valuable knowledge. p. 312, Para. 3, [CT].

In all our schools there should be those who are fitted to

teach cooking. Classes for instruction in this subject
should be held. Those who are receiving a training for
service suffer a great loss when they do not gain a knowl-
edge of how to prepare food so that it is both wholesome
and palatable. p. 312, Para. 4, [CT].

The science of cooking is not a small matter. The skillful

preparation of food is one of the most essential arts. It
should be regarded as among the most valuable of all the
arts, because it is so closely connected with the life.
Both physical and mental strength depend to a great degree
upon the food we eat; therefore the one who prepares the
food occupies an important and elevated position. p. 312,
Para. 5, [CT].

Both young men and young women should be taught how to

cook economically, and to dispense with everything in the
line of flesh food. Let no encouragement be given to the
preparation of dishes which are composed in any degree of
flesh food; for this is pointing to the darkness and igno-
rance of Egypt, rather than to the purity of health reform.
p. 313, Para. 1, [CT].

Women especially should learn how to cook. What part of

the education of a girl is so important as this? Whatever
may be her circumstances in life, here is knowledge that
she may put to practical use. It is a branch of education
which has a most direct influence upon health and happi-
ness. There is practical religion in a loaf of good bread.
p. 313, Para. 2, [CT].

Culture on all points of practical life will make our

youth useful after they leave the school to go to foreign
countries. They will not then have to depend upon the peo-
ple to whom they go to cook and sew for them, or to build
their habitations. And they will be much more influential
if they show that they can educate the ignorant how to la-
bor with the best methods and to produce the best results.
A smaller fund will be required to sustain such missionar-
ies, because they have put to the very best use their
physical powers in useful, practical labor combined with
their studies. This will be appreciated where means are
difficult to obtain. They will reveal that missionaries can
become educators in teaching how to labor. And wherever
they go, all that they have gained in this line will give
them standing room. p. 313, Para. 3, [CT].

The Common Arts -- Skill in the common arts is a gift from

God. He provides both the gift and wisdom to use the gift
aright. When He desired a work done on the tabernacle He
said, "See, I have called by name Bezaleel the son of Uri,
the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah: and I have filled
him with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understand-
ing, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship."
Exodus 31:2, 3. Through the prophet Isaiah the Lord said,
"Give ye ear, and hear My voice; hearken, and hear My
speech. Doth the plowman plow all day to sow? doth he open
and break the clods of his ground? When he hath made plain
the face thereof, doth he not cast abroad the fitches, and
scatter the cumin, and cast in the principal wheat and the
appointed barley and the rye in their place? For his God
doth instruct him to discretion, and doth teach him. p.
314, Para. 1, [CT].

"For the fitches are not threshed with a threshing instru-

ment, neither is a cart wheel turned about upon the cumin;
but the fitches are beaten out with a staff, and the cumin
with a rod. Bread corn is bruised; because he will not ever
be threshing it, nor break it with the wheel of his cart,
nor bruise it with his horsemen. This also cometh forth
from the Lord of hosts, which is wonderful in counsel, and
excellent in working." Isaiah 28:23-29. p. 314, Para. 2,
[CT].

God dispenses His gifts as it pleases Him. He bestows one

gift upon one, and another gift upon another, but all for
the good of the whole body. It is in God's order that some
shall be of service in one line of work, and others in
other lines--all working under the selfsame Spirit. The
recognition of this plan will be a safeguard against emula-
tion, pride, envy, or contempt of one another. It will
strengthen unity and mutual love. p. 314, Para. 3, [CT].

A much larger number of young people need to have the ad-

vantages of our schools. They need the manual training
course, which will teach them how to live an active, ener-
getic life. Under wise, judicious, God-fearing directors,
the students are to be taught different kinds of labor.
Every branch of the work is to be conducted in the most
thorough, systematic way that long experience and wisdom
can enable us to plan and execute. p. 315, Para. 1, [CT].

Let the teachers wake up to the importance of this sub-

ject, and teach agriculture and the other industries that
it is essential for the students to understand. Let them
seek in every department of labor to reach the very best
results. Let the science of the word of God be brought into
the work, that the students may understand correct princi-
ples and may reach the highest possible standard. p. 315,
Para. 2, [CT].

Does It Pay -- In many minds the question will arise, Can

industrial work in our schools be made to pay? and if it
cannot, should it be carried forward? p. 315, Para. 3,
[CT].

It would be surprising if industries could be made to pay

immediately on being started. Sometimes God permits losses
to come to teach us lessons that will keep us from making
mistakes that would involve much larger losses. Let those
who have had financial losses in their industrial work
search carefully to find out the cause and endeavor to man-
age in such a way that in the future there will be no loss.
p. 315, Para. 4, [CT].

Let us remember that we are all members of God's family;

and let us remember, too, that Satan and all his host are
seeking constantly to force us into making mistakes, that
our confidence in ourselves and in others may be destroyed.
But when perplexities arise, shall we sit down on the stool
of ignorance, and do nothing? God forbid. p. 316, Para. 1,
[CT].

There will be apparent drawbacks in the work, but this

should not discourage us. The account books may show that
the school has suffered some financial loss in carrying on
industrial work; but if in these lines of work the students
have learned lessons that will strengthen their character
building, the books of heaven will show a gain far exceed-
ing the financial loss. How many souls this work has helped
to save will never be known till the day of judgment. Satan
finds mischief for idle hands to do; but when students are
kept busy in useful labor, the Lord has opportunity to work
for them. p. 316, Para. 2, [CT].

If, after carrying on manual training for one year, the

managers of the school find that there has been a loss, let
them seek to discover the reason for this, and guard
against it in the future. But let not the spirit of censure
prevail, for the Spirit of Christ is grieved when words of
unkind criticism are spoken to those who have done their
best. In the word of God there is encouragement as well as
caution. God forbid that the hands of those who are trying
to carry forward this line of work should be weakened. p.
316, Para. 3, [CT].

I urge that our schools be given encouragement in their

efforts to develop plans for the training of the youth in
agricultural and other lines of industrial work. When, in
ordinary business, pioneer work is done and preparation is
made for future development, there is frequently a finan-
cial loss. But let us remember the blessing that physical
exercise brings to the students. Many students have died
while endeavoring to acquire an education, because they
confined themselves too closely to mental effort. p. 317,
Para. 1, [CT].

We must not be narrow in our plans. In industrial training

there are unseen advantages which cannot be measured or es-
timated. Let no one begrudge the effort necessary to carry
forward successfully the plan that for years has been urged
upon us as of primary importance. p. 317, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers will meet with trials. Discouragements will press

upon them as they see their work unappreciated. Satan will
strive to afflict them with bodily infirmities, hoping to
lead them to murmur against God, to close their eyes to His
goodness, His mercy, His love, and the exceeding weight of
glory that awaits the overcomer. At such times let teachers
remember that God is leading them to more perfect confi-
dence in Him. If in their perplexity they will look to Him
in faith, He will bring them from the furnace of trial re-
fined and purified as gold tried in the fire. p. 317,
Para. 3, [CT].

Let the hard-pressed, sorely tried one say, "Though He

slay me, yet will I trust in Him." "Although the fig tree
shall not blossom, neither shall fruit be in the vines; the
labor of the olive shall fail, and the fields shall yield
no meat; the flock shall be cut off from the fold, and
there shall be no herd in the stalls: yet I will rejoice in
the Lord, I will joy in the God of my salvation." Job
13:15; Habakkuk 3:17, 18. p. 317, Para. 4, [CT].

Let not teachers have favorites among their students, or

give to the bright, quick students the most attention.
Those who are apparently the most unpromising most need the
tact and kindly words that will bind their hearts to the
heart of the teacher. p. 318, Para. 1, [CT].

First impressions are not to be trusted. Students who at

first seem dull and slow may in the end make greater prog-
ress than those who are naturally quicker. If they are
thorough and systematic in their work they will gain much
that others will fail to gain. Those who form habits of pa-
tient, persevering industry will accomplish more than those
of quick, vivacious, brilliant mind, who, though grasping
the point quickly, lose it just as readily. The patient
ones, though slower to learn, will stand ahead of those who
learn so quickly that they do not need to study. p. 318,
Para. 2, [CT].

Students should not be so pressed with studies as to ne-

glect the culture of the manners; and above all, they
should let nothing interfere with their seasons of prayer,
which bring them in connection with Christ. In no case
should they deprive themselves of religious privileges. p.
318, Para. 3, [CT].

It is God's purpose to manifest through His people the

principles of His kingdom. That in life and character they
may reveal these principles, He desires to separate them
from the customs, habits, and practices of the world. He
seeks to bring them nearer to Himself, that He may make
known to them His will. His purpose for His people today is
the same that He had for Israel when He brought them forth
from Egypt. By beholding the goodness, the mercy, the jus-
tice, and the love of God revealed in His church, the world
is to have a representation of His character. And when the
law of God is thus exemplified in the life, even the world
will recognize the superiority of those who love and fear
and serve God above every other people in the world. p.
321, Para. 1, [CT].

Seventh-day Adventists, above all people, should be pat-

terns of piety, holy in heart and in conversation. To them
have been entrusted the most solemn truths ever committed
to mortals. Every endowment of grace and power and effi-
ciency has been liberally provided. They look for the near
return of Christ in the clouds of heaven. For them to give
to the world the impression that their faith is not a domi-
nating power in their lives is greatly to dishonor God. p.
321, Para. 2, [CT].

Because of the increasing power of Satan's temptations,

the times in which we live are full of peril for the chil-
dren of God, and we need to learn constantly of the Great
Teacher, that we may take every step in surety and right-
eousness. Wonderful scenes are opening before us; and at
this time a living testimony is to be borne in the lives of
God's professed people, so that the world may see that in
this age, when evil reigns on every side, there is yet a
people who are laying aside their will and are seeking to
do God's will--a people in whose hearts and lives God's law
is written. p. 322, Para. 1, [CT].

Representatives of Christ -- God expects those who bear

the name of Christ to represent Him. Their thoughts are to
be pure, their words noble and uplifting. The religion of
Christ is to be interwoven with all that they do and say.
They are to be a sanctified, purified, holy people, commu-
nicating light to all with whom they come in contact. It is
His purpose that by exemplifying the truth in their lives
they shall be a praise in the earth. The grace of Christ is
sufficient to bring this about. But let God's people remem-
ber that only as they believe and work out the principles
of the gospel can they fulfill His purpose. Only as they
yield their God-given capabilities to His service will they
enjoy the fullness and the power of the promise whereon the
church has been called to stand. p. 322, Para. 2, [CT].

Before Christ went to His final conflict with the powers

of darkness, He lifted up His eyes to heaven and prayed for
His disciples. He said, "I pray not that Thou shouldest
take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep
them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am
not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word
is truth." John 17:15-17. p. 322, Para. 3, [CT].

The followers of Christ are to be separate from the world

in principles and interests, but they are not to isolate
themselves from the world. The Saviour mingled constantly
with men, not to encourage them in anything that was not in
accordance with God's will, but to uplift and ennoble them.
"I sanctify Myself," He declared, "that they also might be
sanctified." John 17:19. So the Christian is to abide among
men, that the savor of divine love may be as salt to pre-
serve the world from corruption. p. 323, Para. 1, [CT].

Strength in Prayer -- Daily beset by temptation, con-

stantly opposed by the leaders of the people, Christ knew
that He must strengthen His humanity by prayer. In order to
be a blessing to men, He must commune with God, pleading
for energy, perseverance, and steadfastness. Thus He showed
His disciples where His strength lay. Without this daily
communion with God, no human being can gain power for serv-
ice. Christ alone can direct the thoughts aright. He alone
can give noble aspirations and fashion the character after
the divine similitude. If we draw near to Him in earnest
prayer, He will fill our hearts with high and holy pur-
poses, and with deep longings for purity and righteousness.
The dangers thickening around us demand from those who have
an experience in the things of God, a watchful supervision.
Those who walk humbly before God, distrustful of their own
wisdom, will realize their danger and will know God's keep-
ing care. p. 323, Para. 2, [CT].

The power of a higher, purer, nobler life is our great

need. The world is watching to see what fruit is borne by
professed Christians. It has a right to look for self-
denial and self-sacrifice from those who believe advanced
truth. It is watching, ready to criticize with keenness and
severity our words and acts. Everyone who acts a part in
the work of God is weighed in the scales of human discern-
ment. Impressions favorable or unfavorable to Bible relig-
ion are constantly being made on the minds of all with whom
we have to do. p. 324, Para. 1, [CT].

And God and the angels are watching. God desires His peo-
ple to show by their lives the advantage of Christianity
over worldliness, to show that they are working on a high,
holy plane. He longs to see them showing that the truth
they have received has made them children of the heavenly
King. He longs to make them channels through which He can
pour His boundless love and mercy. p. 324, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ is waiting with longing desire for the manifesta-

tion of Himself in His church. When the character of the
Saviour shall be perfectly reproduced in His people, then
He will come to claim His own. It is the privilege of every
Christian, not only to look for, but to hasten, the coming
of our Lord. Were all who profess His name bearing fruit to
His glory, how quickly the whole world would be sown with
the seed of the gospel! Quickly the last great harvest
would be ripened, and Christ would come. p. 324, Para. 3,
[CT].

The desire for excitement and pleasing entertainment is a

temptation and a snare to God's people, and especially to
the young. Satan is constantly preparing inducements to at-
tract minds from the solemn work of preparation for scenes
just in the future. Through the agency of worldlings he
keeps up a continual excitement to induce the unwary to
join in worldly pleasures. There are shows, lectures, and
an endless variety of entertainments that are calculated to
lead to a love of the world; and through this union with
the world, faith is weakened. p. 325, Para. 1, [CT].

Satan is a persevering workman, an artful, deadly foe.

Whenever an incautious word is spoken, whether in flattery
or to cause the youth to look upon some sin with less ab-
horrence, he takes advantage of it and nourishes the evil
seed, that it may take root and yield a bountiful harvest.
He is in every sense of the word a deceiver, a skillful
charmer. He has many finely woven nets, which appear inno-
cent, but which are skillfully prepared to entangle the
young and unwary. The natural mind leans toward pleasure
and self-gratification. It is Satan's policy to fill the
mind with a desire for worldly amusement, that there may be
no time for the question, How is it with my soul? p. 325,
Para. 2, [CT].

An Unfortunate Age -- We are living in an unfortunate age

of the young. The prevailing influence in society is in fa-
vor of allowing the youth to follow the natural turn of
their own minds. If their children are very wild, parents
flatter themselves that when they are older and reason for
themselves they will leave off their wrong habits and be-
come useful men and women. What a mistake! For years they
permit an enemy to sow the garden of the heart, and suffer
wrong principles to grow and strengthen, seeming not to
discern the hidden dangers and the fearful ending of the
path that seems to them the way of happiness. In many cases
all the labor afterward bestowed upon these youth will
avail nothing. p. 325, Para. 3, [CT].

The standard of piety is low among professed Christians

generally, and it is hard for the young to resist the
worldly influences that are encouraged by many church mem-
bers. The majority of nominal Christians, while they pro-
fess to be living for Christ, are really living for the
world. They do not discern the excellence of heavenly
things, and therefore cannot truly love them. Many profess
to be Christians because Christianity is considered honor-
able. They do not discern that genuine Christianity means
cross-bearing, and their religion has little influence to
restrain them from taking part in worldly pleasures. p.
326, Para. 1, [CT].

Some can enter the ballroom and unite in all the amuse-
ments which it affords. Others cannot go to such lengths as
this, yet they can attend parties of pleasure, picnics,
shows and other places of worldly amusement; and the most
discerning eye would fail to detect any difference between
their appearance and that of unbelievers. p. 326, Para. 2,
[CT].

The Training of Children -- In the present state of soci-

ety it is no easy task for parents to restrain their chil-
dren and instruct them according to the Bible rule of
right. Children often become impatient under restraint and
wish to have their own way and to go and come as they
please. Especially from the age of ten to eighteen they are
inclined to feel that there can be no harm in going to
worldly gatherings of young associates. But the experienced
Christian parents can see danger. They are acquainted with
the peculiar temperaments of their children and know the
influence of these things upon their minds, and from a de-
sire for their salvation they should keep them back from
these exciting amusements. p. 326, Para. 3, [CT].

When the children decide for themselves to leave the

pleasures of the world and to become Christ's disciples,
what a burden is lifted from the hearts of careful, faith-
ful parents! Yet even then the labors of the parents must
not cease. These youth have just commenced in earnest the
warfare against sin and against the evils of the natural
heart, and they need in a special sense the counsel and
watchcare of their parents. p. 327, Para. 1, [CT].

A Time of Trial Before the Young -- Young Sabbathkeepers

who have yielded to the influence of the world will have to
be tested and proved. The perils of the last days are upon
us, and a trial is before the young which many have not an-
ticipated. They will be brought into distressing perplex-
ity, and the genuineness of their faith will be proved.
They profess to be looking for the Son of man, yet some of
them have been a miserable example to unbelievers. They
have not been willing to give up the world, but have united
with the world in attending picnics and other gatherings
for pleasure, flattering themselves that they were engaging
in innocent amusement. Yet it is just such indulgences that
separate them from God and make them children of the world.
p. 327, Para. 2, [CT].

Some are constantly leaning to the world. Their views and

feelings harmonize much better with the spirit of the world
than with that of Christ's self-denying followers. It is
perfectly natural that they should prefer the company of
those whose spirit will best agree with their own. And such
have quite too much influence among God's people. They take
part with them and have a name among them, but they are a
text for unbelievers and for the weak and unconsecrated
ones in the church. In this refining time these professors
will either be wholly converted and sanctified by obedience
to the truth, or they will be left with the world to re-
ceive their reward with the worldlings. p. 328, Para. 1,
[CT].

God does not own the pleasure seeker as His follower.

Those only who are self-denying, and who live lives of so-
briety, humility, and holiness, are true followers of Je-
sus. And such cannot enjoy the frivolous, empty conversa-
tion of the lover of the world. p. 328, Para. 2, [CT].

Separation From the World -- The true followers of Christ

will have sacrifices to make. They will shun places of
worldly amusement because they find no Jesus there--no in-
fluence which will make them heavenly-minded and increase
their growth in grace. Obedience to the word of God will
lead them to come out from all these things and be sepa-
rate. p. 328, Para. 3, [CT].

"By their fruits ye shall know them" (Matthew 7:20), the

Saviour declared. All the true followers of Christ bear
fruit to His glory. Their lives testify that a good work
has been wrought in them by the Spirit of God, and their
fruit is unto holiness. Their lives are elevated and pure.
Right actions are the unmistakable fruit of true godliness,
and those who bear no fruit of this kind reveal that they
have no experience in the things of God. They are not in
the Vine. Said Jesus, "Abide in Me, and I in you. As the
branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the
vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the Vine,
ye are the branches: he that abideth in Me, and I in him,
the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can
do nothing." John I5:4, 5. p. 329, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who would be worshipers of the true God must sacri-

fice every idol. Jesus said to the lawyer, "Thou shalt love
the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul,
and with all thy mind. This is the first and great command-
ment." Matthew 22:37, 38. The first four precepts of the
Decalogue allow no separation of affections from God. Nor
must anything share our supreme delight in Him. We cannot
advance in Christian experience until we put away every-
thing that separates us from God. p. 329, Para. 2, [CT].

The great Head of the church, who has chosen His people
out of the world, requires them to be separate from the
world. He designs that the spirit of His commandments, by
drawing His followers to Himself, shall separate them from
worldly elements. To love God and keep His commandments is
far away from loving the world's pleasures and its friend-
ship. There is no concord between Christ and Belial. p.
329, Para. 3, [CT].

Promises to the Young -- The youth who follow Christ have

a warfare before them; they have a daily cross to bear in
coming out of the world and imitating the life of Christ.
But there are many precious promises on record for those
who seek the Saviour early. Wisdom calls to the sons of
men, "I love them that love Me; and those that seek Me
early shall find Me." Proverbs 8:17. p. 330, Para. 1,
[CT].

"Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and

hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto
you at the revelation of Jesus Christ; as obedient chil-
dren, not fashioning yourselves according to the former
lusts in your ignorance: but as He which hath called you is
holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation." 1 Peter
1:13-15. "For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath
appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness
and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and
godly, in this present world; looking for that blessed
hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our
Saviour Jesus Christ; who gave Himself for us, that He
might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself
a peculiar people, zealous of good works," Titus 2:11-14.
p. 330, Para. 2, [CT].

Education comprises more than a knowledge of books. Proper

education includes not only mental discipline, but that
training which will secure sound morals and correct deport-
ment. . . . p. 331, Para. 1, [CT].

Hundreds of youth of various dispositions and of different

education are associated in the school, and great care as
well as much patience is required to balance in the right
direction minds that have been warped by bad management.
Some have never been disciplined, and others have been gov-
erned too much and have felt, when away from the vigilant
hands that held the reigns of control, perhaps too tightly,
that they were free to do as they pleased. They despise the
very thought of restraint. These varying elements brought
together in our college, bring care, burdens, and weighty
responsibility, not only upon teachers, but on the entire
church. p. 331, Para. 2, [CT].

The Temptations of Youth -- The students at our college

are exposed to manifold temptations. They will be brought
in contact with individuals of almost every stamp of mind
and morals. Those who have any religious experience are
censurable if they do not place themselves in a position to
resist every evil influence. But many choose to follow in-
clination. They do not consider that they must make or mar
their own happiness. It is in their own power so to improve
their time and opportunities as to develop a character that
will make them happy and useful. . . . p. 331, Para. 3,
[CT].

The Duties of Parents -- The dangers of the young are

greatly increased as they are thrown into the society of a
large number of their own age, of varied character and hab-
its of life. Under these circumstances, many parents are
inclined to relax rather than redouble their own efforts to
guard and control their children. Thus they cast a tremen-
dous burden upon those who feel the responsibility. When
these parents see that their children are becoming demoral-
ized, they are inclined to find fault with those who have
charge of the work, when the evils have been caused by the
course of the parents themselves. p. 332, Para. 1, [CT].

Instead of uniting with those who bear the burdens, to

lift up the standard of morals, and working with heart and
soul in the fear of God to correct the wrongs in their
children, many parents soothe their own consciences by say-
ing, "My children are no worse than others." They seek to
conceal the glaring wrongs which God hates, lest their
children shall become offended and take some desperate
course. If the spirit of rebellion is in their hearts, far
better subdue it now than permit it to increase and
strengthen by indulgence. If parents would do their duty,
we should see a different state of things. Many of these
parents have backslidden from God. They do not have wisdom
from Him to perceive the devices of Satan and to resist his
snares. . . . p. 332, Para. 2, [CT].

Every son and daughter should be called to account if ab-

sent from home at night. Parents should know what company
their children are in and at whose house they spend their
evenings. Some children deceive their parents with false-
hoods to avoid exposure of their wrong course. There are
those who seek the society of corrupt companions and se-
cretly visit saloons and other forbidden places of resort
in the city. There are students who visit the billiard
rooms, and who engage in card playing, flattering them-
selves that there is no danger. Since their object is
merely amusement, they feel perfectly safe. It is not the
lower grade alone who do this. Some who have been carefully
reared, and educated to look upon such things with abhor-
rence, are venturing upon the forbidden ground. p. 332,
Para. 3, [CT].

The young should be controlled by firm principle, that

they may rightly improve the powers which God has given
them. But youth follow impulse so much and so blindly,
without reference to principle, that they are constantly in
danger. Since they cannot always have the guidance and pro-
tection of parents and guardians, they need to be trained
to self-reliance and self-control. They must be taught to
think and act from conscientious principle. p. 333, Para.
1, [CT].

Relaxation and Amusement -- Those who are engaged in study

should have relaxation. The mind must not be constantly
confined to close thought, for the delicate mental machin-
ery becomes worn. The body as well as the mind must have
exercise. But there is great need of temperance in amuse-
ments, as in every other pursuit. And the character of
these amusements should be carefully and thoroughly consid-
ered. Every youth should ask himself, What influence will
these amusements have on physical, mental, and moral
health? Will my mind become so infatuated as to forget God?
Shall I cease to have His glory before me? p. 333, Para.
2, [CT].

Card playing should be prohibited. The associations and

tendencies are dangerous. . . . There is nothing in such
amusements beneficial to soul or body. There is nothing to
strengthen the intellect, nothing to store it with valuable
ideas for future use. The conversation is often upon triv-
ial and degrading subjects. . . . p. 334, Para. 1, [CT].

Expertness in handling cards often leads to a desire to

put his knowledge and tact to some use for personal bene-
fit. A small sum is staked, and then a larger, until a
thirst for gaming is acquired, which leads to certain ruin.
How many has this pernicious amusement led to every sinful
practice, to poverty, to prison, to murder, and to the gal-
lows! And yet many parents do not see the terrible gulf of
ruin that is yawning for our youth. p. 334, Para. 2, [CT].

Among the most dangerous resorts for pleasure is the thea-

ter. Instead of being a school for morality and virtue, as
is so often claimed, it is the very hotbed of immorality.
Vicious habits and sinful propensities are strengthened and
confirmed by these entertainments. Low songs, lewd ges-
tures, expressions, and attitudes, deprave the imagination
and debase the morals. Every youth who habitually attends
such exhibitions will be corrupted in principle. There is
no influence in our land more powerful to poison the imagi-
nation, to destroy religious impressions, and to blunt the
relish for the tranquil pleasures and sober realities of
life than theatrical amusements. The love for these scenes
increases with every indulgence, as the desire for intoxi-
cating drink strengthens with its use. The only safe course
is to shun the theater, the circus, and every other ques-
tionable place of amusement. p. 334, Para. 3, [CT].

There are modes of recreation which are highly beneficial

to both mind and body. An enlightened, discriminating mind
will find abundant means for entertainment and diversion,
from sources not only innocent, but instructive. Recreation
in the open air, the contemplation of the works of God in
nature, will be of the highest benefit.-- Testimonies for
the Church, vol. 4, pp. 648-653. p. 335, Para. 1, [CT].

Youth cannot be made as sedate and grave as old age, the

child as sober as the sire. While sinful amusements are
condemned, as they should be, let parents, teachers, and
guardians of youth provide in their stead innocent pleas-
ures, which will not taint or corrupt the morals. Do not
bind down the young to rigid rules and restraints that will
lead them to feel themselves oppressed and to break over
and rush into paths of folly and destruction. With a firm,
kind, considerate hand, hold the lines of government, guid-
ing and controlling their minds and purposes, yet so gen-
tly, so wisely, so lovingly, that they will still know that
you have their best good in view. p. 335, Para. 2, [CT].

While we are seeking to refresh our spirits and invigorate

our bodies we are required of God to use all our powers at
all times to the best purpose. We can, and should, conduct
our recreations in such a manner that we shall be better
fitted for the more successful discharge of the duties de-
volving upon us, and our influence will be more beneficial
upon those with whom we associate. We can return from such
occasions to our homes improved in mind and refreshed in
body, and prepared to engage in the work anew with better
hope and better courage. p. 336, Para. 1, [CT].

We are of that class who believe that it is our privilege

every day of our lives to glorify God upon the earth; that
we are not to live in this world merely for our own amuse-
ment, merely to please ourselves. We are here to benefit
humanity and to be a blessing to society; and if we let our
minds run in that low channel that many who are seeking
only vanity and folly permit their minds to run in, how can
we be a benefit to our race and generation? how can we be a
blessing to society around us? We cannot innocently indulge
in any amusement which will unfit us for the more faithful
discharge of ordinary duties. p. 336, Para. 2, [CT].

Between the associations of the followers of Christ for

Christian recreation, and worldly gatherings for pleasure
and amusement, will exist a marked contrast. Instead of
prayer and the mentioning of Christ and sacred things, will
be heard from the lips of worldlings the silly laugh and
the trifling conversation. The idea is to have a general
high time. Their amusements commence in folly and end in
vanity. Our gatherings should be so conducted, and we
should so conduct ourselves, that when we return to our
homes we can have a conscience void of offense toward God
and man; a consciousness that we have not wounded or in-
jured in any manner those with whom we have been associ-
ated, or had an injurious influence over them. p. 336,
Para. 3, [CT].

The natural mind leans toward pleasure and self-

gratification. It is Satan's policy to manufacture an abun-
dance of this. He seeks to fill the minds of men with a de-
sire for worldly amusement, that they may have no time to
ask themselves the question, How is it with my soul? The
love of pleasure is infectious. Given up to this, the mind
hurries from one point to another, ever seeking for some
amusement. Obedience to the law of God counteracts this in-
clination and builds barriers against ungodliness. p. 337,
Para. 1, [CT].

Young men should remember that they are accountable for

all the privileges they have enjoyed, for the improvement
of their time, and for the right use of their abilities.
They may inquire, Shall we have no amusement or recreation?
Shall we work, work, work, without variation? p. 337,
Para. 2, [CT].

Any amusement in which you can engage asking the blessing

of God upon it in faith will not be dangerous. But any
amusement which disqualifies you for secret prayer, for de-
votion at the altar of prayer, or for taking part in the
prayer meeting, is not safe, but dangerous. p. 337, Para.
3, [CT].

If there is anything in our world that should inspire en-

thusiasm, it is the cross of Calvary. "Behold, what manner
of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be
called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not,
because it knew Him not." 1 John 3:1. "For God so loved the
world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever
believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting
life." John 3:16. Christ is to be accepted, believed on,
and exalted. This is to be the theme of conversation--the
preciousness of Christ. . . . p. 338, Para. 1, [CT].

Parties of Pleasure -- While there has been so much fear

of excitement and enthusiasm in the service of God, there
has been manifest an enthusiasm in another line which to
many seems wholly congenial. I refer to the parties of
pleasure that have been held among our people. These occa-
sions have taken much of the time and attention of people
who profess to be servants of Christ; but have these assem-
blies tended to the glory of His name? Was Jesus invited to
preside over them? p. 338, Para. 2, [CT].

Gatherings for social intercourse may be made in the high-

est degree profitable and instructive when those who meet
together have the love of God glowing in their hearts, when
they meet to exchange thoughts in regard to the word of
God, or to consider methods for advancing His work and do-
ing good to their fellow men. When nothing is said or done
to grieve the Holy Spirit of God, but He is regarded as a
welcome guest, then God is honored, and those who meet to-
gether will be refreshed and strengthened. p. 338, Para.
3, [CT].

"Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to an-
other: and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of
remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the
Lord, and that thought upon His name. And they shall be
Mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up
My jewels." Malachi 3:16, 17. p. 339, Para. 1, [CT].

But there has been a class of social gatherings in-- of an

entirely different character, parties of pleasure that have
been a disgrace to our institutions and to the church. They
encourage pride of dress, pride of appearance, self-
gratification, hilarity, and trifling. Satan is entertained
as an honored guest and takes possession of those who pa-
tronize these gatherings. p. 339, Para. 2, [CT].

A view of one such company was presented to me, where were

assembled those who profess to believe the truth. One was
seated at the instrument of music, and such songs were
poured forth as made the watching angels weep. There was
mirth, there was coarse laughter, there was abundance of
enthusiasm, and a kind of inspiration; but the joy was such
as Satan only is able to create. This is an enthusiasm and
infatuation of which all who love God will be ashamed. It
prepares the participants for unholy thought and action. I
have reason to think that some who were engaged in that
scene heartily repented of the shameful performance. p.
339, Para. 3, [CT].
 Many such gatherings have been presented to me. I have
seen the gaiety, the display in dress, the personal adorn-
ment. All want to be thought brilliant and give themselves
up to hilarity, foolish jesting, cheap, coarse flattery,
and uproarious laughter. The eyes sparkle, the cheek is
flushed, conscience sleeps. With eating and drinking and
merrymaking, they do their best to forget God. The scene of
pleasure is their paradise. And Heaven is looking on, see-
ing and hearing all. . . . p. 340, Para. 1, [CT].

The tenor of the conversation reveals the treasure of the

heart. The cheap, common talk, the words of flattery, the
foolish witticism, spoken to create a laugh, are the mer-
chandise of Satan, and all who indulge in this talk are
trading in his goods. Impressions are made upon those who
hear these things, similar to that made upon Herod when the
daughter of Herodias danced before him. All these transac-
tions are recorded in the books of heaven, and at the last
great day they will appear in their true light before the
guilty ones. Then all will discern in them the alluring,
deceptive workings of the devil, to lead them into the
broad road and the wide gate that opens to their ruin. p.
340, Para. 2, [CT].

Satan has been multiplying his snares in--; and professed

Christians who are superficial in character and religious
experience are used by the tempter as his decoys. This
class are always ready for the gatherings for pleasure or
sport, and their influence attracts others. Young men and
women who have tried to be Bible Christians are persuaded
to join the party, and they are drawn into the ring. They
do not prayerfully consult the divine standard, to learn
what Christ has said in regard to the fruit to be borne on
the Christian tree. They do not discern that these enter-
tainments are really Satan's banquet, prepared to keep
souls from accepting the call to the marriage supper of the
Lamb and preventing them from receiving the white robe of
character, which is the righteousness of Christ. They be-
come confused as to what it is right for them as Christians
to do. They do not want to be thought singular, and natu-
rally incline to follow the example of others. Thus they
come under the influence of those who have never had the
divine touch on heart or mind. . . . p. 340, Para. 3,
[CT].

Right Attitude of the Christian -- The Eternal God has

drawn the line of distinction between the saints and the
sinners, the converted and the unconverted. The two classes
do not blend into each other imperceptibly, like the colors
of the rainbow. They are as distinct as midday and mid-
night. p. 341, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who are seeking the righteousness of Christ will be

dwelling upon the themes of the great salvation. The Bible
is the storehouse that supplies their souls with nourishing
food. They meditate upon the incarnation of Christ, they
contemplate the great sacrifice made to save them from per-
dition, to bring in pardon, peace, and everlasting right-
eousness. The soul is aglow with these grand and elevating
themes. Holiness and truth, grace and righteousness, occupy
the thoughts. Self dies, and Christ lives in His servants.
In contemplation of the word their hearts burn within them
as did the hearts of the two disciples while they went to
Emmaus and Christ walked with them by the way and opened to
them the scriptures concerning Himself. p. 341, Para. 2,
[CT].

How few realize that Jesus, unseen, is walking by their

side! How ashamed many would be to hear His voice speaking
to them and to know that He heard all their foolish, common
talk! And how many hearts would burn with holy joy if they
only knew that the Saviour was by their side, that the holy
atmosphere of His presence was surrounding them, and they
were feeding on the bread of life! How pleased the Saviour
would be to hear His followers talking on His precious les-
sons of instruction and to know that they had a relish for
holy things! p. 342, Para. 1, [CT].

When the truth abides in the heart, there is no place for

criticism of God's servants, or for picking flaws with the
message He sends. That which is in the heart will flow from
the lips. It cannot be repressed. The things that God has
prepared for those that love Him will be the theme of con-
versation. The love of Christ is in the soul as a well of
water, springing up into everlasting life, sending forth
living streams that bring life and gladness wherever they
flow.-- Special Testimony to the Battle Creek Church, Nov.
18, 1896. p. 342, Para. 2, [CT].

Christians have many sources of happiness at their com-

mand, and they may tell with unerring accuracy what pleas-
ures are lawful and right. They may enjoy such recreations
as will not dissipate the mind or debase the soul, such as
will not disappoint and leave a sad after influence to de-
stroy self-respect or bar the way to usefulness. p. 342,
Para. 3, [CT].

Would it not be well for us to observe holidays unto God,

when we could revive in our minds the memory of His dealing
with us? Would it not be well to consider His past bless-
ings, to remember the impressive warnings that have come
home to our souls, so that we shall not forget God? p.
343, Para. 1, [CT].

The world has many holidays, and men become engrossed with
games, with horse races, with gambling, smoking, and drunk-
enness. They show plainly under what banner they are stand-
ing. They make it evident that they do not stand under the
banner of the Prince of life, but that the prince of dark-
ness rules and controls them. p. 343, Para. 2, [CT].

Shall not the people of God more frequently have holy con-
vocations in which to thank God for His rich blessings?
Shall we not find time in which to praise Christ for His
rest, peace, and joy, and make manifest by daily thanksgiv-
ing that we appreciate the great sacrifice made in our be-
half, that we may be partakers of the divine nature? Shall
we not speak of the prospective rest in the Paradise of
God, and tell of the honor and glory in store for the ser-
vants of Jehovah? "My people shall dwell in a peaceable
habitation, and in sure dwellings, and in quiet resting
places." Isaiah 32:18. We are homeward bound, seeking a
better country, even a heavenly. p. 343, Para. 3, [CT].

The world is full of excitement. Men act as though they

had gone mad over low, cheap, unsatisfying things. How ex-
cited have I seen them over the result of a cricket match!
I have seen the streets in Sydney densely crowded for
blocks and, on inquiring what was the occasion of the ex-
citement, was told that some expert player of cricket had
won the game. I felt disgusted. p. 343, Para. 4, [CT].

Why are not the chosen of God more enthusiastic? They are
striving for an immortal crown, striving for a home where
there will be no need of the light of the sun or moon, or
of lighted candle; for the Lord God giveth them light, and
they shall reign for ever and ever. They will have a life
that measures with the life of God; but the candle of the
wicked shall be put out in ignominious darkness, and then
shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom
of their Father. . . . p. 344, Para. 1, [CT].

I do not recommend pleasure parties where young people as-

semble together for mere amusement, to engage in cheap,
nonsensical talk, and where loud, boisterous laughter is to
be heard. I do not recommend the kind of gathering where
there is a letting down of dignity and the scene is one of
weakness and folly. p. 344, Para. 2, [CT].

Many times young men for whom heavenly intelligences have

been waiting in order to number them as missionaries for
God are drawn into the gatherings for amusement, and are
carried away with Satan's fascinations. Instead of being
afraid to continue their association with girls whose depth
of mind is easily measured, whose character is of a cheap
order, they become enamored of them and enter into an en-
gagement. Satan knows that if these young men enter into an
engagement with cheap-minded, pleasure-loving, worldly-
minded, irreligious young women, they will bind themselves
to stumbling blocks. Their usefulness will be largely crip-
pled, if not utterly destroyed. Even if the young men them-
selves succeed in making an unreserved surrender to God,
yet they will find that they are greatly crippled by being
bound to an untrained, undisciplined, un-Christlike wife
who is dead to God, dead to piety, and dead to true holi-
ness. Their lives will prove unsatisfying and unhappy. p.
344, Para. 3, [CT].

Gatherings for amusement confuse faith and make the motive

mixed and uncertain. The Lord accepts no divided heart. He
wants the whole man. He made all there is of man. He of-
fered a complete sacrifice to redeem the body and soul of
man. That which He requires of those whom He has created
and redeemed is summed up in these words: "Thou shalt love
the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul,
and with all thy mind. . . . Thou shalt love thy neighbor
as thyself." Matthew 22:37-39. God will accept nothing less
than this.-- Special Testimonies on Education, pages 80-83.
p. 345, Para. 1, [CT].

"Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he

fall." 1 Corinthians 10:12. There can be no presumption
more fatal than that which leads men to venture upon a
course of self-pleasing. In view of this solemn warning
from God, should not fathers and mothers take heed? Should
they not faithfully point out to the youth the dangers that
are constantly arising to lead them away from God? p. 345,
Para. 2, [CT].

Recreation is needful to those who are engaged in physical

labor, and is still more essential for those whose labor is
principally mental. It is not essential to our salvation
nor for the glory of God to keep the mind laboring con-
stantly and exclusively, even upon religious themes. There
are amusements, such as dancing, card playing, chess,
checkers, etc., which we cannot approve, because Heaven
condemns them. These amusements open the door for great
evil. They are not beneficial in their tendency, but have
an exciting influence, producing in some minds a passion
for those plays which lead to gambling and dissipation. All
such plays should be condemned by Christians, and something
perfectly harmless should be substituted in their place.
p. 346, Para. 1, [CT].

I saw that our holidays should not be spent in patterning

after the world, yet they should not be passed by unno-
ticed, for this will bring dissatisfaction to our children.
On these days when there is danger that our children will
be exposed to evil influences and become corrupted by the
pleasures and excitement of the world, let the parents
study to get up something to take the place of these dan-
gerous amusements. Give your children to understand that
you have their good and happiness in view. p. 346, Para.
2, [CT].

Let several families living in a city or village unite and

leave the occupations which have taxed them physically and
mentally, and take an excursion into the country, to the
side of a fine lake or to a nice grove, where the scenery
of nature is beautiful. They should provide themselves with
plain, hygienic food, the very best fruits and grains, and
spread their table under the shade of some tree or under
the canopy of heaven. The ride, the exercise, and the scen-
ery will quicken the appetite, and they can enjoy a repast
which kings might envy. p. 346, Para. 3, [CT].

On such occasions parents and children should feel free

from care, labor, and perplexity. Parents should become
children with their children, making everything as pleasant
for them as possible. Let the whole day be given to recrea-
tion. p. 347, Para. 1, [CT].

Exercise in the open air for those whose employment has

been within doors and sedentary will be beneficial to
health. All who can should feel it a duty to pursue this
course. Nothing will be lost, but much gained. They can re-
turn to their occupations with new life and new courage to
engage in their labor with zeal, and they are better pre-
pared to resist disease.-- Testimonies for the Church, vol.
1, pp. 514, 515. p. 347, Para. 2, [CT].

Many allow the youth to attend parties of pleasure, think-

ing that amusement is essential for health and happiness;
but what dangers are in this path! The more the desire for
pleasure is gratified, the more it is cultivated and the
stronger it becomes. The life experience is largely made up
of self-gratification in amusement. God bids us beware.
"Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall."
p. 347, Para. 3, [CT].

Recent experiences in our colleges and sanitariums lead me

to present again instruction that the Lord gave me for the
teachers and students in our school at Cooranbong, Austra-
lia. p. 348, Para. 1, [CT].

In April, 1900, a holiday was appointed at the Avondale

school for Christian workers. The program for the day pro-
vided for a meeting in the chapel in the morning, at which
I and others addressed the students, calling their atten-
tion to what God had wrought in the building up of this
school, and to their privilege and opportunities as stu-
dents. p. 348, Para. 2, [CT].

After the meeting, the remainder of the day was spent by

the students in various games and sports, some of which
were frivolous, rude, and grotesque. p. 348, Para. 3,
[CT].

During the following night I seemed to be witnessing the

performances of the afternoon. The scene was clearly laid
out before me, and I was given a message for the manager
and teachers of the school. p. 348, Para. 4, [CT].

I was shown that in the amusements carried on at the

school that afternoon the enemy gained a victory, and
teachers were weighed in the balances and found wanting. I
was greatly distressed and burdened to think that those
standing in responsible positions should open the door and,
as it were, invite the enemy in; for this they did in per-
mitting the exhibitions that took place. As teachers, they
should have stood firm against giving place to the enemy in
any such line. By what they permitted they marred their re-
cord and grieved the Spirit of God. The students were en-
couraged in a course the effects of which were not easily
effaced. There is no end to the path of vain amusements,
and every step taken in it is a step in a path which Christ
has not traveled. p. 348, Para. 5, [CT].

This introduction of wrong plans was the very thing that

should have been jealously guarded against. The Avondale
school was established, not to be like the schools of the
world, but, as God revealed, to be a pattern school. And
since it was to be a pattern school, those in charge of it
should have perfected everything after God's plan, discard-
ing all that was not in harmony with His will. Had their
eyes been anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, they would
have realized that they could not permit the exhibition
that took place that afternoon, without dishonoring God.
p. 349, Para. 1, [CT].

On Wednesday morning when I spoke to the students and to

the others who had assembled, the words that the Lord gave
me to speak, I did not know anything of what was to take
place afterward; for no intimation of it had come to me.
How could those at the head of the school harmonize with
the words spoken the proceedings that followed, which were
of a character to make of no effect the instruction that
had just come to them from God? If their perceptions had
not been greatly beclouded, they would have understood this
instruction as rebuking all such proceedings. p. 349,
Para. 2, [CT].

I felt deeply the importance of the words that the Lord

gave me at this time for teachers and students. This in-
struction presented before the students duties of the high-
est order; and to efface by the amusements afterward en-
tered into, the good impressions made, was virtually say-
ing, "We want not Thy way, O God; we want our own way; we
want to follow our own wisdom." p. 349, Para. 3, [CT].

In the night season I was a witness to the performance

that was carried on on the school grounds. The students who
engaged in the grotesque mimicry that was seen, acted out
the mind of the enemy, some in a very unbecoming manner. A
view of things was presented before me in which the stu-
dents were playing games of tennis and cricket. Then I was
given instruction regarding the character of these amuse-
ments. They were presented to me as a species of idolatry,
like the idols of the nations. p. 350, Para. 1, [CT].

There were more than visible spectators on the ground. Sa-

tan and his angels were there, making impressions on human
minds. Angels of God, who minister to those who shall be
heirs of salvation, were also present, not to approve, but
to disapprove. They were ashamed that such an exhibition
should be given by the professed children of God. The
forces of the enemy gained a decided victory, and God was
dishonored. He who gave His life to refine, ennoble, and
sanctify human beings was grieved at the performance. p.
350, Para. 2, [CT].

Hearing a voice, I turned to see who spoke to me. Then

with dignity and solemnity One said, "Is this the celebra-
tion for the anniversary of the opening of the school? Is
this the gratitude offering you present to God for the
blessings He has given you? The world could render as ac-
ceptable an offering on this memorial occasion. The teach-
ers are making the same mistake that has been made over and
over again. They should learn wisdom from the experiences
of the past. The careless, godless world can offer an abun-
dance of such offerings as these, in a much more acceptable
manner." p. 350, Para. 3, [CT].

Turning to the teachers, He said, "You have made a mistake

the effects of which it will be hard to efface. The Lord
God of Israel is not glorified in the school. If at this
time the Lord should permit your life to end, many would be
lost, eternally separated from God and the righteous." p.
351, Para. 1, [CT].

The Consequence of One Departure From Right -- These

things are a repetition of the course of Aaron, when at the
foot of Sinai he allowed the first beginning of wrong by
permitting a spirit of reveling and commonness to come into
the camp of Israel. Moses was in the mount with God, and
Aaron had been left in charge. He showed his weakness by
not standing firmly against the propositions of the people.
He could have exercised his authority to hold the congrega-
tion back from wrong-doing; but just as in his home he
failed with his children, so he showed the same defective
administration in his management of Israel. His weakness as
a general was seen in his desire to please the people, even
at the sacrifice of principle. He lost his power of command
at the very first permission that he gave which allowed
them to go contrary to God's commands in the least particu-
lar. And as a result the spirit of idolatry came in, and
the current set in motion could not be stayed until stern
and decisive measures had been taken. p. 351, Para. 2,
[CT].

It took time and a vast amount of labor and sorrow to wipe

out the influence of the proceedings at the Avondale school
on that Wednesday afternoon. But the experience was a les-
son that helped those in charge of the school to realize
the tendency of such amusements. p. 351, Para. 3, [CT].

What an exhibition was this to be reported by the students

to their distant friends and acquaintances! It was a wit-
ness that showed, not what God has accomplished in the
school, but what Satan had accomplished. Serious is the
consequence of even one such departure from the instruction
that God has given concerning our schools. Once the barri-
ers are broken down, the advance of the enemy will be
marked, unless the Lord shall humble hearts and convert
minds. p. 352, Para. 1, [CT].

The effort to regain that which was lost by the proceed-

ings of that afternoon cost the teachers much labor. They
were severely tried. With the students there was seen a de-
sire for further pleasure and less regard for the instruc-
tion of God's word. The Lord of heaven was thus dishonored,
and the indulgence of the desires of the human heart in sin
and love of pleasure was the education received. p. 352,
Para. 2, [CT].

Let those who are educating the youth govern themselves

according to the high and holy principles that Christ has
given in His word. Let them remember that, as far as possi-
ble, they are to recover the ground that has been lost,
that they may bring into our schools the spirituality that
was seen in the schools of the prophets. p. 352, Para. 3,
[CT].

The Bible as Our Counselor -- Teachers need an intimate

acquaintance with the word of God. The Bible, and the Bible
alone, should be their counselor. The word of God is as the
leaves of the tree of life. Here is met every want of those
who love its teachings and bring them into the practical
life. Many of the students who come to our schools are un-
converted, though they may have been baptized. They do not
know what it means to be sanctified through a belief of the
truth. They should be taught to search and understand the
Bible, to receive its truths into the heart and carry them
out in the daily life. Thus they will become strong in the
Lord; for spiritual sinew and muscle are nourished by the
bread of life. p. 352, Para. 4, [CT].

The Lord desires His stewards to discharge their duties

faithfully in His name and in His strength. By believing
His word and acting upon its teachings, they may go on con-
quering and to conquer. But when men depart from the prin-
ciples of righteousness, they conceive a high opinion of
their own goodness and abilities, and unconsciously they
exalt themselves. The Lord allows such ones to walk alone,
to follow their own way. Thus He gives them opportunity to
see themselves as they are and to manifest to others their
weakness. He is seeking to teach them that the Lord's way
is always to be closely followed, that His word is to be
taken as it reads, and that men are not to devise and plan
according to their own judgment, irrespective of His coun-
sel. p. 353, Para. 1, [CT].

Our schools are to be as the schools of the prophets. In

them the truths of the Bible are to be earnestly studied.
If rightly brought before the mind and thoughtfully dwelt
upon, these truths will give the students a desire for that
which is infinitely higher than worldly amusement. As they
draw near to God, becoming partakers of the divine nature,
earthborn amusements will sink into nothingness. The minds
of the students will take a higher turn, and beholding the
character of Jesus, they will strive to be like Him. p.
353, Para. 2, [CT].

Useful Employment Versus Selfish Pleasure -- In the place

of providing diversions that merely amuse, arrangements
should be made for exercises that will be productive of
good. Students are sent to our schools to receive an educa-
tion that will enable them to go forth as workers in God's
cause. Satan would lead them to believe that amusements are
necessary to physical health; but the Lord has declared
that the better way is for them to get physical exercise
through manual training and by letting useful employment
take the place of selfish pleasure. The desire for amuse-
ment, if indulged, soon develops a dislike for useful,
healthful exercise of body and mind such as will make stu-
dents efficient in helping themselves and others. p. 354,
Para. 1, [CT].

God bestows talents upon men, not that these talents may
lie unused or be employed in self-gratification, but that
they may be used to bless others. God grants men the gift
of time for the purpose of promoting His glory. When this
time is used in selfish pleasure, the hours thus spent are
lost for all eternity. p. 354, Para. 2, [CT].

Our young people need to be surrounded with wholesome, up-

lifting influences. They are to be kept in the love of the
truth. The standard set before them should be high. p.
354, Para. 3, [CT].

The Holy Spirit has been given us as an aid in the study

of the Bible. Jesus promised, "The Comforter, which is the
Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall
teach you all things, and bring all things to your remem-
brance, whatsoever I have said unto you." John 14:26. When
the Bible is made the study book, with earnest supplication
for the Spirit's guidance, and with a full surrender of the
heart to be sanctified through the truth, all that Christ
has promised will be accomplished. The result of such Bible
study will be well-balanced minds. The understanding will
be quickened, the sensibilities aroused. The conscience
will become sensitive; the sympathies and sentiments will
be purified; a better moral atmosphere will be created; and
new power to resist temptation will be imparted. Teachers
and students will become active and earnest in the work of
God. p. 357, Para. 1, [CT].

There is a disposition on the part of many teachers not to

be thorough in giving religious instruction. They are sat-
isfied with a halfhearted service themselves, serving the
Lord only to escape the punishment of sin. Their halfheart-
edness affects their teaching. The experience that they do
not desire for themselves they are not anxious to see their
pupils gain. That which has been given them in blessing has
been cast aside as a dangerous element. The offered visits
of the Holy Spirit are met with the words of Felix to Paul,
"Go thy way for this time; when I have a convenient season,
I will call for thee." Acts 24:25. Other blessings they de-
sire; but that which God is more willing to give than a fa-
ther is to give good gifts to his children; that which is
offered abundantly, according to the infinite fullness of
God, and which, if received, would bring all other bless-
ings in its train--what words shall I use sufficiently to
express what has been done with reference to it? The heav-
enly Messenger has been repulsed by the determined will.
Teachers have virtually said, "Thus far shalt Thou go with
my students, but no farther. We need no enthusiasm in our
school, no excitement. We are much better satisfied to work
with the students ourselves." Thus despite has been done to
God's gracious Messenger. p. 357, Para. 2, [CT].

Are not the teachers in our schools in danger of blas-

phemy, of charging the Holy Spirit with being a deceiving
power and leading into fanaticism? Where are the educators
that choose the snow of Lebanon which comes from the rock
of the field, or the cold, flowing waters that come from
another place, instead of the murky waters of the valley?
p. 358, Para. 1, [CT].

A succession of showers from the living waters has come to

you at Battle Creek. Each shower was a concecrated inflow-
ing of divine influence; but you did not recognize it as
such. Instead of drinking copiously of the streams of sal-
vation so freely offered through the influence of the Holy
Spirit, you turned to satisfy your soul thirst with the
polluted waters of human science. The result has been
parched hearts in the school and in the church. Those who
are satisfied with little spirituality have gone far in un-
fitting themselves to appreciate the deep movings of the
Spirit of God. . . . p. 358, Para. 2, [CT].

There is need of heart conversions among the teachers. A

genuine change of thought and methods of teaching is re-
quired to place them where they will have a personal rela-
tion to a living Saviour. It is one thing to assent to the
Spirit's work in conversion, and another thing to accept
that Spirit's agency as a reprover, calling to repentance.
It is necessary that both teachers and students not only
assent to truth, but have a deep practical knowledge of the
operations of the Spirit. Its cautions are given because of
the unbelief of those who profess to be Christians. . . .
p. 359, Para. 1, [CT].

You who have long lost the spirit of prayer, pray, pray
earnestly, "Pity Thy suffering cause, pity the church, pity
the individual believers, Thou Father of mercies. Take from
us everything that defiles. Deny us what Thou wilt, but
take not from us Thy Holy Spirit." p. 359, Para. 2, [CT].

There are and ever will be those who do not move wisely,
who will, if words of doubt or unbelief are spoken, throw
off conviction and choose to follow their own will, and be-
cause of their deficiencies Christ has been reproached.
Poor, finite mortals have judged the rich and precious out-
pouring of the Spirit and passed sentence upon it as the
Jews passed sentence on the work of Christ. Lest it be un-
derstood in every institution in America that it is not
commissioned to you to direct the work of the Holy Spirit
and to tell how it shall represent itself. You have been
guilty in doing this. May the Lord forgive you, is my
prayer. Instead of being repressed and driven back, as it
has been, the Holy Spirit should be welcomed and its pres-
ence encouraged. p. 359, Para. 3, [CT].

When you sanctify yourself through obedience to the word,

the Holy Spirit will give you glimpses of heavenly things.
When you seek God with humiliation and earnestness, the
words which you have spoken in freezing accents will burn
in your heart; the truth will not then languish upon your
tongues. . . . p. 360, Para. 1, [CT].

Teachers, trust in God and go forward. "My grace is suffi-

cient for thee" (2 Corinthians 12:9), is the assurance of
the Great Teacher. Catch the inspiration of the words, and
never, never talk doubt and unbelief. Be energetic. There
is no half-and-half service in pure and undefiled religion.
"Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and
with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy
strength." Mark 12:30. The very highest sanctified ambition
is demanded of those who believe the word of God. p. 360,
Para. 2, [CT].

Tell your students that the Lord Jesus has made every pro-
vision that they should go onward, conquering and to con-
quer. Lead them to trust in the divine promise, "If any of
you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men
liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him."
James 1:5. . . . p. 360, Para. 3, [CT].

From God, the fountain of wisdom, proceeds all the knowl-

edge that is of value to man, all that the intellect can
grasp or retain. The fruit of the tree representing good
and evil is not to be eagerly plucked because it is recom-
mended by one who was once a bright angel in glory. He has
said that if men eat thereof, they shall know good and
evil; but let it alone. The true knowledge comes not from
infidels or wicked men. The word of God is light and truth.
The true light shines from Jesus Christ, who "lighteth
every man that cometh into the world." John 1:9. From the
Holy Spirit proceeds divine knowledge. He knows what human-
ity needs to promote peace, happiness, and restfulness here
in this world, and to secure eternal rest in the kingdom of
God.-- Special Testimonies on Education, pages 26-31; writ-
ten from Cooranbong, N.S.W., Australia, June 12, 1896. p.
360, Para. 4, [CT].

Human Effort Essential -- The agency of the Spirit of God

does not remove from us the necessity of exercising our
faculties and talents, but teaches us how to use every
power to the glory of God. The human faculties, when under
the special direction of the grace of God, are capable of
being used to the best purpose on earth. Ignorance does not
increase the humility or spirituality of any professed fol-
lower of Christ. The truths of the divine word can be best
appreciated by an intellectual Christian. Christ can be
best glorified by those who serve Him intelligently. The
great object of education is to enable us to use the power
which God has given us in such a manner as to represent the
religion of the Bible and promote the glory of God. p.
361, Para. 1, [CT].

We are indebted to Him who gave us existence, for the tal-

ents that have been entrusted to us, and it is a duty we
owe our Creator to cultivate and improve these talents.
Education will discipline the mind, develop its powers, and
understandingly direct them, that we may be useful in ad-
vancing the glory of God. p. 361, Para. 2, [CT].

Everlasting life! Oh, if we can comprehend this in the

lessons that Christ gave! The questions that the disciples
brought to the Saviour after the crowds had dispersed and
the teachings that He then explained more fully to them are
essential for the multitudes today to understand and obey.
Practical godliness must be learned. Those who study and
practice the teachings of Christ will gain an essential
education in Bible knowledge. By the standard of the word
of God every teacher will one day be measured by the great-
est Teacher this world ever knew. Belief in the grand
truths He presented will work a reformation in all who
truly receive them. p. 362, Para. 1, [CT].

The love of the truth as it is in Jesus means the love of

all that is comprised in the truth Christ taught. Let our
teachers strive to follow His example, to cherish His
spirit of tender sympathy. Let none leave the love of
Christ out of their labors, but let each ask himself the
questions, Is my life a consistent life? Am I guided by the
Holy Spirit? It is the privilege of every teacher to reveal
the power of a pure, consistent, Christ-loving workman. The
spiritual-minded teacher will never have an uncertain re-
ligion. If he truly loves the service of Christ, he will
have spiritual discernment and spiritual life. p. 362,
Para. 2, [CT].

I ask you who are living at the very heart of the work to
review the experience of years and see if the "Well done"
can truthfully be spoken to you. I ask the teachers in the
school to consider carefully, prayerfully, Have you indi-
vidually watched for your own soul as one who is co-
operating with God for its purification from all sin and
for its entire sanctification unto Him? Can you by precept
and example teach the youth sanctification . . . through
the truth unto holiness, obedience to God? p. 363, Para.
1, [CT].

Have you not been afraid of the Holy Spirit? At times it

has come with all-pervading influence into the school at
Battle Creek and into the schools in other localities. Did
you recognize it? Did you accord it the honor due to a
heavenly Messenger? When the Spirit seemed to be striving
with the youth, did you say, "Let us put aside all study;
for it is evident that we have among us a heavenly Guest.
Let us give praise and honor to God"? Did you, with con-
trite hearts, bow in prayer with your students, pleading
that you might receive the blessing that the Lord was of-
fering you? p. 363, Para. 2, [CT].

The Great Teacher Himself was among you. How did you honor
Him? Was He a stranger to some of the educators? Was there
need to send for someone of supposed authority to welcome
or repel this Messenger from heaven? Though unseen, His
presence was among you. But was not the thought expressed
that in school the time ought to be given to study, and
that there was a time for everything?--as if the hours de-
voted to common study were too precious to be given up to
the working of the heavenly Messenger. p. 363, Para. 3,
[CT].

If you have in this way restricted and repulsed the Holy

Spirit of God, I entreat you to repent of it as quickly as
possible. If any have closed and padlocked the door of your
heart to the Spirit of God, I urge you to unlock the door
and to pray with earnestness, "Abide with me." When the
Holy Spirit reveals His presence in your schoolroom, tell
your students, "The Lord signifies that He has for us today
a lesson of heavenly import of more value than our lessons
in ordinary lines. Let us listen; let us bow before God and
seek Him with the whole heart." p. 364, Para. 1, [CT].

Let me tell you what I know of this heavenly Guest. The

Holy Spirit was brooding over the youth during the school
hours; but some hearts were so cold and dark that they had
no desire for the Spirit's presence, and the light of God
was withdrawn. The heavenly Visitant would have opened the
understanding, would have given wisdom and knowledge in all
lines of study that could be employed to the glory of God.
He came to convince of sin and to soften the hearts hard-
ened by long estrangement from God. He came to reveal the
great love wherewith God has loved these youth. . . . p.
364, Para. 2, [CT].

A principle of divine origin must pervade our conduct and

bind us to God. This will not be in any way a hindrance to
the study of true science. "The fear of the Lord is the be-
ginning of wisdom" (Proverbs 9:10); and the man who con-
sents to be molded and fashioned after the divine simili-
tude is the noblest work of God. All who live in communion
with the Creator will have an understanding of His design
in their creation. They will have a sense of their own ac-
countability to God to employ their faculties to the very
best purpose. They will seek neither to glorify nor to de-
preciate themselves. . . . p. 364, Para. 3, [CT].

God's Ideal for Man -- The religion of Christ never de-

grades the receiver. It never makes him coarse or rough,
discourteous or self-important, passionate or hardhearted.
On the contrary, it refines the taste, sanctifies the judg-
ment, and purifies and ennobles the thoughts, bringing them
into captivity to Jesus Christ. p. 365, Para. 1, [CT].

God's ideal for His children is higher than the highest

human thought can reach. The living God has given in His
holy law a transcript of His character. The greatest
Teacher the world has ever known is Jesus Christ; and what
is the standard He has given for all who believe in Him?
"Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in
heaven is perfect." Matthew 5:48. As God is perfect in His
high sphere of action, so man may be perfect in his human
sphere. p. 365, Para. 2, [CT].

The ideal of Christian character is Christlikeness. There

is opened before us a path of continual advancement. We
have an object to reach, a standard to gain, which includes
everything good and pure and noble and elevated. There
should be continual striving and constant progress onward
and upward toward perfection of character. . . . p. 365,
Para. 3, [CT].

Without the divine working, man can do no good thing. God

calls every man to repentance, yet man cannot even repent
unless the Holy Spirit works upon his heart. But the Lord
wants no man to wait until he thinks he has repented before
he takes steps toward Jesus. The Saviour is continually
drawing men to repentance; they need only to submit to be
drawn, and their hearts will be melted in penitence. p.
365, Para. 4, [CT].

To man is allotted a part in this great struggle for ever-

lasting life--he must respond to the working of the Holy
Spirit. It will require a struggle to break through the
powers of darkness, and the Spirit works in him to accom-
plish this. But man is no passive being, to be saved in in-
dolence. He is called upon to strain every muscle and exer-
cise every faculty in the struggle for immortality, yet it
is God that supplies the efficiency. No human being can be
saved in indolence. The Lord bids us, "Strive to enter in
at the strait gate: for many, I say unto you, will seek to
enter in, and shall not be able." Luke 13:24. "Wide is the
gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction,
and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is
the gate, and narrow the way, which leadeth unto life, and
few there be that find it." Matthew 7:13, 14. p. 366,
Para. 1, [CT].

Unholy Influences at Work -- I entreat the students in our

schools to be soberminded. The frivolity of the young is
not pleasing to God. Their sports and games open the door
to a flood of temptations. They are in possession of God's
heavenly endowment in their intellectual faculties, and
they should not allow their thoughts to be cheap and low. A
character formed in accordance with the precepts of God's
word will reveal steadfast principles, pure, noble aspira-
tions. The Holy Spirit co-operates with the powers of the
human mind, and high and holy impulses are the sure result.
. . . p. 366, Para. 2, [CT].

My soul is deeply stirred at the things that have been

represented before me. I feel an indignation of spirit that
in our institutions so little honor has been given to the
living God, and so much honor to that which is supposed to
be superior talent, but with which the Holy Spirit has no
connection. The Spirit of God is not acknowledged and re-
spected; men have passed judgment upon it; its operations
have been condemned as fanaticism, enthusiasm, undue ex-
citement. p. 367, Para. 1, [CT].

God sees that which the blind eyes of the educators do not
discern--that immorality of every kind and degree is striv-
ing for the mastery, working against the manifestations of
the power of the Holy Spirit. The commonest of conversa-
tion, and low, perverted ideas are woven into the texture
of character and defile the soul. p. 367, Para. 2, [CT].

The low, common pleasure parties, gatherings for eating

and drinking, singing and playing on instruments of music,
are inspired by a spirit that is from beneath. They are an
oblation unto Satan. The exhibitions in the bicycle craze
are an offense to God. His wrath is kindled against those
who do such things. For in these gratifications the mind
becomes besotted, even as in liquor drinking. The door is
opened to vulgar associations. The thoughts, allowed to run
in a low channel, soon pervert all the powers of the being.
Like Israel of old, the pleasure lovers eat and drink, and
rise up to play. There is mirth and carousing, hilarity and
glee. In all this the youth are following the example of
the ungodly authors of some of the books that are placed in
their hands for study. All these things are having their
effect upon the character. p. 367, Para. 3, [CT].

Those who take the lead in these frivolities bring upon

the cause a stain not easily effaced. They wound their own
souls, and will carry the scars through their lifetime. The
evildoer may see his sins and repent, and God may pardon
the transgressor; but the power of discernment which ought
ever to be kept keen and sensitive to distinguish between
the sacred and the common, is in a great measure destroyed.
. . . p. 368, Para. 1, [CT].

I urge upon all to whom these words may come: Review your
own course of action, and "take heed to yourselves, lest at
any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and
drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come
upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them
that dwell on the face of the whole earth." Luke 21:34,
35.-- Special Testimonies on Education, pages 202-212;
written to the teachers in Battle Creek College. p. 368,
Para. 2, [CT].

It is a continual struggle to be always on the alert to

resist evil, but it pays to obtain one victory after an-
other over self and the powers of darkness. And if the
youth are proved and tested, as was Daniel, what honor can
they reflect to God by their firm adherence to the right!
p. 368, Para. 3, [CT].

"Yet a little while is the light with you," Jesus said.

"Walk while ye have the light, lest darkness come upon you:
for he that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he
goeth. While ye have light, believe in the light, that ye
may be the children of light." John 12:35, 36. p. 369,
Para. 1, [CT].

Some men in the Battle Creek College have a false idea as

to what constitutes duty. The Lord God of heaven has caused
His Holy Spirit from time to time to move upon the students
in the school, that they might acknowledge Him in all their
ways so that He might direct their paths. At times the
manifestation of the Holy Spirit has been so decided that
studies were forgotten, and the greatest Teacher the world
ever knew made His voice heard, saying, "Come unto Me, all
ye that labor and are heavy-laden, and I will give you
rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek
and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.
For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." Matthew
11:28-30. p. 369, Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord knocked at the door of hearts, and I saw that an-
gels of God were present. There seemed to be no special ef-
fort on the part of teachers to influence the students to
give their attention to the things of God; but God had a
Watcher in the school, who, though His presence was unseen,
made His influence felt. . . . p. 369, Para. 3, [CT].

The Lord has been waiting long to impart the greatest,

truest joys to the heart. All those who look to Him with
undivided hearts, He will greatly bless. Those who have
thus looked to Him have caught more distinct views of Jesus
as their sin bearer, their all-sufficient sacrifice, and
have been hid in the cleft of the Rock, to behold the Lamb
of God who taketh away the sins of the world. When we have
a sense of Christ's sacrifice in our behalf, our lips are
tuned to the highest, loftiest themes of praise. p. 369,
Para. 4, [CT].

When the students thus beheld Jesus, the suspension of

their studies was counted as no loss. They were catching
glimpses of Him who is invisible. They earnestly sought the
living God, and the live coal of pardon was placed upon
their lips. The Holy Spirit wrought not only for those who
had lost their first love, but also for souls who had never
placed themselves on the Lord's side. . . . Tokens of His
grace and favor called forth rejoicing from the hearts of
those who were thus blessed, and it was known that the sal-
vation of God was among His people. . . . p. 370, Para. 1,
[CT].

Why should we not expect the Holy Watcher to come into our
schools? Our youth are there to receive an education, to
acquire a knowledge of the only true God. They are there to
learn how to present Christ as a sin-pardoning Saviour.
They are there to gather up precious rays of light, that
they may diffuse light again. They are there to show forth
the loving-kindness of the Lord, to speak of His glory, to
sound forth the praises of Him who has called us out of
darkness into His marvelous light. . . . p. 370, Para. 2,
[CT].

Again and again the heavenly Messenger has been sent to

the school. When His presence has been acknowledged, the
darkness has fled away, the light has shone forth, and
hearts have been drawn to God. The last words spoken by
Christ to John were: "The Spirit and the bride say, Come.
And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is
athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of
life freely." Revelation 22:17. When we respond to God and
say, "Lord, we come," then with joy shall we draw water out
of the wells of salvation. p. 370, Para. 3, [CT].

Shall we not keep holy festivals unto God? Shall we not

show that we have some enthusiasm in His service? With the
grand, ennobling theme of salvation before us, shall we be
as cold as statues of marble? If men can become so excited
over a match game of cricket, or a horse race, or over
foolish things that bring no good to anyone, shall we be
unmoved when the plan of salvation is unfolded before us?
Let the school and the church henceforth have festivals of
rejoicing unto the Lord.-- Special Testimonies on Educa-
tion, pages 77-82. p. 371, Para. 1, [CT].
 Perils of Worldly-Wise Teachers -- All the treasures of
heaven were committed to Jesus Christ, that He might impart
these precious gifts to the diligent, persevering seeker.
He "is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sancti-
fication, and redemption." 1 Corinthians 1:30. But even the
prayers of many are so formal that they carry with them no
influence for good. They are not a savor of life. p. 371,
Para. 2, [CT].

If teachers would humble their hearts before God and real-

ize the responsibilities they have accepted in taking
charge of the youth with the object of educating them for
the future immortal life, a marked change would soon be
seen in their attitude. Their prayers would not be dry and
lifeless, but they would pray with the earnestness of souls
who feel their peril. They would learn daily of Jesus, tak-
ing the word of God as their lesson book, having a living
sense that it is the voice of God, and the atmosphere sur-
rounding their souls would change materially. The tempta-
tion to be first would be quenched in the lessons daily
learned in the school of Christ. They would not lean so
confidently to their own understanding. . . . p. 371,
Para. 3, [CT].

The teachers in our schools are today in danger of follow-

ing in the same track as did the Jews in Christ's day.
Whatever may be their position, however they may pride
themselves upon their ability to teach, unless they open
the chambers of the soul temple to receive the bright rays
of the Sun of Righteousness, they are written in the books
of heaven as unbelievers. By precept and example they in-
tercept the rays of light that would come to the students.
Their danger is in being self-centered and too wise to be
instructed. p. 372, Para. 1, [CT].

We are living in a world full of corruption, and if we do

not receive the living Christ into our hearts, believing
and doing His words, we shall be left as blind as were the
Jews. All teachers need to grasp every ray of heavenly
light shed upon their pathway; for as instructors they need
light. Some say, "Yes, I think I am anxious for this;" but
they deceive themselves. Where do you get your light? From
what fountain have you been drinking? I have the word of
the Lord that not a few of the teachers have left the snow
waters of Lebanon for the turbid streams of the valley. God
alone can guide us safely in paths which lead to the better
country. But the teachers who are not earnestly and intel-
ligently seeking that better country are leading those un-
der their influence to be careless and to neglect the great
salvation bought for them at an infinite price. p. 372,
Para. 2, [CT].

A close connection with God must be maintained by all our

teachers. If God should send His Holy Spirit into our
schools to mold hearts, elevate the intellect, and give di-
vine wisdom to the students, there are those who, in their
present state, would interpose between God and those who
need the light. They would not understand the work of the
Holy Spirit; they have never understood it; in the past it
has been to them as great a mystery as were Christ's les-
sons to the Jews. The working of the Holy Spirit of God is
not to create curiosity. It is not for men to decide
whether they shall lay their hands upon the manifestations
of the Spirit of God. We must let God work. p. 373, Para.
1, [CT].

When teachers are willing to sit in the school of Christ

and learn of the Great Teacher, they will know far less in
their own estimation than they do now. When God becomes the
teacher, He will be acknowledged, His name will be magni-
fied. The students will be as were the young men in the
schools of the prophets, upon whom the Spirit of God came,
and they prophesied. p. 373, Para. 2, [CT].

The great adversary of souls is seeking to bring a dead,

lifeless spiritual atmosphere into all our institutions. He
works to turn and twist every circumstance to his own ad-
vantage, to the exclusion of Jesus Christ. Today, as in the
days of Christ, God cannot do many mighty works because of
the unbelief of those who stand in responsible positions.
The converting power of God is needed before they will un-
derstand the word of God, and be willing to humble them-
selves before Him as learners. p. 373, Para. 3, [CT].

Finishing at Worldly Schools -- Prophecy tells us that we

are near the close of time. Intellectual power, natural
abilities, supposed excellent judgment, will not prepare
the youth to become missionaries for God. No one who is
seeking an education for the work and service of God will
be made more complete in Jesus Christ by receiving the sup-
posed finishing touch at -- in either literary or medical
lines. Many have been unfitted to do missionary work by at-
tending such schools. They have dishonored God by leaving
Him on one side and accepting man as their helper. "Them
that honor Me I will honor," God declares, "and they that
despise Me shall be lightly esteemed." 1 Samuel 2:30. . . .
p. 374, Para. 1, [CT].

God's word should be received as the foundation and the

finisher of our faith. It is to be received with the under-
standing and with the whole heart; it is life and is to be
incorporated into our very existence. Thus received, the
word of God will humble man at the footstool of mercy and
separate him from every corrupting influence. p. 374,
Para. 2, [CT].

"In the year that King Uzziah died," says Isaiah, "I saw
also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up,
and His train filled the temple. Above it stood the se-
raphims; each one had six wings; with twain he covered his
face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he
did fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy,
holy, is the Lord of hosts: the whole earth is full of His
glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him
that cried, and the house was filled with smoke." Beholding
this grand and glorious representation, the prophet dis-
cerned his own imperfections, and those of the people with
whom he dwelt. "Woe is me!" he cried, "for I am undone; be-
cause I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst
of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the
King, the Lord of hosts." Isaiah 6:1-5. Oh, how many who
are engaged in this work of responsibility need to behold
God as did Isaiah; for in the presence of His glory and
majesty self will sink into nothingness.-- Special Testimo-
nies on Education, pages 165-170; written from Melbourne,
Australia, Feb. 10, 1894, to the teachers in Battle Creek
College. p. 374, Para. 3, [CT].

Only as the higher life is brought to view, as shown in

the teachings of Christ, can any learning and instruction
rightly be called higher education; and only by the aid of
the Holy Spirit can this education be gained. Man's study
of the science of nature, unaided by the Holy Spirit, falls
short of the precious things Christ desires him to learn
from the things of the natural world; for he fails to be
instructed in the great and important truths which concern
his salvation. p. 375, Para. 1, [CT].

There are great possibilities in the human understanding

when connected with the True Teacher, who in His presenta-
tion of the things of the natural world revealed truth in
its practical bearings. God works all unseen upon the human
heart; for without the divine power operating upon the un-
derstanding, the mind of man cannot grasp the sentiments of
elevating, ennobling truth. It cannot read the book of na-
ture, nor can it understand the simplicity of godliness
found therein. When the human mind is freed from perverting
influences, it can receive the lessons of Christ. But no
man can understand the true science of education, only as
God in His wisdom shall through the Holy Spirit sanctify
his observation. p. 376, Para. 1, [CT].

If the students who attend our colleges would be firm and

maintain integrity, if they would not associate with those
who walk in the paths of sin nor be charmed by their soci-
ety, like Daniel they would enjoy the favor of God. If they
would discard unprofitable amusements and indulgence of ap-
petite, their minds would be clear for the pursuit of
knowledge. They would thus gain a moral power that would
enable them to remain unmoved when assailed by temptation.
p. 376, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who are connected with our institutions in positions

of responsibility should take upon themselves the burden of
caring for the souls of those placed under their charge.
p. 376, Para. 3, [CT].

The master mind in the confederacy of evil is ever working

to keep out of sight the words of God and to bring into
view the opinions of men. He means that we shall not hear
the voice of God saying, "This is the way, walk ye in it."
Isaiah 30:21. Through perverted educational processes he is
doing his utmost to obscure heaven's light. p. 377, Para.
1, [CT].

Philosophical speculation and scientific research in which

God is not acknowledged are making skeptics of thousands.
In the schools of today the conclusions that learned men
have reached as the result of their scientific investiga-
tions are carefully taught and fully explained; while the
impression is distinctly given that if these learned men
are correct, the Bible cannot be. Skepticism is attractive
to the human mind. The youth see in it an independence that
captivates the imagination, and they are deceived. Satan
triumphs. He nourishes every seed of doubt that is sown in
young hearts. He causes it to grow and bear fruit, and soon
a plentiful harvest of infidelity is reaped. p. 377, Para.
2, [CT].
 It is because the human heart is inclined to evil that it
is so dangerous to sow the seeds of skepticism in young
minds. Whatever weakens faith in God robs the soul of power
to resist temptation. It removes the only real safeguard
against sin. We are in need of schools where the youth
shall be taught that greatness consists in honoring God by
revealing His character in daily life. Through His word and
His works we need to learn of God, that our lives may ful-
fill His purpose. p. 377, Para. 3, [CT].

Infidel Authors -- In order to obtain an education, many

think it essential to study the writings of infidel
authors, because these works contain many bright gems of
thought. But who was the originator of these gems of
thought? It was God, and God only. He is the Source of all
light. Why, then, should we wade through the mass of error
contained in the works of infidels for the sake of a few
intellectual truths, when all truth is at our command? p.
378, Para. 1, [CT].

How is it that men who are at war with the government of

God come into possession of the wisdom which they sometimes
display? Satan himself was educated in the heavenly courts,
and he has a knowledge of good as well as of evil. He min-
gles the precious with the vile, and this is what gives him
power to deceive. But because Satan has robed himself in
garments of heavenly brightness, shall we receive him as an
angel of light? The tempter has his agents, educated ac-
cording to his methods, inspired by his spirit, and adapted
to his work. Shall we co-operate with them? Shall we re-
ceive the works of his agents as essential to the acquire-
ment of an education? p. 378, Para. 2, [CT].

If the time and effort spent in seeking to grasp the

bright ideas of infidels were given to studying the pre-
cious things of the word of God, thousands who now sit in
darkness and in the shadow of death would be rejoicing in
the glory of the Light of life. p. 379, Para. 1, [CT].

Historical and Theological Lore -- As a preparation for

Christian work many think it essential to acquire an exten-
sive knowledge of historical and theological writings. They
suppose that this knowledge will be an aid to them in
teaching the gospel. But their laborious study of the opin-
ions of men tends to the enfeebling of their ministry
rather than to its strengthening. As I see libraries filled
with ponderous volumes of historical and theological lore,
I think, Why spend money for that which is not bread? The
sixth chapter of John tells us more than can be found in
such works. Christ says: "I am the bread of life: he that
cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on
Me shall never thirst." "I am the living bread which came
down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall
live forever." "He that believeth on Me hath everlasting
life." "The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit,
and they are life." John 6:35, 51, 47, 63. p. 379, Para.
2, [CT].

There is a study of history that is not to be condemned.

Sacred history was one of the studies in the schools of the
prophets. In the record of His dealings with the nations
were traced the footsteps of Jehovah. So today we are to
consider the dealings of God with the nations of the earth.
We are to see in history the fulfillment of prophecy, to
study the workings of Providence in the great reformatory
movements, and to understand the progress of events in the
marshaling of the nations for the final conflict of the
great controversy. p. 379, Para. 3, [CT].

Such study will give broad, comprehensive views of life.

It will help us to understand something of its relations
and dependencies, how wonderfully we are bound together in
the great brotherhood of society and nations, and to how
great an extent the oppression and degradation of one mem-
ber means loss to all. p. 380, Para. 1, [CT].

But history, as commonly studied, is concerned with man's

achievements, his victories in battle, his success in at-
taining power and greatness. God's agency in the affairs of
men is lost sight of. Few study the working out of His pur-
pose in the rise and fall of nations. p. 380, Para. 2,
[CT].

And to a large degree theology, as studied and taught, is

but a record of human speculation, serving only to darken
"counsel by words without knowledge." Job 38:2. Too often
the motive in accumulating these many books is not so much
a desire to obtain food for mind and soul, as it is an am-
bition to become acquainted with philosophers and theologi-
ans, a desire to present Christianity to the people in
learned terms and propositions. p. 380, Para. 3, [CT].

Not all the books written can serve the purpose of a holy
life. "Learn of Me," said the Great Teacher, "take My yoke
upon you, learn My meekness and lowliness." Your intellec-
tual pride will not aid you in communicating with souls
that are perishing for want of the bread of life. In your
study of these books you are allowing them to take the
place of the practical lessons you should be learning from
Christ. With the results of this study the people are not
fed. Very little of the research which is so wearying to
the mind furnishes that which will help one to be a suc-
cessful laborer for souls. p. 380, Para. 4, [CT].

The Saviour came "to preach the gospel to the poor." Luke
4:18. In His teaching He used the simplest terms and the
plainest symbols. And it is said that "the common people
heard Him gladly." Mark 12:37. Those who are seeking to do
His work for this time need a deeper insight into the les-
sons He has given. p. 381, Para. 1, [CT].

The words of the living God are the highest of all educa-
tion. Those who minister to the people need to eat of the
bread of life. This will give them spiritual strength; then
they will be prepared to minister to all classes of people.
p. 381, Para. 2, [CT].

The Classics -- In the colleges and universities, thou-

sands of youth devote a large part of the best years of
life to the study of Greek and Latin. And while they are
engaged in these studies, mind and character are molded by
the evil sentiments of pagan literature, the reading of
which is generally regarded as an essential part of the
study of these languages. p. 381, Para. 3, [CT].

Those who are conversant with the classics declare that

"the Greek tragedies are full of incest, murder, and human
sacrifices to lustful and revengeful gods." Far better
would it be for the world were the education gained from
such sources to be dispensed with. "Can one go upon hot
coals, and his feet not be burned?" Proverbs 6:28. "Who can
bring a clean thing out of an unclean? not one." Job 14:4.
Can we, then, expect the youth to develop Christian charac-
ter while their education is molded by the teaching of
those who set at defiance the principles of the law of God?
p. 381, Para. 4, [CT].

In casting off restraint, and plunging into reckless

amusement, dissipation, and vice, students are but imitat-
ing that which is kept before their minds by these studies.
There are callings in which a knowledge of Greek and Latin
is needed. Some must study these languages. But the knowl-
edge of them essential for practical uses might be gained
without a study of literature that is corrupt and corrupt-
ing. p. 382, Para. 1, [CT].

And a knowledge of Greek and Latin is not needed by many.

The study of dead languages should be made secondary to a
study of those subjects that teach the right use of all the
powers of body and mind. It is folly for students to devote
their time to the acquirement of dead languages, or of book
knowledge in any line, to the neglect of a training for
life's practical duties. p. 382, Para. 2, [CT].

What do students carry with them when they leave school?

Where are they going? What are they to do? Have they the
knowledge that will enable them to teach others? Have they
been educated to be true fathers and mothers? Can they
stand at the head of a family as wise instructors? The only
education worthy of the name is that which leads young men
and women to be Christlike, which fits them to bear life's
responsibilities, fits them to stand at the head of their
families. Such an education is not to be acquired by a
study of heathen classics. . . . p. 382, Para. 3, [CT].

High-Class Fiction -- There are works of fiction that were

written for the purpose of teaching truth or exposing some
great evil. Some of these works have accomplished good. Yet
they have also wrought untold harm. They contain statements
and highly wrought pen pictures that excite the imagination
and give rise to a train of thought which is full of dan-
ger, especially to the youth. The scenes described are
lived over and over again in their thoughts. Such reading
unfits the mind for usefulness and disqualifies it for
spiritual exercise. It destroys interest in the Bible.
Heavenly things find little place in the thoughts. As the
mind dwells upon the scenes of impurity portrayed, passion
is aroused, and the end is sin. p. 383, Para. 1, [CT].

Even fiction which contains no suggestion of impurity, and

which may be intended to teach excellent principles, is
harmful. It encourages the habit of hasty and superficial
reading, merely for the story. Thus it tends to destroy the
power of connected and vigorous thought; it unfits the soul
to contemplate the great problems of duty and destiny. p.
383, Para. 2, [CT].
 By fostering a love for mere amusement, the reading of
fiction creates a distaste for life's practical duties.
Through its exciting, intoxicating power it is not infre-
quently a cause of both mental and physical disease. Many a
miserable, neglected home, many a lifelong invalid, many an
inmate of the insane asylum, has become such through the
habit of novel reading. p. 383, Para. 3, [CT].

It is often urged that in order to win the youth from sen-

sational or worthless literature, we should supply them
with a better class of fiction. This is like trying to cure
a drunkard by giving him, in the place of whisky or brandy,
the milder intoxicants, such as wine, beer, or cider. The
use of these would continually foster the appetite for
stronger stimulants. The only safety for the inebriate, and
the only safeguard for the temperate man, is total absti-
nence. For the lover of fiction the same rule holds true.
Total abstinence is his only safety. p. 383, Para. 4,
[CT].

Myths and Fairy Tales -- In the education of children and

youth, fairy tales, myths, and fictitious stories are now
given a large place. Books of this character are used in
schools, and they are to be found in many homes. How can
Christian parents permit their children to use books so
filled with falsehood? When the children ask the meaning of
stories so contrary to the teaching of their parents, the
answer is that the stories are not true; but this does not
do away with the evil results of their use. The ideas pre-
sented in these books mislead the children. They impart
false views of life and beget and foster a desire for the
unreal. p. 384, Para. 1, [CT].

The widespread use of such books at this time is one of

the cunning devices of Satan. He is seeking to divert the
minds of old and young from the great work of character
building. He means that our children and youth shall be
swept away by the soul-destroying deceptions with which he
is filling the world. Therefore he seeks to divert their
minds from the word of God and thus prevent them from ob-
taining a knowledge of those truths that would be their
safeguard. p. 384, Para. 2, [CT].

Never should books containing a perversion of truth be

placed in the hands of children or youth. Let not our chil-
dren, in the very process of obtaining an education, re-
ceive ideas that will prove to be seeds of sin. If those
with mature minds had nothing to do with such books, they
would themselves be far safer, and their example and influ-
ence on the right side would make it far less difficult to
guard the youth from temptation. A Purer Fountain "Bow down
thine ear, and hear the words of the wise, And apply thine
heart unto My knowledge. . . . That thy trust may be in the
Lord, I have made known to thee this day, even to thee.
"Have I not written to thee excellent things In counsels
and knowledge, That I might make thee know the certainty of
the words of truth; That thou mightest answer the words of
truth to them that send unto thee?" Proverbs 22:17-21. "He
established a testimony in Jacob, And appointed a law in
Israel, Which He commanded our fathers, That they should
make them known to their children;" "Showing to the genera-
tion to come the praises of the Lord, And His strength, and
His wonderful works that He hath done." "That the genera-
tion to come might know them, Even the children which
should be born; Who should arise and declare them to their
children: That they might set their hope in God.:" Psalm
78:4-7. "The blessing of the Lord, it maketh rich, And He
addeth no sorrow with it." Proverbs 10:22. p. 385, Para.
1, [CT].

Christ's Teaching -- So also Christ presented the princi-

ples of truth in the gospel. In His teaching we may drink
of the pure streams that flow from the throne of God.
Christ could have imparted to men knowledge that would have
surpassed any previous disclosures, and put in the back-
ground every other discovery. He could have unlocked mys-
tery after mystery and could have concentrated around these
wonderful revelations the active, earnest thought of suc-
cessive generations till the close of time. But He would
not spare a moment from teaching the science of salvation.
His time, His faculties, and His life were appreciated and
used only as a means for working out the salvation of the
souls of men. He had come to seek and to save that which
was lost, and He would not be turned from His purpose. He
allowed nothing to divert Him. p. 385, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ imparted only that knowledge which could be util-

ized. His instruction of the people was confined to the
needs of their own condition in practical life. The curios-
ity that led them to come to Him with prying questions He
did not gratify. All such questionings He made the occasion
for solemn, earnest, vital appeals. To those who were so
eager to pluck from the tree of knowledge, He offered the
fruit of the tree of life. They found every avenue closed
except the way that leads to God. Every fountain was sealed
save the fountain of eternal life. p. 386, Para. 1, [CT].

Our Saviour did not encourage any to attend the rabbinical

schools of His day, for the reason that their minds would
be corrupted with the continually repeated, "They say," or
"It has been said." Why, then, should we accept the unsta-
ble words of men as exalted wisdom, when a greater, a cer-
tain wisdom is at our command? p. 386, Para. 2, [CT].

That which I have seen of eternal things, and that which I

have seen of the weakness of humanity, has deeply impressed
my mind and influenced my lifework. I see nothing wherein
man should be praised or glorified. I see no reason why the
opinions of worldly-wise men and so-called great men should
be trusted in and exalted. How can those who are destitute
of divine enlightenment have correct ideas of God's plans
and ways? They either deny Him altogether and ignore His
existence, or they circumscribe His power by their own fi-
nite conceptions. p. 387, Para. 1, [CT].

Let us choose to be taught by Him who created the heavens

and the earth, by Him who set the stars in their order in
the firmament and appointed the sun and the moon to do
their work. p. 387, Para. 2, [CT].

Knowledge That Can Be Utilized -- It is right for the

youth to feel that they must reach the highest development
of their mental powers. We would not restrict the education
to which God has set no limit. But our attainments avail
nothing if not put to use for the honor of God and the good
of humanity. p. 387, Para. 3, [CT].

It is not well to crowd the mind with studies that require

intense application, but that are not brought into use in
practical life. Such education will be a loss to the stu-
dent, for these studies lessen his desire and inclination
for the studies that would fit him for usefulness and en-
able him to fulfill his responsibilities. A practical
training is worth far more than any amount of mere theoriz-
ing. It is not enough even to have knowledge; we must have
ability to use the knowledge aright. p. 387, Para. 4,
[CT].

The time, means, and study that so many expend for a com-
paratively useless education should be devoted to gaining
an education that would make them practical men and women,
fitted to bear life's responsibilities. Such an education
would be of the highest value. p. 388, Para. 1, [CT].

Heart Education -- What we need is knowledge that will

strengthen mind and soul, that will make us better men and
women. Heart education is of far more importance than mere
book learning. It is well, even essential, to have a knowl-
edge of the world in which we live; but if we leave eter-
nity out of our reckoning we shall make a failure from
which we can never recover. . . . p. 388, Para. 2, [CT].

If the youth understood their own weakness, they would

find in God their strength. If they seek to be taught by
Him they will become wise in His wisdom, and their lives
will be fruitful in blessing to the world. But if they give
up their minds to mere worldly and speculative study, and
thus separate from God, they will lose all that enriches
life.-- The Ministry of Healing, pages 439-450. p. 388,
Para. 3, [CT].

To gain the higher education means to become a partaker of

the divine nature. It means to copy the life and character
of Christ so that we shall stand on vantage ground as we
fight the battles of life. It means to gain daily victories
over sin. As we seek for this education, angels of God are
our companions; when the enemy comes in like a flood, the
Spirit of the Lord lifts up a standard for us against him.
p. 388, Para. 4, [CT].

I am given words of caution for the teachers in our

schools. The work of our schools should bear a different
stamp from that borne by some of the most popular of our
institutions of learning. Many of the textbooks used in
these schools are unnecessary for the work of preparing
students for the school above. As a result the youth are
not receiving the most perfect Christian education. Those
points of study are neglected that are most needed to fit
them for missionary work in home and foreign fields, and to
prepare them to stand in the last great examination. The
education needed is that which will qualify students for
practical service, by teaching them to bring every faculty
under the control of the Spirit of God. The study book of
the highest value is that which contains the instruction of
Christ, the Teacher of teachers. p. 389, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord requires our teachers to put away from our

schools those books teaching sentiments which are not in
accordance with His word, and to give place to those books
that are of the highest value. He will be honored when they
show to the world that a wisdom more than human is theirs,
because the Master Teacher is standing as their instructor.
p. 389, Para. 2, [CT].

There is need of separating from our educational work an

erroneous, polluted literature, so that ideas which are the
seeds of sin will not be received and cherished as the
truth. Let not any suppose that a study of books which will
lead to the reception of false ideas, is valuable educa-
tion. Those ideas which, gaining entrance to the mind,
separate the youth from the Source of all wisdom, all effi-
ciency, all power, leave them the sport of Satan's tempta-
tions. A pure education for the youth in our schools, un-
mixed with heathen philosophy, is a positive necessity. p.
389, Para. 3, [CT].

We need to guard continually against those books which

contain sophistry in regard to geology and other branches
of science. Before the theories of men of science are pre-
sented to immature students, they need to be carefully
sifted from every trace of infidel suggestions. One tiny
seed of infidelity sown by a teacher in the heart of a stu-
dent may spring up and bring forth a harvest of unbelief.
The sophistries regarding God and nature that are flooding
the world with skepticism are the inspiration of the fallen
foe. Satan is a Bible student. He knows the truths that are
essential for salvation, and it is his study to divert
minds from these truths. Let our teachers beware lest they
echo the falsehoods of the enemy of God and man. p. 390,
Para. 1, [CT].

It is a mistake to put into the hands of the youth books

that perplex and confuse them. The reason sometimes given
for this study is that the teacher has passed over this
ground, and the student must follow. But if teachers were
receiving light and wisdom from the divine Teacher, they
would look at this matter in a very different way. They
would measure the relative importance of the things to be
learned in school. The common, essential branches of educa-
tion would be more thoroughly taught, and the word of God
would be esteemed as the bread sent down from heaven, which
sustains all spiritual life. p. 390, Para. 2, [CT].

We are slow to realize how much we need to understand the

teachings of Christ and His methods of labor. If these were
better understood, much of the instruction given in our
schools would be counted as of no value. It would be seen
that much that is now taught does not develop the simplic-
ity of true godliness in the life of the student. Finite
wisdom would receive less esteem, and the word of God would
have a more honored place. p. 391, Para. 1, [CT].

If the teachers in our schools would search the Scriptures

for the purpose of securing a better understanding for
themselves, opening their hearts to the light given in the
word, they would be taught of God. They would love and
practice the truth, and would labor to bring in less of the
theories and sentiments of men who have never had a connec-
tion with God, and more of the knowledge that endures. They
would feel a deep soul hunger for the wisdom that comes
from above. p. 391, Para. 2, [CT].

Studying to Useless Ends -- Often students spend many

years in study that is conducted on wrong lines and to use-
less ends. The mind is trained to think in a wrong channel,
taught to grasp those things that are not only utterly
worthless, but an injury to the physical and mental health.
The student obtains a slender store of information upon
many subjects that are of little value to him, a limited
knowledge along many lines that he will never use, when he
might obtain knowledge that would be of the highest service
in practical life, and which would be a storehouse of wis-
dom from which to draw in time of need. p. 391, Para. 3,
[CT].

It is difficult to depart from old customs and established

ideas. But few realize the loss that is sustained by many
in long courses of study. Much that is crowded into the
brain is of no value, yet students suppose this education
to be all-sufficient, and after years of study they leave
school with their diplomas, believing that they are men and
women properly educated and ready for service. In many
cases this preparation for service is nothing more than a
farce, yet it will continue until teachers receive the wis-
dom of heaven through the influence of the Holy Spirit. p.
392, Para. 1, [CT].

Many a student has so long taxed the mind to learn that

which his reason tells him will never be of any use, that
his mental powers have become weakened and incapable of
vigorous exertion and persevering effort to comprehend
those things which are of vital importance. The money ex-
pended in his education, which perhaps was provided as the
result of great sacrifice on the part of his parents, is
well-nigh wasted; and a misapprehension as to what is of
importance leads to a mistake in his lifework. p. 392,
Para. 2, [CT].

What a fraud is that education obtained in literary or

scientific lines, if it must be stripped from the learner
before he is counted worthy to enter upon that life which
measures with the life of God, himself saved as by fire.
God has given us a probation in which to prepare for the
school above. For this the youth are here to be educated,
disciplined, and trained. In the lower school of earth they
are to form characters that God can approve. They are to
receive a training, not in the customs and amusements of
worldly society, but in Christ's lines, a training that
will fit them to be co-laborers with heavenly intelli-
gences. The studies given the youth should be of a charac-
ter to make them more successful in the service of God, to
enable them to follow in the footsteps of Christ and to
maintain the great principles that He maintained. Our stan-
dard is to be the character of Him who is pure, holy, unde-
filed.... p. 392, Para. 3, [CT].

The knowledge of God is the real essence of education. The

education that would supersede this knowledge, or dismiss
it from the mind, as Felix dismissed Paul when he spoke to
him of temperance, righteousness, and judgment to come, is
not of God. Paul's words made Felix tremble; but the gover-
nor dismissed the apostle with the words, "Go thy way for
this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for
thee." Acts 24:25. And today multitudes are saying the
same. Their minds are called to the deep subjects of truth,
problems as high as heaven and as broad as eternity; but
they say, "I cannot bring these subjects into my daily
studies; for they would so stir up my mind as to unfit me
for the daily routine of study. I have never mastered Bible
problems. I cannot take up this study now. Go thy way for
this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for
thee." Thus God's great lesson book is set aside because it
is not regarded as the one thing needful. p. 393, Para. 1,
[CT].

The Highest Possible Development -- I do not wish anyone

to receive from the words I have written the impression
that the standard of education in our schools is to be in
any way lowered. Every student should remember that the
Lord requires him to make of himself all that is possible,
that he may wisely teach others also. Our students should
tax the mental powers; every faculty should reach the high-
est possible development. p. 393, Para. 2, [CT].

Many students come to college with intellectual habits

that are a hindrance to them. One of the most difficult to
manage is the habit of performing mental work as a matter
of routine, instead of bringing to bear upon each study
thoughtful, determined effort to master difficulties and to
grasp the principles at the foundation of the subject under
consideration. Indolence, apathy, irregularity, are to be
dreaded, and the binding of oneself to routine is just as
much to be dreaded. Through the grace of Christ it is in
the power of students to change this habit of routine, and
it is for their best interests and future usefulness
rightly to direct the mental faculties, training them to do
service under the guidance of the wisest of all teachers,
whose power they may claim by faith. This will give them
success in their intellectual efforts, in accordance with
God's promise. p. 394, Para. 1, [CT].

A thorough education, which will fit young men and women

for service, is to be given in our schools. In order to se-
cure such an education the wisdom that comes from God must
be made first and most important. All who engage in the ac-
quisition of knowledge should strive to reach the highest
round of the ladder. Let students advance as fast and as
far as they can; let the field of their study be as broad
as their powers can compass; but let them make God their
wisdom, clinging to Him who is infinite in knowledge, who
can reveal secrets hidden for ages, and who can solve the
most difficult problems for minds that believe in Him. p.
394, Para. 2, [CT].

We commend to every student the Book of books as the

grandest study for human intelligence, the book that con-
tains the knowledge essential for this life and for the
life to come. But I do not encourage a letting down of the
educational standard in the study of the sciences. The
light that has been given on this subject is clear and
should in no case be disregarded. p. 395, Para. 1, [CT].

Putting the Bible First -- In the instruction given in our

schools, the natural and the spiritual are to be combined.
The laws obeyed by the earth reveal the fact that it is un-
der the masterly power of an infinite God. The same princi-
ples run through the spiritual and the natural world. Di-
vorce God from the acquisition of knowledge, and you have a
lame, one-sided education, dead to all the saving qualities
that give true power to man. The Author of nature is the
Author of the Bible. Creation and Christianity have one
God. God is revealed in nature, and God is revealed in His
word. In clear rays the light shines from the sacred page,
showing us the living God, as represented in the laws of
His government, in the creation of the world, in the heav-
ens that He has garnished. His power is to be recognized as
the only means of redeeming the world from the degrading
superstitions that are so dishonoring to God and man. p.
395, Para. 2, [CT].

The student who in his school life becomes familiar with

the truths of God's word and feels their transforming power
upon his heart will represent the character of Christ to
the world in a well-ordered life and a godly conversation.
God will do great things for those who will open the heart
to His word and let it take possession of the soul temple.
The departure from the simplicity of true godliness on the
part of students has had an influence to weaken character
and lessen mental vigor. Their advancement in the sciences
has been retarded, while if they had been like Daniel,
hearers and doers of the word of God, they would have ad-
vanced as he did in all branches of learning upon which
they entered. Being pure-minded, they would have become
strong-minded. Every intellectual faculty would have been
sharpened. p. 395, Para. 3, [CT].

When the Bible is made the guide and counselor, it exerts

an ennobling influence upon the mind. Its study more than
any other will refine and elevate. It will enlarge the mind
of the candid student, endowing it with new impulses and
fresh vigor. It will give greater efficiency to the facul-
ties by bringing them in contact with grand, far-reaching
truths. If the mind becomes dwarfed and inefficient, it is
because it is left to deal with commonplace subjects only.
Let the Bible be received as the food of the soul, the best
and most effectual means of purifying and strengthening the
intellect. p. 396, Para. 1, [CT].

Out of the heart are the issues of life; and the heart of
the community, of the church, and of the nation is the
household. The well-being of society, the success of the
church, the prosperity of the nation, depend upon home in-
fluences. p. 396, Para. 2, [CT].
 I am instructed to say to teachers, ministers, and physi-
cians, who hold responsible positions in the work of the
third angel's message, You have a solemn work to do, a holy
work. Those who hold positions of trust in the cause of God
are to perfect the life after the divine similitude. In the
home, in the church, before the world, they are to reveal
the power of Christian principle to transform the life. Let
them work honestly; let them seek to reveal the spirit of
Christ in their work; let them ever strive to reach higher
ground. As I realize the perilous times before us and the
great responsibilities resting upon teachers, ministers,
and physicians, a heavy burden comes upon me lest they be
unfaithful in the discharge of duty. p. 397, Para. 1,
[CT].

"Ye that love the Lord, hate evil," the psalmist exhorts.
"He preserveth the souls of His saints; He delivereth them
out of the hand of the wicked. Light is sown for the right-
eous, and gladness for the upright in heart. Rejoice in the
Lord, ye righteous; and give thanks at the remembrance of
His holiness." Psalm 97: 10-12. Teachers, ministers, and
physicians are talking of higher ground to be gained in
educational lines; but these words of the psalmist show
that it is by serving God that this higher ground will be
gained. We should now be putting away evilspeaking, selfish
plans, everything that would hurt the influence or confuse
the judgment. The heart must be emptied of all self-
seeking; the conduct must be such that it will lead no soul
into false paths. p. 397, Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord calls upon His people to put away indolence and
indifference, and to act like converted men and women.
Diligent work is to be done in the circulation of our lit-
erature. Faithful work, marked by Christian politeness, is
to be done in many missionary lines. The truth is to go
forth as a lamp that burneth, that the real meaning of
higher education may be clearly understood. p. 398, Para.
1, [CT].

In our towns and cities are souls living in ignorance of

the truths of God's word; many are perishing in sin. Some
out of curiosity come to our houses of worship. Let every
discourse preached be a revelation of the great truths ap-
plicable to this time. Unveil the mysteries of redemption
before the students in the school and before the congrega-
tions who assemble to hear the word. This is knowledge
needed by the educated and the unlearned. The highest edu-
cation will be found in studying the mystery of godliness.
The great truths of God's word, if believed and received
and carried into the life practice, will result in educa-
tion of the highest order. p. 398, Para. 2, [CT].

The Saviour in His teachings ever showed the relation be-

tween cause and effect. To His followers in every age He
speaks, saying, "Let your light so shine before men, that
they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which
is in heaven." Matthew 5:16. The man or woman who has a
knowledge of the truth, but whose life does not express its
principles, is hiding his light. My brethren, let the light
be brought from under the bushel, that it may make known
the truths of the gospel. Invisible agencies will work
through the visible; the supernatural will co-operate with
the natural, the heavenly with the earthly; unknown things
will be revealed through the known. Let the grace of Christ
be revealed to teach that man may be renewed in the like-
ness of God. p. 398, Para. 3, [CT].

The Saviour's promise, "Whosoever hath, to him shall be

given" (Matthew 13:12), applies also to the reception of
truth. To him who seeks to understand its teachings will be
given increased understanding. To him who reveals that he
possesses the spirit of truth will be given a larger meas-
ure of the Spirit, that he may work out his own salvation.
The work of reflecting Christ to the world will not be done
boastingly, but in fear and trembling, yet in the power of
the Spirit. p. 399, Para. 1, [CT].

The most desirable education is a knowledge of the myster-

ies of the kingdom of heaven. He who serves the world sees
not the great things of eternal interest prepared for the
one who opens his heart to the light of heaven. But he who
enters this path of knowledge and perseveres in his search
after the hidden wisdom, to him heavenly agencies teach the
great lessons which through faith in Christ enable him to
be an overcomer. Through this knowledge spiritual perfec-
tion is reached; the life becomes holy and Christlike. p.
399, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ's teachings were not impressed upon His hearers by

any outward gestures, but by the words and acts of His
daily life, by the spirit He revealed. In the higher life
that He led as He worked the works of God, He gave to men
an example of the outworking of the true higher education.
So in the lives of His followers, when a hasty spirit is
overcome, when the heart is melted to tenderness for oth-
ers, when the life is devoted to working the works of
Christ, the fruit of the higher education is seen. p. 399,
Para. 3, [CT].

Higher education is not gained by the study of a certain

class of books that worldly teachers deem essential, but by
the study of the word of God. This study will lead to obe-
dience to His requirements and to a constant walking in the
footsteps of Christ. There is no education higher than that
to be found in the lessons that Christ gave. When these are
discarded for the teachings of men, it is time that God's
people became converted anew and learned from Christ the
simplicity of true godliness. p. 400, Para. 1, [CT].

When the converting power of God takes hold of the teach-

ers in our schools, they will recognize that a knowledge of
God and of Jesus Christ covers a much broader field than
the so-called "advanced methods" of education. But unless
they have broader views in regard to what constitutes edu-
cation, they will experience great hindrance in preparing
missionaries to go out to give their knowledge to others.
p. 400, Para. 2, [CT].

Teachers, take your position as true educators, and pour

into the hearts of the students the living stream of re-
deeming love. Before their minds are preoccupied with lit-
erary work, entreat them to seek Christ and His righteous-
ness. Show them the changes that will surely take place if
the heart is given to Christ. Fasten their attention on
Him. This will close the door to the foolish aspirations
that naturally arise, and will prepare the mind for the re-
ception of divine truth. p. 400, Para. 3, [CT].

We have been warned again and again that the character of

the education that has been current in the world cannot
stand the test of the word of God. The subject of education
is one that should interest every Seventh-day Adventist.
The Lord says to us, Seventh-day Adventists are not to
place themselves under the counsel and instruction of
teachers who know not the truth for this time. The molding
and fashioning of minds should not be left to men who have
not comprehended the importance of a preparation for that
life which measures with the life of God. p. 401, Para. 1,
[CT].
 Some of our teachers have been charmed with the sentiments
of infidel authors. In a representation given me, I saw one
holding in his hand one of these books and recommending it
to our teachers as a book from which real help could be ob-
tained along educational lines. Another was holding in His
hand books of an altogether different character. He placed
His hand upon the one who had recommended the infidel
author, and said, "Advice of the kind you have given is
opening the door for Satan with his sophistries to find
easy entrance to your school. These books contain senti-
ments that your students should be instructed to avoid. Hu-
man minds are easily charmed with studies that lead to in-
fidelity. These books produce in the minds of the students
a distaste for the study of the word of God, which is eter-
nal life to all who follow its instruction. Such books
should not find entrance into any school where the youth
are being taught to be learners of the greatest of teach-
ers." p. 401, Para. 2, [CT].

With solemn voice the speaker continued, "Do you find in

these authors that which you can recommend as essential to
true higher education? Would you dare to recommend their
study to students who are ignorant of their true character?
Wrong habits of thought, when once accepted, become a des-
potic power that fastens the mind as in a grasp of steel.
If many who have received and read these books had never
seen them, but had accepted the words of the divine Teacher
in their place, they would be far in advance of where they
now are in a knowledge of the divine truths of God's word,
which make men wise unto salvation. These books have led
thousands where Satan led Adam and Eve--to a knowledge that
God forbade them to have. Through their teachings, students
have been turned away from the word of the Lord to fables."
p. 402, Para. 1, [CT].

I am instructed to say to students, In your search for

knowledge climb higher than the standard set by the world;
follow where Jesus has led the way. And to teachers I would
say, Beware how you sow the seeds of unbelief in human
hearts and minds. Cleanse yourselves from all filthiness of
the flesh and spirit. The crowning glory of Christ's at-
tributes is His holiness. The angels bow before Him in ado-
ration, exclaiming, "Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty."
Revelation 4:8. He is declared to be glorious in His holi-
ness. Study the character of God. By beholding Christ, by
seeking Him in faith and prayer, you may become like Him.
p. 402, Para. 2, [CT].
 The standard of education in our schools is lowered as
soon as Christ ceases to be the pattern of teachers and
students. Teachers are to understand that their work is not
confined to the knowledge contained in textbooks; it is to
reach higher, far higher than it does. A course of self-
discipline is to educate them to conform the character to
the divine similitude. Self dies hard; but when teachers
have that wisdom which comes from above, they will discern
the true object of our educational work, and reforms will
be made that will give our youth a training that is accord-
ing to the Lord's plan of development. p. 402, Para. 3,
[CT].

Teacher, weed from your talks all that is not of the high-
est and best quality. Keep before the students those senti-
ments only that are essential. Never should the physician,
minister, or teacher prolong his talks until the alpha is
forgotten in long-drawn-out assertions that are not of the
least benefit. When this is done, the mind is swamped with
a multitude of words that it cannot retain. Let the talks
given be short and right to the point. Let the mind be kept
sweet and pure, and open to heaven's first law, "Thou shalt
love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy
soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and
thy neighbor as thyself." Luke 10:27. If those who act a
part in the training of the youth will leave many things
unsaid, and present before the students the importance of
the principles they must obey in order to have eternal
life, there will be seen a work of true reform. p. 403,
Para. 1, [CT].

The practice of furnishing a few students with every ad-

vantage for perfecting their education in so many lines
that it would be impossible for them to make use of them
all is an injury rather than a benefit to the one who has
so many advantages, and it deprives others of the privi-
leges that they need so much. If there were far less of
this long-continued preparation, far less exclusive devo-
tion to study, there would be much more opportunity for an
increase of the student's faith in God. . . . It has been
shown me that some of the students are losing their spiri-
tuality, that their faith is becoming weak, and that they
do not hold constant communion with God. They spend nearly
all their time in the perusal of books; they seem to know
but little else. But what advantage will all this prepara-
tion be to them? What benefit will they derive for all the
time and money spent? I tell you, it will be worse than
lost. . . . p. 404, Para. 1, [CT].

There should be most careful consideration as to the best

manner of expending money in the education of students.
While so much is spent to put a few through an expensive
course of study, there are many who are thirsting for the
knowledge they should get in a few months; one or two years
would be considered a great blessing. If all the means is
used in putting a few through several years of study, many
young men and women just as worthy cannot be assisted at
all. . . . p. 404, Para. 2, [CT].

Instead of overeducating a few, enlarge the sphere of your

charities. Resolve that the means which you use in educat-
ing workers for the cause shall not be expended simply upon
one, enabling him to get more than he really needs, while
others are left without anything at all. Give students a
start, but do not feel that it is your duty to carry them
year after year. It is their duty to get out into the field
to work, and it is your place to extend your charities to
others who are in need of assistance.... p. 405, Para. 1,
[CT].

Too great devotion to study, even of true science, creates

an abnormal appetite, which increases as it is fed. This
creates a desire to secure more knowledge than is essential
to do the work of the Lord. The pursuit of knowledge merely
for its own sake diverts the mind from devotion to God, and
checks advance along the path of practical holiness.... The
Lord Jesus imparted only such a measure of instruction as
could be utilized. ... The minds of the disciples were of-
ten excited by curiosity; but instead of gratifying their
desire to know things which were not necessary for the
proper conduct of their work, He opened new channels of
thought to their minds. He gave them much needed instruc-
tion upon practical godliness.... p. 405, Para. 2, [CT].

Intemperance in Study -- Intemperance in study is a spe-

cies of intoxication, and those who indulge in it, like the
drunkard, wander from safe paths and stumble and fall in
the darkness. The Lord would have every student bear in
mind that the eye must be kept single to the glory of God.
He is not to exhaust and waste his physical and mental pow-
ers in seeking to acquire all possible knowledge of the
sciences, but is to preserve the freshness and vigor of all
his powers to engage in the work which the Lord has ap-
pointed him in helping souls to find the path of righteous-
ness.... The command of heaven is to do, to work,--to do
something that will reflect glory to God by being a benefit
to our fellow men.... p. 405, Para. 3, [CT].

The Lord does not choose or accept laborers according to

the advantages they have enjoyed, or according to the supe-
rior education they have received. The value of the human
agent is estimated according to the capacity of the heart
to know and understand God.... The highest possible good is
obtained through a knowledge of God. "This is life eternal,
that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus
Christ, whom Thou hast sent." John 17:3. This knowledge is
the secret spring from which flows all power.... p. 406,
Para. 1, [CT].

The Education of Moses -- The education received by Moses,

as the king's grandson, was very thorough. Nothing was ne-
glected that would make him a wise man, as the Egyptians
understood wisdom. But the most valuable part of Moses'
fitting for his lifework was that which he received as a
shepherd. As he led his flocks through the wilds of the
mountains and into the green pastures of the valleys, the
God of nature taught him the highest wisdom. In the school
of nature, with Christ as his teacher, he learned lessons
of humility, meekness, faith, and trust, all of which bound
his soul closer to God. In the solitude of the mountains he
learned that which all his instruction in the king's palace
was unable to impart to him--simple, unwavering faith and a
constant trust in the Lord. p. 406, Para. 2, [CT].

Moses had supposed that his education in the wisdom of

Egypt fully qualified him to lead Israel from bondage. Was
he not learned in all those things necessary for a general
of armies? Had he not had the advantages of the best
schools in the land? Yes, he felt that he was able to de-
liver his people. He set about his work by trying to gain
their favor by redressing their wrongs. He killed an Egyp-
tian who was imposing upon one of the Israelites. In this
he manifested the spirit of him who was a murderer from the
beginning, and proved himself unfit to represent the God of
mercy, love, and tenderness. p. 407, Para. 1, [CT].

Moses made a miserable failure of his first attempt; and,

like many another, he immediately lost confidence in God
and turned his back on his appointed work. He fled from the
wrath of Pharaoh. He concluded that because of his great
sin in taking the life of the Egyptian, God would not per-
mit him to have any part in the work of delivering his peo-
ple from their cruel bondage. But the Lord allowed these
things that He might teach Moses the gentleness, goodness,
and long-suffering that it is necessary for every laborer
for the Master to possess in order to be a successful
worker in His cause.... p. 407, Para. 2, [CT].

Moses had been taught to expect flattery and praise be-

cause of his superior abilities; now he was to learn a dif-
ferent lesson. As a shepherd of sheep, Moses learned to
care for the afflicted, to nurse the sick, to seek pa-
tiently after the straying, to bear long with the unruly,
to supply with loving solicitude the wants of the young
lambs and the necessities of the old and feeble. In this
experience he was drawn nearer to the Chief Shepherd. He
became united to, submerged in, the Holy One of Israel. He
believed in the great God. He held communion with the Fa-
ther through humble prayer. He looked to the Highest for an
education in spiritual things and for a knowledge of his
duty as a faithful shepherd. His life became so closely
linked with heaven that God talked with him face to face,
"as a man speaketh unto his friend." Exodus 33:11. p. 407,
Para. 3, [CT].

Thus educated, Moses was prepared to heed the call of God

to exchange his shepherd's crook for the rod of authority;
to leave his flock of sheep to take the leadership of an
idolatrous, rebellious people. But he was still to depend
on the invisible Leader. As the rod was an instrument in
his hand, so he was to be a willing instrument in the hand
of Christ. He was to be the shepherd of God's people; and
through his firm faith and abiding trust in the Lord, many
blessings were to come to the children of Israel.... p.
408, Para. 1, [CT].

It was implicit faith in God that made Moses what he was.

According to all that the Lord commanded him, so he did.
All the learning of the wise men could not make Moses a
channel through which the Lord could work, until he lost
his self-confidence, realized his own helplessness, and put
his trust in God; until he was willing to obey God's com-
mands, whether they seemed to his human reason to be right
or not.... p. 408, Para. 2, [CT].

It was not the teaching of the schools of Egypt that en-

abled Moses to triumph over his enemies, but an ever-
abiding, unflinching faith, a faith that did not fail under
the most trying circumstances. At the command of God, Moses
advanced, although apparently there was nothing ahead for
his feet to tread upon. More than a million people were de-
pending on him, and he led them forward step by step, day
by day. God permitted these lonely travels through the wil-
derness that His people might obtain an experience in en-
during hardship, and that when they were in peril they
might know that there was relief and deliverance in God
alone. Thus they might learn to know and to trust God, and
to serve Him with a living faith. p. 408, Para. 3, [CT].

The Most Important Lesson -- God is not dependent upon men

of perfect education. His work is not to wait while His
servants go through such lengthy, elaborate preparations as
some of our schools are planning to give. He wants men who
appreciate the privilege of being laborers together with
Him--men who will honor Him by rendering implicit obedience
to His requirements, regardless of previously inculcated
theories. There is no limit to the usefulness of those who
put self to one side, make room for the working of the Holy
Spirit upon their hearts, and live lives wholly consecrated
to God, enduring the necessary discipline imposed by the
Lord without complaining or fainting by the way. If they
will not faint at the rebuke of the Lord, and become hard-
hearted and stubborn, the Lord will teach both old and
young, hour by hour, day by day. He longs to reveal His
salvation to the children of men; and if His chosen people
will remove the obstructions, He will pour forth the waters
of salvation in abundant streams through human channels.
p. 409, Para. 1, [CT].

Many who are seeking efficiency for the exalted work of

God by perfecting their education in the schools of men
will find that they have failed of learning the more impor-
tant lessons. By neglecting to submit themselves to the im-
pressions of the Holy Spirit, by not living in obedience to
all God's requirements, their spiritual efficiency has be-
come weakened; they have lost what ability they had to do
successful work for the Lord. Absenting themselves from the
school of Christ, they have forgotten the sound of the
Teacher's voice, and He cannot direct their course. p.
410, Para. 1, [CT].

Men may acquire all the knowledge possible to be imparted

by the human teacher, but God requires of them still
greater wisdom. Like Moses, they must learn meekness, low-
liness of heart, and distrust of self. Our Saviour Himself,
when bearing the test for humanity, acknowledged that of
Himself He could do nothing. We also must learn that there
is no strength in humanity alone. Man becomes efficient
only by becoming partaker of the divine nature. p. 410,
Para. 2, [CT].

God's Guidance to Be Sought -- From the first opening of a

book the student should recognize God as the One who im-
parts true wisdom. He should seek divine counsel at every
step. No arrangement should be made to which God cannot be
a party, no union formed of which He cannot approve. From
first to last the Author of wisdom should be recognized as
the guide. Thus the knowledge obtained from books will be
bound off by living faith in the infinite God. The student
should not permit himself to be bound down to any particu-
lar course of study involving long periods of time, but
should be guided in such matters by the Spirit of God....
p. 410, Para. 3, [CT].

None should be allowed to pursue a course of study that

will weaken their faith in the truth or in the Lord's
power, or diminish their respect for a life of holiness. I
would warn the students not to advance one step in these
lines, not even upon the advice of their instructors or men
in positions of authority, unless they have first sought
God individually with their hearts thrown open to the in-
fluences of the Holy Spirit and have obtained His counsel
concerning the contemplated course of study. Let every un-
holy ambition be blotted out. Let every selfish desire to
distinguish yourselves be set aside; let every suggestion
from humanity be taken to God, and trust in the guidance of
His Spirit.... p. 411, Para. 1, [CT].

Do not commit yourselves to the keeping of men, but say,

"The Lord is my helper; I will seek His counsel; I will be
a doer of His will." All the advantages you may have cannot
be a blessing to you, neither can the highest education
qualify you to become a channel of light, unless you have
the co-operation of the divine Spirit. It is as impossible
for us to receive qualifications from men, without the di-
vine enlightenment, as it was for the gods of Egypt to de-
liver those who trusted in them. p. 411, Para. 2, [CT].

Students must not suppose that every suggestion for them

to prolong their studies is in harmony with God's plan.
Take every such suggestion to the Lord in prayer, and seek
His guidance, not once only, but again and again. Plead
with Him until you are convinced whether the counsel is of
God or man.... p. 411, Para. 3, [CT].

The Lord says, "Watch and pray, that ye enter not into
temptation." Matthew 26:41. "Watch" lest your studies accu-
mulate to such proportions and become of such absorbing in-
terest to you that your mind is overburdened and the desire
for godliness is crushed out of your soul. With many stu-
dents the motive and aim which caused them to enter school
have gradually been lost sight of, and an unholy ambition
to secure a high-class education has led them to sacrifice
the truth. Their intense interest to secure a high place
among men has caused them to leave the will of their heav-
enly Father out of their calculations; but true knowledge
leads to holiness of life through sanctification of the
truth. p. 412, Para. 1, [CT].

Too often, as the studies accumulate, the wisdom from

above has been given a secondary place, and the farther the
student advances, the less confidence he has in God. He
looks upon much learning as the very essence of success in
life; but if all would give due consideration to the state-
ment of Christ, "Without Me ye can do nothing" (John 15:5),
they would make different plans. Without the vital princi-
ples of true religion, without the knowledge of how to
serve and glorify the Redeemer, education is more harmful
than beneficial. When education in human lines is pushed to
such an extent that the love of God wanes in the heart,
that prayer is neglected, and that there is a failure to
cultivate the spiritual attributes, it is wholly disas-
trous. It would be far better to cease seeking to obtain an
education, and to recover your soul from its languishing
condition, than to gain the best of educations and lose
sight of eternal advantages.... p. 412, Para. 2, [CT].

I would not in any case counsel restriction of the educa-

tion to which God has set no limit. Our education does not
end with the advantages that this world can give. Through
all eternity the chosen of God will be learners. But I
would advise restriction in following those methods of edu-
cation which imperil the soul and defeat the purpose for
which time and money are spent. Education is a grand life-
work; but to obtain true education it is necessary to pos-
sess that wisdom which comes from God alone. The Lord God
should be represented in every phase of education; but it
is a mistake to devote years to the study of one line of
book knowledge. After a period of time has been devoted to
study, let no one advise students to enter immediately upon
another extended line of study, but rather advise them to
enter upon the work for which they have been preparing. Let
them be encouraged to put into use the education already
obtained. . . . p. 413, Para. 1, [CT].

The minds of many need to be renewed, transformed, and

molded after God's plan. Many are ruining themselves physi-
cally, mentally, and morally by overdevotion to study. They
are defrauding themselves for time and for eternity through
practicing habits of intemperance in seeking to gain an
education. They are losing their desire to learn in the
school of Christ lessons of meekness and lowliness of
heart. . . . p. 413, Para. 2, [CT].

In View of Christ's Near Return -- The thought to be kept

before students is that time is short and that they must
make speedy preparation for doing the work that is essen-
tial for this time. . . . I am bidden to say to you that
you know not how soon the crisis will come. It is stealing
gradually upon us, as a thief. The sun shines in the heav-
ens, passing over its usual round, and the heavens still
declare the glory of God; men are pursuing their usual
course of eating and drinking, planting and building, mar-
rying and giving in marriage; merchants are still engaged
in buying and selling; publications are still issuing one
upon another; men are jostling one against another, seeking
to get the highest place; pleasure lovers are still attend-
ing theaters, horse races, gambling hells, and the highest
excitement prevails; but probation's hour is fast closing,
and every case is about to be eternally decided. There are
few who believe with heart and soul that we have a heaven
to win and a hell to shun; but these show their faith by
their works. p. 413, Para. 3, [CT].

The signs of Christ's coming are fast fulfilling. Satan

sees that he has but a short time in which to work, and he
has set his agencies to work to stir up the elements of the
world, that men may be deceived, deluded, and kept occupied
and entranced until the day of probation shall be ended and
the door of mercy be forever shut. p. 414, Para. 1, [CT].

The kingdoms of this world have not yet become the king-
doms of our Lord and of His Christ. Do not deceive your-
selves; be wide awake and move rapidly, for the night
cometh in which no man can work. Do not encourage students
who come to you burdened with the work of saving their fel-
low men, to enter upon course after course of study. Do not
lengthen out to many years the time for obtaining an educa-
tion. By so doing you give them the impression that there
is time enough, and this very plan proves a snare to their
souls. p. 414, Para. 2, [CT].

Many are better prepared, have more spiritual discrimina-

tion and knowledge of God, and know more of His require-
ments, when they enter upon their course of study than when
they are graduated. They become inspired with an ambition
to become learned men and are encouraged to add to their
studies until they become infatuated. They make their books
their idol and are willing to sacrifice health and spiritu-
ality in order to obtain an education. They limit the time
which they should devote to prayer and fail to improve the
opportunities which they have to do good. They fail to put
to use the knowledge which they have already obtained and
do not advance in the science of winning souls. Missionary
work becomes less and less desirable, while the passion to
excel in book knowledge increases abnormally. In pursuing
their studies they separate from the God of wisdom. Some
congratulate them on their advancement and encourage them
to take degree after degree. . . . p. 415, Para. 1, [CT].

The question was asked, "Do you believe the truth? do you
believe the third angel's message? If you do believe, then
act your faith." . . . Probationary time will not permit of
long-protracted years of drill. God calls; hear His voice
as He says, "Go work today in My vineyard." Matthew 21:28.
Now, just now, is the time to work. . . . p. 415, Para. 2,
[CT].

"The Lord hath His way in the whirlwind and in the storm,
and the clouds are the dust of His feet." Nahum 1:3. O,
that men might understand the patience and long-suffering
of God! He is putting under restraint His own attributes.
His omnipotent power is under the control of Omnipotence.
O, that men would understand that God refuses to be wearied
out with the world's perversity and still holds out the
hope of forgiveness even to the most undeserving! But His
forbearance will not always continue. Who is prepared for
the sudden change that will take place in God's dealing
with sinful men? Who will be prepared to escape the punish-
ment that will certainly fall upon transgressors? . . . p.
415, Para. 3, [CT].
 There is a large work to be done, and the vineyard of the
Lord needs laborers. Missionaries should enter the field
before they are compelled to cease labor. There are now
open doors on every side; students cannot afford to wait to
complete years of training, for the years before us are not
many, and we need to work while the day lasts. . . . p.
416, Para. 1, [CT].

Understand that I say nothing in these words to depreciate

education, but I speak to warn those who are in danger of
carrying that which is lawful to unlawful extremes, and of
making altogether too much of human education. Rather in-
sist upon the development of a Christian experience, for
without this the education of the student will be of no
avail. p. 416, Para. 2, [CT].

If you see that students are in danger of becoming en-

grossed in their studies to such an extent as to neglect
the study of that Book which gives them information as to
how to secure the future welfare of their souls, then do
not present the temptation of going deeper, of protracting
the time for educational discipline. In this way all that
will make the student's education of value to the world
will be sunk out of sight. . . . p. 416, Para. 3, [CT].

As long as time shall last, we shall have need of schools.

There will always be need of education; but we must be
careful lest education absorb every spiritual interest.
There is positive peril in advising students to pursue one
line of education after another and in leading them to
think that by so doing they will attain perfection. The
education thus obtained will prove to be deficient in every
way. The Lord says: "I will destroy the wisdom of the wise,
and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent.
Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the dis-
puter of this world? hath not God made foolish the wisdom
of this world? For after that in the wisdom of God the
world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the fool-
ishness of preaching to save them that believe." I Corin-
thians 1:19-21. p. 417, Para. 1, [CT].

Moses was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians. In

the providence of God he received a broad education, but a
large part of that education had to be unlearned and ac-
counted as foolishness. Its impression had to be blotted
out by forty years of experience in caring for the sheep
and the tender lambs. If many who are connected with the
work of the Lord could be isolated as was Moses, and could
be compelled by circumstances to follow some humble voca-
tion until their hearts became tender, . . . they would not
be so prone to magnify their own abilities, or seek to dem-
onstrate that the wisdom of an advanced education could
take the place of a sound knowledge of God. . . . p. 417,
Para. 2, [CT].

The disciples of Christ are not called upon to magnify

men, but to magnify God, the Source of all wisdom. Let edu-
cators give the Holy Spirit room to do Its work upon human
hearts. The greatest Teacher is represented in the midst of
us by the Holy Spirit. However you may study, though you
may reach higher and still higher, and occupy every moment
of your probationary time in the pursuit of knowledge, you
will not become complete. When time is over, you would have
to ask yourselves the question, What good have I done to
those who are in midnight darkness? To whom have I communi-
cated the knowledge of God or even the knowledge of those
things for which I have spent so much time and money? p.
417, Para. 3, [CT].

It will soon be said in heaven, "It is done." "He that is

unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy,
let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him
be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy
still. And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with
Me, to give every man according as his work shall be."
Revelation 22:11, 12. When this fiat goes forth, every case
will have been decided. p. 418, Para. 1, [CT].

Far better would it be for laborers to take less work and

go about it slowly and humbly, wearing the yoke of Christ
and bearing His burdens, than to devote years of prepara-
tion for a large work and then fail to bring sons and
daughters to God, fail to have any trophies to lay at the
feet of Jesus. . . . p. 418, Para. 2, [CT].

How many who know the truth for this time are working in
harmony with its principles? It is true that something is
being done; but more, far more, should have been done. The
work is accumulating, and the time for doing it is dimin-
ishing. All should now be burning and shining lights, and
yet many are failing to keep their lamps supplied with the
oil of grace, trimmed and burning, so that light may gleam
out today. Too many are counting on a long stretch of to-
morrow, but this is a mistake. Let everyone be educated in
such a way as to show the importance of the special work
for today. Let everyone labor for God and for souls; let
each show wisdom and never be found in idleness, waiting
for someone to set him to work. The "someone" who could set
you to work is overcrowded with responsibilities, and time
is lost in waiting for his directions. God will give you
wisdom in reforming at once; for the call is still made,
"Son, go work today in My vineyard." "Today if ye will hear
His voice, harden not your hearts." Hebrews 3:7, 8. The
Lord prefaces the requirement with the endearing word
"son." How tender, how compassionate, yet withal, how ur-
gent! His invitation is also a command.-- Special Testimo-
nies on Education, pages 108-146; written March 21, 1895,
to the teachers in the Sanitarium and College at Battle
Creek, Michigan. p. 418, Para. 3, [CT].

To know oneself is great knowledge. True self-knowledge

leads to a humility that will open the way for the Lord to
develop the mind and mold and discipline the character. No
teacher can do acceptable work who does not bear in mind
his own deficiencies and does not put aside all plans that
would weaken spiritual life. When teachers are willing to
lay aside that which is unessential for the life eternal,
then it can be said that they are working out their own
salvation with fear and trembling, and that they are build-
ing wisely for eternity. p. 419, Para. 1, [CT].

The Bible is of the highest value because it is the word

of the living God. Of all the books in the world it is the
most deserving of study and attention, for it is eternal
wisdom. The Bible is a history that tells us of the crea-
tion of the world and opens to us past centuries. Without
it we should have been left to conjecture and fable in re-
gard to the occurrences of the remote past. It reveals to
us the Creator of the heavens and the earth, with the uni-
verse that He has brought into being, and it sheds a glori-
ous light over the world to come. p. 421, Para. 1, [CT].

The Bible is a field where are concealed heavenly treas-

ures, and they will remain hidden until, by diligent min-
ing, they are discovered and brought to light. The Bible is
a casket containing jewels of inestimable value, which
should be so presented as to be seen in their intrinsic
luster. But the beauty and excellence of these diamonds of
truth are not discerned by the natural eye. The lovely
things of the material world are not seen until the sun,
dispelling the darkness, floods them with its light. And so
with the treasures of God's word; they are not appreciated
until they are revealed by the Sun of Righteousness. p.
421, Para. 2, [CT].

The Bible contains a simple and complete system of theol-

ogy and philosophy. It is the book that makes us wise unto
salvation. It tells us of the love of God as shown in the
plan of redemption, imparting the knowledge essential for
all students--the knowledge of Christ. . . . p. 422, Para.
1, [CT].

God has not only revealed to us the doctrine of the atone-

ment, holding out the hope of eternal life, but His words
are the manna from heaven for the soul to feed upon and re-
ceive spiritual strength. The Bible is the great standard
of right and wrong, clearly defining sin and holiness. Its
living principles, running through our lives like threads
of gold, are our only safeguard in trial and temptation.
p. 422, Para. 2, [CT].

The Holy Scriptures were the essential study in the

schools of the prophets, and they should hold the first
place in every educational system, for the foundation of
all right education is a knowledge of God. Used as a text-
book in our schools, the Bible will do for mind and morals
what cannot be done by books of science and philosophy. As
a book to discipline and strengthen the intellect, to enno-
ble, purify, and refine the character, it is without a ri-
val. p. 422, Para. 3, [CT].

God cares for us as intelligent beings, and He has given

us His word as a lamp to our feet and a light to our path.
Its teachings have a vital bearing upon our prosperity in
all the relations of life. Even in our temporal affairs it
will be a wiser guide than any other counselor. Its divine
instruction points the only way to true success. There is
no social position, no phase of human experience, for which
the study of the Bible is not an essential preparation. p.
422, Para. 4, [CT].

Finite Wisdom -- But the mere reading of the word will not
accomplish the result designed of heaven; it must be stud-
ied, and cherished in the heart. The Bible has not received
the close attention it deserves. It has not been honored
above every other book in the education of children and
youth. Students devote years to acquiring an education.
They study different authors and become acquainted with
science and philosophy through books containing the results
of human research; but the Book that comes from the divine
Teacher has, to a great extent, been neglected. Its value
is not discerned; its treasures remain hidden. p. 423,
Para. 1, [CT].

An education of this character is defective. Who and what

are these men of learning, that the minds and characters of
the young should be molded by their ideas? They may publish
with pen and voice the best results of their reasoning; but
they grasp only an item of the work of God, and in their
shortsightedness, calling it science, they exalt it above
the God of science. p. 423, Para. 2, [CT].

Man is finite; there is no light in his wisdom. His un-

aided reason can explain nothing in the deep things of God,
nor can he understand the spiritual lessons that God has
placed in the material world. But reason is a gift of God,
and His Spirit will aid those who are willing to be taught.
Man's words, if of any value, echo the words of God. In the
education of youth they should never take the place of the
divine word. p. 423, Para. 3, [CT].

Cold, philosophical speculations and scientific research

in which God is not acknowledged are a positive injury. And
the evil is aggravated when, as is often the case, books
placed in the hands of the young, accepted as authority and
depended upon in their education, are from authors avowedly
infidel. Through all the thoughts presented by these men
their poisonous sentiments are interwoven. The study of
such books is like handling black coals; a student cannot
be undefiled in mind who thinks along the line of skepti-
cism. p. 423, Para. 4, [CT].

The authors of these books, which have sown the seeds of

doubt and infidelity broadcast over the world, have been
under the training of the great enemy of God and man, the
acknowledged head of principalities and powers, the ruler
of the darkness of this world. The word that God has spoken
concerning them is, "They . . . became vain in their imagi-
nations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing
themselves to be wise, they became fools;" "because that,
when they knew God, they glorified Him not as God, neither
were thankful." Romans 1:21, 22. They rejected divine truth
in its simplicity and purity for the wisdom of this world.
p. 424, Para. 1, [CT].
 Whenever books by these infidel authors are given the
precedence, and the word of God is made secondary, there
will be sent out of the schools a class of students no bet-
ter fitted for the service of God than they were before
they received their education. p. 424, Para. 2, [CT].

Cause of Opposition to the Bible -- It is not for want of

evidence that men doubt divine truth; they are not infidels
through ignorance of the character of the word of God. But
through sin the whole human organism is deranged, the mind
is perverted, the imagination corrupted. Temptations from
without find an answering chord within the heart, and the
feet slide imperceptibly into sin. And so it is that many
hate the Bible. Some would not care if there were not a Bi-
ble in the world. p. 424, Para. 3, [CT].

When the Son of God was on trial, the Jews cried out,
"Away with Him, crucify Him!" because His pure life and
holy teaching convicted them of sin and condemned them; and
for the same reason many in their hearts cry out against
the word of God. Many, even of the children and youth, have
learned to love sin. They hate reflection, and the thought
of God is a sting to their conscience. It is because the
human heart is inclined to evil that it is so dangerous to
sow the seeds of skepticism in young minds. p. 425, Para.
1, [CT].

Science and the Bible -- We would not discourage educa-

tion, nor put a low estimate on mental culture and disci-
pline. God would have us students as long as we remain in
the world. Every opportunity for culture should be im-
proved. The faculties need to be strengthened by exercise,
the mind is to be trained and expanded by taxing study; but
all this may be done while the heart is becoming an easy
prey to deception. Wisdom from above must be communicated
to the soul. It is the entrance of God's word that "giveth
light; it giveth understanding unto the simple." Psalm
119:130. His word is given for our instruction; there is
nothing in it that is defective or misleading. The Bible is
not to be tested by men's ideas of science, but science is
to be brought to the test of the unerring standard. p.
425, Para. 2, [CT].

Yet the study of the sciences is not to be neglected.

Books must be used for this purpose; but they should be in
harmony with the Bible, for that is the standard. Books of
this character should take the place of many of those now
in the hands of students. p. 426, Para. 1, [CT].

God is the author of science. Scientific research opens to

the mind vast fields of thought and information, enabling
us to see God in His created works. Ignorance may try to
support skepticism by appealing to science; but instead of
upholding skepticism, true science contributes fresh evi-
dences of the wisdom and power of God. Rightly understood,
science and the written word agree, and each sheds light on
the other. Together they lead us to God by teaching us
something of the wise and beneficent laws through which He
works. p. 426, Para. 2, [CT].

When the student recognizes God as the source of all

knowledge, and honors Him, submitting mind and character to
be molded by His word, he may claim the promise, "Them that
honor Me I will honor." 1 Samuel 2:30. The more studiously
the intellect is cultivated, the more effectively it can be
used in the service of God if it is placed under the con-
trol of His Spirit. Talents used are talents multiplied.
Experience in spiritual things widens the vision of saints
and angels, and both increase in capability and knowledge
as they work in their respective spheres. p. 426, Para. 3,
[CT].

"O, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowl-
edge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His
ways past finding out!" Romans 11:33.-- Special Testimonies
on Education, pages 52-57; written May 16, 1896. p. 426,
Para. 4, [CT].

What book can compare with the Bible? An understanding of

its teachings is essential for every child and youth, and
for those of mature age; for it is the word of God, given
to guide the human family to heaven. In the world today
there are gods many and doctrines many. Without an under-
standing of the Scriptures it is impossible for the youth
to understand what is truth, or to discern between the sa-
cred and the common. p. 427, Para. 1, [CT].

The word of God should stand as the highest educating book

in our world and should be treated with reverential awe. It
should be placed in the hands of the children and youth as
the great lesson book, that they may know Him whom to know
aright is life eternal. p. 427, Para. 2, [CT].

History in the Bible -- The grand truths of sacred history

possess amazing strength and beauty, and are as far-
reaching as eternity. What more important knowledge can be
gained than that which outlines the fall of man, and the
consequences of that sin which opened the floodgates of woe
upon the world; which tells of Christ's first advent? The
incarnation of Christ, His divinity, His atonement, His
wonderful life in heaven as our advocate, the office of the
Holy Spirit--all these vital themes of Christianity are re-
vealed from Genesis to Revelation. Each is a golden link in
the perfect chain of truth. Why, then, should not the
Scriptures be exalted in every school in our land? p. 427,
Para. 3, [CT].

Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, yet

he said to Israel, "Behold, I have taught you statutes and
judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye
should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep
therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your un-
derstanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear
all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a
wise and understanding people. For . . . what nation is
there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so right-
eous as all this law, which I set before you this day? Only
take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest
thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest
they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but
teach them thy sons, and thy sons' sons." Deuteronomy 4:5-
9. p. 428, Para. 1, [CT].

Where shall we find laws more noble, pure, and just than
are exhibited on the statute books wherein is recorded the
instruction given to Moses for the children of Israel? From
what other source can we gather such strength or learn such
noble science? What other book will teach men so well how
to love, fear, and obey God? What other book presents to
students more ennobling science, more wonderful history? It
clearly portrays righteousness and foretells the conse-
quence of disloyalty to the law of Jehovah. p. 428, Para.
2, [CT].

The Bible as Literature -- As an educating power the Bible

is of more value than the writings of all the philosophers
of all ages. In its wide range of style and subjects there
is something to interest and instruct every mind, to enno-
ble every interest. The light of revelation shines undimmed
into the distant past, where human annals cast not a ray of
light. There is poetry which has called forth the wonder
and admiration of the world. In glowing beauty, in sublime
and solemn majesty, in touching pathos, it is unequaled by
the most brilliant productions of human genius. There is
sound logic and impassioned eloquence. There are portrayed
the noble deeds of noble men, examples of private virtue
and public honor, lessons of piety and purity. p. 428,
Para. 3, [CT].

A Moral Power -- In studying the Scriptures we become ac-

quainted with God and are led to understand our relation to
Christ, the Sin Bearer, the surety for the fallen race. No
one is left in darkness as to that which God approves or
disapproves. p. 429, Para. 1, [CT].

The Bible contains instruction regarding the character

God's children must possess. "Blessed are the pure in
heart," it declares, "for they shall see God." Matthew 5:8.
"Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no
man shall see the Lord." Hebrews 12:14. "Beloved, now are
we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we
shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall
be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man
that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is
pure." 1 John 3:2, 3. p. 429, Para. 2, [CT].

This all-important knowledge should be kept before our

children and youth, not in an arbitrary, dictatorial man-
ner, but as a divine disclosure, as instruction of the
highest value, essential for their present peace in this
world of turmoil and strife, and as a preparation for the
future eternal life in the kingdom of God. Then place the
Holy Word in their hands. Encourage them to search its
pages. They will find there treasures of inestimable value.
And in receiving Christ as the bread of life they have the
pledge of eternal life. p. 429, Para. 3, [CT].

Christ's sayings are pure gold without one particle of

dross. When those who have received the false interpreta-
tion of the word search the Scriptures with determined ef-
fort to know what is truth, the Holy Spirit opens the eyes
of their understanding, and the word is to them a new reve-
lation. Their hearts are quickened with a new and living
faith, and they behold wondrous things out of His law. The
teachings of Christ have a breadth and meaning to them that
they have never before understood. p. 430, Para. 1, [CT].

The youth are in need of educators who will keep the prin-
ciples of the word of God ever before them. If teachers
will make Bible precepts their textbook, they will have
greater influence over the youth. They will be learners,
having a living connection with God. They will endeavor to
inculcate ideas and principles that will lead to a fuller
knowledge of God, an earnest, growing faith in the blood of
Christ, and in the power and efficiency of His grace to
keep them from falling. They will constantly seek to build
up the strongholds of a healthy, well-balanced Christian
experience, that their students may be qualified for use-
fulness. p. 430, Para. 2, [CT].

The best ministerial talent should be employed to lead and

direct in the teaching of the Bible in our schools. Those
chosen for this work need to be thorough Bible students;
they should be men who have a deep Christian experience,
and their salary should be paid from the tithe. p. 431,
Para. 1, [CT].

The Bible teacher should be one who is able to teach the

students how to present the truths of the word of God in a
clear, winning manner in public and how to do effective
evangelistic work from house to house. It is essential that
he be skillful in teaching those who have a desire to work
for the Master how to use wisely that which they have
learned. He should instruct the students to approach the
study of the Bible in the spirit of humility, to search its
pages, not for proof to sustain human opinions, but with a
sincere desire to know what God has said. p. 431, Para. 2,
[CT].

Early in their experience our students should be taught to

become Bible workers. Those who are consecrated and teach-
able may have success in active service for Christ while
pursuing their courses of study. If they spend much time in
prayer, if they humbly take counsel from their instructors,
they will grow in a knowledge of how to work for souls. And
when they go forth into the great harvest field they may
with confidence pray, "Let the beauty of the Lord our God
be upon us: and establish Thou the work of our hands upon
us; yea, the work of our hands establish Thou it." Psalm
90:17. p. 431, Para. 3, [CT].

In our schools the work of teaching the Scriptures to the

youth is not to be left wholly with one teacher for a long
series of years. The Bible teacher may be well able to pre-
sent the truth, and yet it is not the best experience for
the students that their study of the word of God should be
directed by one man only, term after term and year after
year. Different teachers should have a part in the work,
even though they may not all have so full an understanding
of the Scriptures. If several in our larger schools unite
in the work of teaching the Scriptures, the students may
thus have the benefit of the talents of several. p. 432,
Para. 1, [CT].

Why do we need a Matthew, a Mark, a Luke, a John, a Paul,

and all the writers who have borne testimony in regard to
the life and ministry of the Saviour? Why could not one of
the disciples have written a complete record and thus have
given us a connected account of Christ's earthly life? Why
does one writer bring in points that another does not men-
tion? Why, if these points are essential, did not all these
writers mention them? It is because the minds of men dif-
fer. Not all comprehend things in exactly the same way.
Certain Scripture truths appeal much more strongly to the
minds of some than of others. p. 432, Para. 2, [CT].

The same principle applies to speakers. One dwells at con-

siderable length on points that others would pass by
quickly or not mention at all. The whole truth is presented
more clearly by several than by one. The Gospels differ,
but the records of all blend in one harmonious whole. p.
432, Para. 3, [CT].

So today the Lord does not impress all minds in the same
way. Often through unusual experiences, under special cir-
cumstances, He gives to some Bible students views of truth
that others do not grasp. It is possible for the most
learned teacher to fall far short of teaching all that
should be taught. p. 432, Para. 4, [CT].

It would greatly benefit our schools if regular meetings

were held frequently in which all the teachers could unite
in the study of the word of God. They should search the
Scriptures as did the noble Bereans. They should subordi-
nate all preconceived opinions, and taking the Bible as
their lesson book, comparing scripture with scripture, they
should learn what to teach their students, and how to train
them for acceptable service. p. 433, Para. 1, [CT].

The teacher's success will depend largely upon the spirit

which is brought into the work. A profession of faith does
not make men Christians; but if teachers will open their
hearts to the study of the word, they will be able to aid
their students to a clearer understanding. Let not the
spirit of controversy come in, but let each seek earnestly
for the light and knowledge that he needs. p. 433, Para.
2, [CT].

God's word is true philosophy, true science. Human opin-

ions and sensational preaching amount to very little. Those
who are imbued with the word of God will teach it in the
same simple way that Christ taught it. The world's greatest
Teacher used the simplest language and the plainest sym-
bols. p. 433, Para. 3, [CT].

The Lord calls upon His shepherds to feed the flock with
pure provender. He would have them present the truth in its
simplicity. When this work is faithfully done, many will be
convicted and converted by the power of the Holy Spirit.
There is need of Bible teachers who will come close to the
unconverted, who will search for the lost sheep, who will
do personal labor and will give clear, definite instruc-
tion. p. 433, Para. 4, [CT].

Never utter sentiments of doubt. Christ's teaching was al-

ways positive in its nature. With a tone of assurance bear
an affirmative message. Lift up the Man of Calvary higher
and still higher; there is power in the exaltation of the
cross of Christ. p. 434, Para. 1, [CT].

It is the student's privilege to have clear and accurate

ideas of the truth of the word, that he may be prepared to
present these truths to other minds. He should be rooted
and grounded in the faith. Students should be led to think
for themselves, to see the force of truth for themselves,
and to speak every word from a heart full of love and ten-
derness. Urge upon their minds the vital truths of the Bi-
ble. Let them repeat these truths in their own language,
that you may be sure that they clearly comprehend them. Be
sure that every point is fastened upon the mind. This may
be a slow process, but it is of ten times more value than
rushing over important subjects without giving them due
consideration. It is not enough that the student believe
the truth for himself. He must be drawn out to state this
truth clearly in his own words, that it may be evident that
he sees the force of the lesson and makes its application.
p. 434, Para. 2, [CT].

In all your teaching never forget that the greatest lesson

to be taught and to be learned is the lesson of co-
partnership with Christ in the work of salvation. The edu-
cation to be secured by searching the Scriptures is an ex-
perimental knowledge of the plan of salvation. Such an edu-
cation will restore the image of God in the soul. It will
strengthen and fortify the mind against temptation and fit
the learner to become a worker with Christ in His mission
of mercy to the world. It will make him a member of the
heavenly family, prepare him to share the inheritance of
the saints in light. p. 434, Para. 3, [CT].

The teacher of truth can impart effectively only that

which he himself knows by experience. Christ taught the
truth because He was the truth. His own thought, His char-
acter, His life experience, were embodied in His teaching.
So with His servants; those who teach the word must make it
their own by personal experience. They must know what it is
to have Christ made unto them wisdom and righteousness and
sanctification and redemption. Every minister of Christ and
every teacher should be able to say with the beloved John,
"The life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear
witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was
with the Father, and was manifested unto us." 1 John 1:2.
p. 435, Para. 1, [CT].

Often it will seem to the teacher that word of God has

little effect on the minds and hearts of many students; but
if his work has been wrought in God, some lessons of divine
truth will linger in the memory of the most careless. The
Holy Spirit will water the seed sown, and it will spring up
after many days and bear fruit to the glory of God. p.
435, Para. 2, [CT].

Simplicity in Teaching -- Teachers may learn a lesson from

the experience of the farmer who placed the food for his
sheep in a crib so high that the young of the flock could
not reach it. Some teachers present the truth to their stu-
dents in a similar manner. They place the crib so high that
those whom they teach cannot reach the food. They forget
that the students have only a small part of the opportunity
that they have had to gain a knowledge of God. They are too
high up on the ladder to reach down a helping hand, warm
with tenderness and love and deep, earnest interest. Let
them step down and by their manner say to the students: p.
435, Para. 3, [CT].

"I will no longer stand so far above you. Let us climb to-
gether, and we will see what can be gained by a united
study of the Scriptures. Christ is the One who imparts all
knowledge. Let us work together in an earnest effort to
learn from God how to understand the truths of His word,
and how to place these truths before others in their beauty
and simplicity. p. 436, Para. 1, [CT].

"Let us study together. I have nothing that you cannot re-

ceive if you open your mind to Christ's teachings. The Bi-
ble is your guidebook and my guidebook. By asking questions
you may suggest ideas that are new to me. Various ways of
expressing the truth we are studying will bring light into
our class. If any explanation of the word differs from your
previous understanding, do not hesitate to state your views
of the subject. Light will shine upon us as in the meekness
and lowliness of Christ we study together." p. 436, Para.
2, [CT].

This is the way in which the schools of the prophets were

conducted. Time was given in the class for a faithful study
of the thoughts presented. Hearts were warmed, and the
voice of praise and thanksgiving was heard. The sacred gos-
pel was humanized, as in the teachings of Christ. Much was
accomplished for both teachers and students. Time was given
for each one to partake of the heavenly repast--to study
the truths presented and then to add that which he had re-
ceived from God. p. 436, Para. 3, [CT].

When the right spirit is cherished by teachers and stu-

dents, they will have special grace from God, enough for
each, enough for all, enough continually and forever. As
the teacher learns from the divine Teacher, the Bible be-
comes a lesson book such as God designed it to be, giving
clear conceptions to those who strive to grasp its grand
and glorious truths. As the students search for truth as
for hidden treasure, their minds are enriched with the
highest of all knowledge. There is shed into the mind a
flood of light on the problem of human life. They see how
it is possible for men and women to be sanctified through a
belief of the truth as it is in Jesus. p. 437, Para. 1,
[CT].

The jewels of truth lie scattered over the field of reve-

lation; but they have been buried beneath human traditions,
beneath the sayings and commandments of men, and the wisdom
from heaven has been practically ignored. Satan has suc-
ceeded in making the world believe that the words and
achievements of men are of great consequence. There are
veins of truth yet to be discovered, but spiritual things
are spiritually discerned. One passage of Scripture will
prove a key to unlock other passages, and in this way light
is shed upon the hidden meaning of the word. By comparing
different texts treating on the same subject, viewing their
bearing on every side, the true meaning of the Scriptures
will be made evident. p. 437, Para. 2, [CT].

That which in the counsels of heaven the Father and the

Son deemed essential for man's salvation is clearly pre-
sented in the Holy Scriptures. The infinite truths of sal-
vation are stated so plainly that finite beings who desire
to know the truth cannot fail to understand. Divine revela-
tions have been made for their instruction in righteous-
ness, that they may glorify God and help their fellow men.
p. 438, Para. 1, [CT].

These truths are found in the word of God--the standard by

which we are to judge between right and wrong. Obedience to
this word is the best shield for the youth against the
temptations to which they are exposed while acquiring an
education. From this word they learn how to honor God and
how to be faithful to humanity, cheerfully performing the
duties and meeting the trials that each day brings, and
courageously bearing its burdens. p. 438, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ, the Great Teacher, sought to win the minds of men

from the contemplation of earthly things, that He might
teach them of heavenly things. Had the teachers of His day
been willing to be instructed by Him, had they united with
Him in sowing the world with the seeds of truth, the world
would be far different from what it now is. Had the scribes
and Pharisees joined their forces with the Saviour, the
knowledge of Christ would have restored the moral image of
God in their souls. p. 438, Para. 3, [CT].

But the leaders of Israel turned from the fountain of true

knowledge. They studied the Scriptures only to sustain
their traditions and enforce their man-made observances. By
their interpretation they made them express sentiments that
God had never given. Their mystical construction made in-
distinct that which He had made plain. They disputed over
technicalities and practically denied the most essential
truths. God's word was robbed of its power, and evil spir-
its worked their will. p. 438, Para. 4, [CT].
 Christ's words contain nothing that is nonessential. The
Sermon on the Mount is a wonderful production, yet so sim-
ple that a child can study it without misunderstanding. The
mount of beatitudes is a symbol of the spiritual elevation
on which Christ ever stood. Every word He uttered came from
God, and He spoke with the authority of heaven. "The words
that I speak unto you," He said, "they are spirit, and they
are life." John 6:63. His teaching is full of ennobling,
saving truth, to which men's highest ambitions and most
profound investigations can bear no comparison. He was
alive to the terrible ruin hanging over the race, and He
came to save souls by His own righteousness, bringing to
the world definite assurance of hope and complete relief.
p. 439, Para. 1, [CT].

It is because Christ's words are disregarded, because the

word of God is given a second place in education, that in-
fidelity is riot and iniquity is rife. Things of minor con-
sequence occupy the minds of many of the teachers of today.
A mass of tradition, containing merely a semblance of
truth, is brought into the courses of study given in the
schools of the world. The force of much human teaching is
found in assertion, not in truth. The teachers of the pres-
ent day can use only the ability of previous teachers; and
yet with all the weighty importance that may be attached to
the words of the greatest human authors there is a con-
scious inability to trace back to the first great princi-
ple, the Source of unerring wisdom. There is a painful un-
certainty, a constant searching, a reaching for assurance,
that can be found only in God. The trumpet of human great-
ness may be sounded, but it is with an uncertain sound; it
is not reliable, and the salvation of souls cannot be as-
sured by it. p. 439, Para. 2, [CT].

In acquiring earthly knowledge, men have thought to gain a

treasure; and they have laid the Bible aside, ignorant that
it contains a treasure worth everything else. A failure to
study and obey God's word has brought confusion into the
world. Men have left the guardianship of Christ for the
guardianship of the great rebel, the prince of darkness.
Strange fire has been mingled with the sacred. The accumu-
lation of things that minister to lust and ambition has
brought upon the world the judgment of heaven. p. 440,
Para. 1, [CT].

When in difficulty, philosophers and men of science try to

satisfy their minds without appealing to God. They venti-
late their philosophy in regard to the heavens and the
earth, accounting for plagues, pestilences, epidemics,
earthquakes, and famines by their supposed science. Ques-
tions relating to creation and providence they attempt to
solve by saying, This is a law of nature. p. 440, Para. 2,
[CT].

Knowledge Through Obedience -- Disobedience has closed the

door to a vast amount of knowledge that might have been
gained from the word of God. Had men been obedient, they
would have understood the plan of God's government. The
heavenly world would have opened its chambers of grace and
glory for exploration. In form, in speech, in song, human
beings would have been altogether superior to what they are
now. The mystery of redemption, the incarnation of Christ,
His atoning sacrifice, would not be vague in our minds.
They would be not only better understood, but altogether
more highly appreciated. p. 440, Para. 3, [CT].

A failure to study God's word is the great cause of mental

weakness and inefficiency. In turning from this word to
feed on the writings of uninspired men, the mind becomes
dwarfed and cheapened. It is not brought in contact with
deep, broad principles of eternal truth. The understanding
adapts itself to the comprehension of the things with which
it is familiar, and in this devotion to finite things it is
weakened, its power is contracted, and after a time it be-
comes unable to expand. p. 441, Para. 1, [CT].

All this is false education. The work of every teacher

should be to fasten the minds of the youth upon the grand
truths of the word of Inspiration. This is the education
essential for this life and the life to come. p. 441,
Para. 2, [CT].

And let it not be thought that this will prevent the study
of the sciences or cause a lower standard in education. The
knowledge of God is as high as heaven and as broad as the
universe. There is nothing so ennobling and invigorating as
a study of the great themes which concern our eternal life.
Let the youth seek to grasp these God-given truths, and
their minds will expand and grow strong in the effort. It
will bring every student who is a doer of the word into a
broader field of thought and secure for him a wealth of
knowledge that is imperishable. p. 441, Para. 3, [CT].

The ignorance that now curses the world in regard to the

binding claims of the law of God is the result of neglect-
ing the study of the Scriptures. It is Satan's studied plan
so to absorb and engage the mind that God's great Guidebook
shall not be regarded as the Book of books and that the
sinner shall not be led from the path of transgression into
the path of obedience. p. 442, Para. 1, [CT].

Why is it that our youth, and even those of more mature

years, are so easily led into temptation and sin? It is be-
cause the Bible is not studied and meditated upon as it
should be. If it were made the daily study, there would be
an inward rectitude, a strength of spirit, that would re-
sist the temptations of the enemy. A firm, decided effort
to turn from evil is not seen in the life, because the in-
struction given by God is disregarded. There is not put
forth the effort that there should be to fill the mind with
pure, holy thoughts and to rid it of all that is impure and
untrue. There is not the choosing of the better part, the
sitting at the feet of Jesus, as did Mary, to learn lessons
from the divine Teacher. p. 442, Para. 2, [CT].

When God's word is made the man of our counsel, when we

search the Scriptures for light, heavenly angels come near
to impress the mind and to enlighten the understanding so
that it can be truly said, "The entrance of Thy words
giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple."
Psalm 119:130. It is no marvel that there is not more heav-
enly-mindedness seen among the youth who profess Christian-
ity, when so little attention is given to the word of God.
The divine counsels are not heeded; the divine admonitions
are not obeyed. Grace and heavenly wisdom are not sought,
that every taint of corruption may be cleansed from the
life. p. 442, Para. 3, [CT].

Into Forbidden Paths -- If the minds of the youth were di-

rected aright, their conversation would be upon exalted
themes. When the mind is pure and the thoughts ennobled by
the truth of God, the words will be of the same character,
"like apples of gold in baskets of silver." Proverbs 25:11,
R.V. But with the present understanding and the present
practices, with the low standard that Christians are con-
tent to reach, the conversation is cheap and profitless. It
is of the earth, earthy, and does not reach even the stan-
dard of the more cultured class of worldlings. When Christ
and heaven are the theme of contemplation, the conversation
will give evidence of the fact. The speech will be seasoned
with grace, and the speaker will show that he has been ob-
taining an education in the school of the divine Teacher.
p. 443, Para. 1, [CT].

We are to regard the Bible as God's disclosure to us of

eternal things--the things of most consequence for us to
know. By the world it is thrown aside as if the perusal of
it were finished, but a thousand years of research would
not exhaust the hidden treasure it contains. Eternity alone
will disclose the wisdom of this Book, for it is the wisdom
of an infinite mind. Shall we, then, cultivate a deep hun-
ger for the productions of human authors and disregard the
word of God? It is this longing for something they never
ought to crave that makes men substitute for true knowledge
that which can never make them wise unto salvation. Let not
man's assertions be regarded as truth when they are con-
trary to the word of God. p. 443, Para. 2, [CT].

The Creator of the heavens and the earth, the Source of

all wisdom, is second to none. But supposedly great
authors, whose works are used as textbooks for study, are
received and glorified, though they have no vital connec-
tion with God. By such study man has been led into forbid-
den paths. Minds have been wearied to death through unnec-
essary work in trying to obtain that which is to them as
the knowledge which Adam and Eve disobeyed God in obtain-
ing. p. 444, Para. 1, [CT].

Today young men and women spend years in acquiring an edu-

cation which is as wood and stubble, to be consumed in the
last great conflagration. Upon such an education God places
no value. Many students leave school unable to receive the
word of God with the reverence and respect which they gave
it before they entered. Their faith has been eclipsed in
the effort to excel in the various studies. The Bible has
not been made a vital matter in their education, but books
tainted with infidelity and propagating unsound theories
have been placed before them. p. 444, Para. 2, [CT].

All unnecessary matters should be weeded from the courses

of study, and only such studies placed before the student
as will be of real value to him. With these alone he needs
to become familiar, that he may secure the life which meas-
ures with the life of God. As the mind is summoned to the
consideration of the great themes of salvation, it will
rise higher and higher in the comprehension of these sub-
jects, leaving cheap and insignificant matters behind. p.
444, Para. 3, [CT].
 An Illustration -- What was it that made John the Baptist
great? He closed his mind to the mass of tradition pre-
sented by the teachers of the Jewish nation, and opened it
to the wisdom which comes from above. Before his birth the
Holy Spirit testified of John: "He shall be great in the
sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong
drink; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost....And
many of the children of Israel shall he turn to the Lord
their God. And he shall go before Him in the spirit and
power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the
children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to
make ready a people prepared for the Lord." Luke 1:15-17.
p. 445, Para. 1, [CT].

In his prophecy Zacharias said of John, "Thou, child,

shalt be called the prophet of the Highest: for thou shalt
go before the face of the Lord to prepare His ways; to give
knowledge of salvation unto His people by the remission of
their sins, through the tender mercy of our God; whereby
the Dayspring from on high hath visited us, to give light
to them that sit in darkness and in the shadow of death, to
guide our feet into the way of peace." And Luke adds, "The
child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, and was in the de-
serts till the day of his showing unto Israel." Luke 1:76-
80. p. 445, Para. 2, [CT].

It was John's choice to forgo the enjoyments and luxuries

of city life for the stern discipline of the wilderness.
Here his surroundings were favorable to habits of simplic-
ity and self-denial. Uninterrupted by the clamor of the
world, he could here study the lessons of nature, of reve-
lation, and of providence. The words of the angel to
Zacharias had been often repeated by his God-fearing par-
ents. From childhood his mission had been kept before him,
and he accepted the holy trust. To him the solitude of the
desert was a welcome escape from society in which suspi-
cion, unbelief, and impurity had become well-nigh all-
pervading. He distrusted his own power to withstand tempta-
tion and shrank from constant contact with sin lest he
should lose the sense of its exceeding sinfulness. p. 445,
Para. 3, [CT].

But the life of John was not spent in idleness, in ascetic

gloom, or in selfish isolation. From time to time he went
forth to mingle with men, and he was ever an interested ob-
server of what was passing in the world. From his quiet re-
treat he watched the unfolding of events. With vision illu-
minated by the divine Spirit, he studied the characters of
men, that he might understand how to reach their hearts
with the message of heaven. p. 446, Para. 1, [CT].

Of Christ, Simeon said, "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy ser-

vant depart in peace, according to Thy word: for mine eyes
have seen Thy salvation, which Thou hast prepared before
the face of all people; a light to lighten the Gentiles,
and the glory of Thy people Israel." And the record de-
clares, "Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in fa-
vor with God and man." Luke 2:29-32, 52. p. 446, Para. 2,
[CT].

Jesus and John were represented by the educators of that

day as ignorant because they had not learned in the schools
of the rabbis; but the God of heaven was their Teacher, and
all who heard were astonished at their knowledge of the
Scriptures. p. 446, Para. 3, [CT].

The first great lesson in all education is to know and un-

derstand the will of God. We should bring into every day of
life the effort to gain this knowledge. To learn science
through human interpretation alone is to obtain a false
education, but to learn of God and Christ is to learn the
science of heaven. The confusion in education has come be-
cause the wisdom and knowledge of God have not been ex-
alted. p. 447, Para. 1, [CT].

The students in our schools are to regard the knowledge of

God as above everything else. "The preaching of the cross
is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us which are
saved it is the power of God. For it is written, I will de-
stroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the
understanding of the the prudent." "The foolishness of God
is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than
men." "But of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is
made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification,
and redemption: that, according as it is written, He that
glorieth, let him glory in the Lord." 1 Corinthians 1:18,
19, 25, 30, 31. p. 447, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who profess to believe the word should daily pray

for the light of the Holy Spirit to shine upon the pages of
the Sacred Book, that they may be enabled to comprehend the
things of the Spirit of God. . . . The words of men, how-
ever great, are not able to make us "perfect, throughly
furnished unto all good works." 2 Timothy 3:17. p. 447,
Para. 3, [CT].

The Bible contains all that is needful for the saving of

the soul, and at the same time it is adapted to strengthen
and discipline the mind. Used as a textbook in our schools,
it will be found far more effective than any other book in
guiding wisely in the affairs of this life, as well as in
aiding the soul to climb the ladder that reaches to heaven.
The Bible gives the true seeker an advanced mental drill;
he comes from the contemplation of divine things with his
faculties enriched. Self is humbled, while God and His
truth are exalted. It is because men are unacquainted with
the truths of the Bible that there is so much lifting up of
man and so little honor given to God. p. 448, Para. 1,
[CT].

In searching the pages of God's word, we move through

scenes majestic and eternal. We behold Jesus, the Son of
God, coming to our world and engaging in the mysterious
conflict that discomfited the powers of darkness. How won-
derful, how almost incredible, it is that the infinite God
would consent to the humiliation of His only-begotten Son!
Let students contemplate this great thought. They will not
come from such contemplation without being elevated, puri-
fied, ennobled. p. 448, Para. 2, [CT].

God's word is the spiritual food by which the Christian

must grow strong in spirit and in intellect, that he may do
battle for truth and righteousness. The Bible teaches that
every besetting sin must be put away, that the warfare
against evil must be waged until every wrong is overcome.
The human agent must place himself as a willing student in
the school of Christ. As he accepts the grace freely of-
fered him, the presence of the Saviour in the thoughts and
in the heart will give him decision of purpose to lay aside
every weight, that the heart may be filled with all the
fullness of God. p. 448, Para. 3, [CT].

The simplicity of true godliness must be brought into the

education of our young people, if they are to know how to
escape the corruption that is in the world. They must be
taught that the true followers of Christ will serve God not
only when it is in accordance with their inclinations, but
also when it involves self-denial and cross-bearing. Beset-
ting sins must be battled with and overcome. Objectionable
traits of character, whether hereditary or cultivated, must
be compared with the great rule of righteousness, and then
conquered in the strength of Christ. Day by day, hour by
hour, a vigorous work of self-denial and of sanctification
must go on within; then the works will bear witness that
Jesus is abiding in the heart by faith. Sanctification does
not close the avenues of the soul to knowledge, but expands
the mind and inspires it to search for truth as for hidden
treasure. p. 449, Para. 1, [CT].

An Unerring Guide -- The young man who makes the Bible his
guide need not mistake the path of duty and of safety. That
Book will teach him to preserve his integrity of character,
to be truthful, to practice no deception. It will teach him
that he must never transgress God's law in order to accom-
plish a desired object, even though to obey involves a sac-
rifice. It will teach him that the blessing of heaven will
not rest upon him if he departs from the path of right do-
ing; that although men may appear to prosper in disobedi-
ence, they will surely reap the fruit of their sowing. p.
449, Para. 2, [CT].

Those only who read the Scriptures as the voice of God

speaking to them, are true learners. They tremble at the
voice of God, for to them it is a living reality. They open
their understanding to divine instruction and pray for
grace, that they may obtain a preparation for service. As
the heavenly torch is placed in his hand, the seeker for
truth sees his own frailty, his infirmity, the hopelessness
of looking to himself for righteousness. He sees that there
is in him nothing that can recommend him to God. He prays
for the Holy Spirit, the representative of Christ, to be
his constant guide, to lead him into all truth. He repeats
the promise, "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom
the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all
things." John 14:26. p. 450, Para. 1, [CT].

Receiving to Give -- The study of the Bible in our schools

will give the students special advantages. Those who re-
ceive into their hearts the holy principles of truth will
work with increasing energy. No circumstances can alter
their determination to attain to the highest possible stan-
dard. And that which they have received they will impart to
others. As they themselves drink from the fountain of liv-
ing water, from them will flow living streams to bless and
refresh others. p. 450, Para. 2, [CT].

The diligent Bible student will constantly increase in

knowledge and discernment. His intellect will grasp ele-
vated subjects and lay hold of the truth of eternal reali-
ties. His motives of action will be right. He will use his
talent of influence to help others to understand more per-
fectly their God-given responsibilities. His heart will be
a wellspring of joy as he sees success attend his efforts
to impart to others the blessings he has received. p. 450,
Para. 3, [CT].

The talent of knowledge, sanctified and put to use in the

Master's service, is never lost. A self-sacrificing effort
to do good will be crowned with success. "We are laborers
together with God." 1 Corinthians 3:9. The Lord will co-
operate with the human worker. To Him is to be given the
praise and the glory for what we are able to accomplish.
p. 451, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord is dishonored by the deterioration or the perver-

sion of the talents He has entrusted to men. It is the duty
and the privilege of the Christian to improve his talents.
Christ gave His life to purchase for men the privilege of
being co-workers with God. Yet thousands who have received
much light and many opportunities, do not grasp the bless-
ings that are within their reach. p. 451, Para. 2, [CT].

That education only is wholesome and essential which leads

to a knowledge of the value that God has placed upon man-
kind. The students in our schools are to be taught that
they are of value in the sight of God, that they have been
bought with an infinite price. They should be made to real-
ize the importance of putting to a right use every faculty
of the being. They are to put on Christ; then all their
powers will be used in persevering, taxing labor in His
service. p. 451, Para. 3, [CT].

The students are to be taught to help those who need en-

couragement. As they seek to help others they themselves
will "grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and
Saviour Jesus Christ" (2 Peter 3:18), and their efficiency
will be increased. "Ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's
building." 1 Corinthians 3:9. Christians will fulfill the
purpose of God for them only as they increase in knowledge
and return to Him in earnest service the gifts they have
received. p. 452, Para. 1, [CT].

A New Mind -- The truths of God's word are not mere senti-
ments, but the utterances of the Most High. He who makes
these truths a part of his life becomes in every sense a
new creature. He is not given new mental powers, but the
darkness that through ignorance and sin has clouded the un-
derstanding is removed. p. 452, Para. 2, [CT].

The words, "A new heart also will I give you" (Ezekiel
36:26), mean, A new mind will I give you. This change of
heart is always attended by a clear conception of Christian
duty, an understanding of truth. The clearness of our view
of truth will be proportionate to our understanding of the
word of God. He who gives the Scriptures close, prayerful
attention will gain clear comprehension and sound judgment,
as if in turning to God he had reached a higher plane of
intelligence. p. 452, Para. 3, [CT].

If the mind is set to the task of studying the Bible, the

understanding will strengthen and the reasoning faculties
will improve. Under the study of the Scriptures the mind
expands and becomes more evenly balanced than if occupied
in obtaining information from books that have no connection
with the Bible. p. 452, Para. 4, [CT].

God calls upon teachers to behold the heavens and to study

His works in nature. "The heavens declare the glory of God;
and the firmament showeth His handiwork. Day unto day ut-
tereth speech, and night unto night showeth knowledge.
There is no speech nor language, where their voice is not
heard." Psalm 19:1-3. Shall we not strive to understand the
wonderful works of God? We should do well to read often the
nineteenth psalm, that we may understand how the Lord binds
up His law with His created works. p. 453, Para. 1, [CT].

Can we find for our schools any textbook filled with such
deep, earnest declarations as is the word of the living
God? Then why should this Book be laid aside for the writ-
ings of infidel authors? What more valuable book could be
placed in the hands of students than that which teaches
them how they may inherit eternal life? The lessons of Bi-
ble history should be kept before the youth in our schools,
that those who have no love for God and no interest in
spiritual things may become interested, and learn to love
the word. p. 453, Para. 2, [CT].

Christ is the center of all true doctrine. All true relig-

ion is found in His word and in nature. He is the One in
whom our hopes of eternal life are centered; and the
teacher who learns from Him finds a safe anchorage. p.
453, Para. 3, [CT].

All that the mind can grasp is opened before us in the Bi-
ble. This is our spiritual food. We are to contemplate the
wonderful works of God and repeat to our children the les-
sons learned, that we may lead them to see His skill, His
power, and His grandeur in His created works. p. 453,
Para. 4, [CT].

What a God is our God! He rules over His kingdom with

diligence and care, and He has built a hedge-- the Ten Com-
mandments--about His subjects to preserve them from the re-
sults of transgression. In requiring obedience to the laws
of His kingdom, God gives His people health and happiness,
peace and joy. He teaches them that the perfection of char-
acter He requires can be attained only by becoming familiar
with His word. p. 454, Para. 1, [CT].

It is written in the prophets: "O thou afflicted, tossed

with tempest, and not comforted, behold, I will lay thy
stones with fair colors, and lay thy foundations with sap-
phires. And I will make thy windows of agates, and thy
gates of carbuncles, and all thy borders of pleasant
stones. And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord;
and great shall be the peace of thy children. In righteous-
ness shalt thou be established: thou shalt be far from op-
pression; for thou shalt not fear: and from terror; for it
shall not come near thee." Isaiah 54:11-14. p. 454, Para.
2, [CT].

"This shall be the covenant that I will make with the

house of Israel; After those days, saith the Lord, I will
put My law in their inward parts, and write it in their
hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be My people.
And they shall teach no more every man his neighbor, and
every man his brother, saying, Know the Lord: for they
shall all know Me, from the least of them unto the greatest
of them, saith the Lord: for I will forgive their iniquity,
and I will remember their sin no more." Jeremiah 31:33, 34.
p. 454, Para. 3, [CT].

"And many nations shall come, and say, Come, and let us go
up to the mountain of the Lord, and to the house of the God
of Jacob; and He will teach us His ways, and we will walk
in His paths: for the law shall go forth of Zion, and the
word of the Lord from Jerusalem." Micah 4:2. p. 455, Para.
1, [CT].
 The Old Testament Scriptures were the lesson book of Is-
rael.... There are practical lessons in the word of God,
lessons that Christ would have teachers and parents present
to the children in the school and in the home. That word
teaches living, holy principles, which prompt men to do
unto others as they would have others do unto them--
principles which they are to bring into the daily life here
below, and carry with them into the school above. This is
the higher education. No learning of human origin can gain
these heights; for they reach into eternity, and are immor-
talized. We know altogether too little of the greatness of
the love and compassion of God. p. 455, Para. 2, [CT].

Let students put to the stretch their mental faculties,

that they may comprehend the forty-fifth chapter of Isaiah.
Such chapters as this should be brought into our schools as
a valuable study. They are better than romance and fables.
Why have our schools been so dependent upon books which
tell so little of the city we claim to be seeking, whose
builder and maker is God? Our lesson books should contain
the loftiest themes of thought. Heaven is our home. Our
citizenship is above, and our lives must not be devoted to
a world that is soon to be destroyed.... p. 455, Para. 3,
[CT].

Take the Bible as a study book, and see if you are not
filled with the love of God. Your heart may be barren, your
intellect feeble; but if you will prayerfully study the
word of God, light will flash into your mind. God works
with every diligent student. Teachers who will learn from
the Great Teacher will realize the help of God as did Dan-
iel and his fellows, of whom the record states, "As for
these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in
all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in
all visions and dreams." Daniel 1:17.... p. 455, Para. 4,
[CT].

I could refer to chapter after chapter of the Old Testa-

ment Scriptures that contain great encouragement. These
Scriptures are a treasure house of precious pearls, and all
need them. How much time is spent by intelligent human be-
ings in horse racing, cricket matches, and ball playing!
But will indulgence in these sports give men a desire to
know truth and righteousness? Will it keep God in their
thoughts? Will it lead them to inquire, How is it with my
soul? p. 456, Para. 1, [CT].
 All the powers of Satan are set in operation to hold the
attention to frivolous amusements, and he is gaining his
object. He is interposing his devisings between God and the
soul. He will manufacture diversions to keep men from
thinking about God. The world, filled with sport and pleas-
ure loving, is always thirsting for some new interest; but
how little time and thought are given to the Creator of the
heavens and the earth! p. 456, Para. 2, [CT].

God calls upon men to see Him in the wonders of the heav-
ens. "Lift up your eyes on high," He says, "and behold who
hath created these things, that bringeth out their host by
number: He calleth them all by names by the greatness of
His might," Isaiah 40:26. God would have us study the works
of infinity, and from this study learn to love and rever-
ence and obey Him. The heavens and the earth with their
treasures are to teach the lessons of God's love and care
and power. p. 456, Para. 3, [CT].

God calls upon His creatures to turn their attention from

the confusion and perplexity around them and admire His
handiwork. As we study His works, angels from heaven will
be by our side to enlighten our minds and guard them from
Satan's deceptions. As you look at the wonderful things
that God's hand has made, let your proud, foolish heart
feel its dependence and inferiority. How terrible it is
when the acknowledgment of God is not made when it should
be made! How sad to humble oneself when it is too late! p.
457, Para. 1, [CT].

The psalmist declares, "When Thou saidst, Seek ye My face;

my heart said unto Thee, Thy face, Lord, will I seek."
Psalm 27:8. The whole of this psalm should find a place in
the reading and spelling lessons of the school. The twenty-
eighth, twenty-ninth, and seventy-eighth psalms tell of the
rich blessings bestowed by God upon His people and of their
poor returns for all His benefits. The eighty-first psalm
explains why Israel was scattered--they forgot God, as the
churches in our land are forgetting Him today. Consider
also the eighty-ninth, ninetieth, ninety-first, ninety-
second, and ninety-third psalms. p. 457, Para. 2, [CT].

These things were written for our admonition, upon whom

the ends of the world are come; and should they not be
studied in our schools? The word of God contains instruc-
tive lessons, given in reproof, in warning, in encourage-
ment, and in rich promises. Would not such food as this be
meat in due season to the youth? p. 457, Para. 3, [CT].

An Impressive Representation -- In a night vision given me

some years ago I was in an assembly where our school prob-
lems were being discussed, and the question was asked, "Why
has not appropriate matter for reading books and other les-
son books been selected and compiled? Why has not the word
of God been extolled above every human production? Have you
thought that a better knowledge of what the Lord hath said
would have a deleterious effect on teachers and students?"
p. 458, Para. 1, [CT].

There was a hush in the assembly, and conviction came to

students and teachers. Men who had looked upon themselves
as wise and strong saw that they were weak and lacking in
the knowledge of that Book which concerns the eternal des-
tiny of the human soul. p. 458, Para. 2, [CT].

The Speaker then took from the hands of the teachers books
which they had been making their study, some of which had
been written by infidel authors and contained infidel sen-
timents, and laid them on the floor. Then He placed the Bi-
ble in their hands, saying, "You have little knowledge of
this Book. You know not the Scriptures nor the power of
God. When you have taken your students through the course
of study you have followed in the past, they will have to
unlearn much that they have learned, and this they will
find very difficult to do. Objectionable ideas have taken
root in their minds, like weeds in a garden, and some will
never be able to distinguish between right and wrong. The
good and the evil have been intermingled in your work. Doc-
trines containing a little truth, but with which are woven
the opinions and sayings and doings of men, are repeated.
The youth will never know the way of life so long as they
depend on such instruction." p. 458, Para. 3, [CT].

By every teacher in our schools the only true God is to be

uplifted. The prayer of Christ for His disciples was: "I
have glorified Thee on the earth: I have finished the work
which Thou gavest Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Thou
Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee
before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the
men which Thou gavest Me out of the world: Thine they were,
and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word. Now
they have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given
Me are of Thee. For I have given unto them the words which
Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known
surely that I came out from Thee, and they have believed
that Thou didst send Me." John 17:4-8. p. 459, Para. 1,
[CT].

Who among our teachers are awake and as faithful stewards

of the grace of God are giving the trumpet a certain sound?
Who are voicing the message of the third angel, calling
upon the world to make ready for the great day of God? The
message we bear has the seal of the living God. July 20,
1899. p. 459, Para. 2, [CT].

There is nothing more calculated to energize the mind and

strengthen the intellect than the study of the word of God.
No other book is so potent to elevate the thoughts, to give
vigor to the faculties, as the broad, ennobling truths of
the Bible. If God's word were studied as it should be, men
would have a breadth of mind, a nobility of character, and
a stability of purpose that are rarely seen in these times.
The search for truth will reward the seeker at every turn,
and each discovery will open up richer fields for his in-
vestigation. p. 460, Para. 1, [CT].

Thousands of men who minister in the pulpit are lacking in

essential qualities of mind and character because they do
not apply themselves to the study of the Scriptures. They
are content with a superficial knowledge of the truths that
are full of rich depths of meaning; and they prefer to go
on, losing much in every way, rather than to search dili-
gently for the hidden treasure. p. 460, Para. 2, [CT].

Men are changed in accordance with what they contemplate.

If commonplace thoughts and affairs take up the attention,
the man will be commonplace. If he is too negligent to ob-
tain anything but a superficial understanding of truth, he
will not receive the rich blessings that God would be
pleased to bestow upon him. It is the law of the mind that
it will narrow or expand to the dimensions of the things
with which it becomes familiar. The mental powers will
surely become contracted and will lose their ability to
grasp the deep meanings of the word of God unless they are
put vigorously and persistently to the task of searching
for truth. The mind will enlarge if it is employed in trac-
ing out the relation of the subjects of the Bible to one
another, comparing scripture with scripture, and spiritual
things with spiritual. The richest treasures of thought are
waiting for the diligent student. p. 460, Para. 3, [CT].
 The knowledge of God is not gained without mental effort
and prayer for wisdom. Many are convinced that the precious
treasures of the kingdom of God and of Christ are contained
in the word. They know also that no earthly treasure is
gained without painstaking effort. Why should they expect
to understand the meaning of the Scriptures without dili-
gent study? p. 461, Para. 1, [CT].

The word of God is light and truth--a lamp to the feet and
a light to the path. It is able to guide every step of the
way to the city of God. For this reason, Satan has made
desperate efforts to obscure the light, that men may not
find and keep the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord
to walk in. p. 461, Para. 2, [CT].

As the miner digs for the golden treasure in the earth, so

earnestly, persistently, must we seek for the treasure of
God's word. In daily study the verse-by-verse method is of-
ten most helpful. Let the student take one verse and con-
centrate his mind on ascertaining the thought that God has
put into that verse for him, and then dwell upon the
thought until it becomes his own. One passage thus studied
until its significance becomes clear is of more value than
the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in
view and no positive instruction gained. p. 461, Para. 3,
[CT].

The Bible Its Own Expositor -- The Bible is its own ex-
positor. Scripture is to be compared with scripture. The
student should learn to view the word as a whole and to see
the relation of its parts. He should gain a knowledge of
its grand central theme-- of God's original purpose for the
world, of the rise of the great controversy, and of the
work of redemption. He should understand the nature of the
two principles that are contending for the supremacy, and
should learn to trace their working through the records of
history and prophecy to the great consummation. He should
see how this controversy enters into every phase of human
experience; how in every act of life he himself reveals the
one or the other of the two antagonistic motives; and how,
whether he will or not, he is even now deciding upon which
side of the controversy he will be found. p. 462, Para. 1,
[CT].

Every part of the Bible is given by inspiration of God and

is profitable. The Old Testament, no less than the New,
should receive attention. As we study the Old Testament we
shall find living springs bubbling up where the careless
reader discerns only a desert. p. 462, Para. 2, [CT].

The Old Testament sheds light upon the New, and the New
upon the Old. Each is a revelation of the glory of God in
Christ. Christ as manifested to the patriarchs, as symbol-
ized in the sacrificial service, as portrayed in the law,
and as revealed by the prophets is the riches of the Old
Testament. Christ in His life, His death, and His resurrec-
tion; Christ as He is manifested by the Holy Spirit, is the
treasure of the New. Both Old and New present truths that
will continually reveal new depths of meaning to the ear-
nest seeker. p. 462, Para. 3, [CT].

When a real love for the Bible is awakened, and the stu-
dent begins to realize how vast is the field and how pre-
cious its treasure, he will desire to seize upon every op-
portunity for acquainting himself with God's word. Its
study will be restricted to no special time or place. And
this continuous study is one of the best means of cultivat-
ing a love for the Scriptures. Let the student keep his Bi-
ble always with him and, as he has opportunity, read a text
and meditate upon it. While walking in the streets, waiting
at a railway station, waiting to meet an engagement, let
him improve the opportunity to gain some precious thought
from the treasure house of truth. p. 463, Para. 1, [CT].

The student of the word should not make his opinions a

center around which truth is to revolve. He should not
search for the purpose of finding texts of Scripture that
he can construe to prove his theories, for this is wresting
the Scriptures to his own destruction. The Bible student
must empty himself of every prejudice, lay his own ideas at
the door of investigation, and with humble, subdued heart,
with self hid in Christ, with earnest prayer, he should
seek wisdom from God. He should seek to know the revealed
will of God because it concerns his present and eternal
welfare. This word is the directory by which he must learn
the way to eternal life. p. 463, Para. 2, [CT].

When Jesus sent forth the Twelve on their first mission of

mercy, He commissioned them "to preach the kingdom of God,
and to heal the sick." Luke 9:2. "As ye go," He said,
"preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the
sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils:
freely ye have received, freely give." Matthew 10:7, 8. And
as they "went through the towns, preaching the gospel, and
healing everywhere" (Luke 9:6), the blessing of heaven ac-
companied their labors. The fulfillment of the Saviour's
commission by the disciples made their message the power of
God unto salvation, and through their efforts many were
brought to a knowledge of the Messiah. p. 465, Para. 1,
[CT].

The Seventy who were sent out a little later were also
commissioned to "heal the sick" (Luke 10:9) as well as to
announce the advent of the promised Redeemer. In their work
of teaching and healing, the disciples followed the example
of the Master Teacher, who ministered to both soul and
body. The gospel which He taught was a message of spiritual
life and physical restoration. Deliverance from sin and the
healing of disease were linked together. p. 465, Para. 2,
[CT].

And at the close of His earthly ministry, when He charged

His disciples with a solemn commission to go "into all the
world, and preach the gospel to every creature," He de-
clared that their ministry would receive confirmation
through the restoration of the sick to health. Ye "shall
lay hands on the sick," He said, "and they shall recover."
Mark 16:15, 18. By healing in His name the diseases of the
body, they would testify to His power for the healing of
the soul. p. 466, Para. 1, [CT].

The Saviour's commission to the disciples includes all be-

lievers to the end of time. All to whom the heavenly inspi-
ration has come are put in trust with the gospel. All who
receive the life of Christ are ordained to work for the
salvation of their fellow men. For this work the church was
established, and all who take upon themselves its sacred
vows are thereby pledged to be co-workers with Christ. p.
466, Para. 2, [CT].

"They shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall re-
cover." This world is a vast lazar house; but Christ came
to heal the sick, to proclaim deliverance to the captives
of Satan. He was in Himself health and strength. He im-
parted His life to the sick, the afflicted, those possessed
of demons. He knew that many of those who petitioned Him
for help had brought disease upon themselves, yet He did
not refuse to heal them. And when virtue from Christ en-
tered into these poor souls, they were convicted of sin,
and many were healed of their spiritual disease as well as
of their physical maladies. p. 466, Para. 3, [CT].

To many of the afflicted ones who received healing, Christ

said, "Sin no more, lest a worse thing come unto thee."
John 5:14. Thus He taught that disease is the result of
violating God's laws, both natural and spiritual. The great
misery in the world would not exist had men from the begin-
ning lived in harmony with the Creator's plan. There are
conditions to be observed by all who would preserve health.
All should learn what these conditions are. The Lord is not
pleased with ignorance in regard to His laws, either natu-
ral or spiritual. We are to be workers together with God
for the restoration of health to the body as well as to the
soul. p. 466, Para. 4, [CT].

And we should teach others how to preserve and to recover

health. For the sick we should use the remedies which God
has provided in nature, and we should point them to Him who
alone can restore. It is our work to present the sick and
suffering to Christ in the arms of our faith. We should
teach them to believe in the Great Healer. We should lay
hold on His promise and pray for the manifestation of His
power. The very essence of the gospel is restoration, and
the Saviour would have us bid the sick, the hopeless, and
the afflicted take hold upon His strength. p. 467, Para.
1, [CT].

Never has the world's need for teaching and healing been
greater than it is today. The world is full of those who
need to be ministered unto--the weak, the helpless, the ig-
norant, the degraded. The continual transgression of man
for nearly six thousand years has brought sickness, pain,
and death as its fruit. Multitudes are perishing for lack
of knowledge. p. 467, Para. 2, [CT].

As God's ministers behold the awful results of long-

continued sin, their hearts are touched with the world's
woe, and they are endeavoring to labor as the Master Work-
man and His disciples labored. Connected with the divine
Healer, they are going forth in the power of His might to
teach and to heal. They realize that the gospel is the only
antidote for sin, and that as Christ's witnesses they are
to bear testimony to its power. As they point the afflicted
ones to the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the
world, His transforming grace and miracle-working power are
causing many to accept the message of truth that is borne.
His healing power, united with the gospel message, is
bringing success in emergencies. The Holy Spirit is working
upon hearts, and the salvation of God is being revealed.
p. 467, Para. 3, [CT].

But the world's need today cannot be met fully by the min-
istry of God's servants who have been called to preach the
everlasting gospel to every creature. While it is well, so
far as possible, for evangelical workers to learn how to
minister to the necessities of the body as well as of the
soul, thus following the example of Christ, yet they cannot
spend all their time and strength in relieving those in
need of help. The Lord has ordained that with those who
preach the word shall be associated His medical missionary
workers--Christian physicians and nurses who have received
special training in the healing of disease and in soul win-
ning. p. 468, Para. 1, [CT].

Medical missionaries and workers in the gospel ministry

are to be bound together by indissoluble ties. Their work
is to be done with freshness and power. By their combined
efforts the world is to be prepared for the second advent
of Christ. Through their united labors the Sun of Right-
eousness is to rise, with healing in His wings, to lighten
the benighted regions of the earth, where the people have
long lived in gross darkness. Many who are now dwelling in
the shadow of sin and death, as they see in God's faithful
servants a reflection of the Light of the world, will real-
ize that they have a hope of salvation, and they will open
their hearts to receive the healing beams, and will in turn
become light bearers to others yet in darkness. p. 468,
Para. 2, [CT].

So great are the world's needs, that not all who are
called to be medical missionary evangelists can afford to
spend years in preparation before beginning to do actual
field work. Soon doors now open to the gospel messenger
will be forever closed. God calls upon many who are pre-
pared to do acceptable service, to carry the message now,
not waiting for further preparation; for while some delay,
the enemy may take possession of fields now open. p. 469,
Para. 1, [CT].

I have been instructed that little companies who have re-

ceived a suitable training in evangelical and medical mis-
sionary lines should go forth to do the work to which
Christ appointed His disciples. Let them labor as evangel-
ists, scattering our publications, talking of the truth to
those they meet, praying for the sick, and, if need be,
treating them, not with drugs, but with nature's remedies,
ever realizing their dependence on God. As they unite in
the work of teaching and healing they will reap a rich har-
vest of souls. p. 469, Para. 2, [CT].

And while God is calling upon young men and women who have
already gained a practical knowledge of how to treat the
sick, to labor as gospel medical missionaries in connection
with experienced evangelical workers, He is also calling
for many recruits to enter our medical missionary training
schools to gain a speedy and thorough preparation for serv-
ice. Some need not spend so long a time in these schools as
do others. It is not in harmony with God's purpose that all
should plan to spend exactly the same length of time,
whether three, four, or five years, in preparation, before
beginning to engage in active field work. Some, after
studying for a time, can develop more rapidly by working
along practical lines in different places, under the super-
vision of experienced leaders, than they could by remaining
in an institution. As they advance in knowledge and abil-
ity, some of these will find it much to their advantage to
return to one of our sanitarium training schools for more
instruction. Thus they will become efficient medical mis-
sionaries, prepared for trying emergencies. p. 469, Para.
3, [CT].

Much may be learned by visiting the hospitals. In these

hospitals not a few of our consecrated young people should
be learning to be successful medical missionaries. Observa-
tion, and the practice of that which has been learned, will
enable our youth to become efficient nurses, with superior
skill, fitted to stand upon the highest eminence. Every
physician, every nurse, every helper, who has anything to
do in God's service, must aim at perfection. Nothing short
of this standard is pleasing to Him who has called us to be
colaborers with Him. And especially should those who are in
training to act as His medical missionaries turn resolutely
from every temptation to be satisfied with a superficial
knowledge of their profession. Let them rather reach upward
to perfection. Theirs is a most exacting calling, and their
preparation must be painstaking and thorough. p. 470,
Para. 1, [CT].

The cause of God today would have been far in advance of

what it is, had we in former years been more active in the
training of nurses who, in addition to their acquirement of
more than ordinary skill in the care of the sick, had also
learned to labor as evangelists in soul-winning service.
p. 471, Para. 1, [CT].

It is for the training of such workers, as well as for the

training of physicians, that the school at Loma Linda has
been founded. In this school many workers are to be quali-
fied with the ability of physicians, to labor, not in pro-
fessional lines as physicians, but as medical missionary
evangelists. This training is to be in harmony with the
principles underlying true higher education. The cause is
in need of hundreds of workers who have received a practi-
cal and thorough education in medical lines, and who are
also prepared to labor from house to house as teachers, Bi-
ble workers, and colporteurs. Such students should come out
of the school without having sacrificed the principles of
health reform or their love for God and righteousness. p.
471, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who take advanced training in nursing, and go forth

into all parts of the world as medical missionary evangel-
ists, cannot expect to receive from the world the honor and
rewards that often come to fully accredited physicians. Yet
as they go about their work of teaching and healing, and
link up closely with God's servants who have been called to
the ministry of His word, His blessing will rest upon their
labors, and marvelous transformations will be wrought. In a
special sense they will be His helping hand. p. 471, Para.
3, [CT].

The duties of the physician are arduous. Few realize the

mental and physical strain to which he is subjected. Every
energy and capability must be enlisted with the most in-
tense anxiety in the battle with disease and death. Often
he knows that one unskilled movement of the hand, even but
a hairbreadth in the wrong direction, may send a soul un-
prepared into eternity. How much the faithful physician
needs the sympathy and prayers of the people of God! His
claims in this direction are not inferior to those of the
most devoted minister or missionary worker. Deprived, as he
often is, of sufficient rest and sleep, he needs a double
portion of grace, a fresh supply daily, or he will lose his
hold on God and will be in danger of sinking deeper in
spiritual darkness than men of other callings. And yet of-
ten he is made to bear unmerited reproaches and is left to
stand alone, the subject of Satan's fiercest temptations,
feeling himself misunderstood, betrayed by his friends. p.
472, Para. 1, [CT].

Many, knowing how trying are the duties of the physician

and how few opportunities physicians have for release from
care, even upon the Sabbath, will not choose this for their
lifework. But the great enemy is constantly seeking to de-
stroy the workmanship of God's hands, and men of culture
and intelligence are called for to combat his cruel power.
More of the right kind of men are needed to devote them-
selves to this profession. Painstaking effort should be
made to induce suitable men to qualify themselves for this
work. They should be men whose characters are based upon
the broad principles of the word of God--men who posses a
natural energy force, and perseverance that will enable
them to reach a high standard of excellence. p. 472, Para.
2, [CT].

It is not everyone who can make a successful physician.

Many have entered upon the duties of this profession in
every way unprepared. They have not the requisite knowl-
edge; neither have they the skill and tact, the carefulness
and intelligence, necessary to ensure success. A physician
can do much better if he has physical strength. If he is
feeble, he cannot endure the wearing labor incident to his
calling. A man who has a weak constitution, who is a dys-
peptic, or who is lacking in self-control cannot become
qualified to deal with all classes of disease. Great care
should be taken not to encourage persons who might be use-
ful in some less responsible position, to study medicine at
a great outlay of time and means, when there is no reason-
able hope that they will succeed. p. 473, Para. 1, [CT].

I have been instructed that in view of the trying nature

of medical missionary work, those who desire to take up
this line should first be thoroughly examined by competent
physicians to ascertain whether or not they have the
strength necessary to endure the course of study through
which they must pass in the training school. p. 473, Para.
2, [CT].

We have a work to do in securing the best talent and in

placing these workers in positions where they can educate
other workers. Then when our sanitariums and mission fields
call for physicians, we shall have young men who, through
their experience gained by practical work, have become fit-
ted to bear responsibilities. p. 473, Para. 3, [CT].
 While seeking a preparation for his lifework, the medical
student should be encouraged to attain the highest possible
development of all his powers. His studies, taxing though
they are, need not necessarily undermine his physical
health or lessen his enjoyment of spiritual things.
Throughout his course of study he may continually grow in
grace and in a knowledge of truth, while at the same time
he may be constantly adding to the store of knowledge that
will make him a wise practitioner. p. 474, Para. 1, [CT].

To medical students I would say, Enter upon your course of

study with a determination to do right and to maintain
Christian principles. Flee temptation, and avoid every in-
fluence for evil. Preserve your integrity of soul. Maintain
a conscientious regard for truth and righteousness. Be
faithful in the smaller responsibilities, and show your-
selves to be close, critical thinkers, having soundness of
heart and uprightness, being loyal to God, and true to man-
kind. p. 474, Para. 2, [CT].

Opportunities are before you; if studious and upright, you

may obtain an education of the highest value. Make the most
of your privileges. Be not satisfied with ordinary attain-
ments; seek to qualify yourself to fill positions of trust
in connection with the Lord's work in the earth. United
with the God of wisdom and power, you may become intellec-
tually strong and increasingly capable as soul winners. You
may become men and women of responsibility and influence
if, by the power of your will, coupled with divine
strength, you earnestly engage in the work of securing a
proper training. p. 474, Para. 3, [CT].

Exercise the mental powers, and in no case neglect the

physical. Let not intellectual slothfulness close up your
path to greater knowledge. Learn to reflect as well as to
study, that your minds may expand, strengthen, and develop.
Never think that you have learned enough and that you may
now relax your efforts. The cultivated mind is the measure
of the man. Your education should continue during your
lifetime; every day you should be learning and putting to
practical use the knowledge gained. p. 475, Para. 1, [CT].

In order for you to become men and women that can be de-
pended upon, there must be a growth of the powers, the ex-
ercise of every faculty, even in little things; then
greater power is acquired to bear larger responsibilities.
Individual responsibility and accountability are essential.
In putting into practice that which you are learning during
your student days, do not shrink from bearing your share of
responsibility because there are risks to take, because
something must be ventured. Do not leave others to be
brains for you. You must train your powers to be strong and
vigorous; then the entrusted talents will grow, as a
steady, uniform, unyielding energy is exercised in bearing
individual responsibility. God would have you add, day by
day, little by little, to your stock of ideas, acting as if
the moments were jewels, to be carefully gathered and dis-
creetly cherished. You will thus acquire breadth of thought
and strength of intellect. p. 475, Para. 2, [CT].

God will not require of man a more strict account of any-

thing than of the way in which he has occupied his time.
Have its hours been wasted and abused? God has granted to
us the precious boon of life not to be devoted to selfish
gratification. Our work is too solemn, our time to serve
God and our fellow men too short, to be spent in seeking
for fame. Oh, if men would stop in their aspirations where
God has set the bounds, what different service would the
Lord receive! p. 475, Para. 3, [CT].

There are many who are in such haste to climb to distinc-

tion that they skip some of the rounds of the ladder and in
so doing lose experience which they must have in order to
become intelligent workers. In their zeal the knowledge of
many things looks unimportant to them. They skim over the
surface and do not deep into the mine of truth, thus by a
slow and painstaking process gaining an experience that
will enable them to be of special help to others. We want
our medical students to be men and women who are most thor-
ough and who feel it their duty to improve every talent
lent them, that they may finally double their entrusted
capital. p. 476, Para. 1, [CT].

The light that God has given in medical missionary lines

will not cause His people to be regarded as inferior in
scientific medical knowledge, but will fit them to stand
upon the highest eminence. God would have them stand as a
wise and understanding people because of His presence with
them. In the strength of Him who is the Source of all wis-
dom, all grace, defects and ignorance may be overcome. p.
476, Para. 2, [CT].

Let every medical student aim to reach a high standard.

Under the discipline of the greatest of all teachers our
course must ever tend upward to perfection. All who are
connected with the medical missionary work must be learn-
ers. Let no one stop to say, "I cannot do this." Let him
say instead, "God requires me to be perfect. He expects me
to work away from all commonness and cheapness, and to
strive after that which is of the highest order." p. 476,
Para. 3, [CT].

There is only one power that can make medical students

what they ought to be and keep them steadfast--the grace of
God and the power of the truth exerting a saving influence
upon life and character. These students, who intend to min-
ister to suffering humanity, will find no graduating place
this side of heaven. That knowledge which is termed science
should be acquired, while the seeker daily acknowledges
that the fear of God is the beginning of wisdom. Everything
that will strengthen the mind should be cultivated to the
utmost of their power, while at the same time they should
seek God for wisdom; for unless they are guided by the wis-
dom from above they will become an easy prey to the decep-
tive power of Satan. They will become large in their own
eyes, pompous, and self-sufficient. p. 477, Para. 1, [CT].

God-fearing physicians speak modestly of their work, but

novices with limited experience in dealing with the bodies
and souls of men will often speak boastingly of their
knowledge and attainments. These need a better understand-
ing of themselves; then they would become more intelligent
in regard to their duties and would realize that in every
department where they have to labor they must possess a
willing mind, an earnest spirit, and a hearty, unselfish
zeal in trying to do others good. They will not study how
best to preserve their dignity, but by thoughtfulness and
caretaking will earn a reputation for thoroughness and ex-
actitude, and by sympathetic ministry will gain the hearts
of those whom they serve. p. 477, Para. 2, [CT].

In the medical profession there are many skeptics and

atheists who exalt the works of God above the God of sci-
ence. Comparatively few of those who enter worldly medical
colleges come out from them pure and unspotted. They have
failed to become elevated, ennobled, sanctified. Material
things eclipse the heavenly and eternal. With many, relig-
ious faith and principles are mingled with worldly customs
and practices, and pure and undefiled religion is rare. But
it is the privilege of every student to enter college with
the same fixed, determined principle that Daniel had when
he entered the court of Babylon, and throughout his course
to keep his integrity untarnished. The strength and grace
of God have been provided at an infinite sacrifice, that
men might be victorious over Satan's suggestions and temp-
tations, and come forth unsullied. The life, the words, and
the deportment are the most forcible argument, the most
solemn appeal, to the careless, irreverent, and skeptical.
Let the life and character be the strong argument for
Christianity; then men will be compelled to take knowledge
of you that you have been with Jesus and have learned of
Him. p. 478, Para. 1, [CT].

Let not medical students be deceived by the wiles of the

devil or by any of his cunning pretexts which so many adopt
to beguile and ensnare. Stand firm to principle. At every
step inquire, "What saith the Lord?" Say firmly, "I will
follow the light. I will respect and honor the Majesty of
truth." p. 478, Para. 2, [CT].

Especially should those who are studying medicine in the

schools of the world guard against contamination from the
evil influences with which they are constantly surrounded.
When their instructors are worldly-wise men, and their fel-
low students infidels who have no serious thought of God,
even Christians of experience are in danger of being influ-
enced by these irreligious associations. Nevertheless, some
have gone through the medical course and have remained true
to principle. They would not continue their studies on the
Sabbath, and they have proved that men may become qualified
for the duties of a physician and not disappoint the expec-
tations of those who have encouraged them to obtain an edu-
cation. p. 479, Para. 1, [CT].

It is because of these peculiar temptations which our

youth must meet in worldly medical schools that provision
should be made for preparatory and advanced medical train-
ing in our own schools, under Christian teachers. Our
larger union conference training schools in various parts
of the field should be placed in the most favorable posi-
tion for qualifying our youth to meet the entrance require-
ments specified by state laws regarding medical students.
The very best teaching talent should be secured, that our
schools may be brought up to the proper standard. The
youth, and those more advanced in years, who feel it their
duty to fit themselves for work requiring the passing of
certain legal tests, should be able to secure at our union
conference training schools all that is essential for en-
trance into a medical college. p. 479, Para. 2, [CT].

Prayer will accomplish wonders for those who give them-

selves to prayer, watching thereunto. God desires us all to
be in a waiting, hopeful position. What He has promised He
will do, and inasmuch as there are legal requirements mak-
ing it necessary that medical students shall take a certain
preparatory course of study, our colleges should arrange to
carry their students to the point of literary and scien-
tific training that is necessary. p. 479, Para. 3, [CT].

And not only should our larger training schools give this
preparatory instruction to those who contemplate taking a
medical course, but we must also do all that is essential
for the perfecting of the courses of study offered by our
Loma Linda College of Medical Evangelists. As pointed out
about the time this school was founded, we must provide
that which is essential to qualify our youth who desire to
be physicians, so that they may intelligently fit them-
selves to stand the examinations required to prove their
efficiency as physicians. They should be taught to treat
understandingly the cases of those who are diseased, so
that the door will be closed for any sensible physician to
imagine that we are not giving in our school the instruc-
tion necessary for properly qualifying young men and women
to do the work of a physician. Continually the students who
are graduated are to advance in knowledge, for practice
makes perfect. p. 480, Para. 1, [CT].

The medical school at Loma Linda is to be of the highest

order, because those who are in that school have the privi-
lege of maintaining a living connection with the wisest of
all physicians, from whom there is communicated knowledge
of a superior order. And for the special preparation of
those of our youth who have clear convictions of their duty
to obtain a medical education that will enable them to pass
the examinations required by law of all who practice as
regularly qualified physicians, we are to supply whatever
may be required, so that these youth need not be compelled
to go to medical schools conducted by men not of our faith.
Thus we shall close a door that the enemy would be pleased
to have left open; and our young men and women, whose
spiritual interests the Lord desires us to safeguard, will
not feel compelled to connect with unbelievers in order to
obtain thorough training along medical lines. p. 480,
Para. 2, [CT].
 The teachers in our medical college should encourage the
students to gain all the knowledge they can in every de-
partment. If they find any students deficient in caretak-
ing, in a comprehension of their responsibilities, they
should lay the matter frankly before such ones, giving them
an opportunity to correct their habits and to reach a
higher standard. p. 481, Para. 1, [CT].

The teachers should not become discouraged because some

are slow to learn. Neither should they discourage the stu-
dents when mistakes are made. As errors and defects are
kindly pointed out, the students in turn should feel grate-
ful for any instruction given. A haughty spirit on the part
of the students should not be encouraged. All should be
willing to learn, and the teachers should be willing to in-
struct, training the students to be self-reliant, compe-
tent, careful, painstaking. As the students study under
wise instructors, and unite with them in sharing responsi-
bilities, they may by the aid of the teachers climb to the
topmost round of the ladder. p. 481, Para. 2, [CT].

Students should be willing to work under those of experi-

ence, to heed their suggestions, to follow their advice,
and to go as far as possible in thought, training, and in-
telligent enterprise; but they should never infringe upon a
rule, never disregard one principle, that has been inter-
woven with the upbuilding of the institution. The dropping
down is easy enough; the disregard of regulations is natu-
ral to the heart inclined to selfish ease and gratifica-
tion. It is much easier to tear down than to build up. One
student with careless ideas may do more to let down the
standard than ten men with all their effort can do to coun-
teract the demoralizing influence. p. 481, Para. 3, [CT].

Failure or success will be read in the course the students

pursue. If they stand ready to question rules and regula-
tions and order, if they indulge self, and by their example
encourage a spirit of rebellion, give them no place. The
institution might better close its doors than suffer this
spirit to leaven the helpers and break down the barriers
that it has cost thought, effort, and prayer to establish.
p. 482, Para. 1, [CT].

In training workers to care for the sick, let the student

be impressed with the thought that his highest aim should
always be to look after the spiritual welfare of his pa-
tients. He should learn to repeat the promises of God's
word, and to offer fervent prayers daily, while preparing
for service. Help him to realize that he is always to keep
the sweetening, sanctifying influence of the great Medical
Missionary before his patients. If those who are suffering
can be impressed with the fact that Christ is their sympa-
thizing, compassionate Saviour, they will have rest of
mind, which is so essential to recovery of health. p. 482,
Para. 2, [CT].

Importance of Bible Study -- If medical students will

study the word of God diligently, they will be far better
prepared to understand their other studies; for enlighten-
ment always comes from an earnest study of the word of God.
Nothing else will so help to give them a retentive memory
as a study of the Scriptures. Let our medical missionary
workers understand that the more they become acquainted
with God and with Christ, and the more they become ac-
quainted with Bible history, the better prepared will they
be to do their work. p. 483, Para. 1, [CT].

Faithful teachers should be placed in charge of the Bible

classes, teachers who will strive to make the students un-
derstand their lessons, not by explaining everything to
them, but by requiring them to explain clearly every pas-
sage they read. Let these teachers remember that little
good is accomplished by skimming over the surface of the
word. Thoughtful investigation and earnest, taxing study
are necessary to an understanding of this word. p. 483,
Para. 2, [CT].

Christ, the great Medical Missionary, came to this world

at infinite sacrifice, to teach men and women the lessons
that would enable them to know God aright. He lived a per-
fect life, setting an example that all may safely follow.
Let our medical students study the lessons that Christ has
given. It is essential that they have a clear understanding
of these lessons. It would be a fearful mistake for them to
neglect the study of God's word for a study of theories
which are misleading, which divert minds from the words of
Christ to the fallacies of human production. God would have
all who profess to be gospel medical missionaries learn
diligently the lessons of the Great Teacher. This they must
do if they would find rest and peace. Learning of Christ,
their hearts will be filled with the peace that He alone
can give. p. 483, Para. 3, [CT].

Make the Bible the man of your counsel. Your acquaintance

with it will grow rapidly if you keep your minds free from
the rubbish of the world. The more the Bible is studied,
the deeper will be your knowledge of God. The truths of His
word will be written in your soul, making an ineffaceable
impression. p. 484, Para. 1, [CT].

These things God has been opening before me for many

years. In our medical missionary training schools we need
men who have a deep knowledge of the Scriptures, men who
can teach these lessons to others clearly and simply, just
as Christ taught His disciples that which He deemed most
essential. p. 484, Para. 2, [CT].

And the needed knowledge will be given to all who come to

Christ, receiving and practicing His teachings, making His
word a part of their lives. The Holy Spirit teaches the
student of the Scriptures to judge all things by the stan-
dard of righteousness and truth and justice. The divine
revelation supplies him with the knowledge that he needs.
Those who place themselves under the instruction of the
great Medical Missionary, to be workers together with Him,
will have a knowledge that the world, with all its tradi-
tionary lore, cannot supply. p. 484, Para. 3, [CT].

To every student who is seeking a medical education I

would say, Look beyond the present. Turn away from the
transitory things of this life, from selfish pursuits and
gratifications. For what purpose are you seeking an educa-
tion? Is it not that you may relieve suffering humanity? As
the mind is enlarged by true knowledge, the heart is warmed
by a sense of the goodness, compassion, and love of God.
The soul is filled with an earnest longing to tell others
how they may co-operate with the great Master Worker. You
will do much for yourselves as you impart the knowledge you
receive. Thus you will gain more knowledge to impart, and
your ability to work for God will increase. p. 485, Para.
1, [CT].

There are those who will suggest to you that in order to

be successful in your profession you must be a policy man;
you must at times depart from strict rectitude. These temp-
tations find a ready welcome in the heart of man; but I
speak that which I know. Do not be deceived or deluded. Do
not pamper self. Do not throw open a door through which the
enemy may enter to take possession of the soul. There is
danger in the first and slightest departure from the
strictest rectitude. Be true to yourself. Preserve your
God-given dignity in the fear of God. There is great need
that every medical worker get hold and keep hold of the arm
of Infinite Power. p. 485, Para. 2, [CT].

The policy principle is one that will assuredly lead into

difficulties. He who regards the favor of men as more de-
sirable than the favor of God will fall under the tempta-
tion to sacrifice principle for worldly gain or recogni-
tion. Thus fidelity to God is constantly being sacrificed.
Truth, God's truth, must be cherished in the soul and held
in the strength of heaven, or the power of Satan will wrest
it from you. Never entertain the thought that an honest,
truthful physician cannot succeed. Such a sentiment dishon-
ors the God of truth and righteousness. He can succeed; for
he has God and heaven on his side. Let every bribe to dis-
simulate be sternly refused. Hold fast your integrity in
the strength of the grace of Christ, and He will fulfill
His word to you. p. 485, Para. 3, [CT].

The medical student, however young, has access to the God

of Daniel. Through divine grace and power he may become as
efficient in his calling as Daniel was in his exalted posi-
tion. But it is a mistake to make a scientific preparation
the all-important thing, while religious principles which
lie at the very foundation of a successful practice are ne-
glected. Many are lauded as skillful men in their profes-
sion who scorn the thought that they need to rely upon
Christ for wisdom in their work. But if these men who trust
in their knowledge of science were illuminated by the light
of heaven, to how much greater excellence might they at-
tain! How much stronger would be their powers! with how
much greater confidence could they undertake difficult
cases! The man who is closely connected with the Great Phy-
sician has the resources of heaven and earth at his com-
mand, and he can work with a wisdom, an unerring precision,
that the godless man cannot possess. p. 486, Para. 1,
[CT].

Like Enoch, the physician should be a man who walks with

God. This will be to him a safeguard against all the delu-
sive, pernicious sentiments which make so many infidels and
skeptics. The truth of God, practiced in the life and con-
stantly guiding in all that concerns the interest of oth-
ers, will barricade the soul with heavenly principles. God
will not be unmindful of our struggles to maintain the
truth. When we place every word that proceeds out of the
mouth of God above worldly policy, above all the assertions
of erring, failing man, we shall be guided into every good
and holy way. p. 487, Para. 1, [CT].

The Christian physician, in his acceptance of the truth by

his baptismal vows, has pledged himself to represent
Christ, the Physician in chief. But if he does not keep
strict guard over himself, if he allows the barriers
against sin to be broken down, Satan will overcome him with
specious temptations. There will be a blemish in his char-
acter that by its evil influence will mold other minds. The
moral palsy of sin will not only destroy the soul of the
one who departs from strict principles, but will have the
power to reproduce in others the same evil. p. 487, Para.
2, [CT].

It is not safe to be occasional Christians. We must be

Christlike in our actions all the time. Then, through
grace, we are safe for time and for eternity. The experi-
mental knowledge of the power of grace received in times of
trial is of more value than gold or silver. It confirms the
faith of the trusting, believing one. The assurance that
Jesus is to him an ever-present helper gives him a boldness
that enables him to take God at His word and trust Him with
unwavering faith under the most trying circumstances. p.
487, Para. 3, [CT].

Our only security against falling into sin is to keep our-

selves constantly under the molding influence of the Holy
Spirit, at the same time engaging actively in the cause of
truth and righteousness, discharging every God-given duty,
but taking no burden that God has not laid upon us. Physi-
cians and medical students must stand firm under the banner
of the third angel's message, fighting the good fight of
faith, perseveringly and successfully, relying not on their
own wisdom, but on the wisdom of God, putting on the heav-
enly armor, the equipment of God's word, never forgetting
that they have a Leader who never has been and never can be
overcome by evil. p. 488, Para. 1, [CT].

To every medical student who desires to be an honor to the

cause of God during the closing scenes of this earth's his-
tory, I would say: Behold Christ, the Sent of God, who, in
this world and in human nature, lived a pure, noble, per-
fect life, setting an example that all may safely follow.
The Lord is reaching out His hand to save. Respond to His
invitation, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may
make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me."
Isaiah 27:5. . . . How eagerly the Saviour will take the
trembling hand in His own, holding it with a warm, firm
grasp, until the feet are placed on vantage ground! . . .
p. 488, Para. 2, [CT].

Trust in Him who understands your weakness. Keep close to

the side of Christ; for the enemy stands ready to take cap-
tive everyone who is off his guard. . . . p. 488, Para. 3,
[CT].

It is young men whom the Lord claims as His helping hand.

Samuel was a mere child when the Lord used him to do a good
and gracious work. . . . p. 488, Para. 4, [CT].

Gather to your soul the light of the word of God. Remember

that day by day you are building character for time and for
eternity. The teaching of the Bible in regard to character
building is very explicit. "Whatsoever ye do in word or
deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus." Colossians
3:17. Place yourself under His control, and then ask for
His protecting power. He gave His life for you. Do not
cause Him sorrow. Be guarded in all that you say and do.
Christ wants you to be to other young men His representa-
tive, His delegated gospel medical missionary. p. 489,
Para. 1, [CT].

Remember that in your life, religion is not merely one in-

fluence among others; it is to be an influence dominating
all others. Be strictly temperate. Resist every temptation.
Make no concessions to the wily foe. Listen not to the sug-
gestions that he puts into the mouths of men and women. You
have a victory to win. You have nobility of character to
gain. . . . p. 489, Para. 2, [CT].

Jesus loves you. . . . His great heart of infinite tender-

ness yearns over you. . . . You may stand where you regard
yourself, not as a failure, but as a conqueror, in and
through the uplifting influence of the Spirit of God. Take
hold of the hand of Christ, and do not let it go. p. 489,
Para. 3, [CT].

You may be a great blessing to others if you will give

yourself unreservedly to the Lord's service. Power from on
high will be given you if you will take your position on
the Lord's side. Through Christ you can escape the corrup-
tion that is in the world through lust, and be a noble ex-
ample of what He can do for those who co-operate with Him.
. . . p. 489, Para. 4, [CT].

God's purpose for us is that we shall ever move upward.

Even in the smaller duties of common life we are to make
continual growth in grace, supplied with high and holy mo-
tives, powerful because they proceed from One who gave His
life to furnish us with the incentive to be wholly success-
ful in the formation of Christian character. . . . You are
to be strong in the strength of God, grounded in the hope
of the gospel. . . . p. 490, Para. 1, [CT].

Arise in your God-given dignity, living the truth in its

purity. Christ is ready to pardon you, to take away your
sins and make you free. He is ready to purify your heart
and give you the sanctification of His Spirit. As you com-
mit yourself to His service, He will be at your right hand
to help you. Day by day you will be strengthened and enno-
bled. Looking to the Saviour for help, you will be a con-
queror, yes, more than a conqueror, over the temptations
that beset you. You will become more and more like Christ.
The angels of heaven will rejoice to see you standing on
the Lord's side, in righteousness and true holiness. . . .
p. 490, Para. 2, [CT].

Become all that the Lord desires you to be--a gospel medi-
cal missionary. You are to be not only an increasingly
skillful physician, but one of the Lord's appointed mis-
sionaries, in all your work placing His service first. Let
nothing mar your peace. Give your heart's best and holiest
affections to Him who gave His life that you might be among
the redeemed family in the heavenly courts. Striving for
the crown of life will not make you dissatisfied or less
useful. The Great Teacher desires to acknowledge you as His
helping hand. He calls for your co-operation. Will you not
now give Him all that you have and are? Will you not conse-
crate your talents to His service? p. 490, Para. 3, [CT].

This life is your sowing time. Will you not pledge your-
self to God, that your seed sowing shall be that which will
produce, not tares, but a harvest of wheat? God will work
with you; He will increase your usefulness. He has en-
trusted to you talents that in His strength you may use to
produce a precious harvest. p. 491, Para. 1, [CT].

To those who with steadfast perseverance strive to reveal

the attributes of Christ, angels are commissioned to give
enlarged views of His character and work, His power and
grace and love. Thus they become partakers of His nature,
and day by day grow up to the full stature of men and women
in Christ. The sanctification of the Spirit is seen in
thought, word, and deed. Their ministry is life and salva-
tion to all with whom they associate. Of such ones it is
declared, "Ye are complete in Him." Colossians 2:10. p.
491, Para. 2, [CT].

The physician's example, no less than his teaching, should

be a positive power on the right side. The cause of reform
calls for men and women whose life practice is an illustra-
tion of self-control. It is our practice of the principles
we inculcate that gives them weight. The world needs a
practical demonstration of what the grace of God can do in
restoring to human beings their lost kingship, giving them
mastery of themselves. There is nothing that the world
needs so much as a knowledge of the gospel's saving power
revealed in Christlike lives.-- The Ministry of Healing,
pages 132, 133. p. 491, Para. 3, [CT].

The true object of education is to fit men and women for

service by developing and bringing into active exercise all
their faculties. The work at our colleges and training
schools should be strengthened year by year, for in them
our youth are to be prepared to go forth to serve the Lord
as efficient laborers. The Lord calls upon the youth to en-
ter our schools and quickly fit themselves for active work.
Time is short. Workers for Christ are needed everywhere.
Urgent inducements should be held out to those who ought
now to be engaged in earnest effort for the Master. p.
493, Para. 1, [CT].

Our schools have been established by the Lord; and if they

are conducted in harmony with His purpose, the youth sent
to them will be quickly prepared to engage in various
branches of missionary work. Some will be trained to enter
the field as missionary nurses, some as canvassers, some as
evangelists, and some as gospel ministers. Some are to be
prepared to take charge of church schools, in which the
children shall be taught the first principles of education.
This is a very important work, demanding high ability and
careful study. p. 493, Para. 2, [CT].

Satan is trying to lead men and women away from right

principles. The enemy of all good, he desires to see human
beings so trained that they will exert their influence on
the side of error, instead of using their talents to bless
their fellow men. And multitudes who profess to belong to
God's true church are falling under his deceptions. They
are being led to turn away from their allegiance to the
King of heaven. p. 494, Para. 1, [CT].

The signs which show that Christ's coming is near are fast
fulfilling. The Lord calls upon our youth to labor as can-
vassers and evangelists, to do house-to-house work in
places where the truth has not yet been proclaimed. He
speaks to our young men, saying, "Know ye not that . . . ye
are not your own? for ye are bought with a price: therefore
glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are
God's." 1 Corinthians 6:19, 20. Those who go forth into the
work under the Master's direction will be wonderfully
blessed. p. 494, Para. 2, [CT].

The Lord calls for volunteers who will take their stand
firmly on His side and will pledge themselves to unite with
Jesus of Nazareth in doing the work that needs to be done
now, just now. The talents of God's people are to be em-
ployed in giving the last message of mercy to the world.
The Lord calls upon those connected with our schools and
sanitariums and publishing houses to teach the youth to do
evangelistic work. Our time and money must not be so
largely employed in establishing sanitariums, food facto-
ries, food stores, and restaurants that other lines of work
shall be neglected. Young men and women who should be en-
gaged in the ministry, in Bible work, and in the canvassing
work should not be bound down to mechanical employment. p.
494, Para. 3, [CT].

It is to fortify the youth against the temptations of the

enemy that we have established schools where they may be
qualified for usefulness in this life and for the service
of God throughout eternity. Those who have an eye single to
God's glory will earnestly desire to fit themselves for
special service; for the love of Christ will have a con-
trolling influence upon them. This love imparts more than
finite energy, and qualifies human beings for divine
achievement. p. 495, Para. 1, [CT].

Christ's Labor for Humanity -- The work of those who love

God will make manifest the character of their motives, for
the saving of those for whom Christ has paid an infinite
price will be the object of their efforts. All other con-
siderations--home, family, enjoyment--will be made secon-
dary to the work of God; they will follow the example of
Him who showed His love for fallen man by leaving a heaven
of bliss and the homage of the angels, to come to this
world. The Saviour worked with unwearied effort to help hu-
man beings. He stopped at no sacrifice, hesitated at no
self-denial; for our sakes He became poor, that through His
poverty we might be made rich. His sympathy for the lost
led Him to seek them wherever they were. And His colaborers
must work as He worked, hesitating not to seek for the
fallen, deeming no effort too taxing, no sacrifice too
great, if they may but win souls to Christ. He who would be
an efficient worker for God must be willing to endure what
Christ endured, to meet men as He met them. p. 495, Para.
2, [CT].

That education alone which brings the student into close

relation with the Great Teacher is true education. The
youth are to be taught to look to Christ as their guide.
They are to be taught lessons of forbearance and trust, of
true goodness and kindness of heart, of perseverance and
steadfastness. Their characters are to answer to the words
of David: "That our sons may be as plants grown up in their
youth; that our daughters may be as cornerstones, polished
after the similitude of a palace." Psalm 144:12. p. 496,
Para. 1, [CT].

The converted student has broken the chain which bound him
to the service of sin, and has placed himself in right re-
lation to God. His name is enrolled in the Lamb's book of
life. He is under solemn obligation to renounce evil and
come under the jurisdiction of heaven. Through earnest
prayer he is to cleave to Christ. To neglect this devotion,
to refuse this service, is to become the sport of Satan's
wiles. p. 496, Para. 2, [CT].

While cultivating the mind the student should also culti-

vate uprightness of heart and loyalty to God, that he may
develop a character like that of Joseph. Then he will scorn
the thought of yielding to temptation, fearing to sully his
purity. Like Daniel, he will resolve to be true to princi-
ple and to make the very best use of the powers with which
God has endowed him. p. 496, Para. 3, [CT].

Long Courses of Study -- There are many who think that in

order to be fitted for acceptable service they must go
through a long course of study under learned teachers in
some school of the world. This they must do, it is true, if
they desire to secure what the world calls education. But
we do not say to our youth, Study, study, keeping your mind
all the time on books. Nor do we say to them, You must
spend your time in school in acquiring the so-called
"higher education." The cause of God needs experienced
workers. But we should not think that we must climb to the
highest round of knowledge in every science. Time is short,
and we must labor earnestly for souls. If students will
study the word of God diligently and prayerfully, they will
find the knowledge that they need. p. 496, Para. 4, [CT].

It is not necessary that all know several languages; but

it is necessary that all have an experience in the things
of God. I do not say that there should be no study of the
languages. The languages should be studied. Before long
there will be a positive necessity for many to leave their
homes and go to work among people of other tongues; and
those who have some knowledge of these languages will be
able to communicate with those who do not know the truth.
p. 497, Para. 1, [CT].

The Character of Teachers -- The well-being, the happi-

ness, the religious life, of the families with which the
youth are connected, the prosperity and piety of the church
of which they are members, are largely dependent upon the
religious education that they receive in our schools. Be-
cause our schools have been established for so high and
holy a purpose, the teachers should be men and women whose
lives are purified by the grace of Christ, who are cultured
in mind and refined in manners. And they should have a
vivid sense of the perils of this time, and the work that
must be accomplished to prepare a people to stand in the
day of God. They should ever pursue a course that will com-
mand the respect of their students. The youth have a right
to expect that a Christian teacher will reach a high stan-
dard, and they will pass severe judgment upon him if he
does not. p. 497, Para. 2, [CT].

The teachers in our schools will need to manifest Chris-

tlike love, forbearance, and wisdom. Students will come to
school who have no definite purpose, no fixed principles,
no realization of the claim that God has upon them. These
are to be led to awake to their responsibilities. They must
be taught to appreciate their opportunities, and to become
examples of industry, sobriety, and helpfulness. Under the
influence of wise teachers, the indolent may be led to
arouse, the thoughtless to become serious. Through pains-
taking effort, the most unpromising student may be so
trained and disciplined that he will go forth from the
school with high motives and noble principles, prepared to
be a successful light bearer in the darkness of the world.
p. 498, Para. 1, [CT].

Patient, conscientious teachers are needed to arouse hope

and aspiration in the youth, to help them to realize the
possibilities lying before them. Teachers are needed who
will train their students to do service for the Master; who
will carry them forward from one point to another in intel-
lectual and spiritual attainment. Teachers should strive to
realize the greatness of their work. They need enlarged
views; for their work, in its importance, ranks with that
of the Christian minister. With persevering faith they are
to hold to the Infinite One, saying as did Jacob, "I will
not let Thee go, except Thou bless me." Genesis 32:26. p.
498, Para. 2, [CT].

Offering to God Our Best -- Students are to offer to God

nothing less than their best. Mental effort will become
easier and more satisfactory as they set themselves to the
task of understanding the deep things of God. Each should
decide that he will not be a second-rate student, that he
will not allow others to think for him. He should say,
"That which other minds have acquired in the sciences and
in the word of God, I will acquire through painstaking ef-
fort." He should rally the best powers of the mind and,
with a sense of his accountability to God, do his best to
conquer difficulties. And as far as possible, he should
seek the society of those who are able to help him, who can
detect his mistakes, and put him on his guard against indo-
lence, pretense, and surface work. p. 499, Para. 1, [CT].

The true motive of service is to be kept before students.

The training they receive is to help them to develop into
useful men and women. Every means that will uplift and en-
noble them is to be employed. They are to be taught to use
their powers in harmony with God's will. The influence ex-
erted by a true, pure life is ever to be kept before them.
This will aid them in their preparation for service. Daily
they will grow stronger, better prepared, through the grace
of Christ and a study of His word, to put forth aggressive
efforts against evil. p. 499, Para. 2, [CT].

No other knowledge is so firm, so consistent, so far-

reaching, as that obtained from the study of God's word.
Here is the fountain of all true knowledge. p. 499, Para.
3, [CT].

The third angel is represented as flying in the midst of

heaven, showing that the message is to go throughout the
length and breadth of the earth. It is the most solemn mes-
sage ever given to mortals, and all who propose to connect
themselves with the work should first feel their need of an
education, of the most thorough training. Plans should be
made and efforts put forth for the improvement of those who
anticipate entering any branch of the work. p. 500, Para.
1, [CT].

Ministerial labor should not be entrusted to boys, neither

should the work of giving Bible readings be entrusted to
young girls, because they offer their services and are
willing to take responsible positions, while they are want-
ing in religious experience and lack a thorough education
and training. They must be proved; for unless they develop
a firm, conscientious principle to be all that God would
have them be, they will not correctly represent His cause.
All who are engaged in the work, in every mission, should
gain a depth of experience. Those who are young in the work
should have the help of such as have had experience and un-
derstand the manner of working. Missionary operations are
constantly embarrassed for want of workers of the right
class of mind-- workers who have devotion and piety that
will correctly represent our faith. p. 500, Para. 2, [CT].

There are many who ought to become missionaries, but who

never enter the field because those who are united with
them in church capacity or in our colleges do not feel the
burden to labor with them, to open before them the claims
of God upon all their powers, and do not pray with and for
them. The eventful period which decides the course of life
passes, their convictions are stifled, other influences and
inducements attract them, and temptations to seek positions
that will, they think, bring them financial gain, take them
into the worldly current. These young men might have been
saved to the cause. p. 500, Para. 3, [CT].

Our schools are to be training schools. If men and women

come forth from them fitted in any sense for the missionary
field, they must be led to realize the greatness of the
work; practical godliness must be brought into their daily
experience if they would be fitted for any place of useful-
ness in the cause of God.... p. 501, Para. 1, [CT].
 The School to Continue the Work of the Home -- Those who
attend our colleges are to have a training different from
that given by the common schools of the day. Our youth gen-
erally, if they have wise, God-fearing parents, have been
taught the principles of Christianity. The word of God has
been respected in their homes, and its teachings have been
made the law of life. They have been brought up in the nur-
ture and admonition of the gospel. When they enter school,
this same education and training is to continue. The
world's maxims, the world's customs and practices, are not
the teaching that they need. Let them see that the teachers
in the school care for their souls, that they have a de-
cided interest in their spiritual welfare. Religion is the
great principle to be inculcated; for the fear of God is
the beginning of wisdom.... p. 501, Para. 2, [CT].

Pleasure in Religion -- Wherever a school is established,

there should be warm hearts to take a lively interest in
the youth. Fathers and mothers are needed who will give
warm sympathy and kindly admonitions. All the pleasantness
possible should be brought into the religious exercises.
Those who prolong these exercises to weariness are leaving
wrong impressions upon the minds of the youth, leading them
to associate religion with that which is dry, unsocial, and
uninteresting. . . . Ardent, active piety in the teacher is
essential. Unless constant care is exercised, and unless
vitalized by the Spirit of God, the morning and evening
service in the chapel and the Sabbath meetings will become
dry and formal, and to the youth the most burdensome and
the least attractive of the school exercises. The social
meetings should be managed in such a way as to make them
seasons not only of profit, but of positive pleasure. p.
502, Para. 1, [CT].

Let those who teach the youth study for themselves in the
school of Christ, and learn lessons to communicate to their
students. Sincere, earnest, heartfelt devotion is needed.
All narrowness should be avoided. Let the teacher so far
unbend from his dignity as to be one with the children in
their exercises and amusements, without leaving the impres-
sion that they are being watched. His very presence with
them will give a mold to their actions, and will cause his
heart to throb with new affection. p. 502, Para. 2, [CT].

The youth need sympathy, affection, and love, or they will

become discouraged. A spirit of "I care for nobody and no-
body cares for me" takes possession of them. They may pro-
fess to be followers of Christ; but they have a tempting
devil on their track, and they are in danger of becoming
disheartened and lukewarm, and of backsliding from God.
Then some feel it a duty to blame them and to treat them
coldly as if they were a great deal worse than they really
are. Few, perhaps none, feel it their duty to make personal
efforts to reform them and to remove the unhappy impres-
sions that have been made upon them. p. 503, Para. 1,
[CT].

The teacher's obligations are weighty and sacred, but no

part of his work is more important than that of looking af-
ter the youth with tender, loving solicitude. Let the
teacher once gain the confidence of his students, and he
can easily lead and control and train them. The holy mo-
tives that underlie Christian living must be brought into
the life. The salvation of his pupils is the highest inter-
est entrusted to the God-fearing teacher. He is Christ's
co-worker, and his special and determined effort should be
to win them to Christ. God will require this at his hands.
p. 503, Para. 2, [CT].

Every teacher should lead a life of piety, of purity, of

painstaking effort. If the heart is glowing with the love
of God, there will be seen in the life that pure affection
which is essential; fervent prayers will be offered and
faithful warnings given. When these are neglected, the
souls under his care are endangered. . . . p. 503, Para.
3, [CT].

And yet, after all these efforts have been made, teachers
may find that some will develop unprincipled characters.
They are lax in morals, the result, in many cases, of vi-
cious example and lack of parental discipline. Though
teachers may do all they can, they will fail to lead these
youth to a life of purity and holiness. After patient dis-
cipline, affectionate labor, and fervent prayer, they will
be disappointed by those from whom they have hoped for
much. In addition to this they will meet the reproaches of
the parents because they have not had power to counteract
the influence of the wrong example and unwise training re-
ceived in the home. But in spite of these discouragements
the teacher must work on, trusting in God to work with him,
standing at his post manfully and laboring in faith. Others
will be saved to God, and their influence will be exerted
in saving still others. . . . p. 503, Para. 4, [CT].
 Setting a High Standard -- What is worth doing at all is
worth doing well. While religion should be the prevailing
element in every school, it will not lead to a cheapening
of the literary attainments. It will make all true Chris-
tians feel their need of thorough knowledge, that they may
make the best use of the faculties bestowed upon them.
While growing in grace and in knowledge of our Lord Jesus
Christ, they will seek constantly to put to the stretch
their powers of mind, that they may become intelligent
Christians. p. 504, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord is dishonored by low ideas or designs on our

part. He who does not perceive the binding claims of God's
law, who neglects to keep its every requirement, violates
the whole law. He who is content to meet only partially the
standard of righteousness, and who does not triumph over
every spiritual foe, will not fulfill the purpose of
Christ. He cheapens the whole plan of his religious life
and weakens his character. Under the force of temptation
his defects of character gain the supremacy, and evil tri-
umphs. p. 504, Para. 2, [CT].

To meet the highest standard possible, we need to be per-

severing and determined. In many cases established habits
and ideas must be overcome before we can make advancement
in the religious life. . . . The essential work is to con-
form the tastes, the appetites, the passions, the motives,
the desires, to the great standard of righteousness. The
work must begin in the heart. Unless the heart is wholly
conformed to Christ's will, some master passion, or some
habit or defect, will become a power to destroy. p. 505,
Para. 1, [CT].

Piety and religious experience lie at the very foundation

of true education. God wants the teachers in our schools to
be efficient. If they advance in spiritual understanding,
they will see how important it is that they should not be
deficient in a knowledge of the sciences. While teachers
need piety, they also need a thorough knowledge of the sci-
ences. . . . p. 505, Para. 2, [CT].

The Christian aims to reach the highest attainments for

the purpose of doing others good. Knowledge harmoniously
blended with a Christlike character will make a man a light
in the world. God works with human efforts. Those who give
all diligence to make their calling and election sure will
feel that a superficial knowledge will not fit them for a
position of usefulness. Education balanced by a solid re-
ligious experience fits the child of God to do his ap-
pointed work steadily, firmly, understandingly. He who is
learning of the greatest Educator the world ever knew, will
have not only a symmetrical Christian character, but a mind
trained for effective labor. . . . p. 505, Para. 3, [CT].

God does not want us to be content with lazy, undisci-

plined minds, dull thoughts, and loose memories. He wants
every teacher to feel dissatisfied with simply a measure of
success and to realize his need of constant diligence in
acquiring knowledge. Our bodies and souls belong to God,
for He has bought them. He has given us talents and has
made it possible for us to acquire more, that we may be
able to help ourselves and others in the way of life. It is
the work of each one to develop and strengthen the gifts
that God has lent him. If all realized this, what a vast
difference we should see in our schools, in our churches,
and in our missions! But the larger number are content with
a meager knowledge, a few attainments, content just to be
passable. The necessity of being men like Daniel, men of
influence, men whose characters have become harmonious by
working to bless humanity and glorify God--such a need few
feel, and the result is that there are few fitted for the
great want of the times. p. 506, Para. 1, [CT].

God does not ignore ignorant men; but if such are con-
nected with Christ, if they are sanctified through the
truth, they will be constantly gathering knowledge. By ex-
erting every power to glorify God, they will have increased
power with which to glorify Him. Those who are willing to
remain in a narrow sphere because God condescended to ac-
cept them when they were there, are very foolish. Yet there
are hundreds and thousands who are doing this very thing.
p. 506, Para. 2, [CT].

God will accomplish a great work through the truth if de-

voted, self-sacrificing men will give themselves unreserv-
edly to the work of presenting it to those in darkness.
Those who have a knowledge of the truth and are consecrated
to God should avail themselves of every opportunity to pro-
claim the message for this time. Angels of God are moving
upon the hearts and consciences of the people of other na-
tions, and honest souls are troubled as they witness the
signs of the times in the unsettled state of the nations.
The inquiry arises in their hearts, What will be the end of
all these things? p. 507, Para. 1, [CT].
 But while God and angels are working to impress hearts,
the servants of Christ seem to be asleep. Few are working
in unison with the heavenly messengers. All who are Chris-
tians should be workers in the vineyard of the Lord. They
should be wide-awake, zealously laboring for the salvation
of their fellow men, and should follow the example that the
Saviour has given them in His life of self-denial, sacri-
fice, and earnest effort. p. 507, Para. 2, [CT].

God has honored us by making us the depositaries of His

law, and if ministers and people were sufficiently aroused
they would not rest in indifference. We have been entrusted
with truths of vital importance which are to test the
world, and yet in our own country there are cities, vil-
lages, and towns that have never heard the warning message.
p. 507, Para. 3, [CT].

Young men are aroused by the appeals that are made for
help in the great work of God, and they make some advance
moves; but the burden does not rest upon them with suffi-
cient weight to lead them to accomplish what they might.
They are willing to do a small work which does not require
special effort. Therefore they do not learn to place their
whole dependence upon God and by living faith draw from the
great Source of light and strength, that their efforts may
prove wholly successful. p. 507, Para. 4, [CT].

Young men should be qualifying themselves for service by

becoming familiar with other languages, that God may use
them as mediums through which to communicate His saving
truth to those of other nations. These young men may obtain
a knowledge of other languages even while engaged in labor-
ing for sinners. If they are economical of their time they
can improve their minds and qualify themselves for more ex-
tended usefulness. p. 508, Para. 1, [CT].

It will make our young men strong to go into new fields

and break up the fallow ground of human hearts. This work
will draw them nearer to God. It will help them to see that
of themselves they are altogether inefficient, that they
must be wholly the Lord's. They must put away their self-
esteem and self-importance, and put on the Lord Jesus
Christ. When they do this, they will be willing to go with-
out the camp and bear the burden as good soldiers of the
cross. They will gain efficiency and ability by mastering
difficulties and overcoming obstacles. Men are wanted for
responsible positions, but they must be men who have given
full proof of their ministry, in willingness to wear the
yoke of Christ. p. 508, Para. 2, [CT].

There are Christian workers who have not received a colle-

giate education because it was impossible for them to se-
cure this advantage, but God has given evidence that He has
chosen them and ordained them to go forth and labor in His
vineyard. He has made them effectual co-workers with Him-
self. They have a teachable spirit; they feel their depend-
ence upon God; and the Holy Spirit is with them to help
their infirmities. It quickens and energizes the mind, di-
rects the thoughts, and aids in the presentation of truth.
p. 509, Para. 1, [CT].

When the laborer stands before the people to hold forth

the words of life, there is heard in his voice the echo of
the voice of Christ. It is evident that he walks with God,
that he has been with Jesus and learned of Him. He has
brought the truth into the inner sanctuary of the soul; it
is to him a living reality; and he presents the truth in
demonstration of the Spirit and of power. The people hear
the joyful sound; God speaks to their hearts through the
man consecrated to His service. p. 509, Para. 2, [CT].

As the worker lifts up Jesus through the Spirit, he be-

comes really eloquent. He is earnest and sincere, and is
beloved by those for whom he labors. What a sin would rest
upon anyone who would listen to such a man merely to criti-
cize, to notice bad grammar or incorrect pronunciation, and
hold these errors up to ridicule! . . . p. 509, Para. 3,
[CT].

The speaker who has not a thorough education may sometimes

fall into errors of grammar or pronunciation; he may not
employ the most eloquent expressions or the most beautiful
imagery; but if he has himself eaten of the bread of life,
if he has drunk of the fountain of life, he can feed hungry
souls and give of the water of life to him that is athirst.
His defects will be forgiven and forgotten. His hearers
will not become weary or disgusted, but will thank God for
the message of grace sent them through His servant. p.
509, Para. 4, [CT].

Self-Improvement in Workers -- If the worker has conse-

crated himself fully to God and is diligent in prayer for
strength and heavenly wisdom, the grace of Christ will be
his teacher, and he will overcome his defects and become
more and more intelligent in the things of God. But let
none take license from this to be indolent, to squander
time and opportunities, and neglect the training that is
essential in order to become efficient. The Lord is not
pleased with those who, having had opportunities to obtain
knowledge, neglect to improve the privileges placed within
their reach. . . . p. 510, Para. 1, [CT].

Above all other people on earth the man whose mind is en-
lightened by the word of God will feel that he must give
himself to greater diligence in the perusal of the Bible
and to a diligent study of the sciences, for his hope and
his calling are greater than any other. The more closely
man is connected with the Source of all knowledge and wis-
dom, the more he can be helped intellectually as well as
spiritually. The knowledge of God is the essential educa-
tion, and this knowledge every true worker will make it his
constant study to obtain. p. 510, Para. 2, [CT].

God can and will use those who have not had a thorough
education in the schools of men. A doubt of His power to do
this is manifest unbelief. Our Saviour did not ignore
learning or despise education, yet He chose unlearned fish-
ermen for the work of the gospel because they had not been
schooled in the false customs and traditions of the world.
They were men of good natural ability and of a humble,
teachable spirit, men whom He could educate for His great
work. p. 511, Para. 1, [CT].

In the common walks of life there is many a toiler pa-

tiently treading the round of his daily tasks, unconscious
of latent powers that, roused to action, would place him
among the world's great leaders. The touch of a skillful
hand is needed to arouse and develop those dormant facul-
ties. It was such men whom Jesus connected with Himself,
and He gave them the advantages of three years' training
under His own care. No course of study in the schools of
the rabbis or the halls of philosophy could have equaled
this in value. p. 511, Para. 2, [CT].

A life devoted to God should not be a life of ignorance.

Many speak against education because Jesus chose uneducated
fishermen to preach the gospel. They assert that He showed
preference for the uneducated. But there were many learned
and honorable men who believed the teaching of Christ. Had
these fearlessly obeyed the convictions of their con-
sciences, they would have followed Him. Their abilities
would have been accepted and employed in the service of
Christ, had they offered them. But they had not moral
power, in face of the frowning priests and jealous rulers,
to confess Christ and venture their reputation in connec-
tion with the humble Galilean. p. 511, Para. 3, [CT].

He who knows the hearts of all understood this. If the

educated and noble would not do the work they were quali-
fied to do, Christ would select men who would be obedient
and faithful in doing His will. He chose humble men and
connected them with Himself, that He might educate them to
carry forward the great work on earth when He should leave
it. p. 512, Para. 1, [CT].

Christ was the light of the world. He was the fountain of

all knowledge. He was able to qualify the unlearned fisher-
men to carry out the high commission He would give them.
The lessons of truth given these lowly men were of mighty
significance. They were to move the world. It seemed but a
simple thing for Jesus to connect these humble persons with
Himself, but it was an event productive of tremendous re-
sults. Their words and their works were to revolutionize
the world. p. 512, Para. 2, [CT].

God will accept the youth with their talent and their
wealth of affection, if they will consecrate themselves to
Him. They may reach to the highest point of intellectual
greatness; and if balanced by religious principle, they can
carry forward the work which Christ came from heaven to ac-
complish. p. 512, Para. 3, [CT].

The students at our colleges have valuable privileges, not

only of obtaining a knowledge of the sciences, but also of
learning how to cultivate and practice virtues which will
give them symmetrical characters. They are God's responsi-
ble moral agents. The talents of wealth, station, and in-
tellect are given of God in trust to man for his wise im-
provement. These varied trusts He has distributed propor-
tionately to the known powers and capacities of His ser-
vants, to every man his work. p. 512, Para. 4, [CT].

And the Giver expects returns according to the gifts. The

humblest gift is not to be despised. Everyone has his pecu-
liar sphere and vocation. He who makes the most of his God-
given opportunities will return to the Giver, in their im-
provement, an interest proportionate to the entrusted capi-
tal. p. 513, Para. 1, [CT].

The Lord does not reward the large amount of labor. He

does not regard the greatness of the work so much as the
fidelity with which it is done. The good and faithful ser-
vant is rewarded. As we cultivate the powers God has given
us, we shall increase in knowledge and perception. p. 513,
Para. 2, [CT].

Perseverance in the acquisition of knowledge, controlled

by the fear and love of God, will give the youth increased
power for good in this life; and those who make the most of
their opportunities to reach high attainments will take
these attainments with them into the future life. They have
sought and obtained that which is imperishable. The ability
to appreciate the glories that "eye hath not seen, nor ear
heard" (1 Corinthians 2:9), will be proportionate to the
attainments reached. p. 513, Para. 3, [CT].

Those who empty their hearts of vanity and rubbish,

through the grace of God may purify the mind and make it a
storehouse of knowledge, purity, and truth. And it will be
continually reaching beyond the narrow boundaries of
worldly thought, into the vastness of the infinite. p.
513, Para. 4, [CT].

Young men who desire to enter the field as ministers, col-

porteurs, or canvassers should first receive a suitable de-
gree of mental training, as well as a special preparation
for their calling. Those who are uneducated, untrained, and
unrefined are not prepared to enter a field in which the
powerful influences of talent and education combat the
truths of God's word. Neither can they successfully meet
the strange forms of error, religious and philosophical
combined, to expose which requires a knowledge of scien-
tific as well as Scriptural truth. p. 514, Para. 1, [CT].

Those especially who have the ministry in view should feel

the importance of the Scriptural method of ministerial
training. They should enter heartily into the work, and
while they study in the schools, they should learn of the
Great Teacher the meekness and humility of Christ. A cove-
nant-keeping God has promised that in answer to prayer His
Spirit shall be poured out upon these learners in the
school of Christ, that they may become ministers of right-
eousness. p. 514, Para. 2, [CT].
 There is hard work to be done in dislodging error and
false doctrine from the head, that Bible truth and Bible
religion may find a place in the heart. It was as a means
ordained of God to educate young men and women for the
various departments of missionary labor that colleges were
established among us. It is God's will that they send forth
not merely a few, but many laborers. But Satan, determined
to overthrow this purpose, has often secured the very ones
whom God would qualify for places of usefulness in His
work. There are many who would work if urged into service,
and who would save their souls by thus working. The church
should feel her great responsibility in shutting up the
light of truth, and restraining the grace of God within her
own narrow limits, when money and influence should be
freely employed in bringing competent persons into the mis-
sionary field. p. 514, Para. 3, [CT].

Hundreds of young men should have been preparing to act a

part in the work of scattering the seeds of truth beside
all waters. We want men who will push the triumphs of the
cross; men who will persevere under discouragements and
privations; who will have the zeal and resolution and faith
that are indispensable in the missionary field.... p. 515,
Para. 1, [CT].

Foreign Languages -- There are among us those who, without

the toil and delay of learning a foreign language, might
qualify themselves to proclaim the truth to other nations.
In the primitive church, missionaries were miraculously en-
dowed with a knowledge of the languages in which they were
called to preach the unsearchable riches of Christ. And if
God was willing thus to help His servants then, can we
doubt that His blessing will rest upon our efforts to qual-
ify those who naturally possess a knowledge of foreign
tongues, and who, with proper encouragement, would bear to
their own countrymen the knowledge of truth? We might have
had more laborers in foreign missionary fields had those
who entered these fields availed themselves of every talent
within their reach.... p. 515, Para. 2, [CT].

It may in some cases be necessary that young men learn

foreign languages. This they can do with most success by
associating with the people, at the same time devoting a
portion of each day to studying the language. This should
be done, however, only as a necessary step preparatory to
educating such as are found in the missionary fields them-
selves, and who, with proper training, can become workers.
It is essential that those be urged into the service who
can speak in their mother tongue to the people of different
nations. It is a great undertaking for a man of middle age
to learn a foreign language, and with all his efforts it
will be next to impossible for him to speak it so readily
and correctly as to render him an efficient laborer. p.
515, Para. 3, [CT].

Young Men Wanted for Hard Places -- We cannot afford to

deprive our home missions of the influence of middle-aged
and aged ministers, to send them into distant fields to en-
gage in a work for which they are not qualified, and to
which no amount of training will enable them to adapt them-
selves. The men thus sent out leave vacancies which inexpe-
rienced laborers cannot supply. p. 516, Para. 1, [CT].

But the church may inquire whether young men can be en-
trusted with the grave responsibilities involved in the es-
tablishing and superintending of a foreign mission. I an-
swer, God designed that they should be so trained in our
colleges and by association in labor with men of experience
that they would be prepared for departments of usefulness
in this cause. We must manifest confidence in our young
men. They should be pioneers in every enterprise involving
toil and sacrifice, while the overtaxed servants of Christ
should be cherished as counselors, to encourage and bless
those who strike the heaviest blows for God. Providence
thrust these experienced fathers into trying, responsible
positions at an early age, when neither physical nor intel-
lectual powers were fully developed. The magnitude of the
trust committed to them aroused their energies, and their
active labor in the work aided both physical and mental de-
velopment. p. 516, Para. 2, [CT].

Young men are wanted. God calls them to missionary fields.

Being comparatively free from care and responsibilities,
they are more favorably situated to engage in the work than
are those who must provide for the training and support of
a large family. Furthermore, young men can more readily
adapt themselves to new climates and new society, and can
better endure inconveniences and hardships. By tact and
perseverance they can reach the people where they are. p.
517, Para. 1, [CT].

Strength comes by exercise. All who put to use the ability

which God has given them will have increased ability to de-
vote to His service. Those who do nothing in the cause of
God will fail to grow in grace and in the knowledge of the
truth. A man who would lie down and refuse to exercise his
limbs would soon lose all power to use them. Thus the
Christian who will not exercise his God-given powers not
only fails to grow up into Christ, but he loses the
strength which he already had; he becomes a spiritual para-
lytic. It is those who, with love for God and their fellow
men, are striving to help others, that become established,
strengthened, settled, in the truth. The true Christian
works for God, not from impulse, but from principle; not
for a day or a month, but during the entire life.... p.
517, Para. 2, [CT].

The Master calls for gospel workers; who will respond? Not
all who enter the army are to be generals, captains, ser-
geants, or even corporals. Not all have the care and re-
sponsibility of leaders. There is hard work of other kinds
to be done. Some must dig trenches and build fortifica-
tions; some are to stand as sentinels, some to carry mes-
sages. While there are but few officers, it requires many
soldiers to form the rank and file of the army; yet its
success depends upon the fidelity of every soldier. One
man's cowardice or treachery may bring disaster upon the
entire army.... p. 518, Para. 1, [CT].

He who has appointed "to every man his work" (Mark 13:34)
according to his ability, will never let the faithful per-
formance of duty go unrewarded. Every act of loyalty and
faith will be crowned with special tokens of God's favor
and approbation. To every worker is given the promise, "He
that goeth forth and weepeth, bearing precious seed, shall
doubtless come again with rejoicing, bringing his sheaves
with him." Psalm 126:6.-- Testimonies, vol. 5, pp. 390-395.
p. 518, Para. 2, [CT].

A familiarity with the languages of the different nations

is a help in missionary work. An understanding of the cus-
toms of those who lived in Bible times, of the location and
time of events, is practical knowledge; for it aids in mak-
ing clear the figures of the Bible and in bringing out the
force of Christ's lessons. p. 518, Para. 3, [CT].

There are decided advantages to be gained by the estab-

lishment of a school and a sanitarium in close proximity,
that they may be a help one to the other. Instruction re-
garding this was given to me when we were making decisions
about the location of our buildings in Takoma Park. When-
ever it is possible to have a school and a sanitarium near
enough together for helpful co-operation between the two
institutions, and yet separated sufficiently to prevent one
from interfering with the work of the other, our brethren
should give most careful consideration to the benefits that
would accrue through placing the institutions where they
can help each other. One institution will give influence
and strength to the other; and, too, money can be saved by
both institutions, because each can share the advantages of
the other. p. 519, Para. 1, [CT].

Medical Evangelistic Work -- In connection with our larger

schools there should be provided facilities for giving stu-
dents thorough instruction regarding gospel medical mis-
sionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our
colleges and training schools as a part of the regular in-
struction. The students should learn how to care for the
sick, for many of them will have to engage in this kind of
work when they take up missionary labor in the fields to
which they shall be called. They are to be taught how to
use nature's remedies in the treatment of disease. While
gaining a knowledge of present truth, they should learn
also how to be ministers of healing to those whom they go
forth to serve. They should be given wise instruction re-
garding the principles of healthful living. This should be
looked upon as an important part of their education, even
though they may never be missionaries in foreign lands.
Even in the primary schools the children should be taught
to form habits that will keep them in health. p. 519,
Para. 2, [CT].

Those in training to be nurses and physicians should daily

be given instruction that will develop the highest motives
for advancement. They should attend our colleges and train-
ing schools; and the teachers in these institutions of
learning should realize their responsibility to work and to
pray with their students. Students should learn to be true
medical missionaries, firmly bound up with the gospel min-
istry. . . . p. 520, Para. 1, [CT].

Whenever a well-equipped sanitarium is established near a

school, it may add greatly to the strength of the medical
missionary course in the school if there is co-operation
between the two institutions. The teachers in the school
can help the workers in the sanitarium by their advice and
counsel, and by sometimes speaking to the patients. And, in
return, those in charge of the sanitarium can assist in
training for field service the students who are desirous of
becoming medical missionaries. Circumstances, of course,
must determine the details of the arrangements that it will
be best to make. As the workers in each institution plan
unselfishly to help the other, the blessing of the Lord
will surely rest upon both institutions. p. 520, Para. 2,
[CT].

No one man, whether a teacher, a physician, or a minister,

can ever hope to be a complete whole. God has given to
every man certain gifts and has ordained that men be asso-
ciated in His service in order that the varied talents of
many minds may be blended. The contact of mind with mind
tends to quicken thought and increase the capabilities. The
deficiencies of one laborer are often made up by the spe-
cial gifts of another; and as physicians and teachers thus
associated unite in imparting their knowledge, the youth
under their training will receive a symmetrical, well-
balanced education for service. p. 521, Para. 1, [CT].

The Benefit to the Patients -- The benefits of hearty co-

operation extend beyond physicians and teachers, students
and sanitarium helpers. When a sanitarium is built near a
school, those in charge of the educational institution have
a grand opportunity of setting a right example before those
who all through life have been easygoing idlers and who
have come to the sanitarium for treatment. The patients
will see the contrast between their idle, self-indulgent
lives and the lives of self-denial and service lived by
Christ's followers. They will learn that the object of
medical missionary work is to restore, to correct wrongs,
to show human beings how to avoid the self-indulgence that
brings disease and death. p. 521, Para. 2, [CT].

The words and action of the workers in the sanitarium and

in the school should plainly reveal that life is an in-
tensely solemn thing in view of the account which all must
render to God. Each one should now put his talents out to
the exchangers, adding to the Master's gift, blessing oth-
ers with the blessings given him. p. 521, Para. 3, [CT].

Unity Among Workers -- That the best results may be se-

cured by the establishment of a sanitarium near a school
there needs to be perfect harmony between the workers in
both institutions. This is sometimes difficult to secure,
especially when teachers and physicians are inclined to be
self-centered, each considering as of the greatest impor-
tance the work with which he is most closely connected.
When men who are self-confident are in charge of institu-
tions in close proximity, great annoyance might result were
each determined to carry out his own plans, refusing to
make concessions to others. Those at the head of the sani-
tarium and those at the head of the school will need to
guard against clinging tenaciously to their own ideas con-
cerning things that are really nonessentials. p. 522,
Para. 1, [CT].

Consecrated Service -- There is a great work to be done by

our sanitariums and schools. Time is short. What is done
must be done quickly. Let those who are connected with
these important instrumentalities be wholly converted. Let
them not live for self, for worldly purposes, withholding
themselves from full consecration to God's service. Let
them give themselves, body, soul, and spirit, to God, to be
used by Him in saving souls. They are not at liberty to do
with themselves as they please; they belong to God, for He
has bought them with the lifeblood of His only-begotten
Son. And as they learn to abide in Christ, there will re-
main in the heart no room for selfishness. In His service
they will find the fullest satisfaction. p. 522, Para. 2,
[CT].

Let this be taught and lived by medical missionary work-

ers. Let these laborers tell those with whom they come in
contact that the life that men and women now live will one
day be examined by a just God, and that each one must now
do his best, offering to God consecrated service. Those in
charge of the school are to teach the students to use for
the highest, holiest purpose the talents God has given
them, that they may accomplish the greatest good in this
world. Students need to learn what it means to have a real
aim in life, and to obtain an exalted understanding of what
true education means. They need to learn what it means to
be true gospel medical missionaries--missionaries who can
go forth to labor with the ministers of the word in needy
fields. p. 523, Para. 1, [CT].

Wherever there is a favorable opportunity, let our sani-

tariums and our schools plan to be a help and a strength to
one another. The Lord would have His work move forward sol-
idly. Let light shine forth as God designed that it should
from His institutions, and let God be glorified and hon-
ored. This is the purpose and plan of Heaven in the estab-
lishment of these institutions. Let physicians and nurses,
teachers and students, walk humbly with God, trusting
wholly in Him as the only one who can make their work a
success. Nov. 14, 1905. p. 523, Para. 2, [CT].

In carrying forward the Lord's work at home and abroad,

those in positions of responsibility must plan wisely so as
to make the best possible use of men and of means. The bur-
den of sustaining the work in many of the foreign lands
must be largely borne by our conferences in the homeland.
These conferences should have means with which to assist in
opening new fields, where the testing truths of the third
angel's message have never yet penetrated. Within the past
few years, doors have been thrown open as if by magic, and
men and women are needed to enter these doors and begin
earnest work for the salvation of souls. p. 524, Para. 1,
[CT].

Our educational institutions can do much toward meeting

the demand for trained workers for these mission fields.
Wise plans should be laid to strengthen the work done in
our training centers. Study should be given to the best
methods for fitting consecrated young men and women to bear
responsibility and to win souls for Christ. They should be
taught how to meet the people and how to present the third
angel's message in an attractive manner. And in the manage-
ment of financial matters they should be taught lessons
that will help them when they are sent to isolated fields
where they must suffer many privations and practice the
strictest economy. p. 524, Para. 2, [CT].

Earning Scholarships -- The Lord has instituted a plan

whereby many of the students in our schools can learn prac-
tical lessons needful to success in afterlife. He has given
us the privilege of handling books that have been dedicated
to the advancement of our educational and sanitarium work.
In the very handling of these books the youth will meet
with many experiences that will teach them how to cope with
problems that await them in the regions beyond. During
their school life, as they handle these books they may
learn how to approach people courteously and how to exer-
cise tact in conversing with them on different points of
present truth. And as they meet with a degree of success
financially, some will learn lessons of thrift and economy,
which will be of great advantage to them when they are sent
out as missionaries. p. 524, Para. 3, [CT].

The students who take up the work of selling Christ's Ob-

ject Lessons and The Ministry of Healing will need to study
the book they expect to sell. As they familiarize their
minds with the subject matter of the book in hand and en-
deavor to practice its teachings they will develop in
knowledge and spiritual power. The messages in these books
are the light that God has revealed to me to give to the
world. The teachers in our schools should encourage the
students to make a careful study of every chapter. They
should teach the truths there presented and seek to inspire
the youth with a love for the precious thoughts the Lord
has entrusted to us to communicate to the world. p. 525,
Para. 1, [CT].

Thus the preparation for handling these books, and the

daily experiences gained while bringing them to the atten-
tion of the people, will prove an invaluable schooling to
those who take part in this line of effort. Under the
blessing of God the youth will obtain a fitting up for
service in the Lord's vineyard. p. 525, Para. 2, [CT].

There is a special work to be done for our young people by

those bearing responsibility in local churches throughout
the conferences. When the church officers see promising
youth who are desirous of fitting themselves for usefulness
in the Lord's service, but whose parents are unable to send
them to school, they have a duty to perform in studying how
to give help and encouragement. They should take counsel
with parents and youth, and unite in planning wisely. Some
youth may be best fitted to engage in home missionary work.
There is a wide field of usefulness in the distribution of
our literature and in bringing the third angel's message to
the attention of friends and neighbors. Other youth should
be encouraged to enter the canvassing work to sell our
larger books. Some may have qualifications that would make
them valuable helpers in our institutions. p. 526, Para.
1, [CT].

In many instances if promising youth were wisely encour-

aged and properly directed, they could be led to earn their
own schooling by taking up the sale of Christ's Object Les-
sons or The Ministry of Healing. In selling these books
they would be acting as missionaries, for they would be
bringing light to the notice of the people of the world. At
the same time they would be earning money to enable them to
attend school where they could continue their preparation
for wider usefulness in the Lord's cause. In the school
they would receive encouragement and inspiration from
teachers and students to continue their work of selling
books; and when the time came for them to leave school,
they would have received a practical training, fitting them
for the hard, earnest, self-sacrificing labor that has to
be done in many foreign fields, where the third angel's
message must be carried under difficult and trying circum-
stances. p. 526, Para. 2, [CT].

How much better is this plan than for students to go

through school without obtaining a practical education in
field work, and at the end of their course leave under a
burden of debt, with but little realization of the diffi-
culties they will have to meet in new and untried fields!
How hard it will be for them to meet the financial problems
that are connected with pioneer work in foreign lands! And
what a burden someone will have to carry until the debts
incurred by the student have been paid! p. 527, Para. 1,
[CT].

On the other hand, how much might be gained if the self-

supporting plan were followed! The student would often be
enabled to leave the educational institution, nearly or
wholly free from personal indebtedness; the finances of the
school would be in a more prosperous condition; and the
lessons learned by the student while passing through these
experiences in the home field would be of untold value to
him in foreign fields. p. 527, Para. 2, [CT].

Let wise plans now be laid to help worthy students to earn

their own schooling by handling these books, if they so de-
sire. Those who earn sufficient means in this way to pay
their way through a course at one of our training schools
will gain a most valuable practical experience that will
help fit them for pioneer missionary work in other fields.
p. 527, Para. 3, [CT].

A great work is to be done in our world in a short time,

and we must study to understand and appreciate, more than
we have in past years, the providence of God in placing in
our hands the precious volumes, Christ's Object Lessons and
The Ministry of Healing, as a means of helping worthy stu-
dents to meet their expenses while in training, as well as
a means of liquidating the indebtedness on our educational
and medical institutions. p. 527, Para. 4, [CT].

Great blessings are in store for us as we wisely handle

these precious books given us for the advancement of the
cause of present truth. And as we labor in accordance with
the Lord's plan we shall find that many consecrated youth
will be fitted to enter the regions beyond as practical
missionaries, and at the same time the conferences in the
home field will have means with which to contribute liber-
ally to the support of the work undertaken in new terri-
tory. May 17, 1908. p. 528, Para. 1, [CT].

The word of God is to stand on its own eternal merits; to

be accepted as the word of God; to be obeyed as His voice,
which declares His will to the people. The will and voice
of finite man are not to be interpreted as the voice of
God. p. 528, Para. 2, [CT].

Those who teach the most solemn message ever given to the
world should discipline the mind to comprehend its signifi-
cance. The theme of redemption will bear the most concen-
trated study, and its depths will never be fully explored.
Do not fear that you will exhaust the wonderful theme. Go
to the fountain for yourself, that you may be filled with
refreshment. Drink deep at the well of salvation, that Je-
sus may be in you a well of water, springing up unto ever-
lasting life. p. 528, Para. 3, [CT].

At one of our conference schools the teachers led out in

reviving an interest in the sale of Christ's Object Les-
sons. Bands of students, after prayerful study of the book,
visited a large city near the school, in company with their
teachers, and in their work gained a sound, solid experi-
ence that they prize above silver and gold. This kind of
work is, in fact, one of the means that God has ordained
for giving our youth a missionary training, and those who
neglect to improve such opportunities lose out of their
lives a chapter of experience of the highest value. By en-
tering heartily into this work, students can learn how to
approach with tact and discretion men and women in all the
walks of life, how to deal with them courteously, and how
to lead them to give favorable consideration to the truths
contained in the books that are sold. p. 529, Para. 1,
[CT].

Students, your voice, your influence, your time--all these

are gifts from God and are to be used in winning souls to
Christ. As teachers and students engage heartily in selling
Christ's Object Lessons, they will gain an experience that
will fit them to do valuable service in connection with
camp meetings. Through the instruction that they can give
to the believers in attendance, and through the sale of
many books in the places where such meetings are held,
those who have been in the school will be able to do their
part in reaching the multitudes who need to be given the
third angel's message. Let teachers and students bear their
share of the burden in showing our people how to communi-
cate the message to their friends and neighbors. p. 529,
Para. 2, [CT].

When we follow plans of the Lord's devising we are "labor-

ers together with God." Whatever our position-- whether
presidents of conferences, ministers, teachers, students,
or lay members--we are held accountable by the Lord for
making the most of our opportunities to enlighten those in
need of present truth. And one of the principal agencies He
has ordained for our use is the printed page. In our
schools and sanitariums, in our home churches, and particu-
larly in our annual camp meetings, we must learn to make a
wise use of this precious agency. With patient diligence,
chosen workers must instruct our people how to approach un-
believers in a kindly, winning way, and how to place in
their hands literature in which the truth for this time is
presented with clearness and power. p. 530, Para. 1, [CT].

Only by the aid of that Spirit who in the beginning "was

brooding upon the face of the waters;" of that Word by whom
"all things were made;" of that "true Light, which lighteth
every man that cometh into the world" (Genesis 1:2, R.V.,
margin; John 1:3, 9), can the testimony of science be
rightly interpreted. Only by their guidance can its deepest
truths be discerned. Only under the direction of the Omnis-
cient One shall we, in the study of His works, be enabled
to think His thoughts after Him. p. 530, Para. 2, [CT].

In the work of soul saving, the Lord calls together labor-

ers who have different plans and ideas and various methods
of labor. But with this diversity of minds there is to be
revealed a unity of purpose. Oftentimes in the past the
work which the Lord designed should prosper has been hin-
dered because men have tried to place a yoke upon their
fellow workers who did not follow the methods which they
supposed to be the best. p. 531, Para. 1, [CT].

No exact pattern can be given for the establishment of

schools in new fields. The climate, the surroundings, the
condition of the country, and the means at hand with which
to work must all bear a part in shaping the work. The
blessings of an all-round education will bring success in
Christian missionary work. Through its means souls will be
converted to the truth. p. 531, Para. 2, [CT].

"Ye are the light of the world," Christ declares. "Let

your light so shine before men, that they may see your good
works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Matthew
5:14, 16. God's work in the earth in these last days is to
reflect the light that Christ brought into the world. This
light is to dissipate the gross darkness of ages. Men and
women in heathen darkness are to be reached by those who at
one time were in a similar condition of ignorance, but who
have received the knowledge of the truth of God's word.
These heathen nations will accept eagerly the instruction
given them in a knowledge of God. p. 531, Para. 3, [CT].

Very precious to God is His work in the earth. Christ and

heavenly angels are watching it every moment. As we draw
near to the coming of Christ, more and still more of mis-
sionary work will engage our efforts. The message of the
renewing power of God's grace will be carried to every
country and clime, until the truth shall belt the world. Of
the number of them that shall be sealed will be those who
have come from every nation and kindred and tongue and peo-
ple. From every country will be gathered men and women who
will stand before the throne of God and before the Lamb,
crying, "Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the
throne, and unto the Lamb." Revelation 7:10. But before
this work can be accomplished, we must experience here in
our own country the work of the Holy Spirit upon our
hearts. p. 532, Para. 1, [CT].

Worldly Plans Not to Be Followed -- God has revealed to me

that we are in positive danger of bringing into our educa-
tional work the customs and fashions that prevail in the
schools of the world. If teachers are not guarded, they
will place on the necks of their students worldly yokes in-
stead of the yoke of Christ. The plan of the schools we
shall establish in these closing years of the message is to
be of an entirely different order from those we have insti-
tuted. p. 532, Para. 2, [CT].

For this reason, God bids us establish schools away from

the cities, where, without let or hindrance, we can carry
on the education of students upon plans that are in harmony
with the solemn message committed to us for the world. Such
an education as this can best be worked out where there is
land to cultivate and where the physical exercise taken by
the students can be of such a nature as to act a valuable
part in their character building and fit them for useful-
ness in the fields to which they shall go. p. 532, Para.
3, [CT].

God will bless those schools that are conducted according

to His design. When we were laboring to establish the edu-
cational work in Australia, the Lord revealed to us that
this school must not pattern after any schools that had
been established in the past. This was to be a sample
school. It was organized on the plan that God had given us,
and He has prospered its work. p. 533, Para. 1, [CT].

New Methods -- I have been shown that in our educational

work we are not to follow the methods that have been
adopted in our older established schools. There is among us
too much clinging to old customs, and because of this we
are far behind where we should be in the development of the
third angel's message. Because men could not comprehend the
purpose of God in the plans laid before us for the educa-
tion of workers, methods have been followed in some of our
schools which have retarded rather than advanced the work
of God. Years have passed into eternity with small results,
that might have shown the accomplishment of a great work.
If the Lord's will had been done by the workers in earth as
the angels do it in heaven, much that now remains to be
done would be already accomplished, and noble results would
be seen as the fruit of missionary effort. p. 533, Para.
2, [CT].

The usefulness learned on the school farm is the very edu-

cation that is most essential for those who go out as mis-
sionaries to many foreign fields. If this training is given
with the glory of God in view, great results will be seen.
No work will be more effectual than that done by those who,
having obtained an education in practical life, go forth to
mission fields with the message of truth, prepared to in-
struct as they have been instructed. The knowledge they
have obtained in the tilling of the soil and other lines of
manual work, and which they carry with them to their fields
of labor, will make them a blessing even in heathen lands.-
-Special Testimonies, Series B, No. 11 pp. 27-30. p. 534,
Para. 1, [CT].

The teacher should not divorce himself from the church

work. Those who conduct church schools and larger schools
should regard it as their privilege, not only to teach in
the school, but to bring into the church with which they
are connected the same talents that are used in the school.
Through their work and influence, power is to be brought
into the church. They are to strive to bring the church to
a higher standard. p. 534, Para. 2, [CT].

All through our ranks are young men and women who should
be trained for positions of usefulness and influence. Edu-
cation is necessary both for the proper fulfillment of the
domestic duties of life and for success in every field of
usefulness. Under the guidance of the Holy Spirit these
youth may be educated and trained so that all the powers
will be given to God's service. p. 534, Para. 3, [CT].

"I have written unto you, young men, because ye are

strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have
overcome the wicked one." 1 John 2:14. p. 535, Para. 1,
[CT].

In order that the work may go forward in all its branches,

God calls for youthful vigor, zeal, and courage. He has
chosen the youth to aid in the advancement of His cause. To
plan with clear mind and execute with courageous hand de-
mands fresh, uncrippled energies. Young men and women are
invited to give God the strength of their youth, that
through the exercise of their powers, through keen thought
and vigorous action, they may bring glory to Him and salva-
tion to their fellow men. p. 535, Para. 2, [CT].

In view of their high calling, the youth among us should

not seek for amusement, or live for selfish gratification.
The salvation of souls is to be the motive that inspires
them to action. In their God-given strength they are to
rise above every enslaving, debasing habit. They are to
ponder well the paths of their feet, remembering that where
they lead the way, others will follow. No one lives to him-
self; all exert an influence for good or for evil. Because
of this, the apostle exhorts young men to be sober-minded.
How can they be otherwise when they remember that they are
to be co-workers with Christ, partakers with Him of His
self-denial and sacrifice, His forbearance and gracious be-
nevolence? p. 535, Para. 3, [CT].

To the youth of today, as surely as to Timothy, are spoken

the words, "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing
the word of truth." "Flee also youthful lusts: but follow
righteousness, faith, charity, peace." 2 Timothy 2:15, 22.
"Be thou an example of the believers, in word, in conversa-
tion, in charity, in spirit, in faith, in purity." 1 Timo-
thy 4:12. p. 535, Para. 4, [CT].

The burden bearers among us are falling in death. Many of

those who have been foremost in carrying out the reforms
instituted by us as a people are now past the meridian of
life and are declining in physical and mental strength.
With the deepest concern the question may be asked, Who
will fill their places? To whom are to be committed the vi-
tal interests of the church, when the present standard-
bearers fall? We can but look anxiously upon the youth of
today as those who must take these burdens, and upon whom
responsibilities must fall. These must take up the work
where others leave it, and their course will determine
whether morality, religion, and vital godliness shall pre-
vail, or whether immorality and infidelity shall corrupt
and blight all that is valuable. p. 536, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who are older must educate the youth, by precept and
example, to discharge the claims that society and their
Maker have upon them. Upon these youth must be laid grave
responsibilities. The question is, Are they capable of gov-
erning themselves, and standing forth in the purity of
their God-given manhood, abhorring everything that savors
of wickedness? p. 536, Para. 2, [CT].

Never before was there so much at stake; never were there

results so mighty depending upon a generation as upon these
now coming upon the stage of action. Not for one moment
should the youth think that they can acceptably fill any
position of trust without possessing a good character. Just
as well might they expect to gather grapes of thorns, or
figs of thistles. p. 536, Para. 3, [CT].

A good character must be built up brick by brick. Those

characteristics which will enable the youth to labor suc-
cessfully in God's cause must be obtained by the diligent
exercise of their faculties, by improving every advantage
Providence gives them, and by connecting with the Source of
all wisdom. They must be satisfied with no low standard.
The characters of Joseph and Daniel are good models for
them to follow; and in the life of the Saviour they have a
perfect pattern. p. 537, Para. 1, [CT].
 All are given an opportunity to develop character. All may
fill their appointed places in God's great plan. The Lord
accepted Samuel from his very childhood, because his heart
was pure. He was given to God, a consecrated offering, and
the Lord made him a channel of light. If the youth of today
will consecrate themselves as did Samuel, the Lord will ac-
cept them and use them in His work. Of their life they may
be able to say with the psalmist, "O God, Thou hast taught
me from my youth: and hitherto have I declared Thy wondrous
works." Psalm 71:17. p. 537, Para. 2, [CT].

The youth must soon bear the burdens that older workers
are now carrying. We have lost time in neglecting to give
young men a solid, practical education. The cause of God is
constantly progressing, and we must obey the command, Go
forward. There is need of young men and women who will not
be swayed by circumstances, who walk with God, who pray
much, and who put forth earnest efforts to gather all the
light they can. p. 537, Para. 3, [CT].

The worker for God should put forth the highest mental and
moral energies with which nature, cultivation, and the
grace of God have endowed him; but his success will be pro-
portionate to the degree of consecration and self-sacrifice
in which his work is done, rather than to either natural or
acquired endowments. Earnest, continuous endeavor to ac-
quire qualifications for usefulness is necessary; but un-
less God works with humanity, nothing good can be accom-
plished. Divine grace is the great element of saving power;
without it all human effort is unavailing. p. 537, Para.
4, [CT].

Whenever the Lord has a work to be done, He calls not only

for the commanding officers, but for all the workers. Today
He is calling for young men and women who are strong and
active in mind and body. He desires them to bring into the
conflict against principalities and powers and spiritual
wickedness in high places their fresh, healthy powers of
brain, bone, and muscle. But they must have the needed
preparation. Some young men are urging their way into the
work who have no real fitness for it. They do not under-
stand that they need to be taught before they can teach.
They point to men who with little preparation have labored
with a measure of success. But if these men were success-
ful, it was because they put heart and soul into the work.
And how much more effective their labors might have been if
at the first they had received suitable training! p. 538,
Para. 1, [CT].

The cause of God needs efficient men. Education and train-

ing are rightly regarded as an essential preparation for
business life; and how much more essential is thorough
preparation for the work of presenting the last message of
mercy to the world! This training cannot be gained by
merely listening to preaching. In our schools our youth are
to bear burdens for God. They are to receive a thorough
training under experienced teachers. They should make the
best possible use of their time in study, and put into
practice the knowledge acquired. Hard study and hard work
are required to make a successful minister or a successful
worker in any branch of God's cause. Nothing less than con-
stant cultivation will develop the value of the gifts that
God has bestowed for wise improvement. p. 538, Para. 2,
[CT].

A great injury is often done our young men by permitting

them to begin to preach when they have not sufficient
knowledge of the Scriptures to present our faith in an in-
telligent manner. Some who enter the field are novices in
the Scriptures. In other things also they are incompetent
and inefficient. They cannot read the Scriptures without
hesitating, mispronouncing words, and jumbling them to-
gether in such a manner that the word of God is abused.
Those who cannot read correctly should learn to do so, and
should become apt to teach, before they attempt to stand
before the public. p. 539, Para. 1, [CT].

The teachers in our schools are obliged to apply them-

selves closely to study, that they may be prepared to in-
struct others. These teachers are not accepted until they
have passed a critical examination, and their capabilities
to teach have been tested by competent judges. No less cau-
tion should be used in the examination of ministers; those
who are about to enter upon the sacred work of teaching Bi-
ble truth to the world should be carefully examined by
faithful, experienced men. p. 539, Para. 2, [CT].

The teaching in our schools is not to be the same as in

other colleges and seminaries. It is not to be of an infe-
rior order; the knowledge essential to prepare a people to
stand in the great day of God is to be made the all-
important theme. The students are to be fitted to serve
God, not only in this life, but in the future life. The
Lord requires that our schools shall fit students for the
kingdom to which they are bound. Thus they will be prepared
to blend in the holy, happy harmony of the redeemed. p.
539, Para. 3, [CT].

Many teachers are in danger of making their training me-

chanical. There is danger that a ceremonial service will
take the place of genuine heart work. Thus religion will
become little more than a form. The students in our
schools, the members of our churches, need something deeper
than this. An intellectual religion will not satisfy the
soul. Intellectual training must not be neglected, but it
is not sufficient. Students must be taught that they are in
this world to do service for God. They must be taught to
place the will on the side of God's will. p. 540, Para. 1,
[CT].

Let those who have been trained for service now take their
places quickly in the Lord's work. House-to-house laborers
are needed. The Lord calls for decided efforts to be put
forth in places where the people know nothing of Bible
truth. Singing and prayer and Bible readings are needed in
the homes of the people. Now, just now, is the time to obey
the commission, "Teaching them to observe all things what-
soever I have commanded you." Matthew 28:20. Those who do
this work must have a ready knowledge of the Scriptures.
"It is written" is to be their weapon of defense. God has
given us light on His word, that we may give this light to
our fellow men. The truth spoken by Christ will reach
hearts. A "Thus saith the Lord" will fall upon the ear with
power, and fruit will appear wherever honest service is
done. 1882. p. 540, Para. 2, [CT].

It is often asked, Are literary societies a benefit to our

youth? To answer this question properly, we should consider
not only the avowed purpose of such societies, but the in-
fluence which they have actually exerted, as proved by ex-
perience. The improvement of the mind is a duty which we
owe to ourselves, to society, and to God. But we should
never devise means for the cultivation of the intellect at
the expense of the moral and the spiritual. And it is only
by the harmonious development of both the mental and the
moral faculties that the highest perfection of either can
be attained. Are these results secured by literary socie-
ties as they are generally conducted? p. 541, Para. 1,
[CT].

Literary societies are almost universally exerting an in-

fluence contrary to that which the name indicates. As gen-
erally conducted they are an injury to the youth, for Satan
comes in to put his stamp upon the exercises. All that
makes men manly or women womanly is reflected from the
character of Christ. The less we have of Christ in such so-
cieties, the less we have of the elevating, refining, enno-
bling element which should prevail. When worldlings conduct
these meetings to meet their wishes, the spirit of Christ
is excluded. The mind is drawn away from serious reflec-
tion, away from God, away from the real and substantial, to
the imaginary and the superficial. Literary societies--
would that the name expressed their true character! What is
the chaff to the wheat? p. 541, Para. 2, [CT].

The purposes and objects which lead to the formation of

literary societies may be good; but unless wisdom from God
shall control these organizations, they will become a posi-
tive evil. The irreligious and unconsecrated in heart and
life are usually admitted and are often placed in the most
responsible positions. Rules and regulations may be adopted
that are thought to be sufficient to hold in check every
deleterious influence; but Satan, a shrewd general, is at
work to mold the society to suit his plans, and in time he
too often succeeds. The great adversary finds ready access
to those whom he has controlled in the past, and through
them he accomplishes his purpose. Various entertainments
are introduced to make the meetings interesting and attrac-
tive for the worldlings, and thus the exercises of the so-
called literary society too often degenerate into demoral-
izing theatrical performances and cheap nonsense. All these
gratify the carnal mind, which is at enmity with God; but
they do not strengthen the intellect nor confirm the mor-
als. p. 541, Para. 3, [CT].

The association of the God-fearing with the unbelieving in

these societies does not make saints of sinners. When God's
people voluntarily unite with the worldly and the unconse-
crated, and give them the pre-eminence, they will be led
away from Him by the unsanctified influence under which
they have placed themselves. For a short time there may be
nothing seriously objectionable; but minds that have not
been brought under the control of the Spirit of God will
not take readily to those things which savor of truth and
righteousness. If they had had heretofore any relish for
spiritual things they would have placed themselves in the
ranks of Jesus Christ. The two classes are controlled by
different masters and are opposites in their purposes,
hopes, tastes, and desires. The followers of Jesus enjoy
sober, sensible, ennobling themes, while those who have no
love for sacred things cannot take pleasure in these gath-
erings, unless the superficial and unreal constitute a
prominent feature of the exercises. Little by little the
spiritual element is ruled out by the irreligious, and the
effort to harmonize principles which are antagonistic in
their nature proves a decided failure. p. 542, Para. 1,
[CT].

Efforts have been made to devise a plan for the establish-

ment of a literary society which shall prove a benefit to
all connected with it--a society in which all the members
shall feel a moral responsibility to make it what it should
be, and to avoid the evils which often make such associa-
tions dangerous to religious principles. Persons of discre-
tion and good judgment, who have a living connection with
heaven, who will see the evil tendencies and, not deceived
by Satan, will move straight forward in the path of integ-
rity, continually holding aloft the banner of Christ--such
ones are needed to control in these societies. Such an in-
fluence will command respect and make these gatherings a
blessing rather than a curse. p. 543, Para. 1, [CT].

If men and women of mature age would unite with the youth
to organize and conduct such a literary society, it might
become both useful and interesting. But when such gather-
ings degenerate into occasions for fun and boisterous
mirth, they are anything but literary or elevating. They
are debasing to both mind and morals. p. 543, Para. 2,
[CT].

Bible reading, the critical examination of Bible subjects,

essays written upon topics which would improve the mind and
impart knowledge, the study of the prophecies or the pre-
cious lessons of Christ--these will have an influence to
strengthen the mental powers and increase spirituality. A
familiar acquaintance with the Scriptures sharpens the dis-
cerning powers and fortifies the soul against the attacks
of Satan. p. 543, Para. 3, [CT].

Few realize that it is a duty to exercise control over the

thoughts and imaginations. It is difficult to keep the un-
disciplined mind fixed upon profitable subjects. But if the
thoughts are not properly employed, religion cannot flour-
ish in the soul. The mind must be preoccupied with sacred
and eternal things, or it will cherish trifling and super-
ficial thoughts. Both the intellectual and the moral powers
must be disciplined, and they will strengthen and improve
by exercise. p. 544, Para. 1, [CT].

In order to understand this matter aright, we must remem-

ber that our hearts are naturally depraved, and we are un-
able of ourselves to pursue a right course. It is only by
the grace of God, combined with the most earnest effort on
our part, that we can gain the victory. p. 544, Para. 2,
[CT].

The intellect, as well as the heart, must be consecrated

to the service of God. He has claims upon all there is of
us. The follower of Christ should not indulge in any grati-
fication, or engage in any enterprise, however innocent or
laudable it may appear, which an enlightened conscience
tells him would abate his ardor or lessen his spirituality.
Every Christian should labor to press back the tide of evil
and save our youth from the influences that would sweep
them down to ruin. May God help us to press our way against
the current. p. 544, Para. 3, [CT].

It is not enough to fill the minds of the youth with les-

sons of deep importance; they must learn to impart what
they have received. Whatever may be the position or posses-
sion of any individual who has a knowledge of the truth,
the word of God teaches him that all he has is held by him
in trust. It is lent him to test his character. His worldly
business, his talents, his means, his opportunities for
service, are all to be accounted for to Him to whom by
creation and redemption he belongs. God bestows His gifts
upon us that we may minister to others and thus become like
Him. He who strives to obtain knowledge in order that he
may labor for the ignorant and perishing is acting his part
in fulfilling God's great purpose for mankind. In unselfish
service for the blessing of others he is meeting the high
ideal of Christian education. p. 545, Para. 1, [CT].

Among the students in our schools there are those who have
precious talents, and these talents they should be taught
to put to use. Our schools should be so conducted that
teachers and students will constantly become more and more
efficient. By faithfully putting to a practical use that
which they have learned they will increase in ability to
use their knowledge. p. 545, Para. 2, [CT].

It is necessary to their complete education that students

be given time to do missionary work--time to become ac-
quainted with the spiritual needs of the families in the
community around them. They should not be so loaded down
with studies that they have no time to use the knowledge
they have acquired. They should be encouraged to make ear-
nest missionary effort for those in error, becoming ac-
quainted with them and taking to them the truth. By working
in humility, seeking wisdom from Christ, praying and watch-
ing unto prayer, they may give to others the knowledge that
has enriched their lives. p. 545, Para. 3, [CT].

The teachers and students in our schools need the divine

touch. God can do much more for them than He has done, be-
cause in the past His way has been restricted. If a mis-
sionary spirit is encouraged, even if it takes some hours
from the program of regular study, much of heaven's bless-
ing will be given, provided there is more faith and spiri-
tual zeal, more of a realization of what God will do. p.
546, Para. 1, [CT].

There are many lines in which the youth can find opportu-
nity for helpful effort. Companies should be organized and
thoroughly educated to work as nurses, gospel visitors, and
Bible readers, as canvassers, ministers, and medical mis-
sionary evangelists. p. 546, Para. 2, [CT].

When school closes, there is opportunity for many to go

out into the field as evangelistic canvassers. The faithful
colporteur finds his way into many homes, where he leaves
reading matter containing the truth for this time. Our stu-
dents should learn how to sell our books. There is need of
men of deep Christian experience, men of well-balanced
minds, strong, well-educated men, to engage in this branch
of the work. Some have the talent, education, and experi-
ence that would enable them to educate the youth for the
canvassing work in such a way that much more would be ac-
complished than is now being done. Those who have this ex-
perience have a special duty to perform in teaching others.
p. 546, Para. 3, [CT].

The canvassing work is one of the Lord's appointed agen-

cies for extending the knowledge of the truth for this
time. The effort made in some schools to circulate Christ's
Object Lessons has demonstrated what can be accomplished in
the canvassing field by the students. The Lord has blessed
the efforts put forth to relieve our schools from debt, and
those who have engaged in the work have obtained an excel-
lent experience. As they have taken up the work disinter-
estedly, great blessing has come to them. Many have thus
gained a knowledge of how to handle our larger books. p.
547, Para. 1, [CT].

Wherever possible, students should, during the school

year, engage in city mission work. They should do mission-
ary work in the surrounding towns and villages. They can
form themselves into bands to do Christian help work. Stu-
dents should take a broad view of their present obligations
to God. They are not to look forward to a time, after the
school term closes, when they will do some large work for
God, but should study how, during their student life, to
yoke up with Christ in unselfish service for others. p.
547, Para. 2, [CT].

There is power in the ministry of song. Students who have

learned to sing sweet gospel songs with melody and dis-
tinctness can do much good as singing evangelists. They
will find many opportunities to use the talent that God has
given them in carrying melody and sunshine into many lonely
places darkened by sorrow and affliction, singing to those
who seldom have church privileges. p. 547, Para. 3, [CT].

Students, go out into the highways and hedges. Endeavor to

reach the higher as well as the lower classes. Enter the
homes of the rich as well as the poor and, as you have op-
portunity, ask, "Would you be pleased to have us sing some
gospel hymns?" Then as hearts are softened, the way may
open for you to offer a few words of prayer for the bless-
ing of God. Not many will refuse to listen. Such ministry
is genuine missionary work. p. 548, Para. 1, [CT].

Students, educate yourselves to speak in the language of

Canaan. Put away all foolish talking and jesting, all fool-
ish amusements. By faith grasp God's promises and determine
that you will be Christians here below while preparing for
translation. If you strip yourselves of every hindrance to
progress in the Christian life, your minds will be worked
by the Holy Spirit, and you will become fishers of men. The
salvation of God will go forth from you as a lamp that bur-
neth. If your own hearts are filled with light from above,
wherever you may be you will shed light upon others. He
will bless you in your service, and you will see of His
salvation. p. 548, Para. 2, [CT].

The third angel was seen flying in the midst of heaven,

heralding the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.
The message loses none of its power in its onward flight.
John saw the work increasing until the whole earth was
filled with the glory of God. With intensified zeal and en-
ergy we are to carry forward the work of the Lord till the
close of time. p. 548, Para. 3, [CT].

In the home, in the school, in the church, men, women, and

youth are to prepare to give the message to the world. Our
schools are to be more and more efficacious and self-
reliant from a human standpoint, more like the schools of
the prophets. The teachers should walk very near to God.
The Lord calls for strong, devoted, self-sacrificing young
men and women who will press to the front and who, after a
short time spent in school, will go forth prepared to give
the message to the world. p. 548, Para. 4, [CT].

From our colleges and training schools missionaries are to

be sent forth to distant lands. While at school let the
students improve every opportunity to prepare for this
work. Here they are to be tested and proved, that it may be
seen what their adaptability is and whether they have a
right hold from above. If they have a living connection
with heaven they will have an influence for good on those
with whom they come in contact. p. 549, Para. 1, [CT].

A Valuable Experience -- While we were living at Cooran-

bong, where the Avondale school is established, the ques-
tion of amusements came up for consideration. "What shall
we do to provide for the amusement of our students?" the
faculty inquired. We talked matters over together, and then
I came before the students and said to them: p. 549, Para.
2, [CT].

"We can occupy our minds and our time profitably without
trying to devise methods for amusing ourselves. Instead of
spending time in playing the games that so many students
play, strive to do something for the Master. p. 549, Para.
3, [CT].

"The very best course for you to pursue is to engage in

missionary work for the people of the neighborhood and in
the nearby settlements. Whenever you are listening to an
interesting discourse, take notes and mark down the pas-
sages that the minister uses, so that you can review the
subject carefully. Then after faithful study you will soon
be able to give a synopsis of the discourses, in the form
of Bible readings, to some who do not come to our meet-
ings." p. 549, Para. 4, [CT].

The older students decided to follow this suggestion. They

had evening meetings for studying the Scriptures together.
They worked first of all for one another, and as a result
of the Bible studies among themselves, a number of the un-
converted were won to the truth. And the effort in behalf
of the neighbors was a blessing not only to themselves, but
to those for whom they labored. p. 550, Para. 1, [CT].

Those who went out to work for the neighbors were in-
structed to report any case of sickness they might find;
and those who had had training in giving treatment to the
sick were encouraged to use their knowledge in a practical
way. To work for the Master came to be regarded as Chris-
tlike recreation. p. 550, Para. 2, [CT].

After a time the Sunday labor question came up for consid-

eration. It seemed as if the lines were soon to be drawn so
tightly about us that we should not be able to work on Sun-
day. Our school was situated in the heart of the woods, far
from any village or railway station. No one was living near
enough to be disturbed in any way by anything we might do.
Nevertheless we were watched. The officers were urged to
observe what we were doing on the school premises; and they
did come, but they did not appear to notice those who were
at work. Their confidence and respect for our people had
been so won by the work we had done for the sick in that
community that they did not wish to interfere with our
harmless labor on Sunday. p. 550, Para. 3, [CT].

At another time when our brethren were threatened with

persecution and were questioning in regard to what they
should do, I gave the same advice that I had given in an-
swer to the question concerning the use of Sunday for
games. I said, "Employ Sunday in doing missionary work for
God. Teachers, go with your students. Take them to the
homes of the people, near and far, and teach them how to
talk in a way to do good. Let the people know that you are
interested in their souls' salvation." The blessing of God
rested upon the students as they diligently searched the
Scriptures in order to learn how to present the truths of
the word in such a way that these truths would be received
with favor. p. 551, Para. 1, [CT].

Let the teachers in our schools devote Sunday to mission-

ary effort. Let them take the students with them to hold
meetings for those who know not the truth. Sunday can be
used for carrying forward various lines of work that will
accomplish much for the Lord. On this day house-to-house
work can be done. Open-air meetings and cottage meetings
can be held. Make these meetings intensely interesting.
Sing genuine revival hymns, and speak with power and assur-
ance of the Saviour's love. Speak on temperance and on true
religious experience. You will thus learn much about how to
work, and will reach many hearts. p. 551, Para. 2, [CT].

Those students who get the most good out of life are those
who live by the word of God in their connections and deal-
ings with their fellow men. Those who receive to give, ex-
perience the greatest satisfaction in this life. Those who
live for themselves are always in want, for they are never
satisfied. There is no Christianity in shutting up our sym-
pathies in our own selfish hearts. The Lord has ordained
channels through which He lets flow His goodness, mercy,
and truth; and we are to be co-workers with Christ in com-
municating to others practical wisdom and benevolence. We
are to bring brightness and blessing into their lives, thus
doing a good and holy work. p. 551, Para. 3, [CT].

Helpful Effort in the School -- The student has a special

work to do in the school itself. In the schoolroom and in
the school home there are missionary fields awaiting his
labors. Here a variety of minds are gathered, many differ-
ent characters and dispositions. By proving himself a help
and blessing to these, the student has the privilege of
showing the genuineness of his love for Christ and his
willingness to improve the opportunities for service that
come to him. By helpful, kindly words and deeds he may im-
part to his associates the grace of God bestowed on him.
p. 552, Para. 1, [CT].

God wants the youth to be a help to one another. Each has

trials to bear, temptations to meet. While one may be
strong on some points, he may be weak on others, having
grave faults to overcome. God says to all, "Bear ye one an-
other's burdens, and so fulfill the law of Christ." Gala-
tians 6:2. p. 552, Para. 2, [CT].

Not all the youth are able to grasp ideas quickly. If you
see a fellow student who has difficulty in understanding
his lessons, explain them to him. State your ideas in
clear, simple language. Often minds apparently stolid will
catch ideas more quickly from a fellow student than from a
teacher. Be patient and persevering, and by and by the
hesitancy and dullness will disappear. In your efforts to
help others, you will be helped. God will give you power to
advance in your studies. He will co-operate with you, and
in heaven the words will be spoken of you, "Good and faith-
ful servant." p. 552, Para. 3, [CT].

Let every student realize that he is in the school to help

his fellow students to co-operate with God, to co-operate
with the prayers that are rising in their behalf. In sympa-
thy and love he should help his associates to press heaven-
ward. p. 553, Para. 1, [CT].

Students, co-operate with your teachers. As you do this,

you give them hope and courage, and at the same time you
are helping yourselves to advance. Remember that it rests
largely with you whether your teachers stand on vantage
ground, their work an acknowledged success. They will ap-
preciate every effort made by you to co-operate with their
work. p. 553, Para. 2, [CT].

Students should have their own seasons of prayer, when

they may offer fervent petitions in behalf of the principal
and teachers of the school that they may be given physical
strength, mental clearness, moral power, spiritual discern-
ment, and be qualified by the grace of Christ to do the
work with fidelity and fervent love. They should pray that
the teachers may be agents through whom God shall work to
make good prevail over evil. Every day the student may ex-
ert a silent, prayerful influence, and thus co-operate with
Christ, the Missionary in chief. p. 553, Para. 3, [CT].

We are far behind what we should be in Christian experi-

ence. We are backward in bearing the testimony that should
be given through sanctified lips. Even when sitting at the
meal table, Christ taught truths that brought comfort and
courage to the hearts of His hearers. When His love abides
in the soul as a living principle, there will come forth
from the treasure house of the heart words suitable to the
occasion--not light, trifling words, but uplifting words,
words of spiritual power. p. 554, Para. 1, [CT].

Let teachers and students watch for opportunities to con-

fess Christ in their conversation. Such witness will be
more effective than many sermons. There are few who repre-
sent Christ truly. He needs to be formed within, the hope
of glory; then He will be acknowledged as the giver of
every good and perfect gift, the author of all our bless-
ings, the one in whom is centered our hope of eternal life.
p. 554, Para. 2, [CT].

Students, make your school life as perfect as possible.

You will pass over the way but once, and precious are the
opportunities granted you. You are not only to learn but to
practice the lessons of Christ. While obtaining your educa-
tion, you have the opportunity to tell of the wonderful
truths of God's word. Improve every such opportunity. God
will bless every minute spent in this way. Maintain your
simplicity and your love for souls, and the Lord will lead
you in safe paths. The rich experience you gain will be of
more value to you than gold or silver or precious stones.
p. 554, Para. 3, [CT].

You know not to what position you may be called in the fu-
ture. God may use you as He used Daniel, to take the knowl-
edge of the truth to the mighty of the earth. It rests with
you to say whether you will have skill and knowledge to do
this work. God can give you skill in all your learning. He
can help you to adapt yourself to the line of study you
take up. Make it your first interest to gather up right,
noble, uplifting principles. God desires you to witness for
Him. He does not want you to stand still; He wants you to
run in the way of His commandments. p. 554, Para. 4, [CT].

Christ desires to use every student as His agent. You are

to co-operate with the One who gave His life for you. What
rich blessings would come to our schools if teachers and
students would consecrate themselves, heart, mind, soul,
and strength, to God's service as His helping hand! His
helping hand--that is what you may be if you will yield
yourselves to His keeping. He will lead you safely, and en-
able you to make straight paths for yourselves and for oth-
ers. He will give you knowledge and wisdom, and a fitness
for fuller service. p. 555, Para. 1, [CT].

With such an army of workers as our youth, rightly

trained, might furnish, how soon the message of a cruci-
fied, risen, and soon-coming Saviour might be carried to
the whole world! How soon might the end come--the end of
suffering and sorrow and sin! How soon, in place of a pos-
session here, with its blight of sin and pain, our children
might receive their inheritance where "the righteous shall
inherit the land, and dwell therein forever;" where "the
inhabitant shall not say, I am sick," and "the voice of
weeping shall be no more heard." Psalm 37:29; Isaiah 33:24;
65:19.-- Education, page 271. p. 555, Para. 2, [CT].